Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 | Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7

Big Ideas Math Answers for Grade 7 ensures that the candidates with success criteria and learning targets. To aid the math proficiency, Big Ideas Math Answers features all its elements. The Middle School Kids can easily develop problem-solving skills and diverse their opportunities by practicing BigIdeas Math 7th Grade Solutions. To master the subject and to get the complete solution material, check BIM Textbook 7th Grade Answers. Follow the step-by-step procedure to solve as many problems as you can and get a good grip on the concepts.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key | Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Solutions Pdf

From the practice tests given below, you can get Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Solutions to all the questions. Use the BIM Book 7th Grade Answers  Cumulative Practice and Chapter Tests and use them like homework during the assessments or practice. Follow the complete guide and BIM Answer key of 7th Grade and make your practice efficient. Get the curated 7th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key to begin your preparation. Know the various mathematical concepts included in the preparatory material and all the chapters involved in it.

Advantages of Middle School BIM Book Grade 7 Answers

Various advantages come with Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Answer Key are mentioned here. Check all the advantages in the below section and start preparing to score better marks. The advantages are in the following fashion.

  • Grade 7 Big Ideas Math Answer Key is provided by subject experts as per the Common Core Curriculum 2019.
  • For all Middle School Kids, 7th Grade BigIdeas Math Solutions supports as the best preparatory material to learn all the math concepts and provides the fundamental study structure for the candidates.
  • 7th Grade BigIdeas Math Solutions helps the aspirants to learn all the math concepts of various chapters efficiently.
  • To grasp various concepts and to solve the problems, BIM Grade Textbook 7 Answers will help you throughout your preparation. You can solve various tests like Performance Test, Cumulative Practice, Practice Tests, Chapter Tests, etc.
  • With the help of the 7th Grade Math concepts quick guide, you can master the subject completely and can clear all your doubts.

FAQs on Common Core BigIdeas Math Grade 7 Answer Key

1. Where can I get the All Chapters BigIdeas Math 7th Grade Answers Guide?

All Chapters BigIdeas Math 7th Grade Answers are available on Big Ideas Math Answer

2. How can I download a PDF of Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key?

Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key Pdfs can be downloaded from the direct links available on the top of this page. You can get the chapter-wise links and all you need to do is just click on the particular chapter you need and follow the content available in it.

3. Where do I get 7th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key Free Easy Access Student Edition?

You can get the 7th Grade Big Ideas Math Answer Key Free Easy Access Student Edition on the reliable and trusted portal of Big Ideas Math Answer for all your preparations.

Download Common Core 2019 Curriculum Big Ideas Math Answers Free PDF from Grade K to Grade 12

Big Ideas Math Answers pdf for grade k to grade 12

Students who look for the perfect pack of preparation resources for Grade K to Grade 12 should go with the BigIdeasMath Answers Common Core 2019 Curriculum Free PDF available here. These Grade-wise BigIdeas Math Answers are prepared by the subject experts as per the Common core standards. You can find every math concept of the respective grade from the pdf formatted Big ideas math solution book. Get our provided online Big Ideas Math Textbook Answers of Common Core 2019 Students edition from here for efficient preparation and save offline by downloading them without a single penny.

Common Core 2019 Curriculum Kindergarten to High School Big Ideas Math Solution Key Pdf

Excited to access the links of all grades Big Ideas Math Solutions pdf and download them freely for better preparation then dive into this article without any fail. This list is the one shop stop for all elementary school to High school students. So, don’t rush anywhere in regards to learning all math concepts easily.

Elementary School Big Ideas Math Answers

Middle School Big Ideas Math Answers

High School Big Ideas Math Answers

The above presented Gradewise solutions to Big Ideas Math Common Core 2019 are very helpful for students during exam preparation. Just click on the links available here and download the respective grade of common core 2019 Big Ideas Math Book Answers Pdf to prepare efficiently online & offline.

Key Points of Solving Big Ideas Math Textbook Answers

Students from Grade K to Grade 12 can trust the common core curriculum BIM Answers Book pdf for better practice and subject knowledge. Still yet confused state? Go through the below key points of solving Big Ideas Math Textbook Solutions & kickstart your preparation.

  • Kids can learn each and every math concept very easily by practicing the questions included in Big Ideas Math Book Answers of Grade K to Grade 12.
  • It assists students to hold a good grip on the subject and master mathematical concepts.
  • In this article, you can find & access all grades K-12 mathematics BIM Book Solutions in PDF format.
  • By using the Common Core 2019 Curriculum Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K to Grade 12, students can lay a strong foundation of core concepts and principles. It enhances your math skills & problem-solving skills.

Brief Details About Common Core 2019 Curriculum

In short, Common Core is the pack of academic standards in Mathematics and English language which describes what a student should understand and learn in every academic year of schooling from elementary school Grade K to High School Grade 12th. In 2009, the Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO) and the National Governors Association Center for Best Practices (NGA Center) introduced the Common Core Standards. To develop the Common Core edition, both of these entities associated teams in a state-led effort.

FAQs on Kindergarten to Grade 12 Common Core 2019 BIM Book Solutions

1. Where can I find Grade K to Grade 12 BIM Answer Books of Common Core Standards?

You can easily find Grade K to Grade 12 BIM Answer Books of Common Core Standards from our website bigideasmathanswers.com for free of cost.

2. What are the benefits of Big Ideas Math Answers?

Numerous benefits are there by using the Big Ideas Math Answers like explanative & understandable answers for K-12 Mathematical concepts, involves Practice exercises for all mathematical concepts which enhance your problem-solving skills. All Big Ideas Math Grade K-12 Textbook Solutions are prepared by highly experienced subject experts according to the latest common core curriculum.

3. How to learn grade k to grade 12 math concepts offline? 

By visiting the site called bigideasmathanswers.com, you can easily learn and understand the math concepts of grade k to grade 12 offline because it provides common core 2019 curriculum Big Ideas Math Answers in pdf format for easy access and download.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions

For better preparation and good quality of education, we have shared the Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions for high school students. Provided BIM Math Book Algebra 2 Solution Key are aligned topic-wise as per the latest common core 2019 curriculum Big Ideas Math Textbook. So, students can easily understand the concepts of chapter 1 linear functions.

Linear functions topics are very hard to solve for high school students but it can be easy by practicing the questions covered in the Solution Key of Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions. Also, you can download all topics BIM Algebra 2 Ch 1 Linear Functions Answer Key simply by clicking the available links below.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions

Step by Step Solutions explained for all the questions in the BIM Algebra 2 Ch 1 Solution key are easy to learn & understand as they are prepared by the professional subject experts. After referring to the topic wise Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions, every high school student can become a pro in the concepts and gain better subject knowledge. So, click on the respective links and start preparing each topic of the Big Ideas math book Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions efficiently.

Linear Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate.

Question 1.
5 • 23 + 7

Question 2.
4 – 2(3 + 2)2

Question 3.
48 ÷ 42 + \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 4.
50 ÷ 52 • 2

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(22+ 22)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}\)(6 + 18) – 22

Graph the transformation of the figure.

Question 7.
Translate the rectangle 1 unit right and 4 units up.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1

Question 8.
Reflect the triangle in the y-axis. Then translate 2 units left.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 2

Question 9.
Translate the trapezoid 3 units down. Then reflect in the x-axis.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 3

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING Give an example to show why the order of operations is important when evaluating a numerical expression. Is the order of transformations of figures important? Justify your answer.

Linear Functions Maintaining Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use a graphing calculator to graph the equation using the standard viewing window and a square viewing window. Describe any differences in the graphs.

Question 1.
y = 2x – 3

Question 2.
y = | x + 2 |

Question 3.
y = -x2 + 1

Question 4.
y = \(\sqrt{x-1}\)

Question 5.
y = x3 – 2

Question 6.
y = 0.25x3

Determine whether the viewing window is square. Explain.

Question 7.
-8 ≤ x ≤ 8, -2 ≤ y ≤ 8

Question 8.
-7 ≤ x ≤ 8, -2 ≤ y ≤ 8

Question 9.
-6 ≤ x ≤ 9, -2 ≤ y ≤ 8

Question 10.
-2 ≤ x≤ 2, -3 ≤ y ≤ 3

Question 11.
-4 ≤ x ≤ 5, -3 ≤ y ≤ 3

Question 12.
-4 ≤ x ≤ 4, -3 ≤ y ≤ 3

Lesson 1.1 Parent Functions and Transformations

Essential Question

What are the characteristics of some of the basic parent functions?

EXPLORATION 1
Identifying Basic Parent Functions
Work with a partner.
Graphs of eight basic parent functions are shown below. Classify each function as constant, linear, absolute value, quadratic, square root, cubic, reciprocal, or exponential. Justify your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 4

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of some of the basic parent functions?

Question 3.
Write an equation for each function whose graph is shown in Exploration 1. Then use a graphing calculator to verify that your equations are correct.

1.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Identify the function family to which g belongs. Compare the graph of g to the graph of its parent function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 5

Graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 2.
g(x) = x + 3

Question 3.
h(x) = (x – 2)2

Question 4.
n(x) = – | x |

Graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 5.
g(x) = 3x

Question 6.
h(x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2

Question 7.
c(x) = 0.2|x|

Use a graphing calculator to graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformations

Question 8.
h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 5

Question 9.
d(x) = 3(x – 5)2 – 1

Question 10.
The table shows the amount of fuel in a chainsaw over time. What type of function can you use to model the data? When will the tank be empty?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 6

Parent Functions and Transformations 1.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The function f(x) = x2 is the ______ of f(x) = 2x2 – 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 7
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, identify the function family to which f belongs. Compare the graph of f to the graph of its parent function.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 9
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 11
Answer:

Question 7.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At 8:00 A.M., the temperature is 43°F. The temperature increases 2°F each hour for the next 7 hours. Graph the temperatures over time t (t = 0 represents 8:00 A.M.). What type of function can you use to model the data? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 7

Question 8.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You purchase a car from a dealership for $10,000. The trade-in value of the car each year after the purchase is given by the function f(x) = 10,000 – 250x2. What type of function models the trade-in value?
Answer:

In Exercises 9–18, graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 9.
g(x) = x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 9

Question 10.
f(x) = x – 6
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 11

Question 12.
h(x) = (x+ 4)2
Answer:

Question 13.
g(x) = | x – 5 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 13

Question 14.
f(x) = 4 + | x |
Answer:

Question 15.
h(x) = -x2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 15
Answer:

Question 16.
g(x) = -x
Answer:

Question 17.
f(x) = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 17

Question 18.
f(x) = -2
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 19.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 19

Question 20.
g(x) = 4x
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = 2x2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 21

Question 22.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2

Answer:

Question 23.
h(x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 23

Question 24.
g(x) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x
Answer:

Question 25.
h(x) = 3 | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | x |
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, use a graphing calculator to graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformations.

Question 27.
f(x) = 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 27

Question 28.
h(x) = -x + 5
Answer:

Question 29.
h(x) = -3 | x | – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 29

Question 30.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) | x | + 1
Answer:

Question 31.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 4x2 – 3
Answer:

Question 33.
f(x) = -(x + 3)2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 33

Question 34.
g(x) = – | x – 1 | – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 35 and 36, identify and correct the error in describing the transformation of the parent function.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 13
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 37 and 38, find the coordinates of the figure after the transformation.

Question 37.
Translate 2 units down.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 13.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 37

Question 38.
Reflect in the x-axis.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 15
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 39–44, identify the function family and describe the domain and range. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answer.

Question 39.
g(x) = | x + 2 | – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 39

Question 40.
h(x) = | x – 3 | + 2
Answer:

Question 41.
g(x) = 3x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 41

Question 42.
f(x) = -4x + 11
Answer:

Question 43.
f(x) = 5x2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 43

Question 44.
f(x) = -2x2 + 6
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The table shows the speeds of a car as it travels through an intersection with a stop sign. What type of function can you use to model the data? Estimate the speed of the car when it is 20 yards past the intersection.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING In the same coordinate plane, sketch the graph of the parent quadratic function and the graph of a quadratic function that has no x-intercepts. Describe the transformation(s) of the parent function.
Answer:

Question 47.
USING STRUCTURE Graph the functions f(x) = | x – 4 | and g(x) = | x | – 4. Are they equivalent? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Consider the graphs of f, g, and h.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 17
a. Does the graph of g represent a vertical stretch or a vertical shrink of the graph of f? Explain your reasoning.
b. Describe how to transform the graph of f to obtain the graph of h.
Answer:

Question 49.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend says two different translations of the graph of the parent linear function can result in the graph of f(x) = x – 2. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 49

Question 50.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS A person swims at a constant speed of 1 meter per second. What type of function can be used to model the distance the swimmer travels? If the person has a 10-meter head start, what type of transformation does this represent? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 17.1
Answer:

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING You are playing basketball with your friends. The height (in feet) of the ball above the ground t seconds after a shot is released from your hand is modeled by the function f(t) = -16t2 + 32t + 5.2.
a. Without graphing, identify the type of function that models the height of the basketball.
b. What is the value of t when the ball is released from your hand? Explain your reasoning.
c. How many feet above the ground is the ball when it is released from your hand? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 51

Question 52.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The table shows the battery lives of a computer over time. What type of function can you use to model the data? Interpret the meaning of the x-intercept in this situation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 18
Answer:

Question 53.
REASONING Compare each function with its parent function. State whether it contains a horizontal translation, vertical translation, both, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
a. f(x) = 2 | x | – 3
b. f(x) = (x – 8)2
c. f(x) = | x + 2 | + 4
d. f(x) = 4x2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 53

Question 54.
CRITICAL THINKING
Use the values -1, 0, 1, and 2 in the correct box so the graph of each function intersects the x-axis. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 19
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 55.
f(x) = | x + 2 |; (1, -3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 55

Question 56.
f(x) = | x | – 3; (-2, -5)
Answer:

Question 57.
f(x) = x – 3; (5, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 57

Question 58.
f(x) = x – 4; (12, 8)
Answer:

Find the x-intercept and the y-intercept of the graph of the equation. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 59.
y = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 59

Question 60.
y = x + 2
Answer:

Question 61.
3x + y = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.1 Question 61

Question 62.
x – 2y = 8
Answer:

Lesson 1.2 Transformations of Linear and Absolute Value Functions

Essential Question

How do the graphs of y = f(x) + k, y = f(x – h), and y = -f(x) compare to the graph of the parent function f?

EXPLORATION 1
Transformations of the Parent Absolute Value Function
Work with a partner.
Compare the graph of the function
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 20
y = | x | + k Transformation
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 20.1
to the graph of the parent function
f(x) = | x |.

EXPLORATION 2
Transformations of the Parent Absolute Value Function
Work with a partner.
Compare the graph of the function
y = | x – h | Transformation
to the graph of the parent function
f(x) = | x |. Parent function
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 22

EXPLORATION 3
Transformation of the Parent Absolute Value Function
Work with a partner.
Compare the graph of the function
y = – | x | Transformation
to the graph of the parent function
f(x) = | x | Parent function
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 23

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
Transformation How do the graphs of y = f (x) + k, y = f(x – h), and y = -f(x) compare to the graph of the parent function f?

Question 5.
Compare the graph of each function to the graph of its parent function f. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers are correct.
a. y = \([\sqrt{x}/latex] – 4
b. y = [latex][\sqrt{x + 4}/latex]
c. y = –[latex][\sqrt{x}/latex]
d. y = x2 + 1
e. y = (x – 1)2
f. y = -x2

1.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 1.
f(x) = 3x; translation 5 units up

Question 2.
f(x) = | x | – 3; translation 4 units to the right

Question 3.
f(x) = – | x + 2 | – 1; reflection in the x-axis

Question 4.
f(x) = [latex]\frac{1}{2}\)x+ 1; reflection in the y-axis

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 5.
f(x) = 4x+ 2; horizontal stretch by a factor of 2

Question 6.
f(x) = | x | – 3; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
Let the graph of g be a translation 6 units down followed by a reflection in the x-axis of the graph of f(x) = | x |. Write a rule for g. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 8.
WHAT IF? In Example 5, your revenue function is f(x) = 3x. How does this affect your profit for 100 downloads?

Transformations of Linear and Absolute Value Functions 1.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The function g(x) = | 5x |- 4 is a horizontal ___________ of the function f(x) = | x | – 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which transformation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 24
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 3.
f(x) = x – 5; translation 4 units to the left
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 3

Question 4.
f(x) = x + 2; translation 2 units to the right
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = | 4x + 3 | + 2; translation 2 units down
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 5

Question 6.
f(x) = 2x – 9; translation 6 units up
Answer:

Question 7.
f(x) = 4 – | x + 1 |
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 7

Question 8.
f(x) = | 4x | + 5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 26
Answer:

Question 9.
WRITING Describe two different translations of the graph of f that result in the graph of g.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 9

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING You open a café. The function f(x) = 4000x represents your expected net income (in dollars) after being open x weeks. Before you open, you incur an extra expense of $12,000. What transformation of f is necessary to model this situation? How many weeks will it take to pay off the extra expense?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 28
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 11.
f(x) = -5x+ 2; reflection in the x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 11

Question 12.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 3; reflection in the x-axis
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = | 6x | – 2; reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 13

Question 14.
f(x) = | 2x – 1 | + 3; reflection in the y-axis
Answer:

Question 15.
f(x) = -3 + | x – 11 |; reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = -x+ 1; reflection in the y-axis

In Exercises 17–22, write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 17.
f(x) = x + 2; vertical stretch by a factor of 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 17

Question 18.
f(x) = 2x+ 6; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = | 2x | + 4; horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 19

Question 20.
f(x) = | x+ 3 | ; horizontal stretch by a factor of 4
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = -2 | x – 4 | + 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 21

Question 22.
f(x) = 6 – x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 30
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 23–26, match the graph of the transformation of f with the correct equation shown. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 31

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 33
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 35
Answer:
A. y = 2f(x)
B. y = f(2x)
C. y = f(x + 2)
D. y = f(x) + 2

In Exercises 27–32, write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f.

Question 27.
f(x) = x; vertical stretch by a factor of 2 followed by a translation 1 unit up
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = x; translation 3 units down followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = | x | ; translation 2 units to the right followed by a horizontal stretch by a factor of 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 29

Question 30.
f(x) = | x |; reflection in the y-axis followed by a translation 3 units to the right
Answer:

Question 31.
f(x) = | x |
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = | x |
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 37
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 33 and 34, identify and correct the error in writing the function g whose graph represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 39
Answer:

Question 35.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that when writing a function whose graph represents a combination of transformations, the order is not important. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS During a recent period of time, bookstore sales have been declining. The sales (in billions of dollars) can be modeled by the function f(t) = –\(\frac{7}{5}\)t + 17.2, where t is the number of years since 2006. Suppose sales decreased at twice the rate. How can you transform the graph of f to model the sales? Explain how the sales in 2010 are affected by this change.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS For Exercises 37–40, describe the transformation of the graph of f to the graph of g. Then find the area of the shaded triangle.

Question 37.
f(x) = | x – 3 |
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 37

Question 38.
f(x) = – | x | – 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 41
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = -x + 4
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 39

Question 40.
f(x) = x – 5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 43
Answer:

Question 41.
ABSTRACT REASONING The functions f(x) = mx + b and g(x) = mx + c represent two parallel lines.
a. Write an expression for the vertical translation of the graph of f to the graph of g.
b. Use the definition of slope to write an expression for the horizontal translation of the graph of f to the graph of g.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Consider the graph of f(x) = mx + b. Describe the effect each transformation has on the slope of the line and the intercepts of the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 44
a. Reflect the graph of f in the y-axis.
b. Shrink the graph of f vertically by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\).
c. Stretch the graph of f horizontally by a factor of 2.
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING The graph of g(x) = -4 |x | + 2 is a reflection in the x-axis, vertical stretch by a factor of 4, and a translation 2 units down of the graph of its parent function. Choose the correct order for the transformations of the graph of the parent function to obtain the graph of g. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING You are planning a cross-country bicycle trip of 4320 miles. Your distance d (in miles) from the halfway point can be modeled by d = 72 |x – 30 |, where x is the time (in days) and x = 0 represents June 1. Your plans are altered so that the model is now a right shift of the original model. Give an example of how this can happen. Sketch both the original model and the shifted model.
Answer:

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING Use the correct value 0, -2, or 1 with a, b, and c so the graph of g(x) = a|x – b | + c is a reflection in the x-axis followed by a translation one unit to the left and one unit up of the graph of f(x) = 2 |x – 2 | + 1. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 45

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the function for the given value of x. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 46.
f(x) = x + 4; x = 3
Answer:

Question 47.
f(x) = 4x – 1; x = -1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 47

Question 48.
f(x) = -x + 3; x = 5
Answer:

Question 49.
f(x) = -2x – 2; x = -1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 49

Create a scatter plot of the data. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 45
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.2 Question 51

Linear Functions Study Skills Taking Control of Your Class Time

1.1 – 1.2 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 47

Core Concepts

Section 1.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 48

Section 1.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 49

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you analyze the values given in the table in Exercise 45 on page 9 to help you determine what type of function models the data?

Question 2.
Explain how you would round your answer in Exercise 10 on page 16 if the extra expense is $13,500.

Study Skills

Taking Control of Your Class Time

Question 1.
Sit where you can easily see and hear the teacher, and the teacher can see you.

Question 2.
Pay attention to what the teacher says about math, not just what is written on the board.

Question 3.
Ask a question if the teacher is moving through the material too fast.

Question 4.
Try to memorize new information while learning it.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 50

Question 5.
Ask for clarification if you do not understand something.

Question 6.
Think as intensely as if you were going to take a quiz on the material at the end of class.

Question 7.
Volunteer when the teacher asks for someone to go up to the board.

Question 8.
At the end of class, identify concepts or problems for which you still need clarification.

Question 9.
Use the tutorials at BigIdeasMath.com for additional help.

Linear Functions 1.1-1.2 Quiz

Identify the function family to which g belongs. Compare the graph of the function to the graph of its parent function. (Section 1.1)

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 51

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 52

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 53

Graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation. (Section 1.1)

Question 4.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 5.
f(x) = 3x

Question 6.
f(x) = 2(x – 1)2

Question 7.
f(x) = – | x + 2 | – 7

Question 8.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 1

Question 9.
f(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 4

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f. (Section 1.2)

Question 10.
f(x) = 2x + 1; translation 3 units up

Question 11.
f(x) = -3 | x – 4 | ; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
f(x) = 3 | x + 5 |; reflection in the x-axis

Question 13.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – \(\frac{2}{3}\) ; translation 4 units left

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f. (Section 1.2)

Question 14.
Let g be a translation 2 units down and a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the graph of f(x) =x.

Question 15.
Let g be a translation 9 units down followed by a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f(x) = x.

Question 16.
Let g be a reflection in the x-axis and a vertical stretch by a factor of 4 followed by a translation 7 units down and 1 unit right of the graph of f(x) = | x |.

Question 17.
Let g be a translation 1 unit down and 2 units left followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the graph of f(x) = | x |.

Question 18.
The table shows the total distance a new car travels each month after it is purchased. What type of function can you use to model the data? Estimate the mileage after 1 year. (Section 1.1)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 54

Question 19.
The total cost of an annual pass plus camping for x days in a National Park can be modeled by the function f(x) = 20x+ 80. Senior citizens pay half of this price and receive an additional $30 discount. Describe how to transform the graph of f to model the total cost for a senior citizen. What is the total cost for a senior citizen to go camping for three days? (Section 1.2)

Lesson 1.3 Modeling with Linear Functions

Essential Question
How can you use a linear function to model and analyze a real-life situation?

EXPLORATION 1
Modeling with a Linear Function
Work with a partner.
A company purchases a copier for $12,000. The spreadsheet shows how the copier depreciates over an 8-year period.
a. Write a linear function to represent the value V of the copier as a function of the number t of years.
b. Sketch a graph of the function. Explain why this type of depreciation is called straight line depreciation.
c. Interpret the slope of the graph in the context of the problem.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 55

EXPLORATION 2
Modeling with Linear Functions
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 56
Work with a partner. Match each description of the situation with its corresponding graph. Explain your reasoning.
a. A person gives $20 per week to a friend to repay a $200 loan.
b. An employee receives $12.50 per hour plus $2 for each unit produced per hour.
c. A sales representative receives $30 per day for food plus $0.565 for each mile driven.
d. A computer that was purchased for $750 depreciates $100 per year.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 56.1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a linear function to model and analyze a real-life situation?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find a real-life example of straight line depreciation.
a. Use a spreadsheet to show the depreciation.
b. Write a function that models the depreciation.
c. Sketch a graph of the function.

1.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
The graph shows the remaining balance y on a car loan after making x monthly payments. Write an equation of the line and interpret the slope and y-intercept. What is the remaining balance after 36 payments?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 57

Question 2.
WHAT IF? Maple Ridge charges a rental fee plus a $10 fee per student. The total cost is $1900 for 140 students. Describe the number of students that must attend for the total cost at Maple Ridge to be less than the total costs at the other two venues. Use a graph to justify your answer.

Question 3.
The table shows the humerus lengths (in centimeters) and heights (in centimeters) of several females.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 58
a. Do the data show a linear relationship? If so, write an equation of a line of fit and use it to estimate the height of a female whose humerus is 40 centimeters long.
b. Use the linear regression feature on a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit for the data. Estimate the height of a female whose humerus is 40 centimeters long. Compare this height to your estimate in part (a).

Modeling with Linear Functions 1.3 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE The linear equation y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3 is written in ____________ form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY A line of best fit has a correlation coefficient of -0.98. What can you conclude about the slope of the line?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, use the graph to write an equation of the line and interpret the slope.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 60
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 62
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 64
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Two newspapers charge a fee for placing an advertisement in their paper plus a fee based on the number of lines in the advertisement. The table shows the total costs for different length advertisements at the Daily Times. The total cost y (in dollars) for an advertisement that is x lines long at the Greenville Journal is represented by the equation y = 2x + 20. Which newspaper charges less per line? How many lines must be in an advertisement for the total costs to be the same?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 9.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 9.2

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING While on vacation in Canada, you notice that temperatures are reported in degrees Celsius. You know there is a linear relationship between Fahrenheit and Celsius, but you forget the formula. From science class, you remember the freezing point of water is 0°C or 32°F, and its boiling point is 100°C or 212°F.
a. Write an equation that represents degrees Fahrenheit in terms of degrees Celsius.
b. The temperature outside is 22°C. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
c. Rewrite your equation in part (a) to represent degrees Celsius in terms of degrees Fahrenheit.
d. The temperature of the hotel pool water is 83°F. What is this temperature in degrees Celsius?
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in interpreting the slope in the context of the situation.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 67
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, determine whether the data show a linear relationship. If so, write an equation of a line of fit. Estimate y when x = 15 and explain its meaning in the context of the situation.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 68
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 13.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 13.2

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 69
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 15.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 15.2

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 71
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The data pairs (x, y) represent the average annual tuition y (in dollars) for public colleges in the United States x years after 2005. Use the linear regression feature on a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Estimate the average annual tuition in 2020. Interpret the slope and y-intercept in this situation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The table shows the numbers of tickets sold for a concert when different prices are charged. Write an equation of a line of fit for the data. Does it seem reasonable to use your model to predict the number of tickets sold when the ticket price is $85? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 73
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 19–24, use the linear regression feature on a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit for the data. Find and interpret the correlation coefficient.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 75
Answer:

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 76
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 77
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 79
Answer:

Question 25.
OPEN-ENDED Give two real-life quantities that have
(a) a positive correlation,
(b) a negative correlation, and
(c) approximately no correlation. Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? You secure an interest-free loan to purchase a boat. You agree to make equal monthly payments for the next two years. The graph shows the amount of money you still owe.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 80
a. What is the slope of the line? What does the slope represent?
b. What is the domain and range of the function? What does each represent?
c. How much do you still owe after making payments for 12 months?
Answer:

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT A set of data pairs has a correlation coefficient r = 0.3. Your friend says that because the correlation coefficient is positive, it is logical to use the line of best fit to make predictions. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Points A and B lie on the line y = -x + 4. Choose coordinates for points A, B, and C where point C is the same distance from point A as it is from point B. Write equations for the lines connecting points A and C and points B and C.
Answer:

Question 29.
ABSTRACT REASONING If x and y have a positive correlation, and y and z have a negative correlation, then what can you conclude about the correlation between x and z? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 29

Question 30.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS Which equation has a graph that is a line passing through the point (8, -5) and is perpendicular to the graph of y = -4x + 1?
A. y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 5
B. y = -4x + 27
C. y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 7
D. y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 7
Answer:

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING You are participating in an orienteering competition. The diagram shows the position of a river that cuts through the woods. You are currently 2 miles east and 1 mile north of your starting point, the origin. What is the shortest distance you must travel to reach the river?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 31.2

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS Data from North American countries show a positive correlation between the number of personal computers per capita and the average life expectancy in the country.
a. Does a positive correlation make sense in this situation? Explain.
b. Is it reasonable to conclude that giving residents of a country personal computers will lengthen their lives? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 82
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system of linear equations in two variables by elimination or substitution. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 33.
3x + y = 7
-2x – y = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 33

Question 34.
4x + 3y = 2
2x – 3y = 1
Answer:

Question 35.
2x + 2y = 3
x = 4y – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 35

Question 36.
y = 1 + x
2x + y = -2
Answer:

Question 37.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4y = 4
2x – y = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.3 Question 37.2

Question 38.
y = x – 4
4x + y = 26
Answer:

Lesson 1.4 Solving Linear Systems

Essential Question
How can you determine the number of solutions of a linear system?
A linear system is consistent when it has at least one solution. A linear system is inconsistent when it has no solution.

EXPLORATION 1
Recognizing Graphs of Linear Systems
Work with a partner.
Match each linear system with its corresponding graph. Explain your reasoning. Then classify the system as consistent or inconsistent.
a. 2x – 3y = 3
-4x + 6y = 6
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 83

b. 2x – 3y = 3
x + 2y = 5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 84

c. 2x – 3y = 3
-4x + 6y = 6
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 85

EXPLORATION 2
Solving Systems of Linear Equations
Work with a partner.
Solve each linear system by substitution or elimination. Then use the graph of the system below to check your solution.
a. 2x + y = 5
x – y = 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 86

b. x+ 3y = 1
-x + 2y = 4
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 87

c. x + y = 0
3x + 2y = 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 88

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine the number of solutions of a linear system?

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 89
Question 4.
Suppose you were given a system of three linear equations in three variables. Explain how you would approach solving such a system.

Question 5.
Apply your strategy in Question 4 to solve the linear system.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 90

1.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
x – 2y + z = -11
3x + 2y – z = 7
-x + 2y + 4z = -9

Question 2.
x + y – z = -1
4x + 4y – 4z = -2
3x + 2y + z = 0

Question 3.
x + y + z = 8
x – y + z = 8
2x + y + 2z = 16

Question 4.
In Example 3, describe the solutions of the system using an ordered triple in terms of y.

Question 5.
WHAT IF? On the first day, 10,000 tickets sold, generating $356,000 in revenue. The number of seats sold in Sections A and B are the same. How many lawn seats are still available?

Solving Linear Systems 1.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY The solution of a system of three linear equations is expressed as a(n)__________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING Explain how you know when a linear system in three variables has infinitely many solutions.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, solve the system using the elimination method.

Question 3.
x + y – 2z = 5
-x + 2y + z = 2
2x + 3y – z = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 3.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 3.2

Question 4.
x + 4y – 6z = -1
2x – y + 2z = -7
-x + 2y – 4z = 5
Answer:

Question 5.
2x + y – z = 9
-x + 6y + 2z = -17
5x + 7y + z = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 5.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 5.2

Question 6.
3x + 2y – z = 8
-3x + 4y + 5z = -14
x – 3y + 4z = -14

Answer:

Question 7.
2x + 2y + 5z = -1
2x – y + z = 2
2x + 4y – 3z = 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 7.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 7.2

Question 8.
3x + 2y – 3z = -2
7x – 2y + 5z = -14
2x + 4y + z = 6
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 9 and 10, describe and correct the error in the first step of solving the system of linear equations.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 90.1

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 92
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, solve the system using the elimination method.

Question 11.
3x – y + 2z = 4
6x – 2y + 4z = -8
2x – y + 3z = 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 11

Question 12.
5x + y – z = 6
x + y + z = 2
12x + 4y = 10
Answer:

Question 13.
x + 3y – z = 2
x + y – z = 0
3x + 2y – 3z = -1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 13.1

Question 14.
x + 2y – z = 3
-2x – y + z = -1
6x – 3y – z = -7
Answer:

Question 15.
x + 2y + 3z = 4
-3x + 2y – z = 12
-2x – 2y – 4z = -14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 15.1

Question 16.
-2x – 3y + z = -6
x + y – z = 5
7x + 8y – 6z = 31
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Three orders are placed at a pizza shop. Two small pizzas, a liter of soda, and a salad cost $14; one small pizza, a liter of soda, and three salads cost $15; and three small pizzas, a liter of soda, and two salads cost $22. How much does each item cost?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 17.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 17.3

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Sam’s Furniture Store places the following advertisement in the local newspaper. Write a system of equations for the three combinations of furniture. What is the price of each piece of furniture? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 94
Answer:

In Exercises 19–28, solve the system of linear equations using the substitution method.

Question 19.
-2x + y + 6z = 1
3x + 2y + 5z = 16
7x + 3y – 4z = 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 19.2

Question 20.
x – 6y – 2z = -8
-x + 5y + 3z = 2
3x – 2y – 4z = 18
Answer:

Question 21.
x + y + z = 4
5x + 5y + 5z = 12
x – 4y + z = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 21.1

Question 22.
x + 2y = -1
-x + 3y + 2z = -4
-x + y – 4z = 10
Answer:

Question 23.
2x – 3y + z = 10
y + 2z = 13
z = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 23.1

Question 24.
x = 4
x + y = -6
4x – 3y + 2z = 26
Answer:

Question 25.
x + y – z = 4
3x + 2y + 4z = 17
-x + 5y + z = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 25.2

Question 26.
2x – y – z = 15
4x + 5y + 2z = 10
-x – 4y + 3z = -20
Answer:

Question 27.
4x + y + 5z = 5
8x + 2y + 10z = 10
x – y – 2z = -2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 27.2

Question 28.
x + 2y – z = 3
2x + 4y – 2z = 6
-x – 2y + z = -6
Answer:

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING The number of left-handed people in the world is one-tenth the number of right-handed people. The percent of right-handed people is nine times the percent of left-handed people and ambidextrous people combined. What percent of people are ambidextrous?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 29.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 29.3

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Use a system of linear equations to model the data in the following newspaper article. Solve the system to find how many athletes finished in each place.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 96
Answer:

Question 31.
WRITING Explain when it might be more convenient to use the elimination method than the substitution method to solve a linear system. Give an example to support your claim.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 31

Question 32.
REPEATED REASONING Using what you know about solving linear systems in two and three variables, plan a strategy for how you would solve a system that has four linear equations in four variables.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 33 and 34, write and use a linear system to answer the question.

Question 33.
The triangle has a perimeter of 65 feet. What are the lengths of sides ℓ, m, and n?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 97
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 33.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 33.2

Question 34.
What are the measures of angles A, B, and C?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 97.1
Answer:

Question 35.
OPEN-ENDED Consider the system of linear equations below. Choose nonzero values for a, b, and c so the system satisfies the given condition. Explain your reasoning.
x + y + z = 2
ax + by + cz = 10
x – 2y + z = 4
a. The system has no solution.
b. The system has exactly one solution.
c. The system has infinitely many solutions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 35

Question 36.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT A linear system in three variables has no solution. Your friend concludes that it is not possible for two of the three equations to have any points in common. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING A contractor is hired to build an apartment complex. Each 840-square-foot unit has a bedroom, kitchen, and bathroom. The bedroom will be the same size as the kitchen. The owner orders 980 square feet of tile to completely cover the floors of two kitchens and two bathrooms. Determine how many square feet of carpet is needed for each bedroom.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 37.2

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Does the system of linear equations have more than one solution? Justify your answer.
4x + y + z = 0
2x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)y – 3z = 0
-x – \(\frac{1}{4}\)y – z = 0
Answer:

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING A florist must make 5 identical bridesmaid bouquets for a wedding. The budget is $160, and each bouquet must have 12 flowers. Roses cost $2.50 each, lilies cost $4 each, and irises cost $2 each. The florist wants twice as many roses as the other two types of flowers combined.
a. Write a system of equations to represent this situation, assuming the florist plans to use the maximum budget.
b. Solve the system to find how many of each type of flower should be in each bouquet.
c. Suppose there is no limitation on the total cost of the bouquets. Does the problem still have exactly one solution? If so, find the solution. If not, give three possible solutions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 39.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 39.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 39.3

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Determine whether the system of equations that represents the circles has no solution, one solution, or infinitely many solutions. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 99
Answer:

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING Find the values of a, b, and c so that the linear system shown has (-1, 2, -3) as its only solution. Explain your reasoning.
x + 2y – 3z = a
– x – y + z = b
2x + 3y – 2z = c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 41

Question 42.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS Determine which arrangement(s) of the integers -5, 2, and 3 produce a solution of the linear system that consist of only integers. Justify your answer.
x – 3y + 6z = 21
_x + _y + _z = -30
2x – 5y + 2z = -6
Answer:

Question 43.
ABSTRACT REASONING Write a linear system to represent the first three pictures below. Use the system to determine how many tangerines are required to balance the apple in the fourth picture. Note:The first picture shows that one tangerine and one apple balance one grapefruit.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 43

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 44.
(x – 2)2

Answer:

Question 45.
(3m + 1)2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 45

Question 46.
(2z – 5)2

Answer:

Question 47.
(4 – y)2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 47

Write a function g described by the given transformation of f(x) =∣x∣− 5.(Section 1.2)

Question 48.
translation 2 units to the left
Answer:

Question 49.
reflection in the x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 49

Question 50.
translation 4 units up
Answer:

Question 51.
vertical stretch by a factor of 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 1 Linear Functions 1.4 Question 51

Linear Functions Performance Task: Secret of the Hanging Baskets

1.3–1.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 1 Linear Functions 101

Core Concepts
Section 1.3
Writing an Equation of a Line, p. 22
Finding a Line of Fit, p. 24
Section 1.4
Solving a Three-Variable System, p. 31
Solving Real-Life Problems, p. 33

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Describe how you can write the equation of the line in Exercise 7 on page 26 using only one of the labeled points.

Question 2.
How did you use the information in the newspaper article in Exercise 30 on page 35 to write a system of three linear equations?

Question 3.
Explain the strategy you used to choose the values for a, b, and c in Exercise 35 part (a) on page 35.

Performance Task

Secret of the Hanging Baskets
A carnival game uses two baskets hanging from springs at different heights. Next to the higher basket is a pile of baseballs. Next to the lower basket is a pile of golf balls. The object of the game is to add the same number of balls to each basket so that the baskets have the same height. But there is a catch—you only get one chance. What is the secret to winning the game?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 102
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 103

Linear Functions Chapter Review

Graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 1.
f(x) = x + 3

Question 2.
g(x) = | x | – 1

Question 3.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2

Question 4.
h(x) = 4

Question 5.
f(x) = -| x | – 3

Question 6.
g(x) = -3(x + 3)2

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.

Question 7.
f(x) = | x |; reflection in the x-axis followed by a translation 4 units to the left

Question 8.
f(x) = | x | ; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) followed by a translation 2 units up

Question 9.
f(x) = x; translation 3 units down followed by a reflection in the y-axis

Question 10.
The table shows the total number y (in billions) of U.S. movie admissions each year for x years. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit for the data.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 103.1

Question 11.
You ride your bike and measure how far you travel. After 10 minutes, you travel 3.5 miles. After 30 minutes, you travel 10.5 miles. Write an equation to model your distance. How far can you ride your bike in 45 minutes?

Question 12.
x + y + z = 3
-x + 3y + 2z = -8
x = 4z

Question 13.
2x – 5y – z = 17
x + y + 3z = 19
-4x + 6y + z = -20

Question 14.
x + y + z = 2
2x – 3y + z = 11
-3x + 2y – 2z = -13

Question 15.
x + 4y – 2z = 3
x + 3y + 7z = 1
2x + 9y – 13z = 2

Question 16.
x – y + 3z = 6
x – 2y = 5
2x – 2y + 5z = 9

Question 17.
x + 2y = 4
x + y + z = 6
3x + 3y + 4z = 28

Question 18.
A school band performs a spring concert for a crowd of 600 people. The revenue for the concert is $3150. There are 150 more adults at the concert than students. How many of each type of ticket are sold?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 104

Linear Functions Chapter Test

Write an equation of the line and interpret the slope and y-intercept.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 105

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 106

Solve the system. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 3.
-2x + y + 4z = 5
x + 3y – z = 2
4x + y – 6z = 11

Question 4.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)z
x + 2y + 5z = 2
3x + 6y – 3z = 9

Question 5.
x – y + 5z = 3
2x + 3y – z = 2
-4x – y – 9z = -8

Graph the function and its parent function. Then describe the transformation.

Question 6.
f(x) = | x – 1 |

Question 7.
f(x) = (3x)2

Question 8.
f(x) = 4

Match the transformation of f(x) = x with its graph. Then write a rule for g.

Question 9.
g(x) = 2f(x) + 3
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 1 Linear Functions 107

Question 10.
g(x) = 3f(x) – 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 108

Question 11.
g(x) = -2f(x) – 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 109

Question 12.
A bakery sells doughnuts, muffins, and bagels. The bakery makes three times as many doughnuts as bagels. The bakery earns a total of $150 when all 130 baked items in stock are sold. How many of each item are in stock? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 110

Question 13.
A fountain with a depth of 5 feet is drained and then refilled. The water level (in feet) after t minutes can be modeled by f(t) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)|t – 20 |. A second fountain with the same depth is drained and filled twice as quickly as the first fountain. Describe how to transform the graph of f to model the water level in the second fountain after t minutes. Find the depth of each fountain after 4 minutes. Justify your answers.

Linear Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Describe the transformation of the graph of f(x) = 2x – 4 represented in each graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 111

Question 2.
The table shows the tuition costs for a private school between the years 2010 and 2013.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 112
a. Verify that the data show a linear relationship. Then write an equation of a line of fit.
b. Interpret the slope and y-intercept in this situation.
c. Predict the cost of tuition in 2015.

Question 3.
Your friend claims the line of best fit for the data shown in the scatter plot has a correlation coefficient close to 1. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 113

Question 4.
Order the following linear systems from least to greatest according to the number of solutions.
A. 2x + 4y – z = 7
14x + 28y – 7z = 49
-x + 6y + 12z = 13
B. 3x – 3y + 3z = 5
-x + y – z = 5
-x + y – z = 8
14x – 3y + 12z = 108
C. 4x – y + 2z = 18
-x + 2y + z = 11
3x + 3y – 4z = 44

Question 5.
You make a DVD of three types of shows: comedy, drama, and reality-based. An episode of a comedy lasts 30 minutes, while a drama and a reality-based episode each last 60 minutes. The DVDs can hold 360 minutes of programming.
a. You completely fill a DVD with seven episodes and include twice as many episodes of a drama as a comedy. Create a system of equations that models the situation.
b. How many episodes of each type of show are on the DVD in part (a)?
c. You completely fill a second DVD with only six episodes. Do the two DVDs have a different number of comedies? dramas? reality-based episodes? Explain.

Question 6.
The graph shows the height of a hang glider over time. Which equation models the situation?
A. y + 450 = 10x
B. 10y = -x+ 450
C. \(\frac{1}{10}\)y = -x + 450
D. 10x + y = 450
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 114

Question 7.
Let f(x) = x and g(x) = -3x – 4. Select the possible transformations (in order) of the graph of f represented by the function g.
A. reflection in the x-axis
B. reflection in the y-axis
C. vertical translation 4 units down
D. horizontal translation 4 units right
E. horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
F. vertical stretch by a factor of 3

Question 8.
Choose the correct equality or inequality symbol which completes the statement below about the linear functions f and g. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Linear Functions 115

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series

Students who feel difficult to understand the concepts of sequence and series can utilize this Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series. This BIM Algebra 2 Ch 8 Answer Key was designed by subject experts to assist high school students during their exam preparation. After solving all the questions given in the below pdf links of Big Ideas math book algebra 2 ch 8 Sequences and Seriessolution key, you will gain more subject knowledge and become pro in math calculations.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series

Learn the fundamental concepts of sequence and series from our Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Solution Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series and understand the topics covered in this chapter quickly. Furthermore, BIM Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Pdf is very helpful for high school strugglers who are practicing the concepts discussed in it. Every question in the Big Ideas math textbook solution key of algebra 2 ch 8 sequence and series are solved in a detailed & simple manner for easy understanding to students. Without any issues, you can learn the topics of sequence and series and solve all basic level to complex level questions asked in the exams.

Sequences and Series Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Copy and complete the table to evaluate the function.
Question 1.
y = 3 − 2x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 1.1
Answer:

Question 2.
y = 5x2 + 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 1.2
Answer:

Question 3.
y = −4x + 24
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 1.3
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 4.
7x + 3 = 31
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{16}\) = 4 (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 6.
216 = 3(x + 6)
Answer:

Question 7.
2x + 16 = 144
ans;

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x − 8 = 17
Answer:

Question 9.
8(\(\frac{3}{4}\))x = \(\frac{27}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The graph of the exponential decay function f(x) = bx has an asymptote y = 0. How is the graph of f different from a scatter plot consisting of the points (1, b1), (2, b21 + b2), (3, b1 + b2 + b3), . . .? How is the graph of f similar?
Answer:

Sequences and Series Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students consider the available tools when solving a mathematical problem.

Monitoring Progress

Use a spreadsheet to help you answer the question.
Question 1.
A pilot flies a plane at a speed of 500 miles per hour for 4 hours. Find the total distance flown at 30-minute intervals. Describe the pattern.
Answer:

Question 2.
A population of 60 rabbits increases by 25% each year for 8 years. Find the population at the end of each year. Describe the type of growth.
Answer:

Question 3.
An endangered population has 500 members. The population declines by 10% each decade for 80 years. Find the population at the end of each decade. Describe the type of decline.
Answer:

Question 4.
The top eight runners finishing a race receive cash prizes. First place receives $200, second place receives $175, third place receives $150, and so on. Find the fifth through eighth place prizes. Describe the type of decline.
Answer:

Lesson 8.1 Defining and Using Sequences and Series

Essential Question How can you write a rule for the nth term of a sequence?
A sequence is an ordered list of numbers. There can be a limited number or an infinite number of terms of a sequence.
a1, a2, a3, a4, . . . , an, . . .Terms of a sequence
Here is an example. 1, 4, 7, 10, . . . , 3n-2, . . .

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Rules for Sequences
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 1
Work with a partner. Match each sequence with its graph. The horizontal axes represent n, the position of each term in the sequence. Then write a rule for the nth term of the sequence, and use the rule to find a10.
a. 1, 2.5, 4, 5.5, 7, . . .
b. 8, 6.5, 5, 3.5, 2, . . .
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{9}{4}, \frac{16}{4}, \frac{25}{4}, \ldots\)
d. \(\frac{25}{4}, \frac{16}{4}, \frac{9}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{1}{4}, \ldots\)
e. \(\frac{1}{2}\), 1, 2, 4, 8, . . .
f. 8, 4, 2, 1, \(\frac{1}{2}\), . . .
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you write a rule for the nth term of a sequence?
Answer:

Question 3.
What do you notice about the relationship between the terms in (a) an arithmetic sequence and (b) a geometric sequence? Justify your answers.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 1.
an = n + 4
Answer:

Question 2.
f(n) = (−2)n-1
Answer:

Question 3.
an = \(\frac{n}{n+1}\)
Answer:

Describe the pattern, write the next term, graph the first five terms, and write a rule for the nth term of the sequence.
Question 4.
3, 5, 7, 9, . . .
Answer:

Question 5.
3, 8, 15, 24, . . .
Answer:

Question 6.
1, −2, 4, −8, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
2, 5, 10, 17, . . .
Answer:

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose there are nine layers of apples. How many apples are in the ninth layer?
Answer:

Write the series using summation notation.
Question 9.
5 + 10 + 15 +. . .+ 100
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{5}+\frac{9}{10}+\frac{16}{17}+\cdots\)
Answer:

Question 11.
6 + 36 + 216 + 1296 + . . .
Answer:

Question 12.
5 + 6 + 7 +. . .+ 12
Answer:

Find the sum.
Question 13.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{5}\) 8i
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\sum_{k=3}^{7}\)(k2 − 1)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{34}\)1
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{6}\)k
Answer:

Question 17.
WHAT IF?
Suppose there are nine layers in the apple stack in Example 3. How many apples are in the stack?
Answer:

Defining and Using Sequences and Series 8.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is another name for summation notation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In a sequence, the numbers are called __________ of the sequence.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Compare sequences and series.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–14, write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 5.
an = n + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 5

Question 6.
an = 6 − n
Answer:

Question 7.
an = n2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 7

Question 8.
f(n) = n3 + 2
Answer:

Question 9.
f(n) = 4n-1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 9

Question 10.
an = −n2
Answer:

Question 11.
an = n2 − 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 11

Question 12.
an = (n + 3)2
Answer:

Question 13.
f(n) = \(\frac{2n}{n+2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 13

Question 14.
f(n) = \(\frac{n}{2n-1}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 15–26, describe the pattern, write the next term, and write a rule for the nth term of the sequence.
Question 15.
1, 6, 11, 16, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 15

Question 16.
1, 2, 4, 8, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
3.1, 3.8, 4.5, 5.2, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 17

Question 18.
9, 16.8, 24.6, 32.4, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
5.8, 4.2, 2.6, 1, −0.6 . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 19

Question 20.
−4, 8, −12, 16, . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \ldots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 21

Question 22.
\(\frac{1}{10}, \frac{3}{20}, \frac{5}{30}, \frac{7}{40}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{2}{6}, \frac{2}{9}, \frac{2}{12}, \ldots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{6}{5}, \frac{8}{6}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Question 25.
2, 9, 28, 65, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 25

Question 26.
1.2, 4.2, 9.2, 16.2, . . .
Answer:

Question 27.
FINDING A PATTERN
Which rule gives the total number of squares in the nth figure of the pattern shown? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 27

Question 28.
FINDING A PATTERN
Which rule gives the total number of green squares in the nth figure of the pattern shown? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 5
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Rectangular tables are placed together along their short edges, as shown in the diagram. Write a rule for the number of people that can be seated around n tables arranged in this manner. Then graph the sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
An employee at a construction company earns $33,000 for the first year of employment. Employees at the company receive raises of $2400 each year. Write a rule for the salary of the employee each year. Then graph the sequence.
Answer:

In Exercises 31–38, write the series using summation notation.
Question 31.
7 + 10 + 13 + 16 + 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 31

Question 32.
5 + 11 + 17 + 23 + 29
Answer:

Question 33.
4 + 7 + 12 + 19 + . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 33

Question 34.
-1 + 2 + 7 + 14 + …..
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{9}+\frac{1}{27}+\frac{1}{81}+\cdots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 35

Question 36.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{7}+\cdots\)
Answer:

Question 37.
−3 + 4 − 5 + 6 − 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 37

Question 38.
−2 + 4 − 8 + 16 − 32
Answer:

In Exercises 39–50, find the sum.
Question 39.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{6}\)2i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 39

Question 40.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{5}\)7i
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\sum_{n=0}^{4}\)n3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 41

Question 42.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{4}\)3k2
Answer:

Question 43.
\(\sum_{k=3}^{6}\)(5k − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 43

Question 44.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{5}\)(n2 − 1)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\sum_{i=2}^{8} \frac{2}{i}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 45

Question 46.
\(\sum_{k=4}^{6} \frac{k}{k+1}\)
Answer:

Question 47.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{35}\)1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 47

Question 48.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{16}\)n
Answer:

Question 49.
\(\sum_{i=10}^{25}\)i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 49

Question 50.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{18}\)n2
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 51 and 52, describe and correct the error in finding the sum of the series.
Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 8
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to save $500 for a school trip. You begin by saving a penny on the first day. You save an additional penny each day after that. For example, you will save two pennies on the second day, three pennies on the third day, and so on.
a. How much money will you have saved after 100 days?
b. Use a series to determine how many days it takes you to save $500.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 53

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You begin an exercise program. The first week you do 25 push-ups. Each week you do 10 more push-ups than the previous week. How many push-ups will you do in the ninth week? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 9
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
For a display at a sports store, you are stacking soccer balls in a pyramid whose base is an equilateral triangle with five layers. Write a rule for the number of soccer balls in each layer. Then graph the sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 55

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the diagram to determine the sum of the series. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 11
Answer:

Question 57.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You use a calculator to evaluate \(\sum_{i=3}^{1659}\)i because the lower limit of summation is 3, not 1. Your friend claims there is a way to use the formula for the sum of the first n positive integers. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 57

Question 58.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A regular polygon has equal angle measures and equal side lengths. For a regular n-sided polygon (n ≥ 3), the measure an of an interior angle is given by an = \(\frac{180(n-2)}{n}\)
a. Write the first five terms of the sequence.
b. Write a rule for the sequence giving the sum Tn of the measures of the interior angles in each regular n-sided polygon.
c. Use your rule in part (b) to find the sum of the interior angle measures in the Guggenheim Museum skylight, which is a regular dodecagon.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 12
Answer:

Question 59.
USING STRUCTURE
Determine whether each statement is true. If so, provide a proof. If not, provide a counterexample.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 59.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 59.2

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
In this section, you learned the following formulas.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{n}\)1 = n
\(\sum_{i=1}^{n}\)i = \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
\(\sum_{i=1}^{n}\)i2 = \(\frac{n(n+1)(2 n+1)}{6}\)
Write a formula for the sum of the cubes of the first n positive integers.
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In the puzzle called the Tower of Hanoi, the object is to use a series of moves to take the rings from one peg and stack them in order on another peg. A move consists of moving exactly one ring, and no ring may be placed on top of a smaller ring. The minimum number an of moves required to move n rings is 1 for 1 ring, 3 for 2 rings, 7 for 3 rings, 15 for 4 rings, and 31 for 5 rings.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 14
a. Write a rule for the sequence.
b. What is the minimum number of moves required to move 6 rings? 7 rings? 8 rings?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 61

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system. Check your solution.
Question 62.
2x −y − 3z = 6
x + y + 4z =−1
3x − 2z = 8
Answer:

Question 63.
2x − 2y + z = 5
−2x + 3y + 2z = −1
x − 4y + 5z = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 63.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.1 a 63.2

Question 64.
2x − 3y + z = 4
x − 2z = 1
y + z = 2
Answer:

Lesson 8.2 Analyzing Arithmetic Sequences and Series

Essential Question How can you recognize an arithmetic sequence from its graph?
In an arithmetic sequence, the difference of consecutive terms, called the common difference, is constant. For example, in the arithmetic sequence 1, 4, 7, 10, . . . , the common difference is 3.

EXPLORATION 1

Recognizing Graphs of Arithmetic Sequences
Work with a partner. Determine whether each graph shows an arithmetic sequence. If it does, then write a rule for the nth term of the sequence, and use a spreadsheet to fond the sum of the first 20 terms. What do you notice about the graph of an arithmetic sequence?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding the Sum of an Arithmetic Sequence
Work with a partner. A teacher of German mathematician Carl Friedrich Gauss (1777–1855) asked him to find the sum of all the whole numbers from 1 through 100. To the astonishment of his teacher, Gauss came up with the answer after only a few moments. Here is what Gauss did:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 2
Explain Gauss’s thought process. Then write a formula for the sum Sn of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence. Verify your formula by finding the sums of the first 20 terms of the arithmetic sequences in Exploration 1. Compare your answers to those you obtained using a spreadsheet.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize an arithmetic sequence from its graph?
Answer:

Question 4.
Find the sum of the terms of each arithmetic sequence.
a. 1, 4, 7, 10, . . . , 301
b. 1, 2, 3, 4, . . . , 1000
c. 2, 4, 6, 8, . . . , 800
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Tell whether the sequence is arithmetic. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
2, 5, 8, 11, 14, . . .
Answer:

Question 2.
15, 9, 3, −3, −9, . . .
Answer:

Question 3.
8, 4, 2, 1, \(\frac{1}{2}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 4.
Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence 7, 11, 15, 19, . . .. Then find a15.
Answer:

Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 5.
a11 = 50, d = 7
Answer:

Question 6.
a7 = 71, a16 = 26
Answer:

Find the sum.
Question 7.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{10}\)9i
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{12}\)(7k + 2)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{20}\)(−4n + 6)
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, how many cards do you need to make a house of cards with eight rows?
Answer:

Analyzing Arithmetic Sequences and Series 8.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The constant difference between consecutive terms of an arithmetic sequence is called the _______________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, tell whether the sequence is arithmetic. Explain your reasoning.
Question 3.
1, −1, −3, −5, −7, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 3

Question 4.
12, 6, 0, −6, −12, . . .
Answer:

Question 5.
5, 8, 13, 20, 29, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 5

Question 6.
3, 5, 9, 15, 23, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
36, 18, 9, \(\frac{9}{2}\), \(\frac{9}{4}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 7

Question 8.
81, 27, 9, 3, 1, . . .
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}, 1, \frac{5}{4}, \frac{3}{2}, \ldots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{5}{6}, \frac{7}{6}, \frac{3}{2}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Question 11.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Write a rule for the arithmetic sequence with the given description.
a. The first term is −3 and each term is 6 less than the previous term.
b. The first term is 7 and each term is 5 more than the previous term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 11

Question 12.
WRITING
Compare the terms of an arithmetic sequence when d > 0 to when d < 0.
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then find a20.
Question 13.
12, 20, 28, 36, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 13

Question 14.
7, 12, 17, 22, . . .
Answer:

Question 15.
51, 48, 45, 42, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 15

Question 16.
86, 79, 72, 65, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
−1, −\(\frac{1}{3}\), \(\frac{1}{3}\), 1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 17

Question 18.
−2, −\(\frac{5}{4}\), −\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{4}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
2.3, 1.5, 0.7, −0.1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 19

Question 20.
11.7, 10.8, 9.9, 9, . . .
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in writing a rule for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence 22, 9, -4, -17, -30, . . ..
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 5
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 23.
a11 = 43, d = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 23

Question 24.
a13 = 42, d = 4
Answer:

Question 25.
a20 = −27, d =−2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 25

Question 26.
a15 = −35, d =−3
Answer:

Question 27.
a17 = −5, d = −\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 27

Question 28.
a21 = −25, d = −\(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
USING EQUATIONS
One term of an arithmetic sequence is a8 = −13. The common difference is −8. What is a rule for the nth term of the sequence?
A. an = 51 + 8n
B. an = 35 + 8n
C. an = 51 − 8n
D. an = 35 − 8n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 29

Question 30.
FINDING A PATTERN
One term of an arithmetic sequence is a12 = 43. The common difference is 6. What is another term of the sequence?
A. a3 = −11
B. a4 = −53
C. a5 = 13
D. a6 = −47
Answer:

In Exercises 31–38, write a rule for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence.
Question 31.
a5 = 41, a10 = 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 31

Question 32.
a7 = 58, a11 = 94
Answer:

Question 33.
a6 =−8, a15 = −62
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 33

Question 34.
a8 = −15, a17 = −78
Answer:

Question 35.
a18 = −59, a21 = −71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 35

Question 36.
a12 = −38, a19 = −73
Answer:

Question 37.
a8 = 12, a16 = 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 37

Question 38.
a12 = 9, a27 = 15
Answer:

WRITING EQUATIONS In Exercises 39–44, write a rule for the sequence with the given terms.
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 7
Answer:

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 9
Answer:

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 11
Answer:

Question 45.
WRITING
Compare the graph of an = 3n + 1, where n is a positive integer, with the graph of f(x) = 3x+ 1, where x is a real number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 45

Question 46.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Describe how doubling each term in an arithmetic sequence changes the common difference of the sequence. Justify your answer.
Answer:

In Exercises 47–52, find the sum.
Question 47.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{20}\)(2i − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 47

Question 48.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{26}\)(4i + 7)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{33}\)(6 − 2i )
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 49

Question 50.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{31}\)(−3 − 4i )
Answer:

Question 51.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{41}\)(−2.3 + 0.1i )
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 51

Question 52.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{39}\)(−4.1 + 0.4i )
Answer:

NUMBER SENSE In Exercises 53 and 54, find the sum of the arithmetic sequence.
Question 53.
The first 19 terms of the sequence 9, 2, −5, −12, . . ..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 53

Question 54.
The first 22 terms of the sequence 17, 9, 1, −7, . . ..
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A marching band is arranged in rows. The first row has three band members, and each row after the first has two more band members than the row before it.
a. Write a rule for the number of band members in the nth row.
b. How many band members are in a formation with seven rows?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 55

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Domestic bees make their honeycomb by starting with a single hexagonal cell, then forming ring after ring of hexagonal cells around the initial cell, as shown. The number of cells in successive rings forms an arithmetic sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 13
a. Write a rule for the number of cells in the nth ring.
b. How many cells are in the honeycomb after the ninth ring is formed?
Answer:

Question 57.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A quilt is made up of strips of cloth, starting with an inner square surrounded by rectangles to form successively larger squares. The inner square and all rectangles have a width of 1 foot. Write an expression using summation notation that gives the sum of the areas of all the strips of cloth used to make the quilt shown. Then evaluate the expression.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 57

Question 58.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which graph(s) represents an arithmetic sequence? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 15
Answer:

Question 59.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend believes the sum of a series doubles when the common difference of an arithmetic series is doubled and the first term and number of terms in the series remain unchanged. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 59

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
In number theory, the Dirichlet Prime Number Theorem states that if a and bare relatively prime, then the arithmetic sequence
a, a + b, a + 2b, a + 3b, . . . contains infinitely many prime numbers. Find the first 10 primes in the sequence when a = 3 and b = 4.
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING
Find the sum of the positive odd integers less than 300. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 61

Question 62.
USING EQUATIONS
Find the value of n.
a. \(\sum_{i=1}^{n}\)(3i + 5) = 544
b. \(\sum_{i=1}^{n}\)(−4i − 1) = −1127
c. \(\sum_{i=5}^{n}\)(7 + 12i) = 455
d. \(\sum_{i=3}^{n}\)(−3 − 4i) = −507
Answer:

Question 63.
ABSTRACT REASONING
A theater has n rows of seats, and each row has d more seats than the row in front of it. There are x seats in the last (nth) row and a total of y seats in the entire theater. How many seats are in the front row of the theater? Write your answer in terms of n, x, and y.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 63

Question 64.
CRITICAL THINKING
The expressions 3 −x, x, and 1 − 3x are the first three terms in an arithmetic sequence. Find the value of x and the next term in the sequence.
Answer:

Question 65.
CRITICAL THINKING
One of the major sources of our knowledge of Egyptian mathematics is the Ahmes papyrus, which is a scroll copied in 1650 B.C. by an Egyptian scribe. The following problem is from the Ahmes papyrus.
Divide 10 hekats of barley among 10 men so that the common difference is \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a hekat of barley.
Use what you know about arithmetic sequences and series to determine what portion of a hekat each man should receive.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 65

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 66.
\(\frac{7}{7^{1 / 3}}\)
Answer:

Question 67.
\(\frac{3^{-2}}{3^{-4}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 67

Question 68.
\(\left(\frac{9}{49}\right)^{1 / 2}\)
Answer:

Question 69.
(51/2 • 51/4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 69

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 70.
y= 2ex
Answer:

Question 71.
y = e-3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 71

Question 72.
y = 3e-x
Answer:

Question 73.
y = e0.25x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.2 a 73

Lesson 8.3 Analyzing Geometric Sequences and Series

Essential Question How can you recognize a geometric sequence from its graph?
In a geometric sequence, the ratio of any term to the previous term, called the common ratio, is constant. For example, in the geometric sequence 1, 2, 4, 8, . . . , the common ratio is 2.

EXPLORATION 1

Recognizing Graphs of Geometric Sequences
Work with a partner. Determine whether each graph shows a geometric sequence. If it does, then write a rule for the nth term of the sequence and use a spreadsheet to find the sum of the first 20 terms. What do you notice about the graph of a geometric sequence?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding the Sum of a Geometric Sequence
Work with a partner. You can write the nth term of a geometric sequence with first term a1 and common ratio r as
an = a1rn-1.
So, you can write the sum Sn of the first n terms of a geometric sequence as
Sn = a1 + a1r + a1r2 + a1r3 + . . . +a1rn-1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 2
Rewrite this formula by finding the difference Sn − rSn and solve for Sn. Then verify your rewritten formula by funding the sums of the first 20 terms of the geometric sequences inExploration 1. Compare your answers to those you obtained using a spreadsheet.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize a geometric sequence from its graph?
Answer:

Question 4.
Find the sum of the terms of each geometric sequence.
a. 1, 2, 4, 8, . . . , 8192
b. 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, . . . , 10-10
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Tell whether the sequence is geometric. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
27, 9, 3, 1, \(\frac{1}{3}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 2.
2, 6, 24, 120, 720, . . .
Answer:

Question 3.
−1, 2, −4, 8, −16, . . .
Answer:

Question 4.
Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence 3, 15, 75, 375, . . .. Then find a9.
Answer:

Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 5.
a6 = −96, r = −2
Answer:

Question 6.
a2 = 12, a4 = 3
Answer:

Find the sum.
Question 7.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{8}\)5k−1
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{12}\)6(−2)i−1
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{7}\)−16(0.5)t−1
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, how does the monthly payment change when the annual interest rate is 5%?
Answer:

Analyzing Geometric Sequences and Series 8.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The constant ratio of consecutive terms in a geometric sequence is called the __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How can you determine whether a sequence is geometric from its graph?
Answer:

Question 3.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The nth term of a geometric sequence has the form an = ___________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 3

Question 4.
VOCABULARY
State the rule for the sum of the first n terms of a geometric series.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, tell whether the sequence is geometric. Explain your reasoning.
Question 5.
96, 48, 24, 12, 6, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 5

Question 6.
729, 243, 81, 27, 9, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 7

Question 8.
5, 20, 35, 50, 65, . . .
Answer:

Question 9.
0.2, 3.2, −12.8, 51.2, −204.8, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 9

Question 10.
0.3, −1.5, 7.5, −37.5, 187.5, . . .
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{18}, \frac{1}{54}, \frac{1}{162}, \ldots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{16}, \frac{1}{64}, \frac{1}{256}, \frac{1}{1024}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Question 13.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Write a rule for the geometric sequence with the given description.
a. The first term is −3, and each term is 5 times the previous term.
b. The first term is 72, and each term is \(\frac{1}{3}\) times the previous term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 13

Question 14.
WRITING
Compare the terms of a geometric sequence when r > 1 to when 0 < r < 1.
Answer:

In Exercises 15–22, write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then find a7.
Question 15.
4, 20, 100, 500, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 15

Question 16.
6, 24, 96, 384, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
112, 56, 28, 14, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 17

Question 18.
375, 75, 15, 3, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
4, 6, 9, \(\frac{27}{2}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 19

Question 20.
2, \(\frac{3}{2}\), \(\frac{9}{8}\), \(\frac{27}{32}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
1.3, −3.9, 11.7, −35.1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 21

Question 22.
1.5, −7.5, 37.5, −187.5, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 23.
a3 = 4, r = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 23

Question 24.
a3 = 27, r = 3
Answer:

Question 25.
a2 = 30, r = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 25

Question 26.
a2 = 64, r = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
a4 = −192, r = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 27

Question 28.
a4 = −500, r = 5
Answer:

Question 29.
a5 = 3, r =− \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 29

Question 30.
a5 = 1, r = −\(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 31 and 32, describe and correct the error in writing a rule for the nth term of the geometric sequence for which a2 = 48 and r = 6.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 4
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, write a rule for the nth term of the geometric sequence.
Question 33.
a2 = 28, a5 = 1792
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 33

Question 34.
a1 = 11, a4 = 88
Answer:

Question 35.
a1 =−6, a5 = −486
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 35

Question 36.
a2 = −10, a6 =−6250
Answer:

Question 37.
a2 = 64, a4 = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 37

Question 38.
a1 = 1, a2 = 49
Answer:

Question 39.
a2 =−72, a6 = −\(\frac{1}{18}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 39

Question 40.
a2 =−48, a5 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

WRITING EQUATIONS In Exercises 41–46, write a rule for the sequence with the given terms.
Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 6
Answer:

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 8
Answer:

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 10
Answer:

In Exercises 47–52, find the sum.
Question 47.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{9}\)6(7)i−1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 47

Question 48.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{10}\)7(4)i−1
Answer:

Question 49.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{10}\)4(\(\frac{3}{4}\))i−1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 49

Question 50.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{8}\)5(\(\frac{1}{3}\))i−1
Answer:

Question 51.
\(\sum_{i=0}^{8}\)8(−\(\frac{2}{3}\))i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 51

Question 52.
\(\sum_{i=0}^{0}\)9(−\(\frac{3}{4}\))i
Answer:

NUMBER SENSE In Exercises 53 and 54, find the sum.
Question 53.
The first 8 terms of the geometric sequence −12, −48, −192, −768, . . ..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 53

Question 54.
The first 9 terms of the geometric sequence −14, −42, −126, −378, . . ..
Answer:

Question 55.
WRITING
Compare the graph of an = 5(3)n−1, where n is a positive integer, to the graph of f(x) = 5 • 3x−1, where x is a real number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 55

Question 56.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Use the rule for the sum of a finite geometric series to write each polynomial as a rational expression.
a. 1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4
b. 3x + 6x3 + 12x5 + 24x7
Answer:

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS In Exercises 57 and 58, use the monthly payment formula given in Example 6.
Question 57.
You are buying a new car. You take out a 5-year loan for $15,000. The annual interest rate of the loan is 4%. Calculate the monthly payment.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 57

Question 58.
You are buying a new house. You take out a 30-year mortgage for $200,000. The annual interest rate of the loan is 4.5%. Calculate the monthly payment.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 11
Answer:

Question 59.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A regional soccer tournament has 64 participating teams. In the first round of the tournament, 32 games are played. In each successive round, the number of games decreases by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\).
a. Write a rule for the number of games played in the nth round. For what values of n does the rule make sense? Explain.
b. Find the total number of games played in the regional soccer tournament.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 59

Question 60.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In a skydiving formation with R rings, each ring after the first has twice as many skydivers as the preceding ring. The formation for R = 2 is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 12
a. Let an be the number of skydivers in the nth ring. Write a rule for an.
b. Find the total number of skydivers when there are four rings.
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The Sierpinski carpet is a fractal created using squares. The process involves removing smaller squares from larger squares. First, divide a large square into nine congruent squares. Then remove the center square. Repeat these steps for each smaller square, as shown below. Assume that each side of the initial square is 1 unit long.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 13
a. Let an be the total number of squares removed at the nth stage. Write a rule for an. Then find the total number of squares removed through Stage 8.
b. Let bn be the remaining area of the original square after the nth stage. Write a rule for bn. Then find the remaining area of the original square after Stage 12.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 61

Question 62.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each sequence with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 14
Answer:

Question 63.
CRITICAL THINKING
On January 1, you deposit $2000 in a retirement account that pays 5% annual interest. You make this deposit each January 1 for the next 30 years. How much money do you have in your account immediately after you make your last deposit?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 63

Question 64.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The first four iterations of the fractal called the Koch snowflake are shown below. Find the perimeter and area of each iteration. Do the perimeters and areas form geometric sequences? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 15
Answer:

Question 65.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You and your friend are comparing two loan options for a $165,000 house. Loan 1 is a 15-year loan with an annual interest rate of 3%. Loan 2 is a 30-year loan with an annual interest rate of 4%. Your friend claims the total amount repaid over the loan will be less for Loan 2. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 65

Question 66.
CRITICAL THINKING
Let L be the amount of a loan (in dollars), i be the monthly interest rate (in decimal form), t be the term (in months), and M be the monthly payment (in dollars).
a. When making monthly payments, you are paying the loan amount plus the interest the loan gathers each month. For a 1-month loan, t= 1, the equation for repayment is L(1 +i) −M= 0. For a 2-month loan, t= 2, the equation is [L(1 + i) −M](1 + i) −M = 0. Solve both of these repayment equations for L.
b. Use the pattern in the equations you solved in part (a) to write a repayment equation for a t-month loan. (Hint: L is equal to M times a geometric series.) Then solve the equation for M.
c. Use the rule for the sum of a finite geometric series to show that the formula in part (b) is equivalent to
M = L\(\left(\frac{i}{1-(1+i)^{-t}}\right)\).
Use this formula to check your answers in Exercises 57 and 58.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 67.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 67

Question 68.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{x}\) + 3
Answer:

Question 69.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{x-2}\) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 a 69

Question 70.
p(x) = \(\frac{3}{x+1}\) − 2
Answer:

Sequences and Series Study Skills: Keeping Your Mind Focused

8.1–8.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 16

Core Concepts
Section 8.1Sequences, p. 410
Series and Summation Notation, p. 412
Formulas for Special Series, p. 413

Section 8.2
Rule for an Arithmetic Sequence, p. 418
The Sum of a Finite Arithmetic Series, p. 420

Section 8.3
Rule for a Geometric Sequence, p. 426
The Sum of a Finite Geometric Series, p. 428

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Explain how viewing each arrangement as individual tables can be helpful in Exercise 29 on page 415.
Answer:

Question 2.
How can you use tools to find the sum of the arithmetic series in Exercises 53 and 54 on page 423?
Answer:

Question 3.
How did understanding the domain of each function help you to compare the graphs in Exercise 55 on page 431?
Answer:

Study Skills: Keeping Your Mind Focused

• Before doing homework, review the concept boxes and examples. Talk through the examples out loud.
• Complete homework as though you were also preparing for a quiz. Memorize the different types of problems, formulas, rules, and so on.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.3 17

Sequences and Series 8.1 – 8.3 Quiz

Describe the pattern, write the next term, and write a rule for the nth term of the sequence.
Question 1.
1, 7, 13, 19, . . .
Answer:

Question 2.
−5, 10, −15, 20, . . .
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{20}, \frac{2}{30}, \frac{3}{40}, \frac{4}{50}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Write the series using summation notation. Then find the sum of the series.
Question 4.
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 +. . .+ 15
Answer:

Question 5.
\(0+\frac{1}{2}+\frac{2}{3}+\frac{3}{4}+\cdots+\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
9 + 16 + 25 + . . .+ 100
Answer:

Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series q 1
Answer:

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series q 2
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series q 3
Answer:

Tell whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Write a rule for the nth term of the sequence. Then find a9.
Question 10.
13, 6, −1, −8, . . .
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \ldots\)
Answer:

Question 12.
1, −3, 9, −27, . . .
Answer:

Question 13.
One term of an arithmetic sequence is a12 = 19. The common difference is d = 7. Write a rule for the nth term. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Answer:

Question 14.
Two terms of a geometric sequence are a6 = −50 and a9 = −6250. Write a rule for the nth term.
Answer:

Find the sum.
Question 15.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{9}\)(3n + 5)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{5}\)11(−3)k−2
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{12}\)−4 (\(\frac{1}{2}\))i+3
Answer:

Question 18.
Pieces of chalk are stacked in a pile. Part of the pile is shown. The bottom row has 15 pieces of chalk, and the top row has 6 pieces of chalk. Each row has one less piece of chalk than the row below it. How many pieces of chalk are in the pile?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 8 Sequences and Series q 4
Answer:

Question 19.
You accept a job as an environmental engineer that pays a salary of $45,000 in the first year. After the first year, your salary increases by 3.5% per year.
a. Write a rule giving your salary an for your nth year of employment.
b. What will your salary be during your fifth year of employment?
c. You work 10 years for the company. What are your total earnings? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Lesson 8.4 Finding Sums of Infinite Geometric Series

Essential Question How can you find the sum of an infinite geometric series?

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Sums of Infinite Geometric Series
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 1
Work with a partner. Enter each geometric series in a spreadsheet. Then use the spreadsheet to determine whether the infinite geometric series has a finite sum. If it does, find the sum. Explain your reasoning. (The figure shows a partially completed spreadsheet for part (a).)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 2

EXPLORATION 2

Writing a Conjecture
Work with a partner. Look back at the infinite geometric series in Exploration 1. Write a conjecture about how you can determine whether the infinite geometric series
a1 + a1r + a1r2 + a1r3 +. . .has a finite sum.

EXPLORATION 3

Writing a Formula
Work with a partner. In Lesson 8.3, you learned that the sum of the first n terms of a geometric series with first term a1 and common ratio r≠ 1 is
Sn = a1\(\left(\frac{1-r^{n}}{1-r}\right)\)
When an infinite geometric series has a finite sum, what happens to r n as n increases? Explain your reasoning. Write a formula to find the sum of an infinite geometric series. Then verify your formula by checking the sums you obtained in Exploration 1.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you find the sum of an infinite geometric series?
Answer:

Question 5.
Find the sum of each infinite geometric series, if it exists.
a. 1 + 0.1 + 0.01 + 0.001 + 0.0001 +. . .
b. \(2+\frac{4}{3}+\frac{8}{9}+\frac{16}{27}+\frac{32}{81}+\cdots\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Consider the infinite geometric series
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{4}{25}+\frac{8}{125}+\frac{16}{1625}+\frac{32}{3125}+\cdots\)
Find and graph the partial sums Sn for n = 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Then describe what happens to Sn as n increases.
Answer:

Find the sum of the infinite geometric series, if it exists.
Question 2.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)^{n-1}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{\infty} 3\left(\frac{5}{4}\right)^{n-1}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(3+\frac{3}{4}+\frac{3}{16}+\frac{3}{64}+\cdots\)
Answer:

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose the pendulum travels 10 inches on its first swing. What is the total distance the pendulum swings?
Answer:

Write the repeating decimal as a fraction in simplest form.
Question 6.
0.555 . . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
0.727272 . . . .
Answer:

Question 8.
0.131313 . . . .
Answer:

Finding Sums of Infinite Geometric Series 8.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The sum Sn of the first n terms of an infinite series is called a(n) ________.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to tell whether the series \(\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\)a1ri−1 has a sum.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, consider the infinite geometric series. Find and graph the partial sums Sn for n= 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Then describe what happens to Sn as n increases.
Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{18}+\frac{1}{54}+\frac{1}{162}+\cdots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 3

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{12}+\frac{1}{24}+\cdots\)
Answer:

Question 5.
4 + \(\frac{12}{5}+\frac{36}{25}+\frac{108}{125}+\frac{324}{625}+\cdots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 5

Question 6.
2 + \(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{36}+\frac{2}{216}+\frac{2}{1296}+\cdots\)
Answer:

In Exercises 7–14, find the sum of the infinite geometric series, if it exists.
Question 7.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{\infty} 8\left(\frac{1}{5}\right)^{n-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 7

Question 8.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{\infty}-6\left(\frac{3}{2}\right)^{k-1}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{\infty} \frac{11}{3}\left(\frac{3}{8}\right)^{k-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 9

Question 10.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{\infty} \frac{2}{5}\left(\frac{5}{3}\right)^{i-1}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
2 + \(\frac{6}{4}+\frac{18}{16}+\frac{54}{64}+\cdots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 11

Question 12.
-5 – 2 – \(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{8}{25}-\cdots\)
Answer:

Question 13.
3 + \(\frac{5}{2}+\frac{25}{12}+\frac{125}{72}+\cdots\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 13

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{5}{3}+\frac{50}{9}-\frac{500}{27}+\cdots\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in finding the sum of the infinite geometric series.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 4
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You push your younger cousin on a tire swing one time and then allow your cousin to swing freely. On the first swing, your cousin travels a distance of 14 feet. On each successive swing, your cousin travels 75% of the distance of the previous swing. What is the total distance your cousin swings?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A company had a profit of $350,000 in its first year. Since then, the company’s profit has decreased by 12% per year. Assuming this trend continues, what is the total profit the company can make over the course of its lifetime? Justify your answer.
Answer:

In Exercises 19–24, write the repeating decimal as a fraction in simplest form.
Question 19.
0.222 . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 19

Question 20.
0.444 . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
0.161616 . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 21

Question 22.
0.625625625 . . .
Answer:

Question 23.
32.323232 . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 23

Question 24.
130.130130130 . . .
Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Find two infinite geometric series whose sums are each 6. Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the partial sums of the geometric series a1 + a2 + a3 + a4+. . . .What is the value of \(\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\)an ? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 6
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A radio station has a daily contest in which a random listener is asked a trivia question. On the first day, the station gives $500 to the first listener who answers correctly. On each successive day, the winner receives 90% of the winnings from the previous day. What is the total amount of prize money the radio station gives away during the contest?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Archimedes used the sum of a geometric series to compute the area enclosed by a parabola and a straight line. In “Quadrature of the Parabola,” he proved that the area of the region is \(\frac{4}{3}\) the area of the inscribed triangle. The first term of the series for the parabola below is represented by the area of the blue triangle and the second term is represented by the area of the red triangles. Use Archimedes’ result to find the area of the region. Then write the area as the sum of an infinite geometric series.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 7
Answer:

Question 29.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Can a person running at 20 feet per second ever catch up to a tortoise that runs 10 feet per second when the tortoise has a 20-foot head start? The Greek mathematician Zeno said no. He reasoned as follows:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 8
Looking at the race as Zeno did, the distances and the times it takes the person to run those distances both form infinite geometric series. Using the table, show that both series have finite sums. Does the person catch up to the tortoise? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that 0.999 . . . is equal to 1. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 31.
CRITICAL THINKING
The Sierpinski triangle is a fractal created using equilateral triangles. The process involves removing smaller triangles from larger triangles by joining the midpoints of the sides of the larger triangles as shown. Assume that the initial triangle has an area of 1 square foot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 10
a. Let an be the total area of all the triangles that are removed at Stage n. Write a rule for an.
b. Find \(\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\)an. Interpret your answer in the context of this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 31

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine the type of function represented by the table.
Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 11
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 33

Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither.
Question 34.
−7, −1, 5, 11, 17, . . .
Answer:

Question 35.
0, −1, −3, −7, −15, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.4 a 35

Question 36.
13.5, 40.5, 121.5, 364.5, . .
Answer:

Lesson 8.5 Using Recursive Rules with Sequences

Essential Question How can you define a sequence recursively?A recursive rule gives the beginning term(s) of a sequence and a recursive equation that tells how an is related to one or more preceding terms.

EXPLORATION 1

Evaluating a Recursive Rule
Work with a partner. Use each recursive rule and a spreadsheet to write the first six terms of the sequence. Classify the sequence as arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning. (The figure shows a partially completed spreadsheet for part (a).)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 1

EXPLORATION 2

Writing a Recursive Rule
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 2
Work with a partner. Write a recursive rule for the sequence. Explain your reasoning.
a. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, . . .
b. 18, 14, 10, 6, 2, −2, . . .
c. 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96, . . .
d. 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, . . .
e. 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, . . .
f. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, . . .

EXPLORATION 3

Writing a Recursive RuleWork with a partner. Write a recursive rule for the sequence whose graph is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you define a sequence recursively?
Answer:

Question 5.
Write a recursive rule that is different from those in Explorations 1–3. Write the first six terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence and classify it as arithmetic, geometric, or neither.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 1.
a1 = 3, an = an-1 − 7
Answer:

Question 2.
a0 = 162, an = 0.5an-1
Answer:

Question 3.
f(0) = 1, f(n) = f(n− 1) + n
Answer:

Question 4.
a1 = 4, an = 2an-1 − 1
Answer:

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 5.
2, 14, 98, 686, 4802, . . .
Answer:

Question 6.
19, 13, 7, 1, −5, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
11, 22, 33, 44, 55, . . .
Answer:

Question 8.
1, 2, 2, 4, 8, 32, . . .
Answer:

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 9.
an = 17 − 4n
Answer:

Question 10.
an = 16(3)n-1
Answer:

Write an explicit rule for the sequence.
Question 11.
a1 = −12, an = an-1 + 16
Answer:

Question 12.
a1 = 2, an = −6an-1
Answer:

Question 13.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, suppose 75% of the fish remain each year. What happens to the population of fish over time?
Answer:

Question 14.
WHAT IF?
How do the answers in Example 7 change when the annual interest rate is 7.5% and the monthly payment is $1048.82?
Answer:

Using Recursive Rules with Sequences 8.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A recursive _________ tells how the nth term of a sequence is related to one or more preceding terms.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain the difference between an explicit rule and a recursive rule for a sequence.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 3.
a1 = 1
an = an-1 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 3

Question 4.
a1 = 1
an = an-1 − 5
Answer:

Question 5.
f(0) = 4
f(n) = 2f (n− 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 5

Question 6.
f(0) = 10
f(n) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(n− 1)
Answer:

Question 7.
a1 = 2
an = (an-1)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 7

Question 8.
a1 = 1
an = (an-1)2 − 10
Answer:

Question 9.
f(0) = 2, f (1) = 4
f(n) = f(n − 1) − f(n − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 9

Question 10.
f(1) = 2, f(2) = 3
f(n) = f(n − 1) • f(n − 2)
Answer:

In Exercises 11–22, write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 11.
21, 14, 7, 0, −7, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 11

Question 12.
54, 43, 32, 21, 10, . . .
Answer:

Question 13.
3, 12, 48, 192, 768, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 13

Question 14.
4, −12, 36, −108, . . .
Answer:

Question 15.
44, 11, \(\frac{11}{4}\), \(\frac{11}{16}\), \(\frac{11}{64}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 15

Question 16.
1, 8, 15, 22, 29, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
2, 5, 10, 50, 500, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 17

Question 18.
3, 5, 15, 75, 1125, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
1, 4, 5, 9, 14, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 19

Question 20.
16, 9, 7, 2, 5, . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
6, 12, 36, 144, 720, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 21

Question 22.
−3, −1, 2, 6, 11, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 23–26, write a recursive rule for the sequence shown in the graph.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 5
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 7
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in writing a recursive rule for the sequence 5, 2, 3, -1, 4, . . ..
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 9
Answer:

In Exercises 29–38, write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 29.
an = 3 + 4n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 29

Question 30.
an =−2 − 8n
Answer:

Question 31.
an = 12 − 10n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 31

Question 32.
an = 9 − 5n
Answer:

Question 33.
an = 12(11)n-1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 33

Question 34.
an = −7(6)n-1
Answer:

Question 35.
an = 2.5 − 0.6n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 35

Question 36.
an = −1.4 + 0.5n
Answer:

Question 37.
an= −\(\frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{1}{4}\right)^{n-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 37

Question 38.
an = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(5)n-1
Answer:

Question 39.
REWRITING A FORMULA
You have saved $82 to buy a bicycle. You save an additional $30 each month. The explicit rule an= 30n+ 82 gives the amount saved after n months. Write are cursive rule for the amount you have saved n months from now.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 39

Question 40.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Your salary is given by the explicit rule an = 35,000(1.04)n-1, where n is the number of years you have worked. Write a recursive rule for your salary.
Answer:

In Exercises 41–48, write an explicit rule for the sequence.
Question 41.
a1 = 3, an = an-1 − 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 41

Question 42.
a1 = 16, an = an-1 + 7
Answer:

Question 43.
a1 = −2, an = 3an-1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 43

Question 44.
a1 = 13, an = 4an-1
Answer:

Question 45.
a1 = −12, an = an-1 + 9.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 45

Question 46.
a1 = −4, an = 0.65an-1
Answer:

Question 47.
an = 5, an = an-1 − \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 47

Question 48.
a1 = −5, an = \(\frac{1}{4}\)an-1
Answer:

Question 49.
REWRITING A FORMULA
A grocery store arranges cans in a pyramid-shaped display with 20 cans in the bottom row and two fewer cans in each subsequent row going up. The number of cans in each row is represented by the recursive rule a1 = 20, an = an-1 − 2. Write an explicit rule for the number of cans in row n.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 49

Question 50.
REWRITING A FORMULA
The value of a car is given by the recursive rule a1 = 25,600, an = 0.86an-1, where n is the number of years since the car was new. Write an explicit rule for the value of the car after n years.
Answer:

Question 51.
USING STRUCTURE
What is the 1000th term of the sequence whose first term is a1 = 4 and whose nth term is an = an-1 + 6? Justify your answer.
A. 4006
B. 5998
C. 1010
D. 10,000
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 51

Question 52.
USING STRUCTURE
What is the 873rd term of the sequence whose first term is a1 = 0.01 and whose nth term is an = 1.01an-1? Justify your answer.
A. 58.65
B. 8.73
C. 1.08
D. 586,459.38
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An online music service initially has 50,000 members. Each year, the company loses 20% of its current members and gains 5000 new members.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 11
a. Write a recursive rule for the number an of members at the start of the nth year.
b. Find the number of members at the start of the fifth year.
c. Describe what happens to the number of members over time.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 53

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You add chlorine to a swimming pool. You add 34 ounces of chlorine the first week and 16 ounces every week thereafter. Each week, 40% of the chlorine in the pool evaporates.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 12
a. Write a recursive rule for the amount of chlorine in the pool at the start of the nth week.
b. Find the amount of chlorine in the pool at the start of the third week.
c. Describe what happens to the amount of chlorine in the pool over time.
Answer:

Question 55.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a real-life situation which you can represent with a recursive rule that does not approach a limit. Write a recursive rule that represents the situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 55

Question 56.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a sequence in which each term after the third term is a function of the three terms preceding it. Write a recursive rule for the sequence and find its first eight terms.
Answer:

Question 57.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You borrow $2000 at 9% annual interest compounded monthly for 2 years. The monthly payment is $91.37.
a. Find the balance after the fifth payment.
b. Find the amount of the last payment.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 57.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 57.2

Question 58.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You borrow $10,000 to build an extra bedroom onto your house. The loan is secured for 7 years at an annual interest rate of 11.5%. The monthly payment is $173.86.
a. Find the balance after the fourth payment.
b. Find the amount of the last payment.
Answer:

Question 59.
COMPARING METHODS
In 1202, the mathematician Leonardo Fibonacci wrote Liber Abaci, in which he proposed the following rabbit problem:
Begin with a pair of newborn rabbits. When a pair of rabbits is two months old, the rabbits begin producing a new pair of rabbits each month. Assume none of the rabbits die.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 13
This problem produces a sequence called the Fibonacci sequence, which has both a recursive formula and an explicit formula as follows.
Recursive: a1 = 1, a2 = 1, an = an-2 + an-1
Explicit: fn = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{5}}\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5}}{2}\right)^{n}-\frac{1}{\sqrt{5}}\left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5}}{2}\right)^{n}\), n ≥ 1
Use each formula to determine how many rabbits there will be after one year. Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 59

Question 60.
USING TOOLS
A town library initially has 54,000 books in its collection. Each year, 2% of the books are lost or discarded. The library can afford to purchase 1150 new books each year.
a. Write a recursive rule for the number an of books in the library at the beginning of the nth year.
b. Use the sequence mode and the dot mode of a graphing calculator to graph the sequence. What happens to the number of books in the library over time? Explain.
Answer:

Question 61.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A tree farm initially has 9000 trees. Each year, 10% of the trees are harvested and 800 seedlings are planted.
a. Write a recursive rule for the number of trees on the tree farm at the beginning of the nth year.
b. What happens to the number of trees after an extended period of time?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 61

Question 62.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You sprain your ankle and your doctor prescribes 325 milligrams of an anti-in ammatory drug every 8 hours for 10 days. Sixty percent of the drug is removed from the bloodstream every 8 hours.
a. Write a recursive rule for the amount of the drug in the bloodstream after n doses.
b. The value that a drug level approaches after an extended period of time is called the maintenance level. What is the maintenance level of this drug given the prescribed dosage?
c. How does doubling the dosage affect the maintenance level of the drug? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 63.
FINDING A PATTERN
A fractal tree starts with a single branch (the trunk). At each stage, each new branch from the previous stage grows two more branches, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 15
a. List the number of new branches in each of the first seven stages. What type of sequence do these numbers form?
b. Write an explicit rule and a recursive rule for the sequence in part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 63

Question 64.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Let a1 = 34. Then write the terms of the sequence until you discover a pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 16
Do the same for a1 = 25. What can you conclude?
Answer:

Question 65.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You make a $500 down payment on a $3500 diamond ring. You borrow the remaining balance at 10% annual interest compounded monthly. The monthly payment is $213.59. How long does it take to pay back the loan? What is the amount of the last payment? Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 65

Question 66.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the first six terms of the sequence a1 = p, an = ran-1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 17
a. Describe what happens to the values in the sequence as n increases.
b. Describe the set of possible values for r. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 67.
REASONING
The rule for a recursive sequence is as follows.
f(1) = 3, f(2) = 10
f(n) = 4 + 2f(n − 1) −f (n − 2)
a. Write the first five terms of the sequence.
b. Use finite differences to find a pattern. What type of relationship do the terms of the sequence show?
c. Write an explicit rule for the sequence.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 67

Question 68.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says it is impossible to write a recursive rule for a sequence that is neither arithmetic nor geometric. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 69.
CRITICAL THINKING
The first four triangular numbers Tn and the first four square numbers Sn are represented by the points in each diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 18
a. Write an explicit rule for each sequence.
b. Write a recursive rule for each sequence.
c. Write a rule for the square numbers in terms of the triangular numbers. Draw diagrams to explain why this rule is true.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 69.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 69.2

Question 70.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are saving money for retirement. You plan to withdraw $30,000 at the beginning of each year for 20 years after you retire. Based on the type of investment you are making, you can expect to earn an annual return of 8% on your savings after you retire.
a. Let an be your balance n years after retiring. Write a recursive equation that shows how an is related to an-1.
b. Solve the equation from part (a) for an-1. Find a0, the minimum amount of money you should have in your account when you retire. (Hint: Let a20 = 0.)
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 71.
\(\sqrt{x}\) + 2 = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 71

Question 72.
2\(\sqrt{52}\) − 5 = 15
Answer:

Question 73.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ x }\) + 16 = 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 73

Question 74.
2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ x }\) − 13 = −5
ans;

The variables x and y vary inversely. Use the given values to write an equation relating x and y. Then find y when x = 4.
Question 75.
x = 2, y = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 75

Question 76.
x =−4, y = 3
Answer:

Question 77.
x = 10, y = 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 a 77

Sequences and Series Performance Task: Integrated Circuits and Moore s Law

8.4–8.5What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
partial sum, p. 436
explicit rule, p. 442
recursive rule, p. 442

Core Concepts
Section 8.4
Partial Sums of Infinite Geometric Series, p. 436
The Sum of an Infinite Geometric Series, p. 437

Section 8.5
Evaluating Recursive Rules, p. 442
Recursive Equations for Arithmetic and Geometric Sequences, p. 442
Translating Between Recursive and Explicit Rules, p. 444

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Describe how labeling the axes in Exercises 3–6 on page 439 clarifies the relationship between the quantities in the problems.
Answer:

Question 2.
What logical progression of arguments can you use to determine whether the statement in Exercise 30 on page 440 is true?
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe how the structure of the equation presented in Exercise 40 on page 448 allows you to determine the starting salary and the raise you receive each year.
Answer:

Question 4.
Does the recursive rule in Exercise 61 on page 449 make sense when n= 5? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Performance Task: Integrated Circuits and Moore s Law

In April of 1965, an engineer named Gordon Moore noticed how quickly the size of electronics was shrinking. He predicted how the number of transistors that could fit on a 1-inch diameter circuit would increase over time. In 1965, only 50 transistors fit on the circuit. A decade later, about 65,000 transistors could fit on the circuit. Moore’s prediction was accurate and is now known as Moore’s Law. What was his prediction? How many transistors will be able to fit on a 1-inch circuit when you graduate from high school?
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 8 Sequences and Series 8.5 19

Sequences and Series Chapter Review

8.1 Defining and Using Sequences and Series (pp. 409–416)

Question 1.
Describe the pattern shown in the figure. Then write a rule for the nth layer of the figure, where n = 1 represents the top layer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series cr 1
Answer:

Write the series using summation notation.
Question 2.
7 + 10 + 13 +. . .+ 40
Answer:

Question 3.
0 + 2 + 6 + 12 +. . . .
Answer:

Find the sum
Question 4.
\(\sum_{i=2}^{7}\)(9 – i3)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{46}\)i
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{12}\)i2
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{5} \frac{3+i}{2}\)
Answer:

8.2 Analyzing Arithmetic Sequences and Series (pp. 417–424)

Question 8.
Tell whether the sequence 12, 4, −4, −12, −20, . . . is arithmetic. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Write a rule for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 9.
2, 8, 14, 20, . . .
Answer:

Question 10.
a14 = 42, d = 3
Answer:

Question 11.
a6 = −12, a12 = −36
Answer:

Question 12.
Find the sum \(\sum_{i=1}^{36}\)(2 + 3i) .
Answer:

Question 13.
You take a job with a starting salary of $37,000. Your employer offers you an annual raise of $1500 for the next 6 years. Write a rule for your salary in the nth year. What are your total earnings in 6 years?
Answer:

8.3 Analyzing Geometric Sequences and Series (pp. 425–432)

Question 14.
Tell whether the sequence 7, 14, 28, 56, 112, . . . is geometric. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Write a rule for the nth term of the geometric sequence. Then graph the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 15.
25, 10, 4, \(\frac{8}{5}\) , . . .
Answer:

Question 16.
a5 = 162, r =−3
Answer:

Question 17.
a3 = 16, a5 = 256
Answer:

Question 18.
Find the sum \(\sum_{i=1}^{9}\)5(−2)i−1 .
Answer:

8.4 Finding Sums of Infinite Geometric Series (pp. 435–440)

Question 19.
Consider the infinite geometric series 1, −\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{16},-\frac{1}{64}, \frac{1}{256}, \ldots\) Find and graph the partial sums Sn for n= 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Then describe what happens to Sn as n increases.
Answer:

Question 20.
Find the sum of the infinite geometric series −2 + \(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{32}+\cdots\), if it exists.
Answer:

Question 21.
Write the repeating decimal 0.1212 . . . as a fraction in simplest form.
Answer:

8.5 Using Recursive Rules with Sequences (pp. 441–450)

Write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 22.
a1 = 7, an = an-1 + 11
Answer:

Question 23.
a1 = 6, an = 4an-1
Answer:

Question 24.
f(0) = 4, f(n) = f(n − 1) + 2n
Answer:

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 25.
9, 6, 4, \(\frac{8}{3}\), \(\frac{16}{9}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 26.
2, 2, 4, 12, 48, . . .
Answer:

Question 27.
7, 3, 4, −1, 5, . . .
Answer:

Question 28.
Write a recursive rule for an = 105 (\(\frac{3}{5}\))n−1 .
Answer:

Write an explicit rule for the sequence.
Question 29.
a1 = −4, an = an-1 + 26
Answer:

Question 30.
a1 = 8, an = −5an-1
Answer:

Question 31.
a1 = 26, an = \(\frac{2}{5}\)an-1.
Answer:

Question 32.
A town’s population increases at a rate of about 4% per year. In 2010, the town had a population of 11,120. Write a recursive rule for the population Pn of the town in year n. Let n = 1 represent 2010.
Answer:

Question 33.
The numbers 1, 6, 15, 28, . . . are called hexagonal numbers because they represent the number of dots used to make hexagons, as shown. Write a recursive rule for the nth hexagonal number.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series cr 33
Answer:

Sequences and Series Chapter Test

Find the sum.
Question 1.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{24}\)(6i− 13)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\sum_{n=1}^{16}\)n2
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sum_{k=1}^{\infty}\)2(0.8)k−1
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\sum_{i=1}^{6}\)4(−3)i−1
Answer:

Determine whether the graph represents an arithmetic sequence, geometric sequence, or neither. Explain your reasoning. Then write a rule for the nth term.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ct 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ct 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ct 7
Answer:

Write a recursive rule for the sequence. Then find a9.
Question 8.
a1 = 32, r = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
an = 2 + 7n
Answer:

Question 10.
2, 0, −3, −7, −12, . . .
Answer:

Question 11.
Write a recursive rule for the sequence 5, −20, 80, −320, 1280, . . .. Then write an explicit rule for the sequence using your recursive rule.
Answer:

Question 12.
The numbers a, b, and c are the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence. Is b half of the sum of a and c? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 13.
Use the pattern of checkerboard quilts shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ct 8
a. What does n represent for each quilt? What does an represent?
b. Make a table that shows n and an for n= 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
c. Use the rule an = \(\frac{n^{2}}{2}+\frac{1}{4}\)[1 − (−1)n] to find an for n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
Compare these values to those in your table in part (b). What can you conclude? Explain.
Answer:

Question 14.
During a baseball season, a company pledges to donate $5000 to a charity plus $100 for each home run hit by the local team. Does this situation represent a sequence or a series? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 15.
The lengthℓ1 of the first loop of a spring is 16 inches. The lengthℓ2 of the second loop is 0.9 times the length of the first loop. The lengthℓ3 of the third loop is 0.9 times the length of the second loop, and so on. Suppose the spring has infinitely many loops, would its length be finite or infinite? Explain. Find the length of the spring, if possible.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ct 15
Answer:

Sequences and Series Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
The frequencies (in hertz) of the notes on a piano form a geometric sequence. The frequencies of G (labeled 8) and A (labeled 10) are shown in the diagram. What is the approximate frequency of E at (labeled 4)?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
You take out a loan for $16,000 with an interest rate of 0.75% per month. At the end of each month, you make a payment of $300.
a. Write a recursive rule for the balance an of the loan at the beginning of the nth month.
b. How much do you owe at the beginning of the 18th month?
c. How long will it take to pay off the loan?
d. If you pay $350 instead of $300 each month, how long will it take to pay off the loan? How much money will you save? Explain.
Answer:

Question 3.
The table shows that the force F (in pounds) needed to loosen a certain bolt with a wrench depends on the length ℓ (in inches) of the wrench’s handle. Write an equation that relates ℓ and F. Describe the relationship.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ca 3
Answer:

Question 4.
Order the functions from the least average rate of change to the greatest average rate of change on the interval 1 ≤ x ≤ 4. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
A running track is shaped like a rectangle with two semicircular ends, as shown. The track has 8 lanes that are each 1.22 meters wide. The lanes are numbered from 1 to 8 starting from the inside lane. The distance from the center of a semicircle to the inside of a lane is called the curve radius of that lane. The curve radius of lane 1 is 36.5 meters, as shown in the figure.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ca 5
a. Is the sequence formed by the curve radii arithmetic, geometric, or neither? Explain.
b. Write a rule for the sequence formed by the curve radii.
c. World records must be set on tracks that have a curve radius of at most 50 meters in the outside lane. Does the track shown meet the requirement? Explain.
Answer:

Question 6.
The diagram shows the bounce heights of a basketball and a baseball dropped from a height of 10 feet. On each bounce, the basketball bounces to 36% of its previous height, and the baseball bounces to 30% of its previous height. About how much greater is the total distance traveled by the basketball than the total distance traveled by the baseball?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 8 Sequences and Series ca 6
A. 1.34 feet
B. 2.00 feet
C. 2.68 feet
D. 5.63 feet
Answer:

Question 7.
Classify the solution(s) of each equation as real numbers, imaginary numbers, or pure imaginary numbers. Justify your answers.
a. x + \(\sqrt{-16}\) = 0
b. (11 – 2i) – (-3i + 6) = 8 + x
c. 3x2 – 14 = -20
d. x2 + 2x = -3
e. x2 = 16
f. x2 – 5x – 8 = 0
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions

Here, on this page, we have shared the ultimate preparation guide for high school students on algebra 2 math concepts. The given material is Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions. You can access and download BIM Algebra 2 Ch 7 Answer key for free of cost. So, it helps you to practice efficiently and gain more subject knowledge. Get the exercise wise chapter 7 rational functions Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers from the below pdf links and start your preparation by solving the questions from various given sources covered in the BIM Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Solution Key.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions

In the Big Ideas Math textbook solutions algebra 2 ch 7, you can find basic & strong fundamentals of Rational functons like inverse variation, graphing rational functions, adding, subtracting, mutliplying, and dividing rational expressions, and solving rational equations. By referring, practicing, and solving all the questions presented in the BigIdeas Math Book Algegra 2 Chapter 7 Answer Key, you can quickly learn the concepts and score highest rank in the exams. For students who are passionate about math skills should solve the problems in Topic-wise BIM Algebra 2 Rational functions solution key.

Rational Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate.
Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
–\(\frac{4}{7}+\frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{9}-\frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{12}-\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{7}-\frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}-\frac{3}{4}+\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Simplify.
Question 7.
\(\frac{\frac{3}{8}}{\frac{5}{6}}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{\frac{1}{4}}{-\frac{5}{7}}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{\frac{2}{3}}{\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING
For what value of x is the expression \(\frac{1}{x}\) undefined? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Rational Functions Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students are careful about specifying units of measure and clarifying the relationship between quantities in a problem.

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
You drive a car at a speed of 60 miles per hour. What is the speed in meters per second?
Answer:

Question 2.
A hose carries a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch. What is the pressure in kilograms per square centimeter?
Answer:

Question 3.
A concrete truck pours concrete at the rate of 1 cubic yard per minute. What is the rate in cubic feet per hour?
Answer:

Question 4.
Water in a pipe flows at a rate of 10 gallons per minute. What is the rate in liters per second?
Answer:

Lesson 7.1 Inverse Variation

Essential Question How can you recognize when two quantities vary directly or inversely?

EXPLORATION 1

Recognizing Direct VariationWork with a partner. You hang different weights from the same spring.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 1
a. Describe the relationship between the weight x and the distance d the spring stretches from equilibrium. Explain why the distance is said to vary directly with the weight.
b. Estimate the values of d from the figure. Then draw a scatter plot of the data. What are the characteristics of the graph?
c. Write an equation that represents d as a function of x.
d. In physics, the relationship between d and x is described by Hooke’s Law. How would you describe Hooke’s Law?

EXPLORATION 2

Recognizing Inverse Variation
Work with a partner. The table shows the length x (in inches) and the width y (in inches) of a rectangle. The area of each rectangle is 64 square inches.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 2
a. Copy and complete the table.
b. Describe the relationship between x and y. Explain why y is said to vary inversely with x.
c. Draw a scatter plot of the data. What are the characteristics of the graph?
d. Write an equation that represents y as a function of x.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize when two quantities vary directly or inversely?
Answer:

Question 4.
Does the mapping rate of the wings of a bird vary directly or inversely with the length of its wings? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither.
Question 1.
6x = y
Answer:

Question 2.
xy = −0.25
Answer:

Question 3.
y + x = 10
Answer:

Tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 3
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 4
Answer:

The variables x and y vary inversely. Use the given values to write an equation relating x and y. Then find y when x = 2.
Question 6.
x = 4, y = 5
Answer:

Question 7.
x = 6, y = −1
Answer:

Question 8.
x = \(\frac{1}{2}\), y = 16
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, it takes a group of 10 volunteers 12 hours to build the playground. How long would it take a group of 15 volunteers?
Answer:

Inverse Variation 7.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Explain how direct variation equations and inverse variation equations are different.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 5
Answer:

(1): From  definition of inverse variation we have that y=a/x where in our case a=4.This implies that inverse variation equation is

Y=4/x.

(2):  Let now ration be constant a= 4. Then we get

y/x=4    => y =4x.

This implies that x and y show direct variation.

(3): From equation y=a/x and a=4 we have that

Y= 4/x

It implies that x and y show inverse variation.

(4): By equation x y =4 it implies that y=4/x

This equation means that x and y show inverse variation.

The different question is (2): where x and y show   direct variation

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither.
Question 3.
y = \(\frac{2}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 3

Question 4.
xy = 12
Answer:

Given equation                    Solved for y                      Type of variation

xy=12                            Y=12/x                                 inverse variation

 

Question 5.
\(\frac{y}{x}\) = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 5

Question 6.
4x = y
Answer:

By definition ,x and y show direct variation

Question 7.
y = x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 7

Question 8.
x + y = 6
Answer:

Given Equation                               Solved for  y                       Types of variation

x+y=6                                      Add -x to both sides          X and y shows no variation

Y= -x+6

Question 9.

8y = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 9

Question 10.
xy = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

Solve for y . Divide equation with x

Xy = 1/5
Y=1/5x=( 1/5)/x

inverse variation

 

In Exercises 11–14, tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 6
Answer:

y/x    132/12=11    198/18 =11   235/23 =11   319/29  =11    374/34=11

The products are not constant , and the rations are constant .

X and y show direct variation .

 

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 7
Answer:

      xy     20.25     56.25     144           506.25        900
       y/ x      13.5/1.5=922.5/2.5=936/4=967.5/7.5=990/10=9

The products are not constant , and the rations are constant .

X and y show direct variation .

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 9
Answer:

      xy      64      55         62        63         66
       y/ x      16/4=4  11/5=2.210/6.2=1.6129/7=1.2856/11=0.545

The products are not constant, and the ratios are not constant.

X and y show no variation .

 

In Exercises 15–22, the variables x and y vary inversely. Use the given values to write an equation relating x and y. Then find y when x = 3.
Question 15.
x = 5, y =−4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 15

Question 16.
x = 1, y = 9
Answer:

Y=a/x

Plug  x=1, y=9 into equation to determine a.

9=a/1

a =9.1=9

The inverse variation equation is y= 9/x

When x=3,

Y=9/3=3

Question 17.
x =−3, y = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 17

Question 18.
x = 7, y = 2
Answer:

Y=a/x

Plug  x=7, y=2 into equation to determine a.

7=a/2

a=7. 2=14

The inverse variation equation is y=14/x

When x=3

Y=14/3

Question 19.
x = \(\frac{3}{4}\), y = 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 19

Question 20.
x = −4, y = –\(\frac{5}{4}\)
Answer:

Y=a/x

Plug  x= -4  ,  y=-5/4 into equation to determine a.

-5/4  = a/-4

a =-5/4  . (-4)=5

The inverse variation equation is y=5/x

When x=3

Y=5/3

Question 21.
x = −12, y = −\(\frac{6}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 21

Question 22.
x = \(\frac{5}{3}\), y = −7
Answer:

Y=a/x

Plug  x= 5/3  ,  y=-7 into equation to determine a.

-7 =a/5/3

A=-7 . 5/3 = – 35/3

The inverse variation equation is y=-35/3/x

When x=3

Y=-35/3/3=-35/9

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, the variables x and y vary inversely. Describe and correct the error in writing an equation relating x and y.
Question 23.
x = 8, y = 5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 23

Question 24.
x = 5, y = 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 11
Answer:

Every thing is correct except last row when they plug a = 10 into starting equation . it shoulds be like this

a=10

Xy=a

Xy=10, divide with x

Y=10/x

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The number y of songs that can be stored on an MP3 player varies inversely with the average size x of a song. A certain MP3 player can store 2500 songs when the average size of a song is 4 megabytes (MB).
a. Make a table showing the numbers of songs that will fit on the MP3 player when the average size of a song is 2 MB, 2.5 MB, 3 MB, and 5 MB.
b. What happens to the number of songs as the average song size increases?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
When you stand on snow, the average pressure P (in pounds per square inch) that you exert on the snow varies inversely with the total area A (in square inches) of the soles of your footwear. Suppose the pressure is 0.43 pound per square inch when you wear the snowshoes shown. Write an equation that gives P as a function of A. Then find the pressure when you wear the boots shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 12
Answer:

The general equation for inverse variation is

Y=a/x

Let y=P where P is average pressure   on snow and x =A is the total area .

If we wear the snowshoes then the   P is 0.43 and A=360. Using the equation about we have that

P=a/A

0.43=a/360

A=0.43.360=154.8

It implies that   P=154.8/A

Now  , if you boots then A=60. Using the equation about we have that

P=a/A

0.43=a/60

A=0.43.60=25.8

It implies that

P=25.8/A

 

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Computer chips are etched onto silicon wafers. The table compares the area A (in square millimeters) of a computer chip with the number c of chips that can be obtained from a siliconwafer. Write a model that gives c as a function of A. Then predict the number of chips per wafer when the area of a chip is 81 square millimeters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 27

Question 28.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Does the graph of f represent inverse variation or direct variation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 14
Answer:

As x increases, y increases as well, so product x. y cannot possibly be constant.

This means that x and y show direct variation .

Question 29.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You have enough money to buy 5 hats for $10 each or 10 hats for $5 each. Your friend says this situation represents inverse variation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The weight w (in pounds) of an object varies inversely with the square of the distance d (in miles) of the object from the center of Earth. At sea level (3978 miles from the center of theEarth), an astronaut weighs 210 pounds. How much does the astronaut weigh 200 miles above sea level?
Answer:

Write the equation that represents  given variation :

W=a/d2 – there is d2 in denominator because w varies inversely   with square of the distance  .

Plug d=3978 and w=210 into equation to determine a.

210 = a/39782

A=210. 39782 = 3,323,141,640

Equation :

W = 3,323,141,640/d2

When d = 3978+200 = 4178:

W = 3,323,141,640/41782 = 190

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by an inverse variation equation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 31

Question 32.
CRITICAL THINKING
Suppose x varies inversely with y and y varies inversely with z. How does x vary with z? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Y=b/z

From first equation:

X=a/y, multiply with y

X y= a, divide  with x

Y=a/x

Substitute this y with y in equation with z:

Y=b/z

a/x = b/z, multiply with x z

a z=b z

x=a/b z

x varies directly with z.

Question 33.
USING STRUCTURE
To balance the board in the diagram, the distance (in feet) of each animal from the center of the board must vary inversely with its weight (in pounds). What is the distance of each animal from the fulcrum? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 33

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency Divide.
Question 34.
(x2 + 2x − 99) ÷ (x + 11)
Answer:

Question 35.
(3x4 − 13x2 − x3 + 6x − 30) ÷ (3x2 − x + 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 35

Graph the function. Then state the domain and range.
Question 36.
f(x) = 5x + 4
Answer:

First graph g(x)= 5x. Then translate it 4 units up  to obtain f(x).

On graph :

Red – g(x)

Blue – f(x)

Domain of f is all real number and range of f is (4, ∞)

Question 37.
g(x) = ex-1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 37

Question 38.
y = ln 3x – 6
Answer:

First graph g(x)=In 3x. Then translate it six units down  to obtain f(x).

On graph :

Red – g(x)

Blue – f(x)

Domain of f is all positive number real numbers,(0, ∞) and range of f is (-∞, ∞)- all real numbers.

Question 39.
ln(x) = 2 ln (x + 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.1 a 39

Lesson 7.2 Graphing Rational Functions

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a rational function?
The parent function for rational functions with a linear numerator and a linear denominator is
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\). Parent function
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 1
The graph of this function, shown at the right, is a hyperbola.

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Graphs of Rational Functions
Work with a partner. Each function is a transformation of the graph of the parent function f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\). Match the function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Then describe the transformation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a rational function?
Answer:

Question 3.
Determine the intercepts, asymptotes, domain, and range of the rational function g(x) = \(\frac{x-a}{x-b}\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Graph g(x) = \(\frac{-6}{x}\). Compare the graph with the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\).
Answer:

Graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 2.
y = \(\frac{3}{x}\) – 2
Answer:

Question 3.
y = \(\frac{-1}{x + 4}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
y = \(\frac{1}{x – 1}\) + 5
Answer:

Graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 5.
f(x) = \(\frac{x-1}{x+3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\frac{2x+1}{4x-2}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
f(x) = \(\frac{-3x+2}{-x-1}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
Rewrite g(x) = \(\frac{2x+3}{x+1}\) in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\). Graph the function.
Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
How do the answers in Example 5 change when the cost of the 3-D printer is $800?
Answer:

Graphing Rational Functions 7.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The function y = \(\frac{7}{x+2}\) has a(n) __________ of all real numbers except 3 and a(n) __________ of all real numbers except −4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Is f(x) = \(\frac{-3 x+5}{2^{x}+1}\) a rational function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Consider function f given by

f(x) =-3x+5/2x +1

We know that the rational function has form

Y=a x +b/ c x +d

Where a, b,c, d are constant such that c x+d ≠ 0

Since 2x is exponential function then the given function is not rational

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, graph the function. Compare the graph with the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\).
Question 3.
g(x) = \(\frac{3}{x}\)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 3

Question 4.
g(x) = \(\frac{10}{x}\)
Answer:

Step:1

The function is of form g(x)= a/x, so the asymptotes are x=0 and y=0

Step:2

Make a table of value and plot the points.

Include both positive and negative values of x.

      x        -3       -2         -1        1       2          3
       y      -10/3     -5       -10      10      5        10/3

Step=3

On graph :

Red – f(x)= 1/x

Blue – g(x) = 10/x

Question 5.
g(x) = \(\frac{-5}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\frac{-9}{x}\)
Answer:

Step:1

The function is of form g(x)= a/x, so the asymptotes are x=0 and y=0

Step:2

Make a table of value and plot the points.

Include both positive and negative values of x.

     x     -3      -2    -1     1      2                    3
     y       3     9/2      9     -9   -9/2      -3

Step=3

On graph :

Red – f(x)= 1/x

Blue – g(x) = -9/x

The graph of g lies further from axes than the graph of f. Both have the same asymptotes, domain and range . Graph of g lies in second and fourth quadrants  , and graph of f lies and third quadrants

Question 7.
g(x) = \(\frac{15}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 7

Question 8.
g(x) = \(\frac{-12}{x}\)
Answer:

Step 1

The function is of form g(x)= a/x, so the asymptotes are x=0 and y=0

Step 2

Make a table of value and plot the points.

Include both positive and negative values of x.

     x     -3      -2    -1     1      2                    3
     y      4     6     12     -12   -6      -4

Step 3

On graph :

Red – f(x)= 1/x

Blue – g(x) = -12/x

The graph of g lies further from axes than the graph of f. Both have the same asymptotes, domain and range . Graph of g lies in second and fourth quadrants  , and graph of f lies and third quadrants.

Question 9.
g(x) = \(\frac{-0.5}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 9

Question 10.
g(x) = \(\frac{0.1}{x}\)
Answer:

Step 1

The function is of form g(x)= a/x, so the asymptotes are x=0 and y=0

step 2

Make a table of value and plot the points.

Include both positive and negative values of x.

      x       -3       -2       -1      1         2        3
      y -0.033     -0.05      -0.1    0.1      0.05      0.033

Step 3

On graph :

Red – f(x)= 1/x

Blue – g(x) = -0.1/x

The graph of g lies closer to axes than the graph of f . Both graphs lie in first and third quadrants and have the same asymptotes, domain and range

 

In Exercises 11–18, graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 11.
g(x) = \(\frac{4}{x}\)+ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 11

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{2}{x}\) − 3
Answer:

Consider function f given by

F(x)=2/x   -3

We have that   x=0

Is vertical asymptote  .The horizontal asymptote is

Y=-3

Plot point to the left of the vertical   asymptote, such as (-1,-5),(-4,-7/2),

And (-2/5 , -8 ).Plot points to the right of the vertical asymptote, such as (2,-2),(1/2,1) and (4,-5/2).

The domain is all real number except x=0 and the range is all real numbers except y=-3

Question 13.
h(x) = \(\frac{6}{x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 13

Question 14.
y = \(\frac{1}{x+2}\)
Answer:

Consider function f given by

f(x)=1/x+2

From x+2 =0 we get that  x =-2

is vertical asymptote  .The horizontal asymptote is

Y=0

Plot point to the left of the vertical   asymptote, such as (-3,-1),(-4,-1/2),

And (-7 , -1/5).Plot points to the right of the vertical asymptote, such as (-1/2,-2),(0,1/2) and (3,1/5).

The domain is all real number except x= -2 and the range is all real numbers except y=0

 

 

Question 15.
h(x) = \(\frac{-3}{x+2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = \(\frac{-2}{x-7}\)
Answer:

Consider function f given by

f(x)=-2/x-7

From x+2 =0 we get that  x = 7

is vertical asymptote  .The horizontal asymptote is

Y=0

Plot point to the left of the vertical   asymptote, such as (5,1),(3,1/2),

And (6 , 2).Plot points to the right of the vertical asymptote, such as (8,-2),(9,1) and (11,-1/2).

The domain is all real number except x=  7and the range is all real numbers except y=0

 

Question 17.
g(x) = \(\frac{-3}{x-4}\) − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 17

Question 18.
y = \(\frac{10}{x+7}\) − 5
Answer:

Consider function f given by

f(x)=10/x+7   –  5

From x+2 =0 we get that  x = -7

is vertical asymptote  .The horizontal asymptote is

Y=-5

Plot point to the left of the vertical   asymptote, such as (-17,-6),(-12,-7),

And (-8 , -15).Plot points to the right of the vertical asymptote, such as (-5,0),(-2,-3) and (3,-4).

The domain is all real number except x=  -7and the range is all real numbers except y=-5

 

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in graphing the rational function.
Question 19.
y = \(\frac{-8}{x}\)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 19

Question 20.
y = \(\frac{2}{x-1}\) – 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 5
Answer:

Vertical asymptote is incorrect.

It should be x-1=0

X=1

Correct   graph :

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 21–24, match the function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Question 21.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{x-3}\) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 21

Question 22.
h(x) = \(\frac{2}{x+3}\) + 1
Answer:

The graph is A because the asymptotes are x=-3 and y=1

Question 23.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{x-3}\) − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 23

Question 24.
y = \(\frac{2}{x+3}\) − 1
Answer:

The graph is D  because the asymptotes are x=-3 and  y=1

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 6.1

In Exercises 25–32, graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 25.
f(x) = \(\frac{x+4}{x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 25.2

Question 26.
y = \(\frac{x-1}{x+5}\)
Answer:

Consider function f given by

Y=x-1/x+5

We know that the rational function has form y= a x+ b/cx +d

Where a,b,c,d are constant such that cx+d 0 .

From x+5 =0 we get that  x = -5

is vertical asymptote   .The horizontal asymptote is

Y=a/c = 1/1 =1

Plot point to the left of the vertical   asymptote, such as (-11,2),(-8,3),

And(-7 , -4).Plot points to the right of the vertical asymptote, such as (-4,-5),(-2,-1) and (1,0).

The domain is all real number except x=  -5and the range is all real numbers except y=1

 

Question 27.
y = \(\frac{x+6}{4x-8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 27.2

Question 28.
h(x) = \(\frac{8x+3}{2x-6}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = \(\frac{-5x+2}{4x+5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 29.2

Question 30.
g(x) = \(\frac{6x-1}{3x-1}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
h(x) = \(\frac{-5x}{-2x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 31.2

Question 32.
y = \(\frac{-2x+1}{-x+10}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, rewrite the function in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k. Graph the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Question 33.
g(x) = \(\frac{5x+6}{x+1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 33

Question 34.
g(x) = \(\frac{7x+4}{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
g(x) = \(\frac{2x-4}{x-5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 35

Question 36.
g(x) = \(\frac{4x-11}{x-2}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
g(x) = \(\frac{x+18}{x-6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 37

Question 38.
g(x) = \(\frac{x+2}{x-8}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
g(x) = \(\frac{7x-20}{x+13}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 39

Question 40.
g(x) = \(\frac{9x-3}{x+7}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your school purchases a math software program. The program has an initial cost of $500 plus $20 for each student that uses the program.
a. Estimate how many students must use the program for the average cost per student to fall to $30.
b. What happens to the average cost as more students use the program?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 41

Question 42.
PROBLEM SOLVING
To join a rock climbing gym, you must pay an initial fee of $100 and a monthly fee of $59.
a. Estimate how many months you must purchase a membership for the average cost per month to fall to $69.
b. What happens to the average cost as the number of months that you are a member increases?
Answer:

Question 43.
USING STRUCTURE
What is the vertical asymptote of the graph of the function y = \(\frac{2}{x+4}\) + 7?
A. x =−7
B. x = −4
C. x = 4
D. x = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 43

Question 44.
REASONING
What are the x-intercept(s) of the graph of the function y = \(\frac{x-5}{x^{2}-1}\)?
A. 1, −1
B. 5
C. 1
D. −5
Answer:

Question 45.
USING TOOLS
The time t (in seconds) it takes for sound to travel 1 kilometer can be modeled by
t = \(\frac{1000}{06T+331}\)
where T is the air temperature (in degrees Celsius).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 6
a. You are 1 kilometer from a lightning strike. You hear the thunder 2.9 seconds later. Use a graph to fund the approximate air temperature.
b. Find the average rate of change in the time it takes sound to travel 1 kilometer as the air temperature increases from 0°C to 10°C.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A business is studying the cost to remove a pollutant from the ground at its site. The function y = \(\frac{15x}{1.1-x}\) models the estimated cost y (in thousands of dollars) to remove x percent (expressed as a decimal) of the pollutant.
a. Graph the function. Describe a reasonable domain and range.
b. How much does it cost to remove 20% of the pollutant? 40% of the pollutant? 80% of the pollutant? Does doubling the percentage of the pollutant removed double the cost? Explain.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 47–50, use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Then determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 47.
h(x) = \(\frac{6}{x^{2}+1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 47

Question 48.
f(x) = \(\frac{2 x^{2}}{x^{2}-9}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
y = \(\frac{x^{3}}{3 x^{2}+x^{4}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 49

Question 50.
f(x) = \(\frac{4 x^{2}}{2 x^{3}-x}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims it is possible for a rational function to have two vertical asymptotes. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 51

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph of f to determine the equations of the asymptotes. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 7
Answer:

Question 53.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
In what line(s) is the graph of y = \(\frac{1}{x}\) symmetric? What does this symmetry tell you about the inverse of the function f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
There are four basic types of conic sections: parabola, circle, ellipse, and hyperbola. Each of these can be represented by the intersection of a double-napped cone and a plane. The intersections for a parabola, circle, and ellipse are shown below.Sketch the intersection for a hyperbola.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 8
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
The graph of the rational function f is a hyperbola. The asymptotes of the graph of f intersect at (3, 2). The point (2, 1) is on the graph. Find another point on the graph. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 55

Question 56.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Describe the intervals where the graph of y = \(\frac{a}{x}\) is increasing or decreasing when (a) a > 0 and (b) a < 0. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 57.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An Internet service provider charges a $50 installation fee and a monthly fee of $43. The table shows the average monthly costs y of a competing provider for x months of service. Under what conditions would a person choose one provider over the other? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 57

Question 58.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Doppler effect occurs when the source of a sound is moving relative to a listener, so that the frequency f(in hertz) heard by the listener is different from the frequency fs(in hertz) at the source. In both equations below, r is the speed (in miles per hour) of the sound source.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 10
a. An ambulance siren has a frequency of 2000 hertz. Write two equations modeling the frequencies heard when the ambulance is approaching and when the ambulance is moving away.
b. Graph the equations in part (a) using the domain 0 ≤ r ≤ 60.
c. For any speed r, how does the frequency heard for an approaching sound source compare with the frequency heard when the source moves away?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the polynomial.
Question 59.
4x2 − 4x− 80
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 59

Question 60.
3x2 − 3x − 6
Answer:

Question 61.
2x2 − 2x − 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 61

Question 62.
10x2 + 31x − 14
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 63.
32 • 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 63

Question 64.
21/2 • 23/5
Answer:

Question 65.
\(\frac{6^{5 / 6}}{6^{1 / 6}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 a 65

Question 66.
\(\frac{6^{8}}{6^{10}}\)
Answer:

Rational Functions Study Skills: Analyzing Your Errors

7.1–7.2 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
inverse variation, p. 360
constant of variation, p. 360
rational function, p. 366

Core Concepts
Section 7.1
Inverse Variation, p. 360
Writing Inverse Variation Equations, p. 361

Section 7.2
Parent Function for Simple Rational Functions, p. 366
Graphing Translations of Simple Rational Functions, p. 367

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Explain the meaning of the given information in Exercise 25 on page 364.
Answer:

Question 2.
How are you able to recognize whether the logic used in Exercise 29 on page 364 is correct or flawed?
Answer:

Question 3.
How can you evaluate the reasonableness of your answer in part (b) of Exercise 41 on page 371?
Answer:

Question 4.
How did the context allow you to determine a reasonable domain and range for the function in Exercise 46 on page 371?
Answer:

Study Skills: AnalyzingYour Errors

Study Errors
What Happens: You do not study the right material or you do not learn it well enough to remember it on a test without resources such as notes.
How to Avoid This Error: Take a practice test. Work with a study group. Discuss the topics on the test with your teacher. Do not try to learn a whole chapter’s worth of material in one night.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.2 11

Rational Functions 7.1–7.2 Quiz

Tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
x + y = 7
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = y
Answer:

Question 3.
xy = 0.45′
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 1
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 2
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 3
Answer:

Question 7.
The variables x and y vary inversely, and y= 10 when x= 5. Write an equation that relates x and y. Then find y when x = −2.
Answer:

Match the equation with the correct graph. Explain your reasoning.
Question 8.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{x}\) + 2
Answer:

Question 9.
y = \(\frac{-2}{x+3}\) − 2
Answer:

Question 10.
h(x) = \(\frac{2x+2}{3x+1}\)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 4

Question 11.
Rewrite g(x) = \(\frac{2x+9}{x+8}\) in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\). Graph the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Answer:

Question 12.
The time t (in minutes) required to empty a tank varies inversely with the pumping rate r (in gallons per minute). The rate of a certain pump is 70 gallons per minute. It takes the pump 20 minutes to empty the tank. Complete the table for the times it takes the pump to empty a tank for the given pumping rates.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 5
Answer:

Question 13.
A pitcher throws 16 strikes in the first 38 pitches. The table shows how a pitcher’s strike percentage changes when the pitcher throws x consecutive strikes after the first 38 pitches. Write a rational function for the strike percentage in terms of x. Graph the function. How many consecutive strikes must the pitcher throw to reach a strike percentage of 0.60?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions q 6
Answer:

Lesson 7.3 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Expressions

Essential Question How can you determine the excluded values in a product or quotient of two rational expressions?
You can multiply and divide rational expressions in much the same way that you multiply and divide fractions. Values that make the denominator of an expression zero are excluded values
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Expressions
Work with a partner. Find the product or quotient of the two rational expressions. Then match the product or quotient with its excluded values. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 2

EXPLORATION 2

Writing a Product or Quotient
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 3
Work with a partner. Write a product or quotient of rational expressions that has the given excluded values. Justify your answer.
a. −1
b. −1 and 3
c. −1, 0, and 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine the excluded values in a product or quotient of two rational expressions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Is it possible for the product or quotient of two rational expressions to have no excluded values? Explain your reasoning. If it is possible, give an example.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the rational expression, if possible.
Question 1.
\(\frac{2(x+1)}{(x+1)(x+3)}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{x+4}{x^{2}-16}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{x(x+2)}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{x^{2}-2 x-3}{x^{2}-x-6}\)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 5.
\(\frac{3 x^{5} y^{2}}{8 x y} \cdot \frac{6 x y^{2}}{9 x^{3} y}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}-10 x}{x^{2}-25} \cdot \frac{x+3}{2 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{x+5}{x^{3}-1}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\) • (x2 + x + 1)
Answer:

Find the quotient.
Question 9.
\(\frac{4 x}{5 x-20} \div \frac{x^{2}-2 x}{x^{2}-6 x+8}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}+3 x-5}{6 x}\) ÷ (2x2 + 5x)
Answer:

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Expressions 7.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Describe how to multiply and divide two rational expressions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which rational expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, simplify the expression, if possible.
Question 3.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}}{3 x^{2}-4 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 3

Question 4.
\(\frac{7 x^{3}-x^{2}}{2 x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{x^{2}-3 x-18}{x^{2}-7 x+6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 5

Question 6.
\(\frac{x^{2}+13 x+36}{x^{2}-7 x+10}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{x^{2}+11 x+18}{x^{3}+8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 7

Question 8.
\(\frac{x^{2}-7 x+12}{x^{3}-27}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{32 x^{4}-50}{4 x^{3}-12 x^{2}-5 x+15}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{3 x^{3}-3 x^{2}+7 x-7}{27 x^{4}-147}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 11–20, find the product.
Question 11.
\(\frac{4 x y^{3}}{x^{2} y} \cdot \frac{y}{8 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{48 x^{5} y^{3}}{y^{4}} \cdot \frac{x^{2} y}{6 x^{3} y^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(\frac{x^{2}(x-4)}{x-3} \cdot \frac{(x-3)(x+6)}{x^{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 13

Question 14.
\(\frac{x^{3}(x+5)}{x-9} \cdot \frac{(x-9)(x+8)}{3 x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{x^{2}-3 x}{x-2} \cdot \frac{x^{2}+x-6}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 15

Question 16.
\(\frac{x^{2}-4 x}{x-1} \cdot \frac{x^{2}+3 x-4}{2 x}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{x^{2}+3 x-4}{x^{2}+4 x+4} \cdot \frac{2 x^{2}+4 x}{x^{2}-4 x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{x^{2}-x-6}{4 x^{3}} \cdot \frac{2 x^{2}+2 x}{x^{2}+5 x+6}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{x^{2}+5 x-36}{x^{2}-49}\) • (x2 – 11x + 28)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{x^{2}-x-12}{x^{2}-16}\) • (x2 – 2x + 8)
Answer:

Question 21.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in simplifying the rational expression.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 21

Question 22.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the product.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 6
Answer:

Question 23.
USING STRUCTURE
Which rational expression is in simplified form?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 23

Question 24.
COMPARING METHODS
Find the product below by multiplying the numerators and denominators, then simplifying. Then find the product by simplifying each expression, then multiplying. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
\(\frac{4 x^{2} y}{2 x^{3}} \cdot \frac{12 y^{4}}{24 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
WRITING
Compare the function f(x) = \(\frac{(3 x-7)(x+6)}{(3 x-7)}\) to the function g(x) = x + 6.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Write a model in terms of x for the total area of the base of the building.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 8
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, find the quotient.
Question 27.
\(\frac{32 x^{3} y}{y^{8}} \div \frac{y^{7}}{8 x^{4}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 27

Question 28.
\(\frac{2 x y z}{x^{3} z^{3}} \div \frac{6 y^{4}}{2 x^{2} z^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{x^{2}-x-6}{2 x^{4}-6 x^{3}} \div \frac{x+2}{4 x^{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 29

Question 30.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}-12 x}{x^{2}-7 x+6} \div \frac{2 x}{3 x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{x^{2}-x-6}{x+4}\) ÷ (x2 – 6x + 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{x^{2}-5 x-36}{x+2}\) ÷ (x2 – 18x + 81)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{x^{2}+9 x+18}{x^{2}+6 x+8} \div \frac{x^{2}-3 x-18}{x^{2}+2 x-8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 33

Question 34.
\(\frac{x^{2}-3 x-40}{x^{2}+8 x-20} \div \frac{x^{2}+13 x+40}{x^{2}+12 x+20}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 35 and 36, use the following information. Manufacturers often package products in a way that uses the least amount of material. One measure of the efficiency of a package is the ratio of its surface area S to its volume V. The smaller the ratio, the more efficient the packaging.
Question 35.
You are examining three cylindrical containers.
a. Write an expression for the efficiency ratio \(\frac{S}{V}\) of a cylinder.
b. Find the efficiency ratio for each cylindrical can listed in the table. Rank the three cans according to efficiency.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 35

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A popcorn company is designing a new tin with the same square base and twice the height of the old tin.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 10
a. Write an expression for the efficiency ratio \(\frac{S}{V}\) of each tin.
b. Did the company make a good decision by creating the new tin? Explain.
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total amount I (in millions of dollars) of healthcare expenditures and the residential population P (in millions) in the United States can be modeled by
I = \(\frac{171,000 t+1,361,000}{1+0.018 t}\) and P = 2.96t + 278.649
where t is the number of years since 2000. Find a model M for the annual healthcare expenditures per resident. Estimate the annual healthcare expenditures per resident in 2010.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total amount I (in millions of dollars) of school expenditures from prekindergarten to a college level and the enrollment P(in millions) in prekindergarten through college in the United States can be modeled by
I = \(\frac{17.913 t+709,569}{1-0.028 t}\) and P = 0.5906t + 70.219
where t is the number of years since 2001. Find a model M for the annual education expenditures per student. Estimate the annual education expenditures per student in 2009.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 11
Answer:

Question 39.
USING EQUATIONS
Refer to the population model P in Exercise 37.
a. Interpret the meaning of the coefficient of t.
b. Interpret the meaning of the constant term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graphs of f and g to determine the excluded values of the functions h(x) = (fg)(x) and k(x) = (\(\frac{f}{g}\)) (x). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 12
Answer:

Question 41.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Complete the table for the function y = \(\frac{x+4}{x^{2}-16}\) . Then use the trace feature of a graphing calculator to explain the behavior of the function at x = −4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 41

Question 42.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You and your friend are asked to state the domain of the expression below.
\(\frac{x^{2}+6 x-27}{x^{2}+4 x-45}\)
Your friend claims the domain is all real numbers except 5. You claim the domain is all real numbers except −9 and 5. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the ratio of the perimeter to the area of the triangle shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 43

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the expression that makes the following statement true. Assume x ≠ −2 and x ≠ 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 15
ans;

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 45 and 46, perform the indicated operations.
Question 45.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}+x-15}{2 x^{2}-11 x-21}\) • (6x + 9) ÷ \(\frac{2 x-5}{3 x-21}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 45

Question 46.
(x3 + 8) • \(\frac{x-2}{x^{2}-2 x+4} \div \frac{x^{2}-4}{x-6}\)
Answer:

Question 47.
REASONING
Animals that live in temperatures several degrees colder than their bodies must avoid losing heat to survive. Animals can better conserve body heat as their surface area to volume ratios decrease. Find the surface area to volume ratio of each penguin shown by using cylinders to approximate their shapes. Which penguin is better equipped to live in a colder environment? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible to write two radical functions whose product when graphed is a parabola and whose quotient when graphed is a hyperbola? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 49.
REASONING
Find two rational functions f and g that have the stated product and quotient.
(fg)(x) = x2, (\(\left(\frac{f}{g}\right)\)) (x) = \(\frac{(x-1)^{2}}{(x+2)^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 49

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 50.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 5
Answer:

Question 51.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x − 2 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 51

Question 52.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x − \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)x − \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 53.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)x − \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 53

Write the prime factorization of the number. If the number is prime, then write prime.
Question 54.
42
Answer:

Question 55.
91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 54

Question 56.
72
Answer:

Question 57.
79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.3 a 57

Lesson 7.4 Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions

Essential Question
How can you determine the domain of the sum or difference of two rational expressions?
You can add and subtract rational expressions in much the same way that you add and subtract fractions.
\(\frac{x}{x+1}+\frac{2}{x+1}=\frac{x+2}{x+1}\) Sum of rational expressions
\(\frac{1}{x}-\frac{1}{2 x}=\frac{2}{2 x}-\frac{1}{2 x}=\frac{1}{2 x}\) Difference of rational expressions

EXPLORATION 1

Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions
Work with a partner. Find the sum or difference of the two rational expressions. Then match the sum or difference with its domain. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Writing a Sum or Difference
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 2
Work with a partner. Write a sum or difference of rational expressions that has the given domain. Justify your answer.
a. all real numbers except −1
b. all real numbers except −1 and 3
c. all real numbers except −1, 0, and 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine the domain of the sum or difference of two rational expressions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Your friend found a sum as follows. Describe and correct the error(s).
\(\frac{x}{x+4}+\frac{3}{x-4}=\frac{x+3}{2 x}\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the sum or difference.
Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{12 x}-\frac{5}{12 x}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3 x^{2}}+\frac{1}{3 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{4 x}{x-2}-\frac{x}{x-2}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{2 x^{2}}{x^{2}+1}+\frac{2}{x^{2}+1}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
Find the least common multiple of 5x3 and 10x2 − 15x.
Answer:

Find the sum or difference.
Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{4 x}-\frac{1}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3 x^{2}}+\frac{x}{9 x^{2}-12}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{x}{x^{2}-x-12}+\frac{5}{12 x-48}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
Rewrite g(x) = \(\frac{2 x-4}{x-3}\) in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k. Graph the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Answer:

Simplify the complex fraction.
Question 10.
\(\frac{\frac{x}{6}-\frac{x}{3}}{\frac{x}{5}-\frac{7}{10}}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{\frac{2}{x}-4}{\frac{2}{x}+3}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{\frac{3}{x+5}}{\frac{2}{x-3}+\frac{1}{x+5}}\)
Answer:

Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions 7.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A fraction that contains a fraction in its numerator or denominator is called a(n) __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how adding and subtracting rational expressions is similar to adding and subtracting numerical fractions.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, find the sum or difference.
Question 3.
\(\frac{15}{4 x}+\frac{5}{4 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 3

Question 4.
\(\frac{x}{16 x^{2}}-\frac{4}{16 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{9}{x+1}-\frac{2 x}{x+1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 5

Question 6.
\(\frac{3 x^{2}}{x-8}+\frac{6 x}{x-8}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{5 x}{x+3}+\frac{15}{x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 7

Question 8.
\(\frac{4 x^{2}}{2 x-1}-\frac{1}{2 x-1}\)

In Exercises 9–16, find the least common multiple of the expressions.
Question 9.
3x, 3(x − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 9

Question 10.
2x2, 4x+ 12
Answer:

Question 11.
2x, 2x(x − 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 11

Question 12.
24x2, 8x2 − 16x
Answer:

Question 13.
x2 − 25, x − 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 13

Question 14.
9x2 − 16, 3x2 + x − 4
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 + 3x − 40, x − 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 15

Question 16.
x2 − 2x − 63, x + 7
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 17 and 18, describe and correct the error in finding the sum.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 4
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, find the sum or difference.
Question 19.
\(\frac{12}{5 x}-\frac{7}{6 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{8}{3 x^{2}}+\frac{5}{4 x}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{x+4}-\frac{1}{x+6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 21

Question 22.
\(\frac{9}{x-3}+\frac{2 x}{x+1}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{12}{x^{2}+5 x-24}+\frac{3}{x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{x^{2}-5}{x^{2}+5 x-14}-\frac{x+3}{x+7}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{x+2}{x-4}+\frac{2}{x}+\frac{5 x}{3 x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 25

Question 26.
\(\frac{x+3}{x^{2}-25}-\frac{x-1}{x-5}+\frac{3}{x+3}\)
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 27 and 28, tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain.
Question 27.
The LCD of two rational expressions is the product of the denominators.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 27

Question 28.
The LCD of two rational expressions will have a degree greater than or equal to that of the denominator with the higher degree.
Answer:

Question 29.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
How would you begin to rewrite the function g(x) = \(\frac{4 x+1}{x+2}\) to obtain the form g(x) = a \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 29

Question 30.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
How would you begin to rewrite the function g(x) = \(\frac{x}{x-5}\) to obtain the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 6
Answer:

In Exercises 31–38, rewrite the function g in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k. Graph the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Question 31.
g(x) = \(\frac{5 x-7}{x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 31

Question 32.
g(x) = \(\frac{6 x+4}{x+5}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
g(x) = \(\frac{12 x}{x-5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 33

Question 34.
g(x) = \(\frac{8 x}{x+13}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
g(x) = \(\frac{2 x+3}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 35

Question 36.
g(x) = \(\frac{4 x-6}{x}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
g(x) = \(\frac{3 x+11}{x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 37

Question 38.
g(x) = \(\frac{7 x-9}{x+10}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 39–44, simplify the complex fraction.
Question 39.
\(\frac{\frac{x}{3}-6}{10+\frac{4}{x}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 39

Question 40.
\(\frac{15-\frac{2}{x}}{\frac{x}{5}+4}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\frac{\frac{1}{2 x-5}-\frac{7}{8 x-20}}{\frac{x}{2 x-5}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 41

Question 42.
\(\frac{\frac{16}{x-2}}{\frac{4}{x+1}+\frac{6}{x}}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(\frac{\frac{1}{3 x^{2}-3}}{\frac{5}{x+1}-\frac{x+4}{x^{2}-3 x-4}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{\frac{3}{x-2}-\frac{6}{x^{2}-4}}{\frac{3}{x+2}+\frac{1}{x-2}}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The total time T (in hours) needed to fly from New York to Los Angeles and back can be modeled by the equation below, where dis the distance (in miles) each way, a is the average airplane speed (in miles per hour), and j is the average speed (in miles per hour) of the jet stream. Simplify the equation. Then find the total time it takes to fly 2468 miles when a= 510 miles per hour and j = 115 miles per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 45

Question 46.
REWRITING A FORMULA
The total resistance Rt of two resistors in a parallel circuit with resistances R1 and R2 (in ohms) is given by the equation shown. Simplify the complex fraction. Then find the total resistance when R1 = 2000 ohms and R2 = 5600 ohms.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 8
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You plan a trip that involves a 40-mile bus ride and a train ride. The entire trip is 140 miles. The time (in hours) the bus travels is y1 = \(\frac{40}{x}\), where x is the average speed (in miles per hour) of the bus. The time (in hours) the train travels is y2= \(\frac{100}{x+30}\).Write and simplify a model that shows the total time y of the trip.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You participate in a sprint triathlon that involves swimming, bicycling, and running. The table shows the distances (in miles) and your average speed for each portion of the race.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 9
a. Write a model in simplified form for the total time (in hours) it takes to complete the race.
b. How long does it take to complete the race if you can swim at an average speed of 2 miles per hour? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 49.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that the least common multiple of two numbers is always greater than each of the numbers. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph of the function f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k to determine the values of h and k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 10
Answer:

Question 51.
REWRITING A FORMULA
You borrow P dollars to buy a car and agree to repay the loan over t years at a monthly interest rate of i (expressed as a decimal). Your monthly payment M is given by either formula below.
M = \(\frac{P i}{1-\left(\frac{1}{1+i}\right)^{12 t}}\) or M = \(\frac{P i(1+i)^{12 t}}{(1+i)^{12 t}-1}\)
a. Show that the formulas are equivalent by simplifying the first formula.
b. Find your monthly payment when you borrow$15,500 at a monthly interest rate of 0.5% and repay the loan over 4 years.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible to write two rational functions whose sum is a quadratic function? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 53.
USING TOOLS
Use technology to rewrite the function g(x) = \(\frac{(97.6)(0.024)+x(0.003)}{12.2+x}\) in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) + k. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 53

Question 54.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find an expression for the surface area of the box.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 11
Answer:

Question 55.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are hired to wash the new cars at a car dealership with two other employees. You take an average of 40 minutes to wash a car (R1 = 1/40 car per minute). The second employee washes a car in x minutes. The third employee washes a car in x + 10 minutes.
a. Write expressions for the rates that each employee can wash a car.
b. Write a single expression R for the combined rate of cars washed per minute by the group.
c. Evaluate your expression in part (b) when the second employee washes a car in 35 minutes. How many cars per hour does this represent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 55

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The amount A(in milligrams) of aspirin in a person’s bloodstream can be modeled by
A = \(\frac{391 t^{2}+0.112}{0.218 t^{4}+0.991 t^{2}+1}\)
where t is the time (in hours) after one dose is taken.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 12
a. A second dose is taken 1 hour after the first dose. Write an equation to model the amount of the second dose in the bloodstream.
b. Write a model for the total amount of aspirin in the bloodstream after the second dose is taken.
Answer:

Question 57.
FINDING A PATTERN
Find the next two expressions in the pattern shown. Then simplify all five expressions. What value do the expressions approach?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 57

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system by graphing.
Question 58.
y = x2 + 6
y = 3x + 4
Answer:

Question 59.
2x2 − 3x − y = 0
\(\frac{5}{2}\)x − y = \(\frac{9}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 59

Question 60.
3 = y − x2 − x
y = −x2 − 3x − 5
Answer:

Question 61.
y= (x + 2)2 − 3
y = x2 + 4x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.4 a 61

Lesson 7.5 Solving Rational Equations

Essential Question How can you solve a rational equation?

EXPLORATION 1

Solving Rational Equations
Work with a partner. Match each equation with the graph of its related system of equations. Explain your reasoning. Then use the graph to solve the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 1

EXPLORATION 2

Solving Rational Equations
Work with a partner. Look back at the equations in Explorations 1(d) and 1(e). Suppose you want a more accurate way to solve the equations than using a graphical approach.
a. Show how you could use a numerical approach by creating a table. For instance, you might use a spreadsheet to solve the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 2
b. Show how you could use an analytical approach. For instance, you might use the method you used to solve proportions.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you solve a rational equation?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the method in either Exploration 1 or 2 to solve each equation.
a. \(\frac{x+1}{x-1}=\frac{x-1}{x+1}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{x+1}=\frac{1}{x^{2}+1}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{x^{2}-1}=\frac{1}{x-1}\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation by cross multiplying. Check your solution(s).
Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5 x}=\frac{2}{x-7}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{-4}{x+3}=\frac{5}{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2 x+5}=\frac{x}{11 x+8}\)
Answer:

Solve the equation by using the LCD. Check your solution(s).
Question 4.
\(\frac{15}{x}+\frac{4}{5}=\frac{7}{x}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{3 x}{x+1}-\frac{5}{2 x}=\frac{3}{2 x}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{4 x+1}{x+1}=\frac{12}{x^{2}-1}+3\)
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{x-2}+\frac{6 x}{x+2}=\frac{9 x^{2}}{x^{2}-4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{x-1}-5=\frac{6}{x^{2}-1}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
Consider the function f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\) − 2. Determine whether the inverse of f is a function. Then find the inverse.
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
How do the answers in Example 6 change when c = \(\frac{50 m+800}{m}\)?
Answer:

Solving Rational Equations 7.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
When can you solve a rational equation by cross multiplying? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
A student solves the equation \(\frac{4}{x-3}=\frac{x}{x-3}\) and obtains the solutions 3 and 4. Are either of these extraneous solutions? Explain.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, solve the equation by cross multiplying. Check your solution(s).
Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{2 x}=\frac{5}{x+6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 3

Question 4.
\(\frac{9}{3 x}=\frac{4}{x+2}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{6}{x-1}=\frac{9}{x+1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 5

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{3 x-2}=\frac{2}{x-1}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{x}{2 x+7}=\frac{x-5}{x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 7

Question 8.
\(\frac{-2}{x-1}=\frac{x-8}{x+1}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{x^{2}-3}{x+2}=\frac{x-3}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{-1}{x-3}=\frac{x-4}{x^{2}-27}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
USING EQUATIONS
So far in your volleyball practice, you have put into play 37 of the 44 serves you have attempted. Solve the equation \(\frac{90}{100}=\frac{37+x}{44+x}\) to find the number of consecutive serves you need to put into play in order to raise your serve percentage to 90%.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 11

Question 12.
USING EQUATIONS
So far this baseball season, you have 12 hits out of 60 times at-bat. Solve the equation 0.360 = \(\frac{12+x}{60+x}\) to find the number of consecutive hits you need to raise your batting average to 0.360.
Answer:

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Brass is an alloy composed of 55% copper and 45% zinc by weight. You have 25 ounces of copper. How many ounces of zinc do you need to make brass?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You have 0.2 liter of an acid solution whose acid concentration is 16 moles per liter. You want to dilute the solution with water so that its acid concentration is only 12 moles per liter. Use the given model to determine how many liters of water you should add to the solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 4
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 15–18, identify the LCD of the rational expressions in the equation.
Question 15.
\(\frac{x}{x+3}+\frac{1}{x}=\frac{3}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 15

Question 16.
\(\frac{5 x}{x-1}-\frac{7}{x}=\frac{9}{x}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{x+1}+\frac{x}{x+4}=\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{4}{x+9}+\frac{3 x}{2 x-1}=\frac{10}{3}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 19–30, solvethe equation by using the LCD. Check your solution(s).
Question 19.
\(\frac{3}{2}+\frac{1}{x}\) = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{2}{3 x}+\frac{1}{6}=\frac{4}{3 x}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{x-3}{x-4}\) + 4 = \(\frac{3 x}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 21

Question 22.
\(\frac{2}{x-3}+\frac{1}{x}=\frac{x-1}{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{6 x}{x+4}\) + 4 = \(\frac{2 x+2}{x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{10}{x}\) + 3 = \(\frac{x+9}{x-4}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{18}{x^{2}-3 x}-\frac{6}{x-3}=\frac{5}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 25

Question 26.
\(\frac{10}{x^{2}-2 x}+\frac{4}{x}=\frac{5}{x-2}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{x+1}{x+6}+\frac{1}{x}=\frac{2 x+1}{x+6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 27

Question 28.
\(\frac{x+3}{x-3}+\frac{x}{x-5}=\frac{x+5}{x-5}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{5}{x}\) – 2 = \(\frac{2}{x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 29

Question 30.
\(\frac{5}{x^{2}+x-6}\) = 2 + \(\frac{x-3}{x-2}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 31 and 32, describe and correct the error in the first step of solving the equation.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 6
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You can paint a room in 8 hours. Working together, you and your friend can paint the room in just 5 hours.
a. Let t be the time (in hours) your friend would take to paint the room when working alone. Copy and complete the table.
(Hint: (Work done) = (Work rate) × (Time))
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 7
b. Explain what the sum of the expressions represents in the last column. Write and solve an equation to find how long your friend would take to paint the room when working alone.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 33

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You can clean a park in 2 hours. Working together, you and your friend can clean the park in just 1.2 hours.a. Let t be the time (in hours) your friend would take to clean the park when working alone. Copy and complete the table.
(Hint: (Work done) = (Work rate) × (Time))
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 8
b. Explain what the sum of the expressions represents in the last column. Write and solve an equation to find how long your friend would take to clean the park when working alone.
Answer:

Question 35.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a rational equation that you would solve using cross multiplication and one that you would solve using the LCD. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 35

Question 36.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by a rational equation. Justify your answer.
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, determine whether the inverse of f is a function. Then find the inverse.
Question 37.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{x-4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 37

Question 38.
f(x) = \(\frac{7}{x+6}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{x}\) – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = \(\frac{5}{x}\) – 6
Answer:

Question 41.
f(x) = \(\frac{4}{11-2 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 41

Question 42.
f(x) = \(\frac{8}{9+5 x}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\) + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 43

Question 44.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x^{4}}\) – 7
Answer:

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The cost of fueling your car for 1 year can be calculated using this equation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 9
Last year you drove9000 miles, paid $3.24 per gallon of gasoline, and spent a total of $1389 on gasoline. Find the fuel-efficiency rate of your car by (a) solving an equation, and (b) using the inverse of the function.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 45

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The recommended percent p (in decimal form) of nitrogen (by volume) in the air that a diver breathes is given by p = \(\frac{105.07}{d+33}\), where d is the depth (in feet) of the diver. Find the depth when the air contains 47% recommended nitrogen by (a) solving an equation, and (b) using the inverse of the function.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 47–50, use a graphing calculator to solve the equation f(x) = g(x).
Question 47.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x, g(x) = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 47

Question 48.
f(x) = −\(\frac{3}{5x}\), g(x) = −x
Answer:

Question 49.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\) + 1, g(x) = x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 49

Question 50.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{x}\) + 1, g(x) = x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 51.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Golden rectangles are rectangles for which the ratio of the width w to the length ℓ is equal to the ratio of ℓ to ℓ+w. The ratio of the length to the width for these rectangles is called the golden ratio. Find the value of the golden ratio using a rectangle with a width of 1 unit.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 51

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to identify the solution(s) of the rational equation \(\frac{4(x-1)}{x-1}=\frac{2 x-2}{x+1}\). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 12
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 53 and 54, find the inverse of the function. (Hint: Try rewriting the function by using either inspection or long division.)
Question 53.
f(x) = \(\frac{3 x+1}{x-4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 53

Question 54.
f(x) = \(\frac{4 x-7}{2 x+3}\)
Answer:

Question 55.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Find the inverse of rational functions of the form y = \(\frac{a x+b}{c x+d}\). Verify your answer is correct by using it to find the inverses in Exercises 53 and 54.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible to write a rational equation that has the following number of solutions? Justify your answers.
a. no solution
b. exactly one solution
c. exactly two solutions
d. infinitely many solutions
Answer:

Question 57.
CRITICAL THINKING
Let a be a nonzero real number. Tell whether each statement is always true, sometimes true, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
a. For the equation \(\frac{1}{x-a}=\frac{x}{x-a}\), x=a is an extraneous solution.
b. The equation \(\frac{3}{x-a}=\frac{x}{x-a}\) has exactly one solution.
c. The equation \(\frac{1}{x-a}=\frac{2}{x+a}+\frac{2 a}{x^{2}-a^{2}}\) has no solution.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 57

Question 58.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is not possible for a rational equation of the form \(\frac{x-a}{b}=\frac{x-c}{d}\), where b≠ 0 and d≠ 0, to have extraneous solutions. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain. Graph the function using its domain.
Question 59.
The linear function y = 0.25x represents the amount of money y (in dollars) of x quarters in your pocket. You have a maximum of eight quarters in your pocket.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 59

Question 60.
A store sells broccoli for $2 per pound. The total cost t of the broccoli is a function of the number of pounds p you buy.
Answer:

Evaluate the function for the given value of x.
Question 61.
f(x) = x3 − 2x + 7; x = −2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 61

Question 62.
g(x) = −2x4 + 7x3 + x − 2; x = 3
Answer:

Question 63.
h(x) = −x3 + 3x2 + 5x; x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 a 63

Question 64.
k(x) = −2x3 − 4x2 + 12x − 5; x = −5
Answer:

Rational Functions Performance Task: Circuit Design

7.3–7.5 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 13

Core Concepts
Section 7.3
Simplifying Rational Expressions, p. 376
Multiplying Rational Expressions, p. 377
Dividing Rational Expressions, p. 378

Section 7.4
Adding or Subtracting with Like Denominators, p. 384
Adding or Subtracting with Unlike Denominators, p. 384
Simplifying Complex Fractions, p. 387

Section 7.5
Solving Rational Equations by Cross Multiplying, p. 392
Solving Rational Equations by Using the Least Common Denominator, p. 393
Using Inverses of Functions, p. 395

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
In Exercise 37 on page 381, what type of equation did you expect to get as your solution? Explain why this type of equation is appropriate in the context of this situation.
Answer:

Question 2.
Write a simpler problem that is similar to Exercise 44 on page 382. Describe how to use the simpler problem to gain insight into the solution of the more complicated problem in Exercise 44.
Answer:

Question 3.
In Exercise 57 on page 390, what conjecture did you make about the value the given expressions were approaching? What logical progression led you to determine whether your conjecture was correct?
Answer:

Question 4.
Compare the methods for solving Exercise 45 on page 397. Be sure to discuss the similarities and differences between the methods as precisely as possible.
Answer:

Performance Task: Circuit Design

A thermistor is a resistor whose resistance varies with temperature. Thermistors are an engineer’s dream because they are inexpensive, small, rugged, and accurate. The one problem with thermistors is their responses to temperature are not linear. How would you design a circuit that corrects this problem?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 7 Rational Functions 7.5 14

Rational Functions Chapter Review

7.1 Inverse Variation (pp. 359–364)

Tell whether x and y show direct variation, inverse variation, or neither.
Question 1.
xy = 5
Answer:

Question 2.
5y = 6x
Answer:

Question 3.
15 = \(\frac{x}{y}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
y − 3 = 2x
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions cr 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions cr 6
Answer:

The variables x and y vary inversely. Use the given values to write an equation relating x and y. Then find y when x = -3.
Question 7.
x = 1, y = 5
Answer:

Question 8.
x = −4, y =−6
Answer:

Question 9.
x = \(\frac{5}{2}\),y = 18
Answer:

Question 10.
x = −12, y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

7.2 Graphing Rational Functions (pp. 365–372)

Graph the function. State the domain and range.
Question 11.
y = \(\frac{4}{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{x+5}\) + 2
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = \(\frac{3 x-2}{x-4}\)
Answer:

7.3 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Expressions (pp. 375–382)

Find the product or quotient.
Question 14.
\(\frac{80 x^{4}}{y^{3}} \cdot \frac{x y}{5 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{x-3}{2 x-8} \cdot \frac{6 x^{2}-96}{x^{2}-9}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{16 x^{2}-8 x+1}{x^{3}-7 x^{2}+12 x} \div \frac{20 x^{2}-5 x}{15 x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{x^{2}-13 x+40}{x^{2}-2 x-15}\) ÷ (x2 – 5x – 24)
Answer:

7.4 Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions (pp. 383–390)

Find the sum or difference.
Question 18.
\(\frac{5}{6(x+3)}+\frac{x+4}{2 x}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{5 x}{x+8}+\frac{4 x-9}{x^{2}+5 x-24}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{x+2}{x^{2}+4 x+3}-\frac{5 x}{x^{2}-9}\)
Answer:

Rewrite the function in the form g(x) = \(\frac{a}{x-h}\) h + k. Graph the function. Describe the graph of gas a transformation of the graph of f(x) = \(\frac{a}{x}\).
Question 21.
g(x) = \(\frac{5 x+1}{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
g(x) = \(\frac{4 x+2}{x+7}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = \(\frac{9 x-10}{x-1}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
Let f be the focal length of a thin camera lens, p be the distance between the lens and an object being photographed, and q be the distance between the lens and the film. For the photograph to be in focus, the variables should satisfy the lens equation to the right. Simplify the complex fraction.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions cr 24
Answer:

7.5 Solving Rational Equations (pp. 391–398)

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 25.
\(\frac{5}{x}=\frac{7}{x+2}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(\frac{8(x-1)}{x^{2}-4}=\frac{4}{x+2}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{2(x+7)}{x+4}\) – 2 = \(\frac{2 x+20}{2 x+8}\)
Answer:

Determine whether the inverse of f is a function. Then find the inverse.
Question 28.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{x+6}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = \(\frac{10}{x-7}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\) + 8
Answer:

Question 31.
At a bowling alley, shoe rentals cost $3 and each game costs $4. The average cost c (in dollars) of bowlingn games is given by c = \(\frac{4 n+3}{n}\). Find how many games you must bowl for the average cost to fall to $4.75 by (a) solving an equation, and (b) using the inverse of a function.
Answer:

Rational Functions Chapter Test

The variables x and y vary inversely. Use the given values to write an equation relating x and y. Then find y when x = 4.
Question 1.
x = 5, y = 2
Answer:

Question 2.
x = −4, y = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
x = \(\frac{3}{4}\), y = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

The graph shows the function y = \(\frac{1}{x-h}\) + k. Determine whether the value of each constant h and k is positive, negative, or zero. Explain your reasoning.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions ct 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions ct 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions ct 6
Answer:

Perform the indicated operation.
Question 7.
\(\frac{3 x^{2} y}{4 x^{3} y^{5}} \div \frac{6 y^{2}}{2 x y^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3 x}{x^{2}+x-12}-\frac{6}{x+4}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{x^{2}-3 x-4}{x^{2}-3 x-18} \cdot \frac{x-6}{x+1}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{x+5}+\frac{2 x}{x^{2}-25}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
Let g(x) = \(\frac{(x+3)(x-2)}{x+3}\). Simplify g(x). Determine whether the graph of f(x) =x− 2 and the graph of g are different. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 12.
You start a small beekeeping business. Your initial costs are $500 for equipment and bees. You estimate it will cost $1.25 per pound to collect, clean, bottle, and label the honey. How many pounds of honey must you produce before your average cost per pound is $1.79? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 13.
You can use a simple lever to lift a 300-pound rock. The force F (in foot-pounds) needed to lift the rock is inversely related to the distance d (in feet) from the pivot point of the lever. To lift the rock, you need 60 pounds of force applied to a lever with a distance of 10 feet from the pivot point. What force is needed when you increase the distance to 15feet from the pivot point? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions ct 13
Answer:

Question 14.
Three tennis balls fit tightly in a can as shown.
a. Write an expression for the height h of the can in terms of its radius r. Then rewrite the formula for the volume of a cylinder in terms of r only.
b. Find the percent of the can’s volume that is not occupied by tennis balls.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 7 Rational Functions ct 14
Answer:

Rational Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which of the following functions are shown in the graph? Select all that apply. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
You step onto an escalator and begin descending. After riding for 12 feet, you realize that you dropped your keys on the upper floor and walk back up the escalator to retrieve them. The total time T of your trip down and up the escalator is given by
T = \(\frac{12}{s}+\frac{12}{w-s}\)
where s is the speed of the escalator and w is your walking speed. The trip took 9 seconds, and you walk at a speed of 6 feet per second. Find two possible speeds of the escalator.
Answer:

Question 3.
The graph of a rational function has asymptotes that intersect at the point (4, 3). Choose the correct values to complete the equation of the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions ca 3
Answer:

Question 4.
The tables below give the amounts A (in dollars) of money in two different bank accounts over time t (in years).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions ca 4
a. Determine the type of function represented by the data in each table.
b. Provide an explanation for the type of growth of each function.
c. Which account has a greater value after 10 years? after 15 years? Justify your answers.
Answer:

Question 5.
Order the expressions from least to greatest. Justify your answer.(HSN-RN.A.1)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions ca 5
Answer:

Question 6.
A movie grosses $37 million after the first week of release. The weekly gross sales y decreases by 30% each week. Write an exponential decay function that represents the weekly gross sales in week x. What is a reasonable domain and range in this situation? Explain your reasoning.(HSF-LE.A.2)
Answer:

Question 7.
Choose the correct relationship among the variables in the table. Justify your answer by writing an equation that relates p, q, and r. (HSA-CED.A.2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 7 Rational Functions ca 6
A. The variable p varies directly with the difference of q and r.
B. The variable r varies inversely with the difference of p and q.
C. The variable q varies inversely with the sum of p and r.
D. The variable p varies directly with the sum of q and r.
Answer:

Question 8.
You have taken five quizzes in your history class, and your average score is 83 points. You think you can score 95 points on each remaining quiz. How many quizzes do you need to take to raise your average quiz score to 90 points? Justify your answer. (HSA-REI.A.2)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2

Hi guys!!! Are you in the search of various opportunities to increase your problem-solving skills? We are giving the best solution to it, just practice questions from Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Textbook. This BIM Book 3rd Grade 2nd Chapter Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key is designed in a fun learning way like mathematical practices through engaging activities like vocabulary exercises, games, and practice tests. Hence, download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies PDF to prepare effectively by clearing all your doubts while practicing.

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

Access the lessonwise BIM Book Grade 3 Answer Key available via quick links and use them as a reference whenever you have queries and unable to solve a question. Elementary School Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 2nd Chapter Multiplication Facts and Strategies Solutions makes it easy to learn the concert of multiplication and their strategies. Feel free to prepare any topic from 2nd chapter for your assessments or homework.

The lessons in Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answers Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies are Multiply by 2, Multiply by 5, Multiply by 10, Multiply by 0 or 1, and Use the Distributive Property. Just tap on the link to navigate to the place where you can see the solutions of each topic.

Lesson 1 – Multiply by 2

Lesson 2 – Multiply by 5

Lesson 3 – Multiply by 10

Lesson 4 – Multiply by 0 or 1

Lesson 5 – Use the Distributive Property

Lesson 6 – Problem Solving: Multiplication

Performance Task

Lesson 2.1 Multiply by 2

Explore and Grow

Model 3 × 2 using equal groups.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 1
3 × 2 = ____

Answer: 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.1-1
2 + 2 + 2 = 6
Multiplication is 3 × 2 = 6

Structure
How can you use the model to find 4 × 2?

Think and Grow Multiply by 2

Answer: 4 × 2 = 8
Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 =8
4 × 2 = 8

Example Find 6 × 2.
Model six groups of two.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 2

A multiple of a number is the product of that number and any other counting number.

Answer:
There are 6 groups and 2 counters in each group.
So add all the counters in each group.
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 12
Multiply the number of groups and the number of counters in each group.
6 × 2 = 12

Example
Complete the table and the statements.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.1-3

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Complete the equations for the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 4

Answer:
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 8
4 × 2 = 8

Find the product
Question 2.
7 × 2 = ____
Answer: 14

Explanation:
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14
7 × 2 = 14

Question 3.
2 × 3 = _____
Answer: 6

Explanation:
2 + 2 + 2 = 6
2 × 3 = 6

Apply and Grow: Practice

Complete the equations for the model
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 5
Answer: 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 2 counters in 5 groups.
Add the number of counters in each group.
That means 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 10
Multiply the number of groups and number of counters in each group.
2 × 5 = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 6
Answer: 9 + 9 = 18
9 × 2 = 18

Explanation:
There are 9 counters in each group
Total number of groups = 2
Add the number of groups
9 + 9 = 18
Multiply the number of groups and number of counters in each group
9 × 2 = 18

Find the product
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 7
Answer: 4
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 2.
2 × 2 = 4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 8
Answer: 6
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 2.
3 × 2 = 6

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 9
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 10.
2 × 10 = 20

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 10
Answer: 2
Any number multiplied with 1 will be the same number.
1 × 2 = 2

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 11
Answer: 12

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 2.
6 × 2 = 12

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 12
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 8.
2 × 8 = 16

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 13
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers with 4 and 2.
4 × 2 = 8

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 14
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 2.
7 × 2 = 14

Find the missing factor.
Question 14.
2 × ___ = 14
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x
2 × x = 14
x = 14/2 = 7
X = 7
Thus the missing factor is 7.

Question 15.
2 × ____ = 20
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y
2 × y = 20
y = 20/2
y = 10
Therefore the missing factor y is 10.

Question 16.
5 × ____ = 10
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let a be the missing factor
5 × a = 10
a = 10/5
a = 2
Thus the missing factor is 2.

Question 17.
How many gloves are in 9 pairs of gloves?
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given that there are 9 pairs of gloves
Each pair contains 2 gloves
9 × 2 = 18
There are 18 gloves in 9 pairs.

Question 18.
Structure
How are the models similar? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 15
Answer: There are 8 counters in 2 groups. Counters are similar but the groups are different.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A sled dog team must have at least 6 rows of 2 dogs. A musher has 15 dogs. Does he have enough dogs for a team?
Multiplication equation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 16
The musher ______ have enough dogs for a team.

Answer:
Given,
A sled dog team must have at least 6 rows of 2 dogs.
6 × 2 = 12
A musher has 15 dogs.
15 – 12 = 3 dogs
Therefore the musher has enough dogs for a team.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
Your teacher asks you to make 2 rows of 8 chairs. There are18 chairs. Do you have enough chairs?
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given,
Your teacher asks you to make 2 rows of 8 chairs. There are18 chairs.
2 × 8 = 16
Thus 16 chairs are enough to arrange 8 chairs in 2 rows.

Question 20.
You have 5 pairs of socks. Do you have enough socks to make 12 sock puppets?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 17
DIG DEEPER!
You want to make as many sock puppets as you can with the socks that you have. You need 2 googly eyes for each puppet. How many googly eyes do you need?
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given that, there are 5 pairs of socks.
You need 2 googly eyes for each puppet.
5 × 2 = 10
Thus you need 10 googly eyes.

Multiply by 2 Homework & Practice 2.1

Complete the equations for the model.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 18
Answer:
Observe the figure given above,
There are 3 groups and 2 counters in each group.
Add the number of counters in each group.
2 + 2 + 2 = 6
Multiply the number of groups and number of counters in each group.
3 × 2 = 6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 19
Answer:
There are 2 groups and 6 counters in each group.
Add the number of counters in each group.
6 + 6 = 12
Multiply the number of groups and number of counters in each group
2 × 6 = 12

Find the product.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 20
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 2.
4 × 2 = 8

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 21
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 2.
10 × 2 = 20

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 22
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 8.
2 × 8 = 16

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 23
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 9.
2 × 9 = 18

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 24
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 2.
7 × 2 = 14

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 25
Answer: 4
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 2.
2 × 2 = 4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 26
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 2.
5 × 2 = 10

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 27
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 1.
2 × 1 = 2

Find the missing factor.
Question 11.
2 × ___ = 16
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
2 × x = 16
x = 16/2
x = 8
Thus the missing factors is 8.

Question 12.
2 × ___ = 18
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be a.
2 × a = 18
a = 18/2
a = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 13.
____ × 3 = 6
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 3 = 6
y = 6/3 = 2
y = 2
Therefore the missing factor is 2.

Question 14.
A pendulum swings once every 2 seconds. How long will it take for the pendulum to swing 4 times?
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
A pendulum swings once every 2 seconds.
2 × 4 = 8
x = 4/2 = 2

Question 15.
Repeated Reasoning
Complete the multiplication table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 28
Answer:

Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.1-28

Question 16.
You buy a shirt that costs $7 and a pair of pants that costs 2 times as much. Write a multiplication equation to show the cost of the pants.
_____ × _____ = ____
How much money do you spend in all? _____
Answer: $7 × 2 = $14

Explanation:
Given,
You buy a shirt that costs $7 and a pair of pants that costs 2 times as much.
Multiply the cost of the shirt and the cost of the pants.
7 × 2 = 14

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A plumber needs to install handles in 9 sinks. Each sink has a hot water handle and a cold water handle. He has 19 handles. Does he have enough handles?
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given that,
A plumber needs to install handles in 9 sinks.
Each sink has a hot water handle and a cold water handle.
The total number of handles = 19 handles.
9 × 2 = 18
Thus he has enough handles.

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
You have 6 pairs of chopsticks. Do you have enough chopsticks for 4 people if they each get a pair?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 28

DIG DEEPER!
You want to make wrappers for each pair of chop sticks that you have. You need 2 pieces of paper for each wrapper.How many pieces of paper do you need?
Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given that there are 6 pairs of chopsticks.
Each pair has 2 chopsticks.
6 × 2 = 12
You need 2 pieces of paper for each wrapper.
12 × 2 = 24
Thus I need 24 pieces of paper for 12 chopsticks.

Review & Refresh

Compare
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 30
Answer: >
923 is greater than 854.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 31
Answer: >
621 is greater than 63.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.1 32
Answer: <
746 is less than 752.

Lesson 2.2 Multiply by 5

Explore and Grow

Question 1.
Model 3 × 5 on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 1
3 × 5 = ____
Answer: 15

Question 2.
Model 4 × 5 on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 2
4 × 5 = ____
Answer: 20

Structure
Compare your models. How are the models the same? How are they different?
Answer:

Think and Grow: Multiply by 5

Example
Find 8 × 5.
Skip count by 5s eight times.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 3

Answer: 40

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
The counters jump for every 5s.
There are 8 jumps of 5
8 × 5 = 40

Example
Complete the table and the statements.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 4
• Multiples of 5 end in 5s Facts ____ or _____ .
• An odd number times 5 is always an ______ number.
• An even number times 5 is always an ______ number.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-4
Multiples of 5 end in 5s Facts 0 or 5.
• An odd number times 5 is always an odd number.
• An even number times 5 is always an even number.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Complete the model and the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 5
Answer: 30

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-5

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
The counters jump for every 5s.
There are 6 jumps of 5.
6 × 5 = 30

Find the product.
Question 2.
9 × 5 = ____
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 5.
9 × 5 = 45

Question 3.
5 × 4 = _____
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 4.
5 × 4 = 20

Apply and Grow: Practice

Complete the model and the equation
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 6
Answer: 15

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-6

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
The counters jump for every 5s.
There are 3 jumps of 5.
3 × 5 = 15

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 7
Answer: 5 × 2 = 10

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-7

Find the product
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 8
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 5.
4 × 5 = 20

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 9
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 10.
5 × 10 = 20

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 10
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 5.
8 × 5 = 40

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 11
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 5.
9 × 5 = 45

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 12
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 5.
6 × 5 = 30

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 13
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 1.
5 × 1 = 5

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 14
Answer: 25

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 5.
5 × 5 = 25

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 15
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 7.
5 × 7 = 35

Find the missing factor.
Question 14.
5 × ____ = 35
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be a.
5 × a = 35
a = 35/5 = 7
a = 7
Thus the missing factor is 7.

Question 15.
____ × 5 = 50
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 5 = 50
x = 50/5
x = 10
Thus the missing factor is 10.

Question 16.
10 = 2 × ____
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be p.
10 = 2 × p
p = 10/2 = 5
p = 5
Thus the missing factor is 5.

Question 17.
Number Sense
Which numbers are multiples of 5? Think: How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 16

Answer: The multiples of 5 are 50, 20, 5, 85.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Use each number to complete the Venn diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 17
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-18

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A summer camp is in session 5 days each week for 8 weeks. Each day,1 camper is chosen to lead the camp song. There are 35 campers. Can each camper lead the camp song?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 19
Multiplication equation:
Each camper ____ lead the camp song.

Answer: Each camper can lead the camp song.

Explanation:
Given,
A summer camp is in session 5 days each week for 8 weeks. Each day,1 camper is chosen to lead the camp song. There are 35 campers.
5 days – 1 week
? – 8 weeks
8 × 5 = 40 days
There are 35 campers.
Thus Each camper can lead the camp song.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
Your teacher has 5 packs of spinning toys. There are 5 toys in each pack. There are 27 students in your class. Does every student get a spinning toy?
Answer: No

Explanation:
Given,
Your teacher has 5 packs of spinning toys. There are 5 toys in each pack. There are 27 students in your class.
5 × 5 = 25
27 – 25 = 2
Thus 2 students will not get a spinning toy.

Question 20.
You recycle 9 bottles and receive 5¢ for each bottle. You spend 25¢ on a pack of gum. How many cents do you have left?
DIG DEEPER!
How many more bottles do you need to recycle to buy another pack of gum?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 20
Answer: 20 cents

Explanation:
You recycle 9 bottles and receive 5¢ for each bottle. You spend 25¢ on a pack of gum.
9 × 5 = ¢45
¢45 – ¢25 = ¢20

Multiply by 5 Homework & Practice 2.2

Complete the model and the equation.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 21
Answer: 5 × 4 = 20

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
The count jumps for every 5.
From the figure, we can see there are 4 jumps of 5.
5 × 4 = 20

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 22
Answer: 5 × 1 = 5

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.2-22

Find the product
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 23
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 3.
5 × 3 = 15

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 24
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 10.
5 × 10 = 50

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 25
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 5.
8 × 5 = 40

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 26
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 2
5 × 2 = 10

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 27
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 9.
5 × 9 = 45

Question 8.

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 28
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 7.
5 × 7 = 35

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 29
Answer: 25

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 5.
5 × 5 = 25

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 30
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 5 and 6.
5 × 6 = 30

Find the missing factor.
Question 11.
5 × ___ = 20
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be t.
5 × t = 20
t = 20/5
t = 4
Thus the missing factor is 4.

Question 12.
45 = 5 × ____
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be a.
45 = 5 × a
a = 45/5
a = 9

Question 13.
____ × 5 = 15
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 5 = 15
x = 15/5
x = 3

Question 14.
There are 8 teams in a basketball tournament. Each team has 5 players. How many players are in the tournament?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 31
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Given,
There are 8 teams in a basketball tournament. Each team has 5 players.
8 × 5 = 40
Therefore there are 40 players in the tournament.

Question 15.
Reasoning
Newton has some nickels. He says they have a total value of 14 cents. Explain how you know that Newton is incorrect.
Answer:
Given,
Newton has some nickels. He says they have a total value of 14 cents.
Convert from cents to nickels.
1 nickel = 5 cents
14 cents = 2.8 nickels

Question 16.
Number Sense
Tell whether the number is a multiple of 2, 5, or both. Explain.
25 & 16
Answer:
25 is a multiple of 5.
16 is a multiple of 2.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A firefighter visits 5 houses. Each house has 3 smoke detectors that need a new battery.She has 18 batteries. Does every smoke detector get a new battery?
Answer:
Given,
A firefighter visits 5 houses.
Each house has 3 smoke detectors that need a new battery.
She has 18 batteries.
5 × 3 = 15
18 – 15 = 3
So, every smoke detector gets a new battery.

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes earns $5 for each lawn that he mows. He mows 7 lawns. He spends $20 on a video game. How much money does he have left?

DIG DEEPER!
How many more lawns does Descartes have to mow to buy another video game?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.2 32
Answer:
Given,
Descartes earns $5 for each lawn that he mows. He mows 7 lawns.
5 × 7 = $35
He spends $20 on a video game.
$35 – $20 = $15

Review & Refresh

Question 19.
Count by tens.
____, 20, ____, 40, ____, ____, 70, ____, ____, _____

Answer: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100.

Lesson 2.3 Multiply by 10

Question 1.
Explore 6 × 10 on the tape diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 1
6 × 10 = ___
Answer: 60
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.3-1

Structure
How can you see the model to find 7 × 10?
Answer: 70
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.3-1
10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 70
7 × 10 = 70

Think and Grow: Multiply by 10

Example
Find 4 × 10.
Model four groups of ten.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 2

Example
Complete the table and the statements
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 3

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Complete the model and the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 4
Answer:
10 + 10 + 10 = 30
3 × 10 = 30

Find the product
Question 2.
8 × 10 = ____
Answer: 80
Explanation:
10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 80
Thus 8 × 10 = 80

Question 3.
10 × 5 = ____
Answer: 50

Explanation:
5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 50
Thus 10 × 5 = 50

Apply and Grow: Practice

Complete the model and the equations.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 5
Answer:
10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 50
5 × 10 = 50

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 6
Answer: 20

Explanation:
10 + 10 = 20
2 jumps of 10.
2 × 10 = 20

Find the product
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 7
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 10.
4 × 10 = 40

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 8
Answer: 100

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 10.
10 × 10 = 100

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 9
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 7
10 × 7 = 70

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 10
Answer: 90

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 10.
9 × 10 = 90

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 11
Answer: 60

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 10.
6 × 10 = 60

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 12
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 10.
2 × 10 = 20

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 13
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 3.
10 × 3 = 30

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 14
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 1.
10 × 1 = 10

Tell Whether the product is even or odd.
Question 14.
6 × 2 = ____
Answer: Even number

Explanation:
6 × 2 = 12
An even number is an integer that can be divided by two and remain an integer or has no remainder.
12 is an even number.

Question 15.
5 × 3 = ___
Answer: Odd number

Explanation:
5 × 3 = 15
An odd number is an integer when divided by two, either leaves a remainder or the result is a fraction.
15 is an odd number.

Question 16.
8 × 10 = _____
Answer: Even number

Explanation:
8 × 10 = 80
An even number is an integer that can be divided by two and remain an integer or has no remainder.
80 is an even number.

Question 17.
5 × 10 = ____
Answer: Even number

Explanation:
5 × 10 = 50
An even number is an integer that can be divided by two and remain an integer or has no remainder.
50 is an even number.

Question 18.
10 × 7 = _____
Answer: Even number

Explanation:
7 × 10 = 70
An even number is an integer that can be divided by two and remain an integer or has no remainder.
70 is an even number.

Question 19.
5 × 7 = ____
Answer: Odd number

Explanation:
5 × 7 = 35
An odd number is an integer when divided by two, either leaves a remainder or the result is a fraction.
35 is an odd number.

Question 20.
There are 10 millimeters in 1 centimeter. The width of a cell phone is 6 centimeters. What is the width of the phone in millimeters?
Answer: 60 millimeters

Explanation:
Given,
There are 10 millimeters in 1 centimeter. The width of a cell phone is 6 centimeters
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
1 cm = 10 mm
6 cm = 6 × 10mm = 60mm
Thus the width of the phone in millimeters is 60mm.

Question 21.
Patterns
Complete the table using the words even or odd
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 32
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.3-32

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton has 8 dimes. Descartes has 75¢. Who has more money?
Multiplication equation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 16
_____ has more money.

Explanation:
Given,
Newton has 8 dimes. Descartes has 75¢.
1 dime =  ¢10
8 dimes = 8 × ¢10 = ¢80
¢80 – ¢75 = ¢5
Thus Newton has more money than Descartes.

Show and Grow

Question 22.
You have 10 nickels. Your friend has 46¢. Who has more money?
Answer: I have more money

Explanation:
Convert from nickels to cents.
1 Nickel = ¢5
10 Nickels = 10 × ¢5 = ¢50
¢50 – ¢46 = ¢4
Thus I have more money.

Question 23.
You have 34 trading cards. You buy 3 packs of cards. Each pack has 10 cards. How many trading cards do you have now?
Answer: 74 trading cards

Explanation:
You have 34 trading cards. You buy 3 packs of cards. Each pack has 10 cards.
1 pack = 10 cards
3 packs = 3 × 10 cards = 30 cards
34 cards + 30 cards = 74 cards

Question 24.
Your teacher has 10 calculators. Each calculator uses 4 batteries. The batteries come in packs of 10. How many packs of batteries does your teacher buy? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 17
Answer: 4 packs

Explanation:
Given,
Your teacher has 10 calculators. Each calculator uses 4 batteries. The batteries come in packs of 10
1 calculator = 4 batteries
10 calculators = 10 × 4 batteries = 40 batteries
Each pack contains 10 batteries
Thus the teacher needs to buy 4 packs of batteries.

Multiply by 10 Homework & Practice 2.3

Complete the model and the equation
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 18
Answer:
10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 50
5 × 10 = 50

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 19
Answer:
10 + 10 + 10 = 30
3 × 10 = 30

Find the product
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 20
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 4.
First, multiply 4 with 0
Next multiply 4 with 1
4 × 0 = 0
4 × 1 = 4
10 × 4 = 40

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 21
Answer: 80

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 10.
8 × 10 = 80

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 22
Answer: 100

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 10.
10 × 10 = 100

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 23
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 2.
10 × 2 = 20

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 24
Answer: 90

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 9.
10 × 9 = 90

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 25
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 7.
10 × 7 = 70

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 26
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 1.
10 × 1 = 10

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 27
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 5.
10 × 5 = 50

Find the missing factor
Question 11.
10 × ____ = 90
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be r.
10 × r = 90
r = 90/10
r = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 12.
60 = 10 × ____
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be s.
60 = 10 × s
s = 60/10
s = 6
Thus the missing factor is 6.

Question 13.
____ × 10 = 70
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be t.
t × 10 = 70
t = 70/10
t = 7
Thus the missing factor is 7.

Question 14.
Structure
You buy a thank-you card for $1. You pay using all dimes. How many dimes do you use?
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given,
You buy a thank-you card for $1. You pay using all dimes.
Convert from the dollar to dime.
1 dollar = 10 dime
Thus you use 10 dimes.

Question 15.
Number Sense
In bowling, knocking down all 10 pins at once is called a strike. You roll strikes in your first two turns and knock down 4 pins in your third turn. How many pins do you knock down in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 28
Answer: 34 pins

Explanation:
Given,
In bowling, knocking down all 10 pins at once is called a strike.
You roll strikes in your first two turns and knock down 4 pins in your third turn.
1 turn = 10 pins
2 turns = 20 pins
20 + 4 = 24 pins
10 + 24 = 34 pins

Question 16.
Reasoning
Ten years is called a decade. Your neighbor is 70 years old. For how many decades has he been alive? Explain.
Answer: 7 decades

Explanation:
Given,
Ten years is called a decade. Your neighbor is 70 years old.
1 decade = 10 years
? = 70 years
70 × 1/10 = 7
Thus he has been alive for 7 decades.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
You have 2 dimes. Your friend has a 24¢. Who has more money?
Answer: My friend has more money

Explanation:
Given,
You have 2 dimes. Your friend has 24¢
1 dime = ¢10
2 dimes = 2 × ¢10 = ¢20
¢24 – ¢20 = ¢4

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Your teacher has 35 balloons. She buys 4 packs of balloons. Each pack has 10 balloons. How many balloons does she have now?
Answer: 75 balloons

Explanation:
Given,
Your teacher has 35 balloons.
She buys 4 packs of balloons.
Each pack has 10 balloons
1 pack = 10 balloons
4 packs = 4 × 10 balloons = 40 balloons
35 + 40 = 75 balloons

Review & Refresh

Find the difference.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 29
Answer: 302

4 8 9
-1 8 7
3 0 2

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 30
Answer: 328

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 img-2

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.3 31
Answer: 269

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 img-1

Lesson 2.4 Multiply by 0 or 1

Explore and Grow

Question 1.
Draw an array to find the products
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 1
Answer:

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.4-1

Question 2.
What pattern do you see?
Answer: We can see the multiplication pattern in the above question.

Repeated Reasoning
How can you see the pattern to find 5 × 0?
5 × 0 = _____
Answer: 0
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.

Think and Grow: The Multiplication Property of 0 and 1

Multiplication Property of Zero:The product of any number and 0 is 0.
Multiplication Property of One:The product of any number and 1 is that number.
Example
There are 4 groups with 1 counter in each group. How many counters are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 2

Example
There are 4 groups with 0 counters in each group. How many counters are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 3
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 4

Show and Grow

Write an equation for the model.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 5
Answer: 7 × 0 = 0
There are no counters in the groups. So, the equation for the above figure is 7 × 0 = 0.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 6
Answer: 3 × 1 = 3
There is 1 counter in each group. Thus the equation for the above figure is 3 × 1 = 3

Find the product.
Question 3.
8 × 1 = _____
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Multiply 8 by 1.
Any number multiplied by 1 is always itself.
8 × 1 = 8

Question 4.
6 × 0 = _____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Multiply 6 by 0.
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
6 × 0 = 0

Apply and Grow: Practice

Complete the equation for the model.

Question 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 7
Answer: 0

Explanation:
There are 0 counters in the group.
Number of groups = 5
Number of counters = 0
5 × 0 = 0

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 8
Answer: 2

Explanation:
There are 2 counters.
Number of counters in each group = 1
Number of groups = 2
2 × 1 = 2

Find the product.
Question 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 9
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Multiply 1 by 1
Any number multiplied by 1 is always itself.
1 × 1 = 1

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 10
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
2 × 0 =0

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 11
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
0 × 0 =0

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 12
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 is always itself.
1 × 9 = 9

Find the missing factor.
Question 11.
10 × ____ = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x
10 × x = 0
x = 0/10
x = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0

Question 12.
____ × 1 = 5
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 1 = 5
y = 5/1
y = 5
Thus the missing factor is 5.

Question 13.
1 × _____ = 8
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
1 × z = 8
z = 8/1
z = 8

Compare.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 13
Answer: >

Explanation:
1 × 4 = 4
6 × 0 = 0
4 is greater than 0.
4 > 0
Thus 1 × 4 > 6 × 0

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 14
Answer: =

Explanation:
9 × 0 = 0
7 × 0 =0
0 is equal to 0.
Thus 9 × 0 = 7 × 0

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 15
Answer: <

Explanation:
3 × 1 = 3
6 × 1 = 6
3 is less than 6.
3 < 6
Thus 3 × 1 < 6 × 1

Question 17.
Logic
Complete each statement with always, sometimes never.
The product of any number and 0 is ______ 0.
The product of any number and 1 is ________ that number.
Answer:
The product of any number and 0 is always 0.
The product of any number and 1 is the same that number.

Question 18.
Structure
Use the model to complete the statements. Which two properties are shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 16
Answer:
There are 5 groups of 1 = 1 group of 5
5 × 1 = 1 × 5
5 = 5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 4 performers riding unicycles and 3 performers using balance boards in a talent show.How many wheels are used in the talent show?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 17
Multiplication equations:
Addition equation:
There are ______ wheels used in the talent show.

Answer: 4 wheels are used in the talent show.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
A is a performance by 1 person. A is a performance by 2 people. There are 5 students performing solos and 0 students performing duets at a school concert. How many students perform a solo or a duet?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 18
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
A is a performance by 1 person. A is a performance by 2 people.
There are 5 students performing solos and 0 students performing duets at a school concert.
5 + 0 = 5
Therefore 5 students performing a solo or duet.

Question 20.
A group of 6 adults and 9 students attend a school concert. What is the total cost for the group?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 19
DIG DEEPER!
How much money would it cost the group to attend the concert if the tickets cost $1 for all ages? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
A group of 6 adults and 9 students attend a school concert.
1 adult = $1
6 adults = 6 × $1 = $6
There is no ticket price for students.
$6 + 0 = $6
If the ticket price is $1 for all the students.
9 + 6 = 15
15 × $1 = $15
Thus the ticket price for all the students is $15.

Multiply by 0 or 1 Homework & Practice 2.4

Complete the equation for the model.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 20
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Number of groups = 3
Number of counters in each group = 0
The equation for the model is 3 × 0 = 0

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 21
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Number of groups = 8
Number of counters in each group = 1
The equation for the model is 8 × 1 = 8

Find the product
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 22
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 1.
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number.
10 × 1 = 10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 23
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 0.
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
6 × 0 = 0

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 24
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 1 and 7.
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number.
1 × 7 = 7

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 25
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 1 and 0.
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
0 × 1 = 0

Find the missing factor
Question 7.
_____ × 4 = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x
x × 4 = 0
x = 0/4
x = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0

Question 8.
1 × ____ = 2
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x
1 × x = 2
x = 2/1
x = 2
Thus the missing factor is 2.

Question 9.
9 × ____ = 9
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x
9 × x = 9
x = 9/9
x = 1
Thus the missing factor is 1.

Compare
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 26
Answer: =

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
0 × 9 = 10 × 0

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 27
Answer: >

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number.
4 × 1 = 4
8 × 0 = 0
4 > 0
Thus 4 × 1 > 8 × 0

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 28
Answer: =

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number.
6 × 1 = 1 × 6

Question 13.
Logic
Which equation is true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 29
Answer: All the equations are false.
i. 8 × 0 = 8 + 0
0 = 8 (false)
ii. 3 × 1 = 3 + 1
3 = 4 (false)
iii. 6 + 1 = 6 × 1
7 = 6 (false)
iv. 4 × 1 = 4 × 0
4 = 0 (false)

Question 14.
Writing
How are the problems the same? How are they different?
5 × 1 = 5  5 + 0 = 5
Answer:
The answers for the problems are same. But the difference is the first equation is multiplication and the second equation is addition.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
U.S. presidents can serve two 4-year terms. A president serves the first term, but is not reelected. How many years does the president serve?
Answer: 8 years.

Explanation:
Given,
U.S. presidents can serve two 4-year terms. A president serves the first term, but is not reelected.
2 × 4 = 8
Thus the president serves 8 years.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
There are 5 adults and 8 children in a group. What is the total cost for the group to ride the Ferris wheel?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 30
DIG DEEPER!
How much money would it cost the group toride the Ferris wheel if the tickets cost $1 for all ages? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 31
Answer: $13

Explanation:
The ticket price for adult is $1
The ticket price for student is free
The total price is 5 × $1 = $5
The ticket price for an adult is $1
The ticket price for the student is free
Total = 5 + 8 = 13
The total price is 13 × $1 = $13

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
Use the array to fill in the blanks.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.4 32
Answer:
3 rows 6 columns
3 × 6 = 18

Lesson 2.5 Use the Distributive Property

Explore and Grow

Break apart the 4 × 7 array into two smaller arrays. Write an equation for each new array.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 1
Equation: _____
Equation: ____

Structure
Find the sum of your two products. Compare the sum to the total number of objects in the original array. What do you notice?
Answer:
Equation: 2 × 7
Equation: 2 × 7

Explanation:
By using the distributive property we can find the sum of the two products of the above array.
Distribute 4 to 2 and 2.
4 × 7 = (2 + 2) × 7
= (2 × 7) + (2 × 7)

Think and Grow: Use the Distributive Property with Addition

Distributive Property (with addition)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 3

Show and Grow
Question 1.
Use the Distributive Property to show two different ways to find 2 × 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.5-4
In the first figure distribute 4 to 2 and 2.
In the second figure distribute 2 to 1 and 1.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the Distributive Property to find the product
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 5
Answer:
Distribute 4 to 2 and 2.
4 × 7 = (2 + 2) × 7
4 × 7 = (2 × 7) + (2 × 7)
4 × 7 = 14 + 14
4 × 7 = 28

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 6
Answer:
Distribute 6 to 3 and 3.
6 × 6 = 6 × (3 + 3)
6 × 6 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)
6 × 6 =  18 + 18
6 × 6 = 36

Use the Distributive Property to fill in the blanks.

Question 4.
7 × 4 = 7 × (___ + 2)
= (7 × ___) + (____ × 2)
= ___ + ____
= ____
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Distribute 4 to 2 and 2.
7 × 4 = 7 × (2 + 2)
= (7 × 2) + (7 × 2)
= 14 + 14
= 28

Question 5.
3 × 6 = (___ + ___) × 6
= (___ × 6) + (____ × 6)
= ___ + ____
= ____
Answer:
3 × 6 = (1 + 2) × 6
= (1 × 6) + (2 × 6)
= 6 + 12
= 18

Question 6.
Which one Doesn’t Belong? Which expression cannot be used to find 3 × 7?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 7
Answer: 3 × (7 + 1)

Explanation:
i. 3 × (5 + 2) = 3 × 7
ii. 3 × (7 + 1) = 3 × 8
iii. (2 + 1) × 7 = 3 × 7
iv. (1 + 2) × 7 = 3 × 7
The second expression does not belong to 3 × 7.

Question 7.
Writing
Explain how you can use the Distributive Property to find 5 × 12.
Answer:
Given expression 5 × 12
First, distribute 12 to 6 and 6.
5 × 12 = 5 × (6 + 6)
5 × 12 = (5 × 6) + (5 × 6)
5 × 12 = 30 + 30
5 × 12 = 60

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A scooter rental center has 6 rows of scooters. There are 9 scooters in each row. Can 50 people each rent a scooter at the same time?
Multiplication expression:
Distributive Property:
50 people _______ each rent a scooter at the same time.

Answer: 50 people can each rent a scooter at the same time.

Explanation:
Given,
A scooter rental center has 6 rows of scooters. There are 9 scooters in each row.
6 × 9 = (3 + 3) × 9
6 × 9 = (3 × 9) + (3 × 9)
6 × 9 = 27 + 27
6 × 9 = 54
54 – 50 = 4
Thus 50 people can each rent a scooter at the same time.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
A roller-coaster train has 9 rows of seats. There are 4 seats in each row. Can a group of 38 students ride the roller coaster at the same time?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 8
Answer:
Given,
A roller-coaster train has 9 rows of seats. There are 4 seats in each row.
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
9 × 4 = 9 × (2 + 2)
9 × 4 = (9 × 2) + (9 × 2)
9 × 4 = 18 + 18
9 × 4 = 36
We have to find whether a group of 38 students ride the roller coaster at the same time.
36 – 38 = -2
Thus a group of 38 students cannot ride the roller coaster at the same time.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
A joke book has 20 pages. There are 5 jokes on each page. You read 16 jokes. How many jokes do you have left to read?
Answer:
Given that,
A joke book has 20 pages.
There are 5 jokes on each page.
Total jokes = 20 × 5 = 100 jokes
You read 16 jokes.
100 – 16 = 84 jokes
∴ 84 jokes are left to read.

Use the Distributive Property Homework & Practice 2.5

Use the Distributive Property to find the product
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 9
Answer:
Distribute 4 to 2 and 2.
4 × 4 = 4 × (2 + 2)
4 × 4 = (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
4 × 4 = 8 + 8
4 × 4 = 16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 10
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 1 and 2.
3 × 9 = (1 + 2) × 9
3 × 9 = (1 × 9) + (2 × 9)
3 × 9 = 9 + 18
3 × 9 = 27

Use the Distributive Property to fill in the blanks.
Question 3.
8 × 6 = ___ × (5 + ____)
= (8 × 5) + (____ × ____)
= ___ + ___
= ____
Answer:
8 × 6 = 8 × (5 + 1)
= (8 × 5) + (8 × 1)
= 40 + 8
= 48

Question 4.
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + ____)
= (____ × 5) + (7 × ____)
= ____ + ____
= ____
Answer:
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + 2)
= (7 × 5) + (7 × 2)
= 35 + 14
= 49

Question 5.
Structure
Which ways can you break apart the array?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 11
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 12
Answer:
(7 × 5) + (7 × 1)
(5 × 6) + (2 + 6)

Explanation:
Distribute 6 to 5 and 1.
7 × 6 = 7 × (5 + 1)
7 × 6 = (7 × 5) + (7 × 1)
7 × 6 = 35 + 7
7 × 6 = 42
Distribute 7 to 5 and 2.
7 × 6 = (5 + 2) × 6
7 × 6 = (5 × 6) + (2 + 6)
7 × 6 = 30 + 12
7 × 6 = 42

Question 6.
Logic
Your friend breaks apart an array into a 4 × 5 array and 4 × 2 array.Draw a picture to show the original array.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 img-3

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Is the equation true? Does it demonstrate the Distributive Property? Explain.?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 13
Answer:
The above equation is true.
4 × 8 = (4 × 5) + (4 × 2) + (4 × 1)
4 × 8 = 20 + 8 + 4
4 × 8 = 32

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Newton sleeps 9 hours each night. How many hours does he sleep in 1 week?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.5 14
Answer:
Given,
Newton sleeps 9 hours each night.
1 week = 7 days
9 × 7 = 63 hours
Thus Newton sleeps 63 hours in 1 week.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
There are 3 lanes of cars sitting at a red light. Each lane has 6 cars in it. How many cars are sitting at the red light?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 3 lanes of cars sitting at a red light. Each lane has 6 cars in it.
3 × 6 = 3 × (3 + 3)
3 × 6 = 3 × 3 + 3 × 3
3 × 6 = 9 + 9
3 × 6 = 18
Thus 18 cars are sitting at the red light.

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
Some kids are at an arcade. Seventeen of them leave. There are 39 left. How many kids were at the arcade to start?
Answer:
Given,
Some kids are at an arcade. Seventeen of them leave. There are 39 left.
39 + 17 = 56

Lesson 2.6 Problem Solving: Multiplication

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve
You, Newton, and Descartes each have 4 marbles. How many marbles are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 1
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 2
Answer:
Given that,
You, Newton, and Descartes each have 4 marbles
3 × 4 = 12 marbles
Thus there are 12 marbles in all.

Repeated Reasoning
Explain to your partner how you solved the problem.
Answer:
Given that,
Each person has 4 marbles
1 = 4 marbles
3 = 4 × 3 = 12 marbles
By this, we can say that there are 12 marbles in all.

Think and Grow: Using the Problem-Solving PlanHow

Example
A bookshelf has 5 shelves. There are 8 comic books on each shelf. You take 3 of them to read. How many comic books are left on the shelves?

Understand the Problem

What do you know?
• There are ______ shelves.
• There are _____ comic books on each shelf.
• You take _____ comic books to read.

Answer:
• There are 5 shelves.
• There are 8 comic books on each shelf.
• You take 3 comic books to read.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find how many _____ are left on the shelves after you take _____ of them.

Answer: • You need to find how many comic books are left on the shelves after you take 3 of them.

Make a Plan

How will you solve?
• Multiply _____ by ______ to find how many ______ are on the shelves.
• Then subtract ______ from the product.

Answer:
• Multiply the number of shelves by the numbers of books on each shelf to find how many ______ are on the shelves.
• Then subtract the number of books read from the product.

Solve
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 3
There are ______ comic books left on the shelves.

Answer:
5 × 8 = 40
40 – 3 = 37
There are 37 comic books left on the shelves

Show and Grow

Question 1.
A photo album has 10 pages. Each page holds 6 photos. You put 52 photos in the album. How many more photos can you put in the album?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 4
Answer:
Given,
A photo album has 10 pages. Each page holds 6 photos.
You put 52 photos in the album.
10 × 6 = 60 photos
60 – 52 = 8 photos
Thus you can put 8 more photos in the album.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Your classroom has 5 groups of desks with 5 desks in each group. There are 22 students in your class. What information do you know that would help you find how many empty desks there are?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 5
Answer:
Given,
Your classroom has 5 groups of desks with 5 desks in each group.
5 × 5 = 25 desks
There are 22 students in your class.
25 – 22 = 3
Thus there are 3 empty desks in the classroom.

Question 3.
You buy 2 boxes of cherry gelatin, 4 boxes of strawberry gelatin, and 3 boxes of orange gelatin. Each box contains 2 packets of gelatin. How many packets of gelatin do you buy?
Answer:
Given,
You buy 2 boxes of cherry gelatin, 4 boxes of strawberry gelatin, and 3 boxes of orange gelatin. Each box contains 2 packets of gelatin.
1 box – 2 packets of gelatin
2 box – 4 packets of gelatin
4 boxes – 4 × 2 = 8 packets of gelatin
3 boxes – 3 × 2 = 6 packets of gelatin
4 + 8 + 6 = 18 packets of gelatin.
Therefore you can buy 18 packets of gelatin.

Question 4.
A pack of gum has 5 pieces. You have 3 packs of gum and give4 friends each 1 piece. How many pieces of gum do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 6
Answer:
Given,
A pack of gum has 5 pieces. You have 3 packs of gum.
Total number of packs = 5 × 3 = 15 pieces
and give4 friends each 1 piece.
15 – 4 = 11 pieces
Thus 11 pieces of gum have left.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Descartes has four $10 bills, seven $5 bills, and one $2 bill. How much money does he have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 7
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
Descartes has $ _____.

Answer:
Given,
Descartes has four $10 bills, seven $5 bills, and one $2 bill.
4 × $10 = $40
7 × $5 = $35
1 × $2 = $2
$40 + $35 + $2 = $72

Show and Grow

Question 5.
A teacher has 10 boxes of dry-erase markers. Five boxes have4 markers each, 2 boxes have 8 markers each, and 3 boxes have10 markers each. How many dry-erase markers does the teacher have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 8
Answer:
Given,
A teacher has 10 boxes of dry-erase markers. Five boxes have4 markers each, 2 boxes have8 markers each, and 3 boxes have10 markers each.
5 boxes – 4 markers
2 boxes – 8 markers
3 boxes – 10 markers
Add all the markers in all 10 boxes.
4 + 8 + 10 = 22 markers
Therefore the teacher has 22 markers in all.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
You sell candles as a fundraiser. You earn $2 for each small candle you sell, $5 for each medium candle, and $10 for each large candle. You pay $8 to have the candles shipped. How much money do you raise?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 9
Answer:
Given,
You sell candles as a fundraiser. You earn $2 for each small candle you sell, $5 for each medium candle, and $10 for each large candle. You pay $8 to have the candles shipped.
7 × $2 = $14
9 × $5 = $45
6 × $10 = 60
$119 – $8 = $111

Problem Solving: Multiplication Homework & Practice 2.6

Question 1.
You buy 2 books and 3 magazines. Each book costs $8 and each magazine costs $2. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 10
Answer:
Given,
You buy 2 books and 3 magazines. Each book costs $8 and each magazine costs $2.
1 book – $8
2 books – 2 × $8 = $16
1 magazine – $2
3 magazines – 3 × $2 = $6
$16 + $6 = $22
Thus you spend $22 in all.

Question 2.
In a game, teams earn 10 points for each correct answer and lose 5 points for each incorrect answer. Your team answers 7 questions correctly and 3 questions incorrectly. How many points does your team have?
Answer:
Given,
In a game, teams earn 10 points for each correct answer and lose 5 points for each incorrect answer.
Your team answers 7 questions correctly and 3 questions incorrectly.
1 – 10 points
7 – 10 × 7 = 70 points
1 wrong answer – 5 points
3 – 5 × 3 = 15 points
70 – 15 = 55 points

Question 3.
An origami cube requires 3 pieces of orange paper, 2 pieces of yellow paper, and 1 piece of blue paper. You make 5 cubes. How many pieces of paper do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 11
Answer:
Given,
An origami cube requires 3 pieces of orange paper, 2 pieces of yellow paper, and 1 piece of blue paper.
You make 5 cubes.
Each cube needs 3 + 2 + 1 = 6 pieces of paper.
5 cubes – 6 × 5 = 30 pieces of papers
Thus you need 30 pieces of paper to make 5 cubes.

Question 4.
Writing
Write and solve your own word problem that involves multiplication.
Answer:
To make a cuboid you need 3 pieces of yellow paper, 3 pieces of pink paper. You need to make 7 cuboids. How many pieces of paper are required to make 7 cuboids?
Each cuboid needs 3 + 3 = 6 pieces of paper.
7 × 6 = 42 pieces of paper
Thus you need 42 pieces of paper to make 7 cuboids.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A group of students orders 6 small, 5 medium, and 3 large smoothies. The students pay with five $10 bills. How much change do they receive?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 12
Answer:
Given,
A group of students orders 6 small, 5 medium, and 3 large smoothies.
The students pay with five $10 bills.
1 small – $2
6 small – 6 × $2 = $12
1 Medium – $4
5 medium – 5 × $4 = $20
1 large – $5
3 large – 3 × $5 = $15
12 + 20 + 15 = $47
$50 – $47 = $3
Thus the students receive $3 change.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 13
6      2      7

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 14
9     2       2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.6 15
7       5       0

Multiplication Facts and Strategies Performance Task

Question 1.
Three students make a model of our solar system.
a. Student A buys foam spheres to make the Sun and the planets. He pays with a $10 bill. What is his change?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.7 1

Answer:
Given,
Student A buys foam spheres to make the Sun and the planets.
$10 – $1 = $9
Thus the change is $9
b. Student B buys wooden rods to attach each planet to the sun. She pays with two $5 bills. What is her change?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.7 2

Answer:
Given,
Student B buys a wooden rod for each planet and sun.
Cost of the wooden rod is $1
9 planets and 1 sun
9 × 1 + 1 × 1 = 9 + 1 = $10
Thus the change for student B is 0.

c.Student C spends $13 on 3 paintbrushes and some bottles of paint. How many bottles of paint does Student C buy?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.7 3

Answer:
Cost of 1 paintbrush = $1
3 paintbrushes cost = 3 × $1 = $3
Cost of bottle of paint = $2
For $10 you get 5 bottles of paint.
Thus Student C buys 5 bottles of paint.
d. What is the total cost of the project? If the 3 students divide the cost equally, how much would they each spend?
Answer:
The total cost of the project = $1 + $ 13 + $10 = $24
$24/3 = $8

Multiplication Facts and Strategies Activity

Three in a Row: Multiplication
Directions:
1. Players take turns.
2. On your turn, spin both spinners. Multiply the two numbers and cover the product.
3.The first player to get three counters in a row, horizontally, vertically, or diagonally, wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.7 4
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.7 5

Answer:
Game A:
10 × 1, 2 × 2, 1 × 2
2 × 3, 5 × 1, 10 × 2
2 × 4, 10 × 5, 0 × 3
Game B:
1 × 3, 10 × 4, 10 × 5
1 × 1, 0 × 4, 10 × 3
5 × 3, 5 × 5, 10 × 1

Multiplication Facts and Strategies Chapter Practice

2.1 Multiply by 2

Find the Product
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 1
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 2.
7 × 2 = 14

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 2
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 2.
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 2.
3 × 2 = 6

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 3
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 2.
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 2.
2 × 2 = 4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 4
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 2.
Multiply the two numbers 2 and 9.
2 × 9 = 18

Find the missing factor.
Question 5.
2 × ___ = 2
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
2 × x = 2
x = 2/2 = 1
x = 1
Thus the missing is 1.

Question 6.
2 × ___ = 20
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
2 × x = 20
x = 20/2 = 10
x = 10
Thus the missing factor is 10.

Question 7.
____ × 4 = 8
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be b.
b × 4 = 8
b = 8/4
b = 2
Thus the missing factor is 2.

2.2 Multiply by 5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 5
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 5.
5 × 3 = 15

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 6
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 5.
5 × 10 = 50

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 7
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 5.
8 × 5 = 40

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 8
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the number by 5.
5 × 2 = 10

Question 12.
Number Sense
Lightning strikes our planet 6 times every second. How many lightning strikes occur in 5 seconds?
Answer: 30 seconds

Explanation:
Given,
Lightning strikes our planet 6 times every second.
Lightning strikes for 5 seconds is
6 × 5 = 30 seconds

2.3 Multiply by 10

Find the product
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 9
Answer: 80

Explanation:
Multiply the product by 10.
10 × 8 = 80

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 10
Answer: 100

Explanation:
Multiply the product by 10.
10 × 10 = 100

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 11
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the product by 10.
10 × 4 = 40

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 12
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Multiply the product by 10.
10 × 7 = 70

2.4 Multiply by 0 and 1

Find the product
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 13
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 will be the same number.
1 × 6 = 6

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 14
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
0 × 3 = 0

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 15
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
1 × 0 = 0

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 16
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 will be the same number.
4 × 1 = 4

Compare
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 17
Answer: =

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
0 × 10 = 0
9 × 0 = 0
0 = 0
Thus 0 × 10 = 9 × 0

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 18
Answer: >

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
Any number multiplied by 1 will be the same number.
2 × 1 = 2
5 × 0 = 0
2 > 0
Thus 2 × 1 > 5 × 0

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 19
Answer: <

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 will be the same number.
7 × 1 = 7
1 × 8 = 8
7 < 8
Thus 7 × 1 < 1 × 8

2.5 Use the Distributive Property

Use the Distributive Property to fill in the blanks.

Question 24.
7 × 3 = (____ + 2) × 3
= (____ × 3) + (2 × ____)
= ____ + ____
= ____

Answer:

7 × 3 = (5 + 2) × 3
= (5 × 3) + (2 × 3)
= 15 + 6
= 21

Question 25.
6 × 6 = 6 × (___ + ____)
= (6 × ____) + (6 × ____)
= ____ + ____
= ____

Answer:
6 × 6 = 6 × (3 + 3)
= (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)
= 18 + 18
= 36

2.5 Problem Solving: Multiplication

Question 26.
You place your trading card collection into an album that has 5 pages. You put 9 cards on each page. Some of the cards are the same, so you give 3 cards to a friend. How many trading cards do you have left?
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
You place your trading card collection into an album that has 5 pages. You put 9 cards on each page. Some of the cards are the same, so you give 3 cards to a friend.
9 × 5 = 45 cards
If 3 cards are the same, then 5 × 3 = 15
45 – 15 = 30
Thus 30 trading cards are left.

Question 27.
Modeling Real Life
In a game, you start with ten $1 bills, five $5 bills, and two $10 bills. How much money do you start with in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2.9 20
Answer: $55

Explanation:
In a game, you start with ten $1 bills, five $5 bills, and two $10 bills.
10 $1 bills = 10 × $1 = $10
5 $5 bills = 5 × $ 5 = $25
2 $10 bills = 2 × $10 = $20
10 + 25 + 20 = $55

Final Words:

We wish that we have given useful information regarding BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies. So, students have to download Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key pdf for free of cost. If you have any queries regarding the solutions, you can write your question in the below provided comment box. Bookmark our site to get solutions for the remaining chapters of Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Book.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles

Gain more subject knowledge on Circles concepts with the help of Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles guide. Shared guide of BIM Textbook Solutions Geometry Ch 10 Circles helps students understand the concepts quickly and concentrate on other math concepts too. Want to get a good grip on the high school-related circle topics? Then, make use of this BigIdeas Math Geometry Answers Ch 10 Circles Pdf for free. Subject experts provided this BIM geometry 10th chapter solution key based on the latest syllabus and common core standards curriculum guidelines.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles

Presented Geometry Chapter 10 Circles Big Ideas Math Answers are easy to understand and free to access at any time and anywhere. So, students are advised to access online or download the lesson-wise BIM Textbook Answers of Geometry Ch 10 Circles in Pdf format. Check out each and every lesson of circles as a part of your preparation and clear your queries within no time.

Common Core Curriculum High School Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Ch 10 Solution Key are prepared as per the latest textbooks. Questions included in the BIM Modeling Real Life Geometry Answers are from Exercises, Chapter Tests, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, Assessment Tests, etc.

Circles Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the Product.

Question 1.
(x + 7) (x + 4)

Answer:
(x + 7) (x + 4) = x² + 14x + 28

Explanation:
(x + 7) (x + 4) = x(x + 7) + 7(x + 4)
= x² + 7x + 7x + 28
= x² + 14x + 28

Question 2.
(a + 1) (a – 5)

Answer:
(a + 1) (a – 5) = a² – 4a – 5

Explanation:
(a + 1) (a – 5) = a(a – 5) + 1(a – 5)
= a² – 5a + a – 5
= a² – 4a – 5

Question 3.
(q – 9) (3q – 4)

Answer:
(q – 9) (3q – 4) = 3q² – 31q + 32

Explanation:
(q – 9) (3q – 4) = q(3q – 4) – 9(3q – 4)Exercise 10.3 Using Chords

= 3q² – 4q – 27q + 32
= 3q² – 31q + 32

Question 4.
(2v – 7) (5v + 1)

Answer:
(2v – 7) (5v + 1) = 10v² – 33v – 7

Explanation:
(2v – 7) (5v + 1) = 2v(5v + 1)- 7(5v + 1)
= 10v² + 2v – 35v – 7
= 10v² – 33v – 7

Question 5.
(4h + 3) (2 + h)

Answer:
(4h + 3) (2 + h) = 4h² + 11h + 6

Explanation:
(4h + 3) (2 + h) = 4h(2 + h) + 3(2 + h)
= 8h + 4h² + 6 + 3h
= 4h² + 11h + 6

Question 6.
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b)

Answer:
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b) = 18b² – 54b + 40

Explanation:
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b) = 8(5 – 3b) – 6b(5 – 3b)
= 40 – 24b – 30b + 18b²
= 18b² – 54b + 40

Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.

Question 7.
x2 – 2x = 5

Answer:
The solutions are x = √6 + 1, x = 1 – √6

Explanation:
x² – 2x = 5
x² – 2x + 1² = 5 + 1²
(x – 1)² = 6
x – 1 = ±√6
x = ±√6 + 1
The solutions are x = √6 + 1, x = -√6 + 1

Question 8.
r2 + 10r = -7

Answer:
The solutions are r = √18 – 5, r = 5 – √18

Explanation:
r2 + 10r = -7
r² + 10r + 5² = -7 + 5²
(r + 5)² = -7 + 25 = 18
r + 5 = ±√18
r = ±√18 – 5
The solutions are r = √18 – 5, r = 5 – √18

Question 9.
w2 – 8w = 9

Answer:
The solutions are w = 9, w = -1

Explanation:
w2 – 8w = 9
w2 – 8w + 4² = 9 + 4²
(w – 4)² = 9 + 16 = 25
w – 4 = ±5
w = 5 + 4, w = -5 + 4
w = 9, w = -1
The solutions are w = 9, w = -1

Question 10.
p2 + 10p – 4 = 0

Answer:
The solutions are p = √29 – 5, p = 5 – √29

Explanation:
p2 + 10p = 4
p² + 10p + 5² = 4 + 5²
(p + 5)² = 4 + 25
(p + 5)² = 29
p + 5 = ±√29
p = ±√29 – 5
The solutions are p = √29 – 5, p = 5 – √29

Question 11.
k2 – 4k – 7 = 0

Answer:
The solutions are k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11

Explanation:
k² – 4k= 7
k² – 4k + 2² = 7 + 4
(k – 2)² = 11
k – 2 = ±√11
k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11
The solutions are k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11

Question 12.
– z2 + 2z = 1

Answer:
The solutions are z = 1

Explanation:
-z² + 2z = 1
z² – 2z = -1
z² – 2z + 1 = -1 + 1
(z – 1)² = 0
z = 1
The solutions are z = 1

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
write an expression that represents the product of two consecutive positive odd integers. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Let us take two consecutive odd integers are x and (x + 2)
The product of two consecutive odd integers is x • (x + 2)
x(x + 2) = x² + 2x

Circles Mathematical Practices

Monitoring progress

Let ⊙A, ⊙B, and ⊙C consist of points that are 3 units from the centers.

Circles Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency Find the Product. Question 1. (x + 7) (x + 4) Answer: Question 2. (a + 1) (a - 5) Answer: Question 3. (q - 9) (3q - 4) Answer: Question 4. (2v - 7) (5v + 1) Answer: Question 5. (4h + 3) (2 + h) Answer: Question 6. (8 - 6b) (5 - 3b) Answer: Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth, if necessary. Question 7. x<sup>2</sup> - 2x = 5 Answer: Question 8. r<sup>2</sup> + 10r = -7 Answer: Question 9. w<sup>2</sup> - 8w = 9 Answer: Question 10. p<sup>2</sup> + 10p - 4 = 0 Answer: Question 11. k<sup>2</sup> - 4k - 7 = 0 Answer: Question 12. - z<sup>2</sup> + 2z = 1 Answer: Question 13. ABSTRACT REASONING write an expression that represents the product of two consecutive positive odd integers. Explain your reasoning. Answer: Circles Mathematical Practices Monitoring progress Let ⊙A, ⊙B, and ⊙C consist of points that are 3 units from the centers. im - 1 Question 1. Draw ⊙C so that it passes through points A and B in the figure at the right. Explain your reasoning. Answer: Question 2. Draw ⊙A, ⊙B, and OC so that each is tangent to the other two. Draw a larger circle, ⊙D, that is tangent to each of the other three circles. Is the distance from point D to a point on ⊙D levss than, greater than, or equal to 6? Explain. Answer:

Question 1.
Draw ⊙C so that it passes through points A and B in the figure at the right. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 1

Question 2.
Draw ⊙A, ⊙B, and OC so that each is tangent to the other two. Draw a larger circle, ⊙D, that is tangent to each of the other three circles. Is the distance from point D to a point on ⊙D less than, greater than, or equal to 6? Explain.

Answer:

10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Exploration 1

Lines and Line Segments That Intersect Circles

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 2

Work with a partner: The drawing at the right shows five lines or segments that intersect a circle. Use the relationships shown to write a definition for each type of line or segment. Then use the Internet or some other resource to verify your definitions.
Chord: _________________
Secant: _________________
Tangent: _________________
Radius: _________________
Diameter: _________________

Answer:
Chord: A chord of a circle is a straight line segment whose endpoints both lie on a circular arc.
Secant: A straight line that intersects a circle in two points is called a secant line.
Tangent: Tangent line is a line that intersects a curved line at exactly one point.
Radius: It is the distance from the centre of the circle to any point on the circle.
Diameter: It the straight that joins two points on the circle and passes through the centre of the circle.

Exploration 2

Using String to Draw a Circle

Work with a partner: Use two pencils, a piece of string, and a piece of paper.

a. Tie the two ends of the piece of string loosely around the two pencils.
Answer:

b. Anchor one pencil of the paper at the center of the circle. Use the other pencil to draw a circle around the anchor point while using slight pressure to keep the string taut. Do not let the string wind around either pencil.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3
Answer:

c. Explain how the distance between the two pencil points as you draw the circle is related to two of the lines or line segments you defined in Exploration 1.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of operations and objects.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the definitions of the lines and segments that intersect a circle?
Answer:

Question 4.
Of the five types of lines and segments in Exploration 1, which one is a subset of another? Explain.
Answer:

Question 5.
Explain how to draw a circle with a diameter of 8 inches.
Answer:

Lesson 10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
In Example 1, What word best describes \(\overline{A G}\)? \(\overline{C B}\)?

Answer:
\(\overline{A G}\) is secant because it is a line that intersects the circle at two points.
\(\overline{C B}\) is the radius as it is the distance from the centre to the point of a circle.

Question 2.
In Example 1, name a tangent and a tangent segment.

Answer:
\(\overline{D E}\) is the tangent of the circle
\(\overline{D E}\) is the tangent segment of the circle.

Tell how many common tangents the circles have and draw them. State whether the tangents are external tangents or internal tangents.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 4

Answer:
4 tangents.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 2
A tangent is a line segment that intersects the circle at exactly one point. Internal tangents are the lines that intersect the segments joining the centres of two circles. External tangents are the lines that do not cross the segment joining the centres of the circles.
Blue lines represent the external tangents and red lines represent the internal tangents.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 5

Answer:
One tangent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3
One external tangent.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 6

Answer:
No tangent.
It is not possible to draw a common tangent for this type of circle.

Question 6.
Is \(\overline{D E}\) tangent to ⊙C?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 7

Answer:
Use the converse of Pythagorean theorem i.e 2² = 3² + 4²
4 = 9 + 16
By the tangent line to the circle theorem, \(\overline{D E}\) is not a tangent to ⊙C

Question 7.
\(\overline{S T}\) is tangent to ⊙Q.
Find the radius of ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 8

Answer:
The radius of ⊙Q is 7 units.

Explanation:
By using the Pythagorean theorem
(18 + r)² = r² + 24²
324 + 36r + r² = r² + 576
36r = 576 – 324
36r = 252
r = 7

Question 8.
Points M and N are points of tangency. Find the value(s) of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 9

Answer:
The values of x are 3 or -3.

Explanation:
x² = 9
x = ±3

Exercise 10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How are chords and secants alike? How are they different?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you can determine from the context whether the words radius and diameter are referring to segments or lengths.

Answer:
Radius and diameter are the lengths of the line segments that pass through the centre of a circle. Radius is half of the diameter.

Question 3.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Coplanar circles that have a common center are called ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which segment does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
chord radius tangent diameter

Answer:
A chord, a radius and a diamter are segments and they intersect a circle in two points. A tangent is a line that intersects a circle at one point.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5 – 10, use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10

Question 5.
Name the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 5

Question 6.
Name two radii.

Answer:
The name of the two radii is CD and AC.

Question 7.
Name two chords.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 7

Question 8.
Name a diameter.

Answer:
The name of diameter is AD

Question 9.
Name a secant.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 9

Question 10.
Name a tangent and a point of tangency

Answer:
GE is the tangent and F is the point of tangency.

In Exercises 11 – 14, copy the diagram. Tell how many common tangents the circles have and draw them.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 12

Answer:
No common tangent because two circles do not intersect at one point.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 14

Answer:
One common tangent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3

In Exercises 15 – 18, tell whether the common tangent is internal or external.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 16

Answer:
The common tangent is the internal tangent because it intersects the segment that joins the centres of two circles.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 18
Answer:
The common tangent is the internal tangent because it intersects the segment that joins the centres of two circles.

In Exercises 19 – 22, tell whether \(\overline{A B}\) is tangent to ⊙C. Explain your reasoning.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 20

Answer:
Use the converse of the Pythagorean theorem
18² _____________ 15² + 9²
324 _____________ 225 + 81
324 ≠ 304
△ ACB is not a right angled triangle.
So, \(\overline{A B}\) is not tangent to ⊙C at B.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 22

Answer:
Use the converse of the Pythagorean theorem
8² _____________ 12² + 16²
64 _____________ 144 + 256
64 ≠ 400
△ ACB is not a right angled triangle.
So, \(\overline{A B}\) is not tangent to ⊙C at B.

In Exercises 23 – 26, point B is a point of tangency. Find the radius r of ⊙C.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 24

Answer:
(r + 6)² = r² + 9²
r² + 12r + 36 = r² + 81
12r = 81 – 36
12r = 45
r = \(\frac { 15 }{ 4 } \)
Therefore, the radius of ⊙C is \(\frac { 15 }{ 4 } \)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 26

Answer:
(r + 18)² = r² + 30²
r² + 36r + 324 = r² + 900
36r = 900 – 324
36r = 576
r = 16
Therefore, the radius of ⊙C is 16

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 27 and 28. construct ⊙C with the given radius and point A outside of ⊙C. Then construct a line tangent to ⊙C that passes through A.

Question 27.
r = 2 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 27

Question 28.
r = 4.5 cm

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 5

In Exercises 29 – 32, points B and D are points of tangency. Find the value(s) of x.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 28

Answer:
3x + 10 = 7x – 6
7x – 3x = 10 + 6
4x = 16
x = 4

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 30

Answer:
2x + 5 = 3x² + 2x – 7
3x² = 5 + 7
3x² = 12
x² = 4
x = ±2

Question 33.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether \(\overline{X Y}\) is tangent to ⊙Z.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 33

Question 34.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the radius of ⊙T.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 32

Answer:
39² = 36² + 15²
So, 15 is the diameter.
The radius is \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 } \).

Question 35.
ABSTRACT REASONING
For a point outside of a circle, how many lines exist tangent to the circle that pass through the point? How many such lines exist for a point on the circle? inside the circle? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 35

Question 36.
CRITICAL THINKING
When will two lines tangent to the same circle not intersect? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 6
Using tangent line to circle theorem, it follow that the angle between tangent and radius is a right angle. Let’s draw these tangents at the two ends of the same diameter. We can observe a diameter AD like a transverzal of these tangents.

Question 37.
USING STRUCTURE
Each side of quadrilateral TVWX is tangent to ⊙Y. Find the perimeter of the quadrilateral.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 37

Question 38.
LOGIC
In ⊙C, radii \(\overline{C A}\) and \(\overline{C B}\) are perpendicular. Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 34 are tangent to ⊙C.

a. Sketch ⊙C, \(\overline{C A}\), \(\overline{C B}\), Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 34.
Answer:

b. What type of quadrilateral is CADB? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Two hike paths are tangent to an approximately circular pond. Your class is building a nature trail that begins at the intersection B of the bike paths and runs between the bike paths and over a bridge through the center P of the pond. Your classmate uses the Converse of the Angle Bisector Theorem (Theorem 6.4) to conclude that the trail must bisect the angle formed by the bike paths. Is your classmate correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A bicycle chain is pulled tightly so that \(\overline{M N}\) is a common tangent of the gears. Find the distance between the centers of the gears.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 36

Answer:
height h = 4.3 – 1.8
h = 2.5
x² = MN² + h²
x² = 17.6² + 2.5²
x² = 316.01
x = 17.8
Therefore, the distance between the centre of the gear is 17.8 in.

Question 41.
WRITING
Explain why the diameter of a circle is the longest chord of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the figure, \(\vec{P}\)A is tangent to the dime. \(\vec{P}\)C is tangent to the quarter, and \(\vec{P}\)B is a common internal tangent. How do you know that \(\overline{P A} \cong \overline{P B} \cong \overline{P C}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 37
Answer:

Question 43.
PROOF
In the diagram, \(\overline{R S}\) is a common internal tangent to ⊙A and ⊙B. Prove that \(\frac{\Lambda C}{B C}=\frac{R C}{S C}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 43.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 43.2

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A polygon is circumscribed about a circle when every side of the polygon is tangent to the circle. In the diagram. quadrilateral ABCD is circumscribed about ⊙Q. Is it always true that AB + CD = AD + BC? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 39
Answer:

Question 45.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the values of x and y. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 45

Question 46.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the External Tangent Congruence Theorem (Theorem 10.2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 41
Given \(\overline{S R}\) and \(\overline{S T}\) are tangent to ⊙P.
Prove \(\overline{S R} \cong \overline{S T}\)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 7
∠PRS and ∠PTS are the right angles. So the legs of circles are congruent.
Therefore, \(\overline{S R} \cong \overline{S T}\)

Question 47.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.1 ).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 42
a. Prove indirectly that if a line is tangent to a circle, then it is perpendicular to a radius. (Hint: If you assume line m is not perpendicular to \(\overline{Q P}\), then the perpendicular segment from point Q to line m must intersect line m at some other point R.)
Ghen Line m is tangent to ⊙Q at point P.
Prove m ⊥ \(\overline{Q P}\)
b. Prove indirectly that if a line is perpendicular to a radius at its endpoint, then the line is tangent to the circle.
Gien m ⊥ \(\overline{Q P}\)
Prove Line m is tangent to ⊙Q.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 47.2

Question 48.
REASONING
In the diagram, AB = AC = 12, BC = 8, and all three segments are Langent to ⊙P. What is the radius of ⊙P? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 43

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the indicated measure.

Question 49.
m∠JKM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 44
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 49

Question 50.
AB
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 45

Answer:
AC = AB + BC
10 = AB + 7
AB = 10 – 7
AB = 3

10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Exploration 1

Measuring Circular Arcs

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to find the measure of \(\widehat{B C}\). Verify your answers using trigonometry.

a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 46
Points
A(0, 0)
B(5, 0)
C(4, 3)

Answer:
30 degrees

b.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 47
Points
A(0, 0)
B(5, 0)
C(3, 4)

Answer:
60 degrees

c.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 48
Points
A(0, 0)
B(4, 3)
C(3, 4)

Answer:
15 degrees

d.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 49
Points
A(0, 0)
B(4, 3)
C(- 4, 3)

Answer:
90 degrees

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How are circular arcs measured?
Answer:

Question 3.
Use dynamic geometry software to draw a circular arc with the given measure.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use technological tools to explore and deepen your understanding of concepts.
a. 30°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 8

b. 45°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 9

c. 60°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10

d. 90°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 11

Lesson 10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Monitoring Progress

Identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 50

Question 1.
\(\widehat{T Q}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{T Q}\) is a minor arc.
\(\widehat{T Q}\) = 120°

Question 2.
\(\widehat{Q R T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q R T}\)

Question 3.
\(\widehat{T Q R}\) is a major arc.
\(\widehat{Q R T}\) = QR + RS + ST
RS = 360° – (60 + 120 + 80)
= 360 – 260 = 100°
So, \(\widehat{Q R T}\) = 60° + 100° + 80°
\(\widehat{Q R T}\) = 240°

Answer:

Question 4.
\(\widehat{Q S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S}\) = QR + RS
= 60 + 100 = 160°
Therefore, \(\widehat{Q S}\) = 160° and it is a minor arc.

Question 5.
\(\widehat{T S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{T S}\) = 80° and it is a minor arc.

Question 6.
\(\widehat{R S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 100 + 80 = 180
Therefore, \(\widehat{R S T}\) = 180° and it is a minor arc.

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 51

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{C D}\) are congruent as they measure same radius and same arc length.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 52

Answer:
\(\widehat{M N}\), \(\widehat{P Q}\) are not congruent as they measure different radius.

Exercise 10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Copy and complele:
If ∠ACB and ∠DCE are congruent central angles of ⊙C, then \(\widehat{A B}\) and \(\widehat{D E}\) arc.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which circle does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 53

Answer:
We know that 1 ft = 12 in
So, the fourth circle does not belong to the other three as its diameter is different.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, name the red minor arc and find its measure. Then name the blue major arc and find its measure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 55

Answer:
The minor arc \(\widehat{E F}\) = 68° and major arc \(\widehat{F G E}\) = 360° – 68° = 292°.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 57

Answer:
The minor arc is \(\widehat{M N}\) = 170°, major arc \(\widehat{N P M}\) = 360° – 170° = 190°.

In Exercises 7 – 14. identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 58

Question 7.
\(\widehat{B C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 7

Question 8.
\(\widehat{D C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{D C}\) is a minor arc and it has a measure of 65°.

Question 9.
\(\widehat{E D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 9

Question 10.
\(\widehat{A E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) is a minor arc and it has a measure of 70°.

Question 11.
\(\widehat{E A B}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 11

Question 12.
\(\widehat{A B C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B C}\) is a semicircle and it has a measure of 180°.

Question 13.
\(\widehat{B A C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 13

Question 14.
\(\widehat{E B D}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{E B D}\) is a major arc and it has a measure of 315°.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the measure of each arc.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 59

a. \(\widehat{J L}\)

b. \(\widehat{K M}\)

c. \(\widehat{J L M}\)

d. \(\widehat{J M}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 60

a. \(\widehat{R S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S}\) = \(\widehat{Q R S}\) – \(\widehat{Q R}\)
= 180 – 42
= 138°
So, \(\widehat{R S}\) = 138°

b. \(\widehat{Q R S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q R S}\) = 180°

c. \(\widehat{Q S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S T}\) = \(\widehat{Q R S}\) + \(\widehat{S T}\)
= 180 + 42 = 222
So, \(\widehat{Q S T}\) = 222°

d. \(\widehat{Q T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q T}\) = 360 – (42 + 138 + 42)
= 360 – (222)
= 138°
\(\widehat{Q T}\) = 138°

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A recent survey asked high school students their favorite type of music. The results are shown in the circle graph. Find each indicated arc measure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 61
a. m\(\widehat{A E}\)
b. m\(\widehat{A C E}\)
c. m\(\widehat{G D C}\)
d. m\(\widehat{B H C}\)
e. m\(\widehat{F D}\)
f. m\(\widehat{F B D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 17

Question 18.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The circle graph shows the percentages of students enrolled in fall Sports at a high school. Is it possible to find the measure of each minor arc? If so, find the measure 0f the arc for each category shown. If not, explain why it is not possible.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 62

Answer:
Soccer angle = 30% of 360 = 108°
Volleyball angle = 15% of 360 = 54°
Cross-country angle = 20% of 360 = 72°
None angle = 15% of 360 = 54°
Football angle = 20% of 360 = 72°

In Exercises 19 – 22, tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 64

Answer:
\(\widehat{L P}\) and \(\widehat{M N}\) are not congruet because they are not in the same circle.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 66

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S Q}\), \(\widehat{F G H}\) are not congruent because those two circles have different radii.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 23 and 24. find the value of x. Then find the measure of the red arc.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 68

Answer:
4x + 6x + 7x + 7x = 360
24x = 360
x = 15
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 6(15) + 7(15)
= 90 + 105 = 195°
So, m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 195°

Question 25.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that any two arcs with the same measure are similar. Your cousin claims that an two arcs with the same measure are congruent. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that there is not enough information given to find the value of x. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 69

Answer:
My friend is wrong.
4x + x + x + 4x = 360
10x = 360
x = 36°

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in naming the red arc.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in naming congruent arc.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 71

Answer:
\(\widehat{J K}\), \(\widehat{N P}\) are not congruent because those two arcs are from different circles.

Question 29.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Two diameters of ⊙P are \(\widehat{A B}\) and \(\widehat{C D}\). Find m\(\widehat{A C D}\) and m\(\widehat{A C}\) when m\(\widehat{A D}\) = 20°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 29

Question 30.
REASONING
In ⊙R, m\(\widehat{A B}\) = 60°, m\(\widehat{B C}\) = 25°. m\(\widehat{C D}\) = 70°, and m\(\widehat{D E}\) = 20°. Find two possible measures of \(\widehat{A E}\).

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) = 360 – (\(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\) + \(\widehat{C D}\) + \(\widehat{D E}\))
= 360 – (60 + 25 + 70 + 20)
= 360 – (175)
= 185
\(\widehat{A E}\) = \(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\) + \(\widehat{C D}\) + \(\widehat{D E}\)
= 60 + 25 + 70 + 20 = 175
So, the two possibilities of \(\widehat{A E}\) are 185°, 175°

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
On a regulation dartboard, the outermost circle is divided into twenty congruent sections. What is the measure of each arc in this circle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You can use the time zone wheel to find the time in different locations across the world. For example, to find the time in Tokyo when it is 4 P.M. in San Francisco, rotate the small wheel until 4 P.M. and San Francisco line up, as shown. Then look at Tokyo to see that it is 9 A.M. there.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 73
a. What is the arc measure between each time zone 0n the wheel?

Answer:
As the circle is divided into 24 sectors, each time zone angle = \(\frac { 360 }{ 24 } \) = 15°

b. What is the measure of the minor arc from the Tokyo zone to the Anchorage zone?

Answer:
The measure of the minor arc from the Tokyo zone to the Anchorage zone = 15 + 15 + 15 + 15 + 15 + 15
= 90°

c. If two locations differ by 180° on the wheel, then it is 3 P.M. at one location when it is _________ at the other location.

Answer:
Kuwaiti city.

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a coordinate proof of the Similar Circles Theorem (Theorem 10.5).
Given ⊙O with center O(0, 0) and radius r.
⊙A with center A(a, 0) and radius s
Prove ⊙O ~ ⊙A
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 33

Question 34.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Is there enough information to tell whether ⊙C ≅ ⊙D? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 75

Answer:
Both circles ⊙C and ⊙D have the same radius so those circles are congruent.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Circles Theorem (Theorem 10.3).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 297
a. Given \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{B D}\)
Prove ⊙A ≅ ⊙B
b. Given ⊙A ≅ ⊙B
prove \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{B D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Are the circles on the target similar or congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 76
Answer:

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Central Angles Theorem (Theorem 10.4).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 77
a. Given ∠ABC ≅ ∠DAE
Prove \(\widehat{B C}\) ≅ \(\widehat{D E}\)
b. Given \(\widehat{B C}\) ≅ \(\widehat{D E}\)
Prove ∠ABC ≅ ∠DAE
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a formula for the length of a circular arc. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The formula to find the length of a circular arc is radius x angle.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 81

Answer:
x² = 13² + 13²
= 169 + 169
= 338
x = 13√2

Question 41
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 80

Answer:
14² = x² + 10²
196 = x² + 100
x² = 196 – 100
x² = 96
x = 4√6

10.3 Using Chords

Exploration 1

Drawing Diameters

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to construct a circle of radius 5 with center at the origin. Draw a diameter that has the given point as an endpoint. Explain how you know that the chord you drew is a diameter.
a. (4, 3)
b. (0, 5)
c. (-3, 4)
d. (-5, 0)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 12

Exploration 2

Writing a Conjecture about Chords

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a chord \(\overline{B C}\) of a circle A. Construct a chord on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{B C}\). What do you notice? Change the original chord and the circle several times. Are your results always the same? Use your results to write a conjecture.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 82
Answer:

Exploration 3

A Chord Perpendicular to a Diameter

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a diameter \(\overline{B C}\) of a circle A. Then construct a chord \(\overline{D E}\) perpendicular to \(\overline{B C}\) at point F. Find the lengths DF and EF. What do you notice? Change the chord perpendicular to \(\overline{B C}\) and the circle several times. Do you always get the same results? Write a conjecture about a chord that is perpendicular to a diameter of a circle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 83
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are two ways to determine when a chord is a diameter of a circle?

Answer:
If a chord passes through the centre of the circle, then it is the diameter of a circle.
The longest chord of the circle is the diameter of a circle.

Lesson 10.3 Using Chords

Monitoring Progress

In Exercises 1 and 2, use the diagram of ⊙D.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 84

Question 1.
If m\(\widehat{A B}\) = 110°. find m\(\widehat{B C}\).

Answer:
Because AB and BC are congruent chords in congruent circles, the corresponding minor arcs \(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{B C}\) are congruent by the congruent corresponding chords theorem.
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{B C}\)
\(\widehat{B C}\) = 110°

Question 2.
If m\(\widehat{A C}\) = 150° find m\(\widehat{A B}\).

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C}\) = 360 – (\(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\))
150 = 360 – 2(\(\widehat{A B}\))
2(\(\widehat{A B}\)) = 360 – 150 = 210
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 105°

In Exercises 3 and 4. find the indicated length or arc measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 85

Question 3.
CE

Answer:
CE = 5 + 5
= 10 units

Question 4.
m\(\widehat{C E}\)

Answer:
m\(\widehat{C E}\) = 9x + 180 – x = 180 – 8x
m\(\widehat{C E}\) = 180 – 8x

Question 5.
In the diagram, JK = LM = 24, NP = 3x, and NQ = 7x – 12. Find the radius of ⊙N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 86

Answer:

Exercise 10.3 Using Chords

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe what it means to bisect a chord.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Two chords of a circle are perpendicular and congruent. Does one of them have to be a diameter? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 14
Imagine a line segment of length 3 units, AB.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 15
A second congruent segment of length 3 that is perpendicular to AB called CD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 16
Circumscribe both these line segments and note that AB and CD are now chords.
While both chords are perpendicular and congruent, neither chord is a diameter. Thus, it is possible to have two chords of this type with neither one diameter of the circle.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the measure of the red arc or chord in ⊙C.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 88

Answer:
Arc length = radius x angle
= 5 x 34 = 170

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 90

Answer:
As the two circles radius is the same and the angle is the same so the chord length is 11 units.

In Exercise 7-10, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 92

Answer:
By the perpendicular bisector theorem RS = ST
x = 40°

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 94

Answer:
5x + 2 = 7x – 12
7x – 5x = 2 + 12
2x = 14
x = 7

Question 11.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 11

Question 12.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In the cross section of the submarine shown, the control panels are parallel and the same length. Describe a method you can use to find the center of the cross section. Justify your method.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 96

Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, determine whether \(\overline{A B}\) is a diameter of the circle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 97
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 98

Answer:
5² = 3² + x²
25 = 9 + x²
x² = 25 – 9
x = 4
So, AB is not diameter of the circle.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the radius of ⊙Q.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 99
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 100

Answer:
AD = BC
4x + 4 = 6x – 6
6x – 4x = 4 + 6
2x = 10
x = 5
BC = 6(5) – 6 = 30 – 6 = 24
QC² = 5² + 12²
= 25 + 144 = 169
QC = 13
Therefore, the radius is 13.

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An archaeologist finds part of a circular plate. What was the diameter of the plate to the nearest tenth of an inch? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 17

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What can you conclude from each diagram? Name a theorem that justifies your answer.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 102

Answer:
Perpendicular chord bisector converse theorem.

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 103

Answer:
Congruent Corresponding Chords theorem

c.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 104

Answer:
Perpendicular chord bisector theorem

d.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 105

Answer:
Equidistant chords theorem

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Corresponding Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.6).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 106
a. Given \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are congruent chords.
Prove \(\widehat{A B} \cong \widehat{C D}\)
b. Given \(\widehat{A B} \cong \widehat{C D}\)
Prove \(\overline{A B}\) ≅ \(\overline{C D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 19

Question 20.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In ⊙P, all the arcs shown have integer measures. Show that x must be even.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109

Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
In ⊙P. the lengths of the parallel chords are 20, 16, and 12. Find m\(\widehat{A B}\). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 21

Question 22.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use congruent triangles to prove the Perpendicular Chord Bisector Theorem (Theorem 10.7).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109
Given \(\overline{E G}\) is a diameter of ⊙L.
\(\overline{E G}\) ⊥ \(\overline{D F}\)
Prove \(\overline{D C}\) ≅ \(\overline{F C}\), \(\widehat{D G} \cong \widehat{F G}\)

Answer:
Let L be the centre of the circle
draw any chord DF on the circle
As DF passes through LG.
The length of DC is the same as FC.

Question 23.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a proof of the Perpendicular Chord Bisector Converse (Theorem 10.8).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 110
Given \(\overline{Q S}\) is a perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{R T}\).
Prove \(\overline{Q S}\) is a diameter of the circle L.
(Hint: Plot the center L and draw △LPT and △LPR.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider two chords that intersect at point P. Do you think that \(\frac{A P}{B P}=\frac{C P}{D P}\)? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 111

Answer:

Question 25.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram with the Equidistant Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.9) to prove both parts of the biconditional of this theorem.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 112
\(\overline{A B}\) ≅ \(\overline{C D}\) if and only if EF = EG
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A car is designed so that the rear wheel is only partially visible below the body of the car. The bottom edge of the panel is parallel [o the ground. Your friend claims that the point where the tire touches the ground bisects \(\widehat{A B}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 113

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the missing interior angle measure.

Question 27.
Quadrilateral JKLW has angle measures m∠J = 32°, m∠K = 25°, and m∠L = 44°. Find m∠M.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 27

Question 28.
Pentagon PQRST has angle measures m∠P = 85°, m∠Q = 134°, m∠R = 97°, and m∠S =102°.
Find m∠T.

Answer:
The sum of interior angles of a pentagon = 540°
m∠T = 540 – (85 + 134 + 97 + 102)
= 540 – 418 = 122
m∠T = 122°.

10.1 – 10.3 Quiz

In Exercises 1 – 6, use the diagram. (Section 10.1)

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 114

Question 1.
Name the circle.

Answer:
The circle has a chord, diameter and tangent.

Question 2.
Name a radius.

Answer:
NP is the radius of the circle.

Question 3.
Name a diameter.

Answer:
KN is the diameter of the circle.

Question 4.
Name a chord.

Answer:
JL is the chord

Question 5.
Name a secant.

Answer:
SN is the secant

Question 6.
Name a tangent.

Answer:
QR is the tangent.

Find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 115

Answer:
(9 + x)² = x² + 15²
81 + 18x + x² = x² + 225
18x = 225 – 81
18x = 144
x = 8

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 116
Answer:
6x – 3 = 3x + 18
6x – 3x = 18 + 3
3x = 21
x = 7

Identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 117

Question 9.
\(\widehat{A E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) = 180 – 36
= 144
So, \(\widehat{A E}\) = 144°

Question 10.
\(\widehat{B C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{B C}\) = 180 – (67 + 70)
= 180 – 137 = 43
So, \(\widehat{B C}\) = 43°

Question 11.
\(\widehat{A C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C}\) = 43 + 67 = 110°

Question 12.
\(\widehat{A C D}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C D}\) = 180°

Question 13.
\(\widehat{A C E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C E}\) = 180 + 36 = 216°

Question 14.
\(\widehat{B E C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{B E C}\) = 70 + 36 + 43 = 149°

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 118

Answer:
As two chords pass through the centre of the circle. Those two red arcs are congruent.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 119
Answer:
Red arcs are not congruent because the radius of the two circles is different.

Question 17.
Find the measure of the red arc in ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 120

Answer:

Question 18.
In the diagram. AC = FD = 30, PG = x + 5, and PJ = 3x – 1. Find the radius of ⊙P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 121

Answer:

Question 19.
A circular clock can be divided into 12 congruent sections.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 122

a. Find the measure of each arc in this circle.
Answer:
The measure of each arc = \(\frac { 360 }{ 12 } \) = 30°

b. Find the measure of the minor arc formed by the hour and minute hands when the times is 7:00.
Answer:
When the time is 7:00 the minute hand is at 12 and hour hand is at 7 and so the minor arc is subtended by 12 – 7 = 5 of these sections and so the angle subtended is 30 x 5 = 150°

c. Find a time at which the hour and minute hands form an arc that is congruent to the arc in part (b).
Answer:
A minor arc is equal to 150° can be formed by multiple placements of the hour and the minute hand. One of them can be the time 5:00 when the minute hand is at 12 and the hour hand is at 5.

10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Exploration 1

Inscribed Angles and Central Angles

work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 123

a. Construct an inscribed angle in a circle. Then construct the corresponding central angle.
Answer:

b. Measure both angles. How is the inscribed angle related to its intercepted arc?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Record your results in a table. Write a conjecture about how an inscribed angle is related to its intercepted arc.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to communicate precisely with others.
Answer:

Exploration 2

A Quadrilateral with Inscribed Angles

work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 124

a. Construct a quadrilateral with each vertex on a circle.
Answer:

b. Measure all four angles. What relationships do you notice?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are inscribed angles related to their intercepted arcs? How are the angles of an inscribed quadrilateral related to each other?
Answer:

Question 4.
Quadrilateral EFGH is inscribed in ⊙C. and m ∠ E = 80°. What is m ∠ G? Explain.

Answer:
m ∠ E + m ∠ H = 80 + 80 = 160°
m ∠ E + m ∠ H + m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360
160° + m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360
m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360 – 160 = 200
m ∠ G = 100°

Lesson 10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Monitoring Progress

Find the measure of the red arc or angle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 125

Answer:
m∠G = \(\frac { 90 }{ 2 } \) = 45°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 126

Answer:
\(\widehat{T V}\) = 2 • 38 = 76°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 127

Answer:
m∠W = 72°

Find the value of each variable.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 128

Answer:
x° = 90°
y° = 180 – (40 + 90) = 180 – 130
y° = 50°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 129

Answer:
∠B + ∠D = 180
∠B + 82 = 180
x° = 98°
∠C + ∠A = 180
68 + y° = 180
y° = 112°

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 130

Answer:
∠S + ∠U = 180°
c + 2c – 6 = 180
3c = 186
c = 62°
∠T + ∠V = 180°
10x + 8x = 180
18x = 180
x = 10°

Question 7.
In Example 5, explain how to find locations where the left side of the statue is all that appears in your camera’s field of vision.
Answer:

Exercise 10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
If a circle is circumscribed about a polygon, then the polygon is an ___________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different?
Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 131

Find m∠ABC.
Answer:
m∠ABC = 60°

Find m∠AGC.
Answer:
m∠AGC = 180 – (25 + 25)
= 180 – 50 = 130°

Find m∠AEC.
Answer:
m∠AEC = 180 – (50 + 50)
= 180 – 100 = 80°

Find m∠ADC.
Answer:
m∠ADC = 180 – (25 + 50)
= 180 – 75 = 105°

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
m∠A
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 3

Question 4.
m∠G
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 133
Answer:
m∠G = 360 – (70 + 120)
= 360 – 190 = 170°

Question 5.
m ∠ N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 5

Question 6.
m\(\widehat{R S}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 135
Answer:
m\(\widehat{R S}\) = 2 • 67 = 134°

Question 7.
m\(\widehat{V U}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 7

Question 8.
m\(\widehat{W X}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 137
Answer:
m\(\widehat{W X}\) = \(\frac { 75 }{ 2 } \) = 37.5

In Exercises 9 and 10, name two pairs of congruent angles.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 138
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 139
Answer:
m∠W = m∠Z, m∠X = m∠Y

In Exercises 11 and 12, find the measure of the red arc or angle.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 140
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 141
Answer:
\(\widehat{P S}\) = 2 • 40 = 80

In Exercises 13 – 16, find the value of each variable.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 143
Answer:
m∠E + m∠G = 180
m + 60 = 180
m = 120°
m∠D + m∠F = 180
60 + 2k = 180
k = 60°

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 145
Answer:
3x° = 90°
x° = 30°
2y° + 90° + 34° = 180°
2y° + 124° = 180°
2y° = 56°
y° = 28°

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m\(\widehat{B C}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 146
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A carpenter’s square is an L-shaped tool used to draw right angles. You need to cut a circular piece of wood into two semicircles. How can you use the carpenter’s square to draw a diameter on the circular piece of wood?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 147
Answer:
Recall that when a right triangle is inscribed in a circle, then the hypotenuse is the diameter of the circle. Simply use the carpenter’s square to inscribe it into the circle. The hypotenuse formed by both legs of the square should provide a diameter for the circle.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 19 – 21, find the values of x and y. Then find the measures of the interior angles of the polygon.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 148
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 149
Answer:
∠B + ∠C = 180
14x + 4x = 180
18x = 180°
x = 10°
∠A + ∠D = 180
9y + 24y = 180
33y = 180°
y = 5.45°
∠A = 130.9°, ∠B = 40°, ∠C = 140°, ∠D = 49°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 21

Question 22.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that ∠PTQ ≅ ∠PSQ ≅ ∠PRQ. Is our friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 151
Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.
∠PTQ ≅ ∠PSQ ≅ ∠PRQ is correct according to the inscribed angles of a circle theorem.

Question 23.
CONSTRUCTION
Construct an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 23

Question 24.
CONSTRUTION
The side length of an inscribed regular hexagon is equal to the radius of the circumscribed circle. Use this fact to construct a regular hexagon inscribed in a circle.

Answer:
As the side length is equal to the radius. Draw a line representing the radius and draw a chord different chords in the form of hexagons of the radius of the circle.

REASONING
In Exercises 25 – 30, determine whether a quadrilateral of the given type can always be inscribed inside a circle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 25.
Square
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 25

Question 26.
rectangle
Answer:
yes, angles are right angles.

Question 27.
parallelogram
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 27

Question 28.
kite
Answer:
No.

Question 29.
rhombus
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 29

Question 30.
isosceles trapezoid
Answer:
Yes, the opposite angles are always supplementary.

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Three moons, A, B, and C, are in the same circular orbit 1,00,000 kilometers above the surface of a planet. The planet is 20,000 kilometers in diameter and m∠ABC = 90°. Draw a diagram of the situation. How far is moon A from moon C?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At the movie theater. you want to choose a seat that has the best viewing angle, so that you can be close to the screen and still see the whole screen without moving your eyes. You previously decided that seat F7 has the best viewing angle, but this time someone else is already sitting there. Where else can you sit so that your seat has the same viewing angle as seat F7? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 152
Answer:

Question 33.
WRITING
A right triangle is inscribed in a circle, and the radius of the circle is given. Explain how to find the length of the hypotenuse.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Let point Y represent your location on the soccer field below. What type of angle is ∠AYB if you stand anywhere on the circle except at point A or point B?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 153
Answer:

Question 35.
WRITING
Explain why the diagonals of a rectangle inscribed in a circle are diameters of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The figure shows a circle that is circumscribed about ∆ABC. Is it possible to circumscribe a circle about any triangle? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 154
Answer:
Yes.

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
If an angle is inscribed in ⊙Q. the center Q can be on a side of the inscribed angle, inside the inscribed angle, or outside the inscribed angle. Prove each case of the Measure of an Inscribed Angle Theorem (Theorem 10. 10).

a. Case 1
Given ∠ABC is inscribed in ⊙Q
Let m∠B = x°
Center Q lies on \(\overline{B C}\).
Prove m∠ABC = \(\frac{1}{2}\)m\(\widehat{A C}\)
(Hint: Show that ∆AQB is isosceles. Then write m\(\widehat{A C}\) in terms of x.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 155
b. Case 2
Use the diagram and auxiliary line to write Given and Prove statements for Case 2. Then write a proof
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 156
c. Case 3
Use the diagram and auxiliary line to write Given and Prove statements for Case 3. Then write a proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 157
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the Inscribed Angles of a Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.11). First, draw a diagram and write Given and Prove statements.
Answer:
If two inscribed angles of a circle intercept the same arc, then the angles are congruent.

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
The Inscribed Right Triangle Theorem (Theorem 10.12) is written as a conditional statement and its converse. Write a plan for proof for each statement.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 39

Question 40.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the paragraph proof for one part of the Inscribed Quadrilateral Theorem (Theorem 10. 13).
Given ⊙C with inscribed quadrilateral DEFG
Prove m ∠ D + m ∠ F = 180°,
m ∠ E + m ∠ G = 180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 158
By the Arc Addition Postulate (Postulate 10. 1),
m\(\widehat{E F G}\) + ________ = 360° and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) + m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 360°.
Using the ___________ Theorem. m\(\widehat{E D G}\) = 2m ∠ F, m\(\widehat{E F G}\) = 2m∠D, m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2m∠G, and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) = 2m ∠ E. By the Substitution Property of Equality, 2m∠D + ________ = 360°, So _________ . Similarly, __________ .
Answer:
m\(\widehat{E F G}\) + m\(\widehat{E D F}\) = 360° and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) + m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 360°.
Using the the measure of an inscribed angle Theorem. m\(\widehat{E D G}\) = 2m ∠ F, m\(\widehat{E F G}\) = 2m∠D, m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2m∠G, and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) = 2m ∠ E. By the Substitution Property of Equality, 2m∠D + 2m∠G = 360°.

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the diagram, ∠C is a right angle. If you draw the smallest possible circle through C tangent to \(\overline{A B}\), the circle will intersect \(\overline{A C}\) at J and \(\overline{B C}\) at K. Find the exact length of \(\overline{J K}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 41

Question 42.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are making a circular cutting board. To begin, you glue eight 1-inch boards together, as shown. Then you draw and cut a circle with an 8-inch diameter from the boards.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 160
a. \(\overline{F H}\) is a diameter of the circular cutting board. Write a proportion relating GJ and JH. State a theorem in to justify your answer.
Answer:
Each board is 1 inch and FJ spans 6 boards.
\(\overline{F H}\) = 6 inches

b. Find FJ, JH, and GJ. What is the length of the cutting board seam labeled \(\overline{G K}\)?
Answer:
Each board is 1 inch and JH spans 2 boards.
JH = 2 inches
Equation is \(\frac { JH }{ GJ } \) = \(\frac { GJ }{ FJ } \)
\(\frac { 2 }{ GJ } \) = \(\frac { GJ }{ 6 } \)
12 = GJ²
GJ = 2√3
GK = 2(GJ)
GK = 4√3
So, FJ = 6, JH = 2, JG = 2√3, GK = 4√3

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 43.
3x = 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = 63
Answer:
x = 63 • 2
x = 126

Question 45.
240 = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 45

Question 46.
75 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 30)
Answer:
75 • 2 = x – 30
150 + 30 = x
x = 180

10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Exploration 1

Angles Formed by a Chord and Tangent Line

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 161

a. Construct a chord in a circle. At one of the endpoints of the chord. construct a tangent line to the circle.
Answer:

b. Find the measures of the two angles formed by the chord and the tangent line.
Answer:

c. Find the measures of the two circular arcs determined by the chord.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Angles Formed by Intersecting Chords

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 162

a. Construct two chords that intersect inside a circle.
Answer:

b. Find the measure of one of the angles formed by the intersecting chords.
Answer:

c. Find the measures of the arcs intercepted h the angle in part (b) and its vertical angle. What do you observe?
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When a chord intersects a tangent line or another chord, what relationships exist among the angles and arcs formed?
Answer:

Question 4.
Line m is tangent to the circle in the figure at the left. Find the measure of ∠1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 163
Answer:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 148
m∠1 = 74°

Question 5.
Two chords intersect inside a circle to form a pair of vertical angles with measures of 55°. Find the sum of the measures of the arcs intercepted by the two angles.
Answer:
The sum of the measures of the arcs intercepted by the two angles = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 55
= 27.5

Lesson 10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Monitoring Progress

Line m is tangent to the circle. Find the indicated measure.

Question 1.
m ∠ 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 164
Answer:
m ∠ 1 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 210
m ∠ 1 = 105°

Question 2.
m\(\widehat{R S T}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 165
Answer:
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 2 • 98 = 196°
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 196°

Question 3.
m\(\widehat{X Y}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 166
Answer:
m\(\widehat{X Y}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 80
m\(\widehat{X Y}\) = 40°

Find the value of the variable.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 167
Answer:
y° = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • (102 + 95)
= 98.5°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 168
Answer:
a° = 2 • 30° + 44°
= 60° + 44° = 104°
So, a° = 104°.

Find the value of x.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 169
Answer:
x° = 180° – 120°
x° = 60°

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 170
Answer:
50° = 180° – x°
x° = 180° – 50°
x° = 130°

Question 8.
You are on top of Mount Rainier on a clear day. You are about 2.73 miles above sea level at point B. Find m\(\widehat{C D}\), which represents the part of Earth that you can see.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 171
Answer:
CB and BD are tangents, CB is perpendicular to AB and CD is perpendicular to AD by the tangent line to circle theorem.
△ABC is similar to △ABD by the hypotenuese leg congruence theorem.
∠CBA is similar to ∠ABD. So, m∠CBA = 74.5°, m∠CBD = 2 • 74.5° = 149°
m∠CBD = 180° – m∠CAD
m∠CBD = 180° – CD
149° = 180° – CD
CD = 31°
The part of earth you can see

Exercise 10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Points A, B, C, and D are on a circle, and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 172 intersects Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 173 at point P.
If m∠APC = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m\(\widehat{B D}\) – m\(\widehat{A C}\)). then point P is _________ the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to find the measure of a circumscribed angle.
Answer:
A circumscribed angle is the angle made by two intersecting tangent lines to a circle. Draw lines from the circle centre to the point of tangency. The angle between the radius and tangent line is 90°. The sum of angles of a quadrilateral is 360°. Angles between radii and tangent lines is 180°. The angle at two tangent lines meet is circumscribed angle.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, line t is tangent to the circle. Find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
m\(\widehat{A B}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 174
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 3

Question 4.
m\(\widehat{D E F}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 175
Answer:
m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2(117°) = 234°

Question 5.
m < 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 176
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 5

Question 6.
m ∠ 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 177
Answer:
m ∠ 3 = ½ • 140 = 70°

In Exercises 7 – 14, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 178
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 179
Answer:
x° = ½ • (30 + 2x – 30)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 180
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 181
Answer:
34° = ½ (3x – 2 – (x + 6))
34° = ½ (3x – 2 – x – 6)
34° = ½ (2x – 8)
34° = x – 4
x° = 34 + 4
x° = 38°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 182
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 183
Answer:
6x – 11 = 2  • 125
6x = 250 + 11
6x = 261
x° = 43.5°

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 184
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 185

Answer:
17x° = 75°
x° = 4.41°

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in finding the angle measure.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 186
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 187
Answer:
m∠1 = ½ (122 – 70)
= ½ (52) = 26
So, m∠1 = 26°

In Exercises 17 – 22, find the indicated angle measure. justify your answer.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 188

Question 17.
m ∠ 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 17

Question 18.
m ∠ 2
Answer:
m ∠ 2 = 60°

Explanation:
m ∠ 3 =30°, So, m ∠ 2 = 180° – (90° + 30°)
= 180° – 120° = 60°
Therefore, m ∠ 2 = 60°

Question 19.
m ∠ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 19

Question 20.
m ∠ 4
Answer:
m ∠ 4 = 90°

Question 21.
m ∠ 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 21

Question 22.
m ∠ 6
Answer:
m ∠ 6 = 180° – (60° + 30° + 30°) = 180° – 120°
m ∠ 6 = 60°

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are flying in a hot air balloon about 1.2 miles above the ground. Find the measure of the arc that represents the part of Earth you can see. The radius of Earth is about 4000 miles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 189
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are watching fireworks over San Diego Bay S as you sail away in a boat. The highest point the fireworks reach F is about 0.2 mile above the bay. Your eyes E are about 0.01 mile above the water. At point B you can no longer see the fireworks because of the curvature of Earth. The radius of Earth is about 4000 miles, and \(\overline{F E}\) is tangent to Earth at point T. Find m\(\widehat{s B}\). Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 190
Answer:

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In the diagram, \(\vec{B}\)A is tangent to ⊙E. Write an algebraic expression for m\(\widehat{C D}\) in terms of x. Then find m\(\widehat{C D}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 25

Question 26.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The circles in the diagram are concentric. Write an algebraic expression for c in terms of a and b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 192
Answer:
a° = ½(c° – b°)

Question 27.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In the diagram. \(\vec{P}\)L is tangent to the circle, and \(\overline{K J}\) is a diameter. What is the range of possible angle measures of ∠LPJ? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 193
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 27

Question 28.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In the diagram, \(\overline{A B}\) is an chord that is not a diameter of the circle. Line in is tangent to the circle at point A. What is the range of possible values of x? Explain your reasoning. (The diagram is not drawn to scale.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 194
Answer:
The possible values of x are less than 180°.

Question 29.
PROOF
In the diagram Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 195 and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 196 are secant lines that intersect at point L. Prove that m∠JPN > m∠JLN.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 197
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible for a circumscribed angle to have the same measure as its intercepted arc. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, when the circumscribed angle measures 90°, the central angle measures 90°, so the intercepted arc also measures 90°.

Question 31.
REASONING
Points A and B are on a circle, and t is a tangent line containing A and another point C.
a. Draw two diagrams that illustrate this situation.
b. Write an equation for m\(\widehat{A B}\) in terms of m∠BAC for each diagram.
c. For what measure of ∠BAC can you use either equation to find m\(\widehat{A B}\)? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 31

Question 32.
REASONING
∆XYZ is an equilateral triangle inscribed in ⊙P. AB is tangent to ⊙P at point X, \(\overline{B C}\) is tangent to ⊙P at point Y. and \(\overline{A C}\) is tangent to ⊙P at point Z. Draw a diagram that illustrates this situation. Then classify ∆ABC by its angles and sides. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
To prove the Tangent and Intersected Chord Theorem (Theorem 10. 14), you must prove three cases.
a. The diagram shows the case where \(\overline{A B}\) contains the center of the circle. Use the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.1) to write a paragraph proof for this case.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 198
b. Draw a diagram and write a proof for the case where the center of the circle is in the interior of ∠CAB.
c. Draw a diagram and write a proof for the case where the center of the circle is in the exterior of ∠CAB.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 33.2

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the diagram, television cameras are Positioned at A and B to record what happens on stage. The stage is an arc of ⊙A. You would like the camera at B to have a 30° view of the stage. Should you move the camera closer or farther away? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 199

Answer:
25° = ½(80° – 30°) = ½(50°)
So, you should move the camera closer.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a proof of the Angles Inside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.15).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 200
Given Chords \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\) intersect inside a circle.
Prove m ∠ 1 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m\(\widehat{D C}\) + m\(\widehat{A B}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
In the figure, Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 201 and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 202 are tangent to the circle. Point A is any point on the major are formed by the endpoints of the chord \(\overline{B C}\). Label all congruent angles in the figure. Justify your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 203

Answer:
m∠CPB = ½(CAB – CB)

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram below to prove the Angles Outside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.16) for the case of a tangent and a secant. Then copy the diagrams for the other two cases on page 563 and draw appropriate auxiliary segments. Use your diagrams to prove each case.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 204
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove that the Circumscribed Angle Theorem (Theorem 10.17) follows from the Angles Outside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.16).
Answer:

In Exercises 39 and 40, find the indicated measure(s). justify your answer

Question 39.
Find m ∠ P when m\(\widehat{W Z Y}\) = 200°
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 205
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 39

Question 40.
Find m\(\widehat{A B}\) and m\(\widehat{E D}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 206

Answer:
m\(\widehat{E D}\) = ½ (115°) = 57.5°
∠GJA = 30°

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation.

Question 41.
x2 + x = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 41

Question 42.
x2 = 12x + 35

Answer:

Explanation:
x² = 12x + 35
x = \(\frac { 12 ± √(144 + 140)  }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 12 ± √284  }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 12 + √284  }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 12 – √284  }{ 2 } \)

Question 43.
– 3 = x2 + 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 43

10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Exploration 1

Segments Formed by Two Intersecting Chords

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 207

a.
Construct two chords \(\overline{B C}\) and \(\overline{D E}\) that intersect in the interior of a circle at a point F.
Answer:

b.
Find the segment lengths BE, CF, DF, and EF and complete the table. What do you observe?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 298
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Write a conjecture about your results.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to make sense of quantities and their relationships in problem situations.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Secants Intersecting Outside a Circle

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 208

a. Construct two secant Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 209 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 210 that intersect at a point B outside a circle, as shown.
Answer:

b. Find the segment lengths BE, BC, BF, and BD. and complete the table. What do you observe?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 299
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Write a conjecture about your results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What relationships exist among the segments formed by two intersecting chords or among segments of two secants that intersect outside a circle?

Question 4.
Find the segment length AF in the figure at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 211

Answer:

Explanation:
EA • AF = AD • AC
18 • AF = 9 • 8
AF = 4

Lesson 10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of x.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 212

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
4 • 6 = 3 • x
3x = 24
x = 8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 213

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
2 • x + 1 = 4 • 3
x + 1 = 6
x = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 214

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 54 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
6 • 9 = 5 • x
54 = 5x
x = \(\frac { 54 }{ 5 } \)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 215

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √37 }{ 2 } \)

Explanation:
3 • x + 2 = x + 1 • x – 1
3x + 6 = x² – 1
x² – 3x – 7 = 0
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √(9 + 28) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √37 }{ 2 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 216

Answer:
x = ±√3

Explanation:
x² = 3 • 1
x² = 3
x = ±√3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 217

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 49 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
7² = 5 • x
49 = 5x
x = \(\frac { 49 }{ 5 } \)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 218

Answer:
x = 14.4

Explanation:
12² = 10x
144 = 10x
x = 14.4

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, CB = 35 feet and CE = 14 feet. Find the radius of the tank.

Answer:
The radius of the tank is 36.75

Explanation:
CB² = CE ⋅ CD
35² = 14 ⋅ (2r + 14)
1225 = 28r + 196
28r = 1029
r = 36.75

Exercise 10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The part of the secant segment that is outside the circle is called a(n) ______________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain the difference between a tangent segment and a secant segment.

Answer:
A tangent segment intersects the circle at only one point. It actually doesn’t go through the circle. If a ball is rolling on a table top, then it would be the tangent. A secant segment intersects the circle in two points. It goes through the circle. In a tangent, no part is in the interior of the circle. In a secant, there is a part in the interior called a chord.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the value of x.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 219
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 220

Answer:
x = 23

Explanation:
10 • 18 = 9 • (x – 3)
20 = x – 3
x = 23

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 221
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 222

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
2x • 12 = 15 • (x + 3)
24x = 15x + 45
9x = 45
x = 5

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 223
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 224

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 35 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
5 • 7 = 4 • x
4x = 35
x = \(\frac { 35 }{ 4 } \)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 225
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 226

Answer:
x = 30

Explanation:
45 • x = 50 • 27
45x = 1350
x = 30

In Exercises 11 – 14. find the value of x.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 227
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 228

Answer:
x = 48

Explanation:
24² = 12x
576 = 12x
x = 48

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 229
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 230

Answer:
x = 1.5

Explanation:
3 = 2x
x = 1.5

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding CD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 231
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Cassini spacecraft is on a mission in orbit around Saturn until September 2017. Three of Saturn’s moons. Tethys. Calypso, and Teleslo. have nearly circular orbits of radius 2,95,000 kilometers. The diagram shows the positions of the moons and the spacecraft on one of Cassini’s missions. Find the distance DB from Cassini to Tethys when \(\overline{A D}\) is tangent to the circular orbit.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 232

Answer:
BD = 579493 km

Explanation:
(203,000)² = 83000x
x = 496493
BC = 496493
BD = 496493 + 83000 = 579493

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The circular stone mound in Ireland called Newgrange has a diameter of 250 feet. A passage 62 feet long leads toward the center of the mound. Find the perpendicular distance x from the end of the passage to either side of the mound.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 233
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are designing an animated logo for our website. Sparkles leave point C and move to the Outer circle along the segments shown so that all of the sparkles reach the outer circle at the same time. Sparkles travel from point C to point D at 2 centimeters per second. How fast should sparkles move from point C to point N? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 234

Answer:
5.33 should sparkles move from point C to point N.

Explanation:
4 • 8 = 6 • x
x = 5.33

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a two-column proof of the Segments of Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.18).

Plan for Proof:
Use the diagram to draw \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{D B}\). Show that ∆EAC and ∆EDB are similar. Use the fact that corresponding side lengths in similar triangles are proportional.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 19.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 19.2

Question 20.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Segments of Secants Theorem (Theorem 10.19). (Hint: Draw a diagram and add auxiliary line segments to form similar triangles.)
Answer:

Question 21.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10. 1) to prove the Segments of Secants and Tangents Theorem (Theorem 10.20) for the special case when the secant segment Contains the center of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 21

Question 22.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Segments of Secants and Tangents Theorem (Theorem 10.20). (Hint: Draw a diagram and add auxiliary line segments to form similar triangles.)
Answer:

Question 23.
WRITING EQUATIONS
In the diagram of the water well, AB, AD, and DE are known. Write an equation for BC using these three measurements.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 236
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 23

Question 24.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which two theorems would you need to use to tind PQ? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 237

Answer:

Question 25.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the figure, AB = 12, BC = 8, DE = 6, PD = 4, and a is a point of tangency. Find the radius of ⊙P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 238
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Circumscribe a triangle about a circle. Then, using the points of tangency, inscribe a triangle in the circle. Must it be true that the two triangles are similar? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation by completing the square.

Question 27.
x2 + 4x = 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 27

Question 28.
x2 – 2x – 1 = 8

Answer:
x = 1 + √10, x = 1 – √10

Explanation:
x² – 2x – 1 = 8
x² – 2x – 9 = 0
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √(4 + 36) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √40 }{ 2 } \)
x = 1 + √10, x = 1 – √10

Question 29.
2x2 + 12x + 20 = 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 29

Question 30.
– 4x2 + 8x + 44 = 16

Answer:
x = 1 + √8, x = 1 – √8

Explanation:
– 4x² + 8x + 44 = 16
4x² – 8x – 28 =0
x² – 2x – 7 = 0
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √(4 + 28) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √32 }{ 2 } \)
x = 1 ± √8

10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Exploration 1

The Equation of a Circle with Center at the Origin

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to Construct and determine the equations of circles centered at (0, 0) in the coordinate plane, as described below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 300
a. Complete the first two rows of the table for circles with the given radii. Complete the other rows for circles with radii of your choice.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 18

b. Write an equation of a circle with center (0, 0) and radius r.

Answer:
x²  + y²  = r²

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)²  = r²
x²  + y²  = r²

Exploration 2

The Equation of a Circle with Center (h, k)

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to construct and determine the equations of circles of radius 2 in the coordinate plane, as described below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 301
a. Complete the first two rows of the table for circles with the given centers. Complete the other rows for circles with centers of your choice.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 17

b. Write an equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius 2.

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = 4

c. Write an equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius r.

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Exploration 3

Deriving the Standard Equation of a Circle

Work with a partner. Consider a circle with radius r and center (h, k).

Write the Distance Formula to represent the distance d between a point (x, y) on the circle and the center (h, k) of the circle. Then square each side of the Distance Formula equation.

How does your result compare with the equation you wrote in part (c) of Exploration 2?

MAKING SENSE OF PROBLEMS
To be proficient in math, you need to explain correspondences between equations and graphs.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 239

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What is the equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius r in the coordinate plane?

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Question 5.
Write an equation of the circle with center (4, – 1) and radius 3.

Answer:
x² + y² – 8x + 2y + 8 = 0

Explanation:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 9
x² – 8x + 16 + y² + 2y + 1 = 9
x² + y² – 8x + 2y = 9 – 17
x² + y² – 8x + 2y + 8 = 0

Lesson 10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Monitoring Progress

Write the standard equation of the circle with the given center and radius.

Question 1.
center: (0, 0), radius: 2.5

Answer:
x² + y² = 6.25

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 2.5²
x² + y² = 6.25

Question 2.
center: (- 2, 5), radius: 7

Answer:
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 49

Explanation:
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 7²
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 49

Question 3.
The point (3, 4) is on a circle with center (1, 4). Write the standard equation of the circle.

Answer:
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 4

Explanation:
r = √(3 – 1)² + (4 – 4)²
= √(2)²
r = 2
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 2²
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 4

Question 4.
The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + 9 = 0. Find the center and the radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Answer:
The center of the circle (4, -3) and radius is 4.

Explanation:
x² + y² – 8x + 6y + 9 = 0
x² – 8x + 16 + y² + 6y + 9 = 16
(x – 4)² + (y + 3)² = 4²
The center of the circle (4, -3) and radius is 4.

Question 5.
Prove or disprove that the point (1, √5 ) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (0, 1).

Answer:
Disproved.

Explanation:
We consider the circle centred at the origin and containing the point (0, 1).
Therefore, we can conclude that the radius of the circle r = 1, let O (0, 0) and B (1, √5). So the distance between two points is
OB = √(1 – 0) + (√5 – 0)² = √(1 + 5) = √6
As the radius of the given circle is 1 and distance of the point B from its centre is √6. So we can conclude that point does lie on the given circle.

Question 6.
why are three seismographs needed to locate an earthquake’s epicentre?

Answer:

Exercise 10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the standard equation of a circle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain why knowing the location of the center and one point on a circle is enough to graph the circle.

Answer:
If we know the location of the center and one point on the circle, we can graph a circle because the distance from the center to the point is called the radius.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, write the standard equation of the circle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 240
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 241

Answer:
x² + y² = 36

Explanation:
The center is (0, 0) and the radius is 6
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 6²
x² + y² = 36

Question 5.
a circle with center (0, 0) and radius 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 5

Question 6.
a circle with center (4, 1) and radius 5

Answer:
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 25

Explanation:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 5²
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 25

Question 7.
a circle with center (- 3, 4) and radius 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 7

Question 8.
a circle with center (3, – 5) and radius 7

Answer:
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 49

Explanation:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 7²
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 49

In Exercises 9 – 11, use the given information to write the standard equation of the circle.

Question 9.
The center is (0, 0), and a point on the circle is (0, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 9

Question 10.
The center is (1, 2), and a point on the circle is (4, 2).

Answer:
x² + y² = 9

Explanation:
r = √(x – h)² + (y – k)²
= √(4 – 1)² + (2 – 2)²
= √3²
r = 3
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 3²
x² + y² = 9

Question 11.
The center is (0, 0). and a point on the circle is (3, – 7).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 11

Question 12.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the standard equation of a circle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 242

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x + 3)² + (y + 5)² = 3²
(x + 3)² + (y + 5)² = 9

In Exercises 13 – 18, find the center and radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Question 13.
x2 + y2 = 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 13

Question 14.
(x + 5)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9

Answer:
Center is (-5, 3) and rdaius is 3.

Explanation:
For the equation (x + 5)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9, center is (-5, 3) and rdaius is 3.

Question 15.
x2 + y2 – 6x = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 15

Question 16.
x2 + y2 + 4y = 32

Answer:
The center is (0, -2) and radius is 6

Explanation:
x2 + y2 + 4y = 32
x² + y² + 4y + 4 = 32 + 4
x² + (y + 2)² = 36
(x – 0)² + (y – (-2))² = 6²
The center is (0, -2) and radius is 6
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 21

Question 17.
x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y = – 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 17

Question 18.
x2 + y2 + 4x + 12y = – 15

Answer:
The center is (-2, -6) and radius is 5

Explanation:
x2 + y2 + 4x + 12y = – 15
x² + 4x + 4 + y² + 12y + 36 = -15 + 36 + 4
(x + 2)² + (y + 6)² = 5²
The center is (-2, -6) and radius is 5

In Exercises 19 – 22, prove or disprove the statement.

Question 19.
The point (2, 3) lies on the circle centered at the origin with radius 8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 19

Question 20.
The point (4, √5) lies on the circle centered at the origin with radius 3.

Answer:
The point (4, √5) does not lie on the circle.

Explanation:
r² = (x – h)² + (y – k)²
3² ______________ (4 – 0)² + (√5 – 0)²
9 ______________ 16 + 5
9 ≠ 21
Because the radius is 3 and the distance between center and the point is more than the radius. So the point does not lie on the circle.

Question 21.
The point (√6, 2) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (3, – 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 21

Question 22.
The point (√7, 5) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (5, 2).

Answer:
The point (√7, 5) does not lie on the circle.

Explanation:
r² = (x – h)² + (y – k)²
= (√7 – 0)² + (5 – 0)² = 7 + 25 = 32
r = 5.65
(5.65)² ______________ (5 – 0)² + (2 – 0)²
32 ______________ 25 + 4
32 ≠ 29
Because the radius is 3 and the distance between center and the point is more than the radius. So the point does not lie on the circle.

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A City’s commuter system has three zones. Zone I serves people living within 3 miles of the city’s center. Zone 2 serves those between 3 and 7 miles from the center. Zone 3 serves those over 7 miles from the center.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 243
a. Graph this Situation on a coordinate plane where each unit corresponds to 1 mile. Locate the city’s center at the origin.
b. Determine which zone serves people whose homes are represented by the points (3, 4), (6, 5), (1, 2), (0.3). and (1, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 23.2

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Telecommunication towers can be used to transmit cellular phone calls. A graph with units measured in kilometers shows towers at points (0, 0), (0, 5), and (6, 3). These towers have a range of about 3 kilometers.
a. Sketch a graph and locate the towers. Are there any locations that may receive calls from more than one tower? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. The center of City A is located at (- 2, 2.5), and the center of City B is located at (5, 4). Each city has a radius of 1.5 kilometers. Which city seems to have better cell phone coverage? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
There are three towers at points (0, 0), (0, 5) and (6, 3) with range of about 3 km
a. Let’s sketch the graph to locate towers. Draw the points (0, 0), (0, 5) and (6, 3). Then draw three circles with centers at these points and radii 3.
There are locations that can receive calls from more that one tower because circles with centers (0, 0) and (0, 5) overlap. Locations in their intersection can receive calls from two towers.
The city A has a center located at (-2, 2.5) and city B has a center located at (5, 4). Both cities have radius 1.5 km
Let’s draw the city A as a circle with center (-2, 2.5) and radius 1.5 and city B with center (5, 4) and radius 1.5.
From the graph we can conclude that the city B has better cell phone coverage because parts of city A do not have coverage.

Question 25.
REASONING
Sketch the graph of the circle whose equation is x2 + y2 = 16. Then sketch the graph of the circle after the translation (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 4). What is the equation of the image? Make a conjecture about the equation of the image of a circle centered at the origin after a translation m units to the left and n units down.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its equation.

a. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 244A. x2 + (y + 3) 2 = 4
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 245B. (x – 3) 2 + y2 = 4
c. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 246C. (x + 3) 2 + y2 = 4
d. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 247D. x2 + (y – 3) 2 = 4

Answer:
a ➝ C, b ➝ A, c ➝ D, d ➝ B

Question 27.
USING STRUCTURE
The vertices of ∆XYZ are X(4, 5), Y(4, 13), and Z(8, 9). Find the equation of the circle circumscribed about ∆XYZ. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 27.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 27.2

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A circle has center (h, k) and contains point (a, b). Write the equation of the line tangent to the circle at point (a, b).

Answer:
y – b = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)(x – a)

Explanation:
It is given a circle with center C(h, k. A circle with point A(a, b). We have to write the equation of a tangent that intersects the circle at point A
By the tangent line to circle theorem, a tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Two lines are perpendicular if and only if their slopes are negative reciprocals. So, find the equation of the line AC to know its slope.
The equation of the line which has two points (a, b), (c, d) is y – b = \(\frac { b – c }{ a – d } \)(x – a)
The equation of the line which has two points A(a, b) and C(h, k) is
y – b = \(\frac { b – k }{ a – h } \)(x – a)
Therefore, the slope of the line through A nad C is \(\frac { b – k }{ a – h } \)
Hence the slope of the tangent is –\(\frac { a – h }{ b – k } \) = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)
Use the equation of the line y = kx + n through the point (a, b)
y – b = k(x – a) to find the equation of the tangent
The equation of the tangent with slope \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \) and through the point A(a, b) is y – b = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)(x – a)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 29 – 32, use the equations to determine whether the line is a tangent, a secant a secant that contains the diameter, or name of these. Explain your reasoning.

Question 29.
Circle: (x – 4)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9
Line: y = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 29.1

Question 30.
Circle: (x + 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = 16
Line: y = 2x – 4

Answer:
The line is a secant line.

Explanation:
(x + 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = 16, y = 2x – 4
(x + 2)2 + (2x – 4 – 2)2 = 16
x² + 4x + 4 + (2x – 6)² = 16
x² + 4x + 4 + 4x² – 24x + 36 = 16
5x² – 20x + 40 – 16 = 0
5x² – 20x + 24 = 0
x = \(\frac { 20 ±√-80 }{ 10 } \)
x = 2, y = 2 • 2 – 4 = 0, (2, 0)
The system has two solutions and point does not lie on the line. So the line is a secant line.

Question 31.
Circle: (x – 5)2 + (y + 1)2 = 4
Line: y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x – 3\
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.3

Question 32.
Circle: (x + 3)2 + (y – 6)2 = 25
Line: y = –\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2

Answer:
The line is a secant line.

Explanation:
(x + 3)2 + (y – 6)2 = 25, y = –\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2
(x + 3)2 + (-\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2 – 6)2 = 25
x² + 6x + 9 + \(\frac { 16x² }{ 9 } \) + \(\frac { 32x }{ 3 } \) + 16 = 25
\(\frac { 25x² }{ 9 } \) + \(\frac { 50x }{ 3 } \) = 0
x(25x + 150) = 0
x = 0 or x = -6
y = 2, y = 10
(0, 2) and (-6, 10)
d = √(0 + 6)² + (2 – 10)²
= √(36 + 64)
= 10 ≠ 5
The system has two solutions and point does not lie on the line. So the line is a secant line.

MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Question 33.
Your friend claims that the equation of a circle passing through the points (- 1, 0) and (1, 0) is x2 – 2yk + y2 = 1 with center (0, k). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 33

Question 34.
REASONING
Four tangent circles are centered on the x-axis. The radius of ⊙A is twice the radius of ⊙O, The radius of ⊙B is three times the radius of ⊙O, The radius of ⊙C is four times the radius of ⊙O, All circles have integer radii, and the point (63, 16) is On ⊙C. What is the equation of ⊙A? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 248
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Identify the arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 249

Question 35.
\(\widehat{R S}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 35

Question 36.
\(\widehat{P R}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{P R}\) is a right angle
\(\widehat{P R}\) = 25 + 65 = 90°

Question 37.
\(\widehat{P R T}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 37

Question 38.
\(\widehat{S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{S T}\) is a major arc
\(\widehat{S T}\) = 360 – (90 + 65 +25 + 53) = 127°

Question 39.
\(\widehat{R S T}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 39

Question 40.
\(\widehat{Q S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S}\) is a minor arc
\(\widehat{Q S}\) = 25 + 53 = 78°

Circles Review

10.1 Lines and Segments That Intersect Circles

Tell whether the line, ray, or segment is best described as a radius, chord, diameter, secant, or tangent of ⊙P.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 250

Question 1.
\(\overline{P K}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{P K}\) is radius

Question 2.
\(\overline{N M}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{N M}\) is chord

Question 3.
\(\vec{J}\)L

Answer:
\(\vec{J}\)L is tangent

Question 4.
\(\overline{K N}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{K N}\) is diameter

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 251

Answer:
NL is secant

Question 6.
\(\overline{P N}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{P N}\) is radius

Tell whether the common tangent is internal or external.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 252

Answer:
Internal common tangent

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 253

Answer:
External common tangent

Points Y and Z are points of tangency. Find the value of the variable.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 254

Answer:
a = \(\frac { 3 ± 33 }{ 18 } \)

Explanation:
3a = 9a² – 30
9a² – 3a – 30 = 0
a = \(\frac { 3 ± 33 }{ 18 } \)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 255

Answer:
c = 2

Explanation:
2c² + 9c + 6 = 9c + 14
2c² – 8 = 0
c² – 4 = 0
c = 2

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 256

Answer:
r = 12

Explanation:
(3 + r)² = r² + 9²
9 + 6r + r² = r² + 81
6r = 72
r = 12

Question 12.
Tell whether \(\overline{B D}\) is tangent to ⊙C. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 257

Answer:
\(\overline{B D}\) is not tangent to ⊙C

Explanation:
52² = 10² + 48²
2704 = 100 + 2304
So, \(\overline{B D}\) is not tangent to ⊙C

10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Use the diagram above to find the measure of the indicated arc.

Question 13.
\(\widehat{K L}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K L}\) = 100°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K L}\) = ∠KPL = 100°

Question 14.
\(\widehat{L M}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{L M}\) = 60°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{L M}\) = 180° – 120°
= 60°

Question 15.
\(\widehat{K M}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K M}\) = 160°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K M}\) = 100° + 60°
= 160°

Question 16.
\(\widehat{K N}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K N}\) = 80°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K N}\) = 360 – (120 + 100 + 60)
= 360 – 280 = 80°

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 258

Answer:
\(\widehat{S T}\), \(\widehat{Y Z}\) are not congruent.

Explanation:
\(\widehat{S T}\), \(\widehat{Y Z}\) are not congruent. Because both arcs are from different circles and having different radii.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 259

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{E F}\) are congruent.

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{E F}\) are congruent. Because those circles have same radii.

10.3 Using Chords

Find the measure of \(\widehat{A B}\).

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 260

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 61°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 61°
If ED = AB, then \(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{E D}\)

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 261

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 65°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{A D}\)
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = 65°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 262

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 91°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{E D}\)
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = 91°

Question 22.
In the diagram. QN = QP = 10, JK = 4x, and LM = 6x – 24. Find the radius of ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 263

Answer:
The radius of ⊙Q is 26.

Explanation:
6x – 24 = 4x
6x – 4x = 24
2x = 24
x = 12
ML = 6(12) – 24 = 48
JN = \(\frac { 48 }{ 2 } \) = 24
JQ² = JN² + NQ²
= 24² + 10² = 576 + 100
JQ = 26
Therefore, the radius of ⊙Q is 26

10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Find the value(s) of the variable(s).

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 264

Answer:
x° = 80°

Explanation:
x° = 2 • 40° = 80°

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 265

Answer:
q° = 100°, r° = 20°

Explanation:
q° + 80° = 180°
q° = 100°
4r° + 100 = 180°
4r° = 80°
r° = 20°

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 266

Answer:
d° = 5°

Explanation:
14d° = 70°
d° = 5°

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 267

Answer:
y° = 30°, z° = 10°

Explanation:
3y° = 90°
y° = 30°
50° + 90° + 4z° = 180°
4z° = 40°
z° = 10°

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 268

Answer:
m° = 44°
n° = 39°

Explanation:
m° = 44°
n° = 39°

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 269

Answer:
c° = 28°

Explanation:
c° = ½ • 56 = 28

10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Find the value of x.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 270

Answer:
x° = 250°

Explanation:
x° = 250°

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 271

Answer:
x° = 106°

Explanation:
x° = ½(152 + 60)
= ½(212) = 106°

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 272

Answer:
x° = 28°

Explanation:
x° = ½(96 – 40)
= ½(56) = 28°

Question 32.
Line l is tangent to the circle. Find m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 273

Answer:
m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\) = 240°

Explanation:
m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\) = 2(120)
= 240°

10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Find the value of x.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 274

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
3 • x = 4 • 6
x = 8

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 275

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
(x + 3) • x = (6 – x) • 2x
x + 3 = 12 – 2x
3x = 9
x = 3

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 276

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
12² = 8 • x
144 = 8x
x = 18

Question 36.
A local park has a circular ice skating rink. You are standing at point A, about 12 feet from the edge of the rink. The distance from you to a point of tangency on the rink is about 20 feet. Estimate the radius of the rink.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 277

Answer:
Estimated radius of the rink is 10 ft

Explanation:
20² = 12 • (2r + 12)
400 = 24r + 144
256 = 24r
r = 10.66
Therefore, estimated radius of the rink is 10 ft

10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Write the standard equation of the circle shown.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 278

Answer:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 12.25

Explanation:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 3.5²
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 12.25

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 279

Answer:
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 36

Explanation:
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 6²
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 36

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 280

Answer:
x² + y² = 4

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 2²
x² + y² = 4

Write the standard equation of the circle with the given center and radius.

Question 40.
center: (0,0), radius: 9

Answer:
x² + y² = 81

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 9²
x² + y² = 81

Question 41.
center: (- 5, 2), radius: 1.3

Answer:
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.69

Explanation:
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.3²
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.69

Question 42.
center: (6, 21), radius: 4

Answer:
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 16

Explanation:
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 4²
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 16

Question 43.
center: (- 3, 2), radius: 16

Answer:
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 256

Explanation:
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 16²
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 256

Question 44.
center: (10, 7), radius: 3.5

Answer:
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 12.25

Explanation:
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 3.5²
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 12.25

Question 45.
center: (0, 0), radius: 5.2

Answer:
x² + y² = 27.04

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 5.2²
x² + y² = 27.04

Question 46.
The point (- 7, 1) is on a circle with center (- 7, 6). Write the standard equation of the circle.

Answer:
(x + 7)² + (y – 6)² = 25

Explanation:
r² = (-7 + 7)² + (6 – 1)²
= 5²
r = 5
And, centre is (-7, 6)
The standard equation of a circle is (x – (-7))² + (y – 6)² = 5²
(x + 7)² + (y – 6)² = 25

Question 47.
The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 12x + 8y + 48 = 0. Find the center and the radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Answer:
The radius of the circle is 2, the centre is (6, -4)

Explanation:
x2 + y2 – 12x + 8y + 48 = 0
x² – 12x + 36 + y² + 8y + 16 = 4
(x – 6)² + (y + 4)² = 2²
So, the radius of the circle is 2, the centre is (6, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 23

Question 48.
Prove or disprove that the point (4, – 3) lies on the circle centred at the origin and containing
the point (- 5, 0).

Answer:
The point (4, – 3) lies on the circle.

Explanation:
Use the distance formula to find the radius of the circle with cente (0, 0) and a point (-5, 0)
r = √(-5 – 0)² + (0 – 0)² = 5
The distance from the point (4, -3) to the center (0, 0)
d = √(4 – 0)² + (-3 – 0)² = √(16 +9) = 5
Since the radius of the circle is 5, the point lies on the circle.

Circles Chapter Test

Find the measure of each numbered angle in ⊙P. Justify your answer.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 281

Answer:
m∠1 = 72.5°
m∠2 = 145°

Explanation:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 145 }{ 2 } \)
= 72.5°
m∠2 = 145°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 282

Answer:
m∠1 = 60°, m∠2 = 90°

Explanation:
A tangent is perpendicualr to diameter. So, m∠2 = 90°
m∠1 = 60°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 283

Answer:
m∠1 = 48°

Explanation:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 96 }{ 2 } \) = 48°

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 284

Answer:

Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 285

Question 5.
AG = 2, GD = 9, and BG = 3. Find GF.

Answer:

Question 6.
CF = 12, CB = 3, and CD = 9. Find CE.

Answer:

Question 7.
BF = 9 and CB = 3. Find CA

Answer:

Question 8.
Sketch a pentagon inscribed in a circle. Label the pentagon ABCDE. Describe the relationship between each pair of angles. Explain your reasoning.

a. ∠CDE and ∠CAE

Answer:

b. ∠CBE and ∠CAE

Answer:

Find the value of the variable. Justify your answer.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 286

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
5x – 4 = 3x + 6
5x – 3x = 6 + 4
2x = 10
x = 5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 287

Answer:
r = 9

Explanation:
(6 + r)² = 12² + r²
36 + 12r + r² = 144 + r²
12r = 108
r = 9

Question 11.
Prove or disprove that the point (2√2, – 1) lies on the circle centered at (0, 2) and containing the point (- 1, 4).

Answer:
Disproved

Explanation:
We consider the circle centred at the A(0, 2) and containing the point B(-1, 4).
AB = √(-1 – 0)² + (4 – 2)² = √1 + 4 = √5
The distance between centre A(0, 2) and P(2√2, – 1) is
AP = √(2√2 – 0)² + (-1 – 2)² = √8 + 9 = √17
AB ≠ AP
So, the point (2√2, – 1) dies not lie on the circle.

Prove the given statement.

Question 12.
\(\widehat{S T} \cong \widehat{R Q}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 288

Answer:

Question 13.
\(\widehat{J M} \cong \widehat{L M}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 289

Answer:

Question 14.
\(\widehat{D G} \cong \widehat{F G}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 290

Answer:

Question 15.
A bank of lighting hangs over a stage. Each light illuminates a circular region on the stage. A coordinate plane is used to arrange the lights, using a corner of the stage as the origin. The equation (x – 13)2 + (y – 4)2 = 16 represents the boundary of the region illuminated by one of the lights. Three actors stand at the points A(11, 4), B(8, 5), and C(15, 5). Graph the given equation. Then determine which actors are illuminated by the light.

Answer:
The equation (x – 13)² + (y – 4)²= 16 represents the standard equation of the circle with center (13, 4) and radius 4
Graph the circle with center S(13, 4), radius 4. Then graph the points A(11,4), B (8, 5), C(15,5) which represents the places where the actors stand.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 24
From the graph, we can see that points A and C inside the circle and point B is outside the circle. Therefore, actors who stand at points A and C are illuminated by the light

Question 16.
If a car goes around a turn too quickly, it can leave tracks that form an arc of a circle. By finding the radius of the circle, accident investigators can estimate the speed of the car.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 291

a. To find the radius, accident investigators choose points A and B on the tire marks. Then the investigators find the midpoint C of \(\overline{A B}\). Use the diagram to find the radius r of the circle. Explain why this method works.

Answer:
The radius r of the circle = 155.71 ft

Explanation:
Given that,
AC = 130 ft, CD = 70 ft
CE = (r – 70) ft
r² = a² + b²
r²= 130²+ (r – 70)²
r² = 16900 + r² – 140r + 4900
140r = 21,800
r = 155.71 ft

b. The formula S = 3.87√fr can be used to estimate a car’s speed in miles per hour, where f is the coefficient of friction and r is the radius of the circle in feet. If f = 0.7, estimate the car’s speed in part (a).

Answer:
The estimated car’s speed is 39.67 miles per hour

Explanation:
S = 3.87√fr
S = 3.8 √(0.7 x 155.71)
S = 3.8 √108.997
S = 3.8 x 10.44
S = 39.67

Circles Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Classify each segment as specifically as possible.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 292
a. \(\overline{B G}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{B G}\) is a chord

b. \(\overline{C D}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{C D}\) is radius.

c. \(\overline{A D}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{A D}\) is diameter.

d. \(\overline{F E}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{F E}\) is a chord

Question 2.
Copy and complete the paragraph proof.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 293

Given Circle C with center (2, 1) and radius 1,
Circle D with center (0, 3) and radius 4
Prove Circle C is similar to Circle D.

Map Circle C to Circle C’ by using the _________ (x, y) → _________ so that Circle C’ and Circle D have the same center at (____, _____). Dilate Circle C’ using a cellIer of dilation (_____, _____) and a scale factor of _____ . Because there is a _________ transformation that maps Circle C to Circle D, Circle C is __________ Circle D.

Answer:
Map Circle C to Circle C’ by using the scale factor (x, y) → (0, 3) so that Circle C’ and Circle D have the same center at (2, 1). Dilate Circle C’ using a cellIer of dilation (2, 1) and a scale factor of circles. Because there is a transformation that maps Circle C to Circle D, Circle C is similar to Circle D.

Question 3.
Use the diagram to write a proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 294
Given ∆JPL ≅ ∆NPL
\(\overline{P K}\) is an altitude of ∆JPL
\(\overline{P M}\) is an altitude ∆NPL
Prove ∆PKL ~ ∆NMP

Answer:
∆JPL is similar to ∆NPL and PK is the altitude of ∆JPL and PM is an altitude of ∆NPL
Altitude is a line drawn from one vertex to the opposite site. It is perpendicular to the side.
So, ∆PKL is similar to ∆NMP

Question 4.
The equation of a circle is x² + y² + 14x – 16y + 77 = 0. What are the center and radius of the circle?
(A) center: (14, – 16). radius: 8.8
(B) center: (- 7, 8), radius: 6
(C) center (- 14, 16), radius: 8.8
(D) center: (7, – 8), radius: 5.2

Answer:
(B) center: (- 7, 8), radius: 6

Explanation:
x² + y² + 14x – 16y + 77 = 0
x² + 14x + 49 + y² – 16y + 64 = 36
(x + 7)² + (y – 8)² = 6²
So, the centre is (-7, 8) and radius is 6.

Question 5.
The coordinates of the vertices of a quadrilateral are W(- 7, – 6), X(1, – 2), Y(3, – 6) and Z(- 5, – 10). Prove that quadrilateral WXYZ is a rectangle.

Answer:
Proved

Explanation:
Find the distance of WY and ZX
WY = √(-7 – 3)² + (-6 + 6)² = √(-10)² = 10
ZX = √(1 + 5)² + (-2 + 10)² = √6² + 8² = 10
WY = ZX, the diagonals are congruent
Use the slope formula to find the slopes of diagonals
Slope of WY = \(\frac { -6 + 6 }{ -7 – 3 } \) = 0
Slope of ZX = \(\frac { -2 + 10 }{ 1 + 5 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)
Because the product of slopes of diagonals is 0, the diagonals are not perpendicular
Therefore, the quadrilateral WXYZ is a rectangle.

Question 6.
Which angles have the same measure as ∠ACB? Select all that apply.
im – 295
∠DEF ∠JGK ∠KGL ∠LGM ∠MGJ
∠QNR ∠STV ∠SWV ∠VWU ∠XYZ
Answer:
∠VWU

Question 7.
Classify each related conditional statement based on the conditional statement
“If you are a soccer player. then you are an athlete.”
a. If you are not a soccer player, then you are not an athlete.

Answer:
False

b. If you are an athlete, then you are a soccer player.

Answer:
False

c. You are a soccer player if and only if you are an athlete.

Answer:
True

d. If you are not an athlete, then you are not a soccer player.

Answer:
False

Question 8.
Your friend claims that the quadrilateral shown can be inscribed in a circle. Is your friend correct? Explain our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 296

Answer:
If the sum of any two angles is 180°, then the quadrilateral is inscribed in a circle.
So, 70° + 110° = 180°, 110° + 70°= 180°
So, my friend is correct.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions are aligned based on the latest syllabus and common core curriculum guidelines. Also, you can get a step-by-step explanation by the subject experts for all questions covered in the Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 4 Polynomials Functions Solution Key. Polynomials are a very important concept for high school students to calculate various complex calculations in further chapters. So, it is very crucial to download and practice the questions covered in BIM Textbook solutions of Algebra 2 Ch 4 Polynomial Functions.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions

Improving your Math skills is the best way to score high marks and also become a pro in math concepts. Access the available links below and download free pdf formatted Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions of Ch 4 Polynomial functions. This Polynomial functions Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 4 Answer Key includes questions from 4.1 to 4.9 lessons exercises, assignment tests, practice tests, chapter tests, quizzes, etc. Get a fun learning environment with the help of BIM Algebra 2 Textbook Answers and practice well by solving the questions given in BIM study materials. 

Polynomial Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
6x − 4x=2x

Explanation:

Terms can be combined only if they have the exact same variable portion and combining like terms.

Question 2.
12m − m − 7m + 3

Answer:

12m-m-7m+3

=4m+3

Question 3.
3(y + 2) − 4y

Answer:

3(y+2)-4y

3y+6-4y

-y+6

Question 4.
9x − 4(2x − 1)

Answer:

9x-4(2x-1)

=9x-8x+4

=x+4

Question 5.
−(z + 2) − 2(1 − z)

Answer:-

= -z-2-2+z

=-4

Question 6.
−x2 + 5x + x2

Answer:

5x

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 7.
cube with side length 4 inches

solution: 

Volume of cube=sidexsidexside

=4x4x4

=64inches

sphere with radius 2 feet

Question 9.
rectangular prism with length 4 feet, width 2 feet, and height 6 feet

Solution: Given that

length= 4 feet

width=2 feet

height= 6 feet

volume of rectangular prism= length x width x height

See the source image

substitute the values in  formula

volume of rectangular prism= 4 x 2 x 6= 48 cubic feet

Question 10.

right cylinder with radius 3 centimeters and height 5 centimeters

Solution:

Given that

radius=3centimeters

height =5centimeter

Volume of a cylinder = area of base × height = π × r2× h and you can use 3.14 for π.

substitute the values in formula

3.14 x 3 x 3 x 5=141.3cubic centimeter

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING Does doubling the volume of a cube have the same effect on the side length? Explain your reasoning

Solution:

If the side of the cube id doubled. the volume is 8 times larger  .

example: let’s use a cube that has side lenghts of 2 as an  example. the volume of that cube would be lenght x and width x height

2 x 2 x  2 =8. if we double the edges to 4 . it would be 4 x 4 x 4, which is 64. to find how many times increases take the 64 and divide by 8 . 64/8=8 The volume increases by 8 times.

 

Polynomial Functions Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use a graphing calculator to determine whether the function is continuous. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
f(x) = \(\frac{x^{2}-x}{x}\)

Question 2.
f(x) = x3 − 3

Question 3.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{x^{2}+1}\)

Question 4.
f(x) = | x + 2 |

Question 5.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{x}\)

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{x^{2}-1}}\)

Question 7.
f(x) = x

Question 8.
f(x) = 2x − 3

Question 9.
f(x) = \(\frac{x}{x}\)

Lesson 4.1 Graphing Polynomial Functions

Essential Question
What are some common characteristics of the graphs of cubic and quartic polynomial functions?
A polynomial function of the form
f(x) = anxn + an – 1xn– 1 +. . .+ a1x + a0
where an ≠ 0, is cubic when n = 3 and quartic when n = 4.

EXPLORATION 1
Identifying Graphs of Polynomial Functions
Work with a partner.
Match each polynomial function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
a. f(x) = x3 − x
b. f(x) = −x3 + x
c. f(x) = −x4 + 1
d. f(x) = x4
e. f(x) = x3
f. f(x) = x4 − x2

EXPLORATION 2
Identifying x-Intercepts of Polynomial Graphs
Work with a partner.
Each of the polynomial graphs in Exploration 1 has x-intercept(s) of −1, 0, or 1. Identify the x-intercept(s) of each graph. Explain how you can verify your answers.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some common characteristics of the graphs of cubic and quartic polynomial functions?

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 1
Determine whether each statement is true or false. Justify your answer.
a. When the graph of a cubic polynomial function rises to the left, it falls to the right.
b. When the graph of a quartic polynomial function falls to the left, it rises to the right.

4.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Decide whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.

Question 1.
f(x) = 7 − 1.6x2 − 5x

Answer:

The standard form of a polynomials has the exponents of the terms arranged in descending order.

The  degree of a polynomial is the highest exponent of a term.

The type of a polynomial depends on the degree.

The leading coefficient is the numerical factor of the terms with highest degree.

Hence the given function f(x) = 7 − 1.6x2 − 5x has the  following characteristic

Standard form f (x) = -1.6x2 -5x +7

Degree: 2

Type: quadratic

Leading coefficient: -1.6

Question 2.
p(x) =x+ 2x-2 + 9.5

Answer:

The function is not a polynomial function because the term 2x-2 has an exponent  that is not a whole number

Question 3.
q(x) = x3 − 6x + 3x4

Answer:

The standard form of a polynomials has the exponents of the terms arranged in descending order.

The  degree of a polynomial is the highest exponent of a term.

The type of a polynomial depends on the degree.

The leading coefficient is the numerical factor of the terms with highest degree.

Hence the given function q(x) = x3 − 6x + 3x4  has the  following characteristic

Standard form : q(x) = 3x4 + x3 – 6x

Degree: 4

Type: quadratic

Leading coefficient: 3

 

Evaluate the function for the given value of x.

Question 4.
f(x) = −x3 + 3x2 + 9; x = 4

Answer:

f(x) = −x3 + 3x2 + 9                         Write Original equation

f(4) =−x3 + 3x2 + 9                        substitute for x

=-(4)3+ 3(4)2 +9                  Evaluate powers and multiply

=-(64)+ 3(16) +9                           Simplify

=-64 + 48 + 9

=-7

Question 5.
f(x) = 3x5 − x4 − 6x + 10; x = −2

Answer:

f(x) = 3x5 − x4 − 6x + 10                Write Original equation

f(-2)=3(-2)5-(-2)4-6(-2)+10            substitute for x

=3(-32)-16+12+10              Evaluate powers and multiply

= -96 -16 +12 +10                Simplify

=-90

Question 6.
Describe the end behavior of the graph of f(x) = 0.25x3 − x2 − 1.

Graph the polynomial Function

Question 7.
f(x) = x4 + x2 − 3

Question 8.
f(x) = 4 − x3

Question 9.
f(x) = x3 − x2 + x − 1

Question 10.
Sketch a graph of the polynomial function f having these characteristics.

  • f is decreasing when x < −1.5 and x > 2.5; f is increasing when −1.5 < x < 2.5.
  • f(x) > 0 when x < −3 and 1 < x < 4; f(x) < 0 when −3 < x < 1 and x > 4.

Use the graph to describe the degree and leading coefficient of f.

Question 11.
WHAT IF? Repeat Example 6 using the alternative model for electric vehicles of
V(t) = −0.0290900t4 + 0.791260t3 − 7.96583t2 + 36.5561t − 12.025.

Graphing Polynomial Functions 4.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING Explain what is meant by the end behavior of a polynomial function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which function does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 2

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, decide whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.

Question 3.
f(x) = −3x + 5x3 − 6x2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 3

Question 4.
p(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 3x − 4x3 + 6x4 − 1
Answer:

The function is a polynomial function . Written in standard form , the function is p(x)=1/2 x2 + 3x − 4x3 + 6x4 − 1   .

It has degree 4(quartic)   and leading coefficient of 6.

 

Question 5.
f(x) = 9x4 + 8x3 − 6x-2 + 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 5

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{3}\) − 12x + 13x2
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)x2 − \(\sqrt{7}\)x4 + 8x3 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) + x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 7

Question 8.
h(x) = 3x4 + 2x − \(\frac{5}{x}\) + 9x3 − 7
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 9 and 10, describe and correct the error in analyzing the function.

Question 9.
f(x) = 8x3 − 7x4 − 9x − 3x2 + 11
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 9

Question 10.
f(x) = 2x4 + 4x – 9\(\sqrt{x}\) + 3x2 – 8
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, evaluate the function for the given value of x.

Question 11.
h(x) = −3x4 + 2x3 − 12x − 6; x = −2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 11

Question 12.
f(x) = 7x4 − 10x2 + 14x − 26; x = −7

Answer:

f(x) = 7x4 − 10x2 + 14x − 26            Write Original equation

f(-7)     =  7(-7)4– 10(-7)2+14(-7)-26                   substitute for x

= 7(2401)- 10(49)- 98-26                          Evaluate powers and multiply

= 16807- 490- 98- 26                                           Simplify

= 16,193

Question 13.
g(x) = x6 − 64x4 + x2 − 7x − 51; x = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 13

Question 14.
g(x) = −x3 + 3x2 + 5x + 1; x = −12

Answer:

g(x) = −x3 + 3x2 + 5x + 1          Write Original equation

g(-12) =(-12 )3+ 3(-12) 2+ 5(-12 )+1          substitute for x

=1728 + 3(144) – 60 +1                         Evaluate powers and multiply

=1728 + 432 – 60 +1                                    Simplify

=2101

Question 15.
p(x) = 2x3 + 4x2 + 6x + 7; x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 15

Question 16.

h(x) = 5x3 − 3x2 + 2x + 4; x = −12

Answer:
h(x) = 5x3 − 3x2 + 2x + 4                      Write Original equation

h(-12)    =5(-12)3-3(-12)2+2(-12)+4          substitute for x

=5(-1728)-3(144)-24+4         Evaluate powers and multiply

=-8640-432-24+4                            Simplify

=-9092

In Exercises 17–20, describe the end behavior of the graph of the function.

Question 17.
h(x) = −5x4 + 7x3 − 6x2 + 9x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 17

Question 18.
g(x) = 7x7 + 12x5 − 6x3 − 2x − 18

Answer:

The function as degree 7 and leading coefficient 7 . Because the  degree is odd and leading coefficient  is positive g(x)->-∞ as x ->-∞  and  g(x)->+∞ as x->+∞

Question 19.
f(x) = −2x4 + 12x8 + 17 + 15x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 19

Question 20.
f(x) = 11 − 18x2 − 5x5 − 12x4 − 2x
Answer:

f(x)= − 5x5 − 12x4− 18x2− 2x + 11

with the highest exponent is equal to 5, then the polynomial is of odd degree.

Hence the end behaviors are opposite. With the negative leading coefficient

Then   f(x) ─> ∞ as x ─>-∞

f(x)─>-∞ as  x ─>+∞

 

In Exercises 21 and 22, describe the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial function using the graph.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 6
Answer:

The degree of the polynomial is even since one side goes up and other goes up; the leading coefficient is positive  since the left side goes up and the right side goes up.

Question 23.
USING STRUCTURE Determine whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.
f(x) = 5x3x + \(\frac{5}{2}\)x3 − 9x4 + \(\sqrt{2}\)x2 + 4x − 1 − x-5x5 − 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 23

Question 24.
WRITING Let f(x) = 13. State the degree, type, and leading coefficient. Describe the end behavior of the function. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, graph the polynomial function.

Question 25.
p(x) = 3 − x4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 25

Question 26.
g(x) = x3 + x + 3
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = 4x − 9 − x3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 27

Question 28.
p(x) = x5 − 3x3 + 2
Answer:

Question 29.
h(x) = x4 − 2x3 + 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 29

Question 30.
h(x) = 5 + 3x2 − x4
Answer:

Question 31.
g(x) = x5 − 3x4 + 2x − 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 31

Question 32.
p(x) = x6 − 2x5 − 2x3 + x + 5
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 33–36, describe the x-values for which
(a) f is increasing or decreasing,
(b) f(x) > 0, and
(c) f(x) < 0.

Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 8
Answer:

a. The function is increases  when x< 4 and decreases when x>4.

b.The function is positive when x<

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 10
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, sketch a graph of the polynomial function f having the given characteristics. Use the graph to describe the degree and leading coefficient of the function f.

Question 37.

  • f is increasing when x > 0.5; f is decreasing when x < 0.5.
  • f(x) > 0 when x < −2 and x > 3; f(x) < 0 when −2 < x < 3.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 37

Question 38.

  • f is increasing when −2 < x < 3;f is decreasing when x < −2 and x > 3.
  • f(x) > 0 when x < −4 and 1 < x < 5; f(x) < 0 when −4 < x < 1 and x > 5.

Answer:
Question 39.

  • f is increasing when −2 < x < 0 and x > 2;f is decreasing when x < −2 and 0 < x < 2.
  • f(x) > 0 when x < −3, −1 < x < 1, and x > 3; f(x) < 0 when −3 < x < −1 and 1 < x < 3.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 39

Question 40.

  • f is increasing when x < −1 and x > 1;f is decreasing when −1 < x < 1.
  • f(x) > 0 when −1.5 < x < 0 and x > 1.5; f(x) < 0 when x < −1.5 and 0 < x < 1.5.

Answer:
Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS From 1980 to 2007 the number of drive-in theaters in the United States can be modeled by the function
d(t) = −0.141t3 + 9.64t2 − 232.5t + 2421
where d(t) is the number of open theaters and t is the number of years after 1980.
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function for the interval 0 ≤ t ≤ 27. Describe the behavior of the graph on this interval.
b. What is the average rate of change in the number of drive-in movie theaters from 1980 to 1995 and from 1995 to 2007? Interpret the average rates of change.
c. Do you think this model can be used for years before 1980 or after 2007? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 41.2

Question 42.
PROBLEM SOLVING The weight of an ideal round-cut diamond can be modeled by
w = 0.00583d3 − 0.0125d2 + 0.022d − 0.01
where w is the weight of the diamond (in carats) and d is the diameter (in millimeters). According to the model, what is the weight of a diamond with a diameter of 12 millimeters?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 12
Answer:

Question 43.
ABSTRACT REASONING Suppose f(x) → ∞ as x → −∞ and f(x) →−∞ as x → ∞. Describe the end behavior of g(x) = −f(x). Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Write an even degree polynomial function such that the end behavior of f is given by f(x) → −∞ as x → −∞ and f(x) → −∞ as x → ∞. Justify your answer by drawing the graph of your function.
Answer:

Question 45.
USING TOOLS When using a graphing calculator to graph a polynomial function, explain how you know when the viewing window is appropriate.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend uses the table to speculate that the function f is an even degree polynomial and the function g is an odd degree polynomial. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 13
Answer:

Question 47.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS The graph of a function is symmetric with respect to the y-axis if for each point (a, b) on the graph, (−a, b) is also a point on the graph. The graph of a function is symmetric with respect to the origin if for each point (a, b) on the graph, (−a, −b) is also a point on the graph.
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function y = xn when n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. In each case, identify the symmetry of the graph.
b. Predict what symmetry the graphs of y = x10 and y = x11 each have. Explain your reasoning and then confirm your predictions by graphing.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 47.2

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph of a polynomial function is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 14
a. Describe the degree and leading coefficient of f.
b. Describe the intervals where the function is increasing and decreasing.
c. What is the constant term of the polynomial function?
Answer:

Question 49.
REASONING A cubic polynomial function f has a leading coefficient of 2 and a constant term of −5. When f(1) = 0 and f(2) = 3, what is f(−5)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 49

Question 50.
CRITICAL THINKING The weight y (in pounds) of a rainbow trout can be modeled by y = 0.000304x3, where x is the length (in inches) of the trout.
a. Write a function that relates the weight y and length x of a rainbow trout when y is measured in kilograms and x is measured in centimeters. Use the fact that 1 kilogram ≈ 2.20 pounds and 1 centimeter ≈ 0.394 inch.
b. Graph the original function and the function from part (a) in the same coordinate plane. What type of transformation can you apply to the graph of y = 0.000304x3 to produce the graph from part (a)?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 15
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 51.
xy + x2 + 2xy + y2 − 3x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 51

Question 52.
2h3g + 3hg3 + 7h2g2 + 5h3g+ 2hg3
Answer:

Question 53.
−wk + 3kz − 2kw + 9zk − kw
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 53

Question 54.
a2(m − 7a3) − m(a2 − 10)
Answer:

Question 55.
3x(xy − 4) + 3(4xy + 3) − xy(x2y − 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.1 Question 55

Question 56.
cv(9 − 3c) + 2c(v − 4c) + 6c
Answer:

Lesson 4.2 Adding, Subtracting, and Multiplying Polynomials

Essential Question
How can you cube a binomial?

EXPLORATION 1
Cubing Binomials
Work with a partner.
Find each product. Show your steps.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 16

EXPLORATION 2
Generalizing Patterns for Cubing a Binomial
Work with a partner.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 17
a. Use the results of Exploration 1 to describe a pattern for the coefficients of the terms when you expand the cube of a binomial. How is your pattern related to Pascal’s Triangle, shown at the right?
b. Use the results of Exploration 1 to describe a pattern for the exponents of the terms in the expansion of a cube of a binomial.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 18
c. Explain how you can use the patterns you described in parts (a) and (b) to find the product (2x − 3)3. Then find this product.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you cube a binomial?

Question 4.
Find each product.
a. (x + 2)3
b. (x − 2)3
c. (2x − 3)3
d. (x − 3)3
e. (−2x + 3)3
f. (3x − 5)3

4.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
(2x2 − 6x + 5) + (7x2 − x − 9)

Answer:

Removing the  grouping symbols and combining the like terms, the given expression is

(2x2 − 6x + 5) + (7x2 − x − 9), is equivalent to

=      2x2 − 6x + 5 + 7x2 − x − 9

=   (2x2+7x2)+( − 6x− x)+( 5-9)

=   9x2-7x-4

Question 2.
(3t3 + 8t2 − t − 4) − (5t3 − t2 + 17)

Answer:

(3t3 + 8t2 − t − 4) − (5t3 − t2 + 17)

=3t3 +8t2 -t- 4- 5t3 + t2 -17     (write the opposite of the subtracted polynomial, then add like terms)

=  -2t3+ 9t2 -t -21

Find the product.

Question 3.
(4x2 + x − 5)(2x + 1)

Answer:

(4x2 + x − 5)(2x + 1)

=4x2(2x+1) + x(2x+1) – 5(2x+1)   (we multiply the polynomials in horizontal format)

=8x3+ 4x2+ 2x2+ x- 10x -5

=8x3+ 6x2– 9x -x

Question 4.
(y − 2)(5y2 + 3y − 1)

Answer:

(y − 2)(5y2 + 3y − 1)

=(y-2)5y2+ (y-2)3y – (y-2)    (we multiply the polynomials in horizontal format)

=5y3-10y2+3y3-6y-y+2

=5y3-7y2-7y+2

Question 5.
(m − 2)(m − 1)(m + 3)

Answer:

(m − 2)(m − 1)(m + 3)

=(m2-m-2m+2)(m+3)         (we multiply the first two polynomial in horizontal format , then the result

=(m2-3m+2)(m+3)                       by the last polynomial )

=(m2-3m+2)m+(m2-3m+2)3

=m3-3m2+2m+3m2-9m+6

=m3-7m+6

Question 6.
(3t − 2)(3t + 2)

Answer:

(3t − 2)(3t + 2)

we can use the formula: a2-b2= (a+ b) (a-b)

=(3t)2-22

=9t2-4

Question 7.
(5a + 2)2

Answer:

(5a + 2)2

=(5a)2+2. 5a .2+22       ( we can use the formula : (a+ b)2 = a2+2ab+b2)

=25a2+20a+4

Question 8.

(xy − 3)3

Answer:

(xy-3)3

=(x y)3-3(x y)2.3+3. xy.32-33                ( we can use the formula:(a-b)3=a3-3a2 b +3a b 2-b3

=x3y3– 9x 2y2+27xy-27

Question 9.
(a) Prove the polynomial identity for the cube of a binomial representing a difference: (a − b)3 = a3 − 3a2b + 3ab2 − b3.
(b) Use the cube of a binomial in part (a) to calculate 93.

Answer:

(a) . (a-b)3 =a3– 3a 2b+3ab2-b3               We have to prove the identity:

=   (a-b)3 =(a-b)(a-b)(a-b)                               We start from left side:

=     (a2-2ab+b2)(a-b)

=    a3-a 2b-2a 2b+2ab2 +ab 2-b3

=    a 3-3a 2b+3ab 2– b3

(b). 93=(10-1)3=103-3.102.1+3.10.12-13      

= 1000-300+30-1                         We use the above identity to compute 93

= 729

Question 10.
Use Pascal’s Triangle to expand
(a) (z + 3)4 and
(b) (2t − 1)5

Adding, Subtracting, and Multiplying Polynomials 4.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING Describe three different methods to expand (x + 3)3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING Is (a + b)(a − b) = a2 − b2 an identity? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, find the sum.

Question 3.
(3x2 + 4x − 1) + (−2x2 − 3x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 3

Question 4.
(−5x2 + 4x − 2) + (−8x2 + 2x + 1)
Answer:

Question 5.
(12x5 − 3x4 + 2x − 5) + (8x4 − 3x3 + 4x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 5

Question 6.
(8x4 + 2x2 − 1) + (3x3 − 5x2 + 7x + 1)
Answer:

Question 7.
(7x6 + 2x5 − 3x2 + 9x) + (5x5 + 8x3 − 6x2 + 2x − 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 7

Question 8.
(9x4 − 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x + 7) + (11x4 − 4x2 − 11x − 9)
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, find the difference.

Question 9.
(3x3 − 2x2 + 4x − 8) − (5x3 + 12x2 − 3x − 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 9

Question 10.
(7x4 − 9x3 − 4x2 + 5x + 6) − (2x4 + 3x3 − x2 + x − 4)
Answer:

Question 11.
(5x6 − 2x4 + 9x3 + 2x − 4) − (7x5 − 8x4 + 2x− 11)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 11

Question 12.
(4x5 − 7x3 − 9x2 + 18) − (14x5 − 8x4 + 11x2 + x)
Answer:

Question 13.
(8x5 + 6x3 − 2x2 + 10x) − (9x5 − x3 − 13x2 + 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 13

Question 14.
(11x4 − 9x2 + 3x + 11) − (2x4 + 6x3 + 2x − 9)
Answer:

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS During a recent period of time, the numbers (in thousands) of males Mand females F that attend degree-granting institutions in the United States can be modeled by
M = 19.7t2 + 310.5t + 7539.6
F = 28t2 + 368t + 10127.8
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 19
where t is time in years. Write a polynomial to model the total number of people attending degree-granting institutions. Interpret its constant term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A farmer plants a garden that contains corn and pumpkins. The total area (in square feet) of the garden is modeled by the expression 2x2 + 5x + 4. The area of the corn is modeled by the expression x2 − 3x + 2. Write an expression that models the area of the pumpkins.
Answer:

In Exercises 17–24, find the product.

Question 17.
7x3(5x2 + 3x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 17

Question 18.
−4x5(11x3 + 2x2 + 9x + 1)
Answer:

Question 19.
(5x2 − 4x + 6)(−2x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 19

Question 20.
(−x − 3)(2x2 + 5x + 8)
Answer:

Question 21.
(x2 − 2x − 4)(x2 − 3x − 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 21

Question 22.
(3x2 + x − 2)(−4x2 − 2x − 1)
Answer:

Question 23.
(3x3 − 9x + 7)(x2 − 2x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 23

Question 24.
(4x2 − 8x − 2)(x4 + 3x2 + 4x)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in performing the operation.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 21
Answer:

In Exercises 27–32, find the product of the binomials.

Question 27.
(x − 3)(x + 2)(x + 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 27

Question 28.
(x − 5)(x + 2)(x − 6)
Answer:

Question 29.
(x − 2)(3x + 1)(4x − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 29

Question 30.
(2x + 5)(x − 2)(3x + 4)
Answer:

Question 31.
(3x − 4)(5 − 2x)(4x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 31

Question 32.
(4 − 5x)(1 − 2x)(3x + 2)
Answer:

Question 33.
REASONING Prove the polynomial identity (a + b)(a − b) = a2 − b2. Then give an example of two whole numbers greater than 10 that can be multiplied using mental math and the given identity. Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 33

Question 34.
NUMBER SENSE You have been asked to order textbooks for your class. You need to order 29 textbooks that cost $31 each. Explain how you can use the polynomial identity (a + b)(a − b) = a2 − b2 and mental math to find the total cost of the textbooks.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 22
Answer:

In Exercises 35–42, find the product.

Question 35.
(x − 9)(x + 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 35

Question 36.
(m + 6)2
Answer:

Question 37.
(3c − 5)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 37

Question 38.
(2y − 5)(2y + 5)
Answer:

Question 39.
(7h + 4)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 39

Question 40.
(9g − 4)2
Answer:

Question 41.
(2k + 6)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 41

Question 42.
(4n − 3)3
Answer:

In Exercises 43–48, use Pascal’s Triangle to expand the binomial.

Question 43.
(2t + 4)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 43

Question 44.
(6m + 2)2
Answer:

Question 45.
(2q − 3)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 45

Question 46.
(g + 2)5
Answer:

Question 47.
(yz + 1)5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 47

Question 48.
(np − 1)4
Answer:

Question 49.
COMPARING METHODS Find the product of the expression (a2 + 4b2)2(3a2 − b2)2 using two different methods. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Adjoin one or more polygons to the rectangle to form a single new polygon whose perimeter is double that of the rectangle. Find the perimeter of the new polygon.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 23
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 51 and 52, write an expression for the volume of the figure as a polynomial in standard form.

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 25
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Two people make three deposits into their bank accounts earning the same simple interest rate r.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 26
Person A’s account is worth 2000(1 + r)3 + 3000(1 + r)2 + 1000(1 + r) on January 1, 2015.
a. Write a polynomial for the value of Person B’s account on January 1, 2015.
b. Write the total value of the two accounts as a polynomial in standard form. Then interpret the coefficients of the polynomial.
c. Suppose their interest rate is 0.05. What is the total value of the two accounts on January 1, 2015?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 53.2

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The sphere is centered in the cube. Find an expression for the volume of the cube outside the sphere.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 27
Answer:

Question 55.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims the sum of two binomials is always a binomial and the product of two binomials is always a trinomial. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 55

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? You make a tin box by cutting x-inch-by-x-inch pieces of tin off the corners of a rectangle and folding up each side. The plan for your box is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 28
a. What are the dimensions of the original piece of tin?
b. Write a function that represents the volume of the box. Without multiplying, determine its degree.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 57–60, use a graphing calculator to make a conjecture about whether the two functions are equivalent. Explain your reasoning.

Question 57.
f(x) = (2x − 3)3; g(x) = 8x3 − 36x2 + 54x − 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 57

Question 58.
h(x) = (x + 2)5;
k(x) = x5 + 10x4 + 40x3 + 80x2 + 64x
Answer:

Question 59.
f(x) = (−x − 3)4;
g(x) = x4 + 12x3 + 54x2 + 108x + 80
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 59

Question 60.
f(x) = (−x + 5)3; g(x) = −x3 + 15x2 − 75x + 125
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING Copy Pascal’s Triangle and add rows for n = 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. Use the new rows to expand (x + 3)7 and (x − 5)9.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 61.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 61.2

Question 62.
ABSTRACT REASONING You are given the function f(x) = (x + a)(x + b)(x + c)(x + d). When f(x) is written in standard form, show that the coefficient of x3 is the sum of a, b, c, and d, and the constant term is the product of a, b, c, and d.
Answer:

Question 63.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS Let g(x) = 12x4 + 8x + 9 and h(x) = 3x5 + 2x3 − 7x + 4.
a. What is the degree of the polynomial g(x) + h(x)?
b. What is the degree of the polynomial g(x) − h(x)?
c. What is the degree of the polynomial g(x) • h(x)?
d. In general, if g(x) and h(x) are polynomials such that g(x) has degree m and h(x) has degree n, and m > n, what are the degrees of g(x) + h(x), g(x) − h(x), and g(x) • h(x)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 63.1

Question 64.
FINDING A PATTERN In this exercise, you will explore the sequence of square numbers. The first four square numbers are represented below.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 29
a. Find the differences between consecutive square numbers. Explain what you notice.
b. Show how the polynomial identity (n + 1)2 − n2 = 2n + 1 models the differences between square numbers.
c. Prove the polynomial identity in part (b).
Answer:

Question 65.
CRITICAL THINKING Recall that a Pythagorean triple is a set of positive integers a, b, and c such that a2 + b2 = c2. The numbers 3, 4, and 5 form a Pythagorean triple because 32 + 42 = 52. You can use the polynomial identity (x2 − y2)2 + (2xy)2 = (x2 + y2)2 to generate other Pythagorean triples.
a. Prove the polynomial identity is true by showing that the simplified expressions for the left and right sides are the same. b. Use the identity to generate the Pythagorean triple when x = 6 and y = 5.
c. Verify that your answer in part (b) satisfies a2 + b2 = c2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 65.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 65.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Perform the operation. Write the answer in standard form. (Section 3.2)

Question 66.
(3 − 2i) + (5 + 9i)
Answer:

Question 67.
(12 + 3i) − (7 − 8i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 67

Question 68.
(7i)(−3i)
Answer:

Question 69.
(4 + i)(2 − i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.2 Question 69

Lesson 4.3 Dividing Polynomials

Essential Question
How can you use the factors of a cubic polynomial to solve a division problem involving the polynomial?

EXPLORATION 1
Dividing Polynomials
Work with a partner.
Match each division statement with the graph of the related cubic polynomial f(x). Explain your reasoning. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
a. \(\frac{f(x)}{x}\) = (x − 1)(x + 2)
b. \(\frac{f(x)}{x-1}\) = (x − 1)(x + 2)
c. \(\frac{f(x)}{x+1}\) = (x − 1)(x + 2)
d. \(\frac{f(x)}{x-2}\) = (x− 1)(x+ 2)
e. \(\frac{f(x)}{x+2}\) = (x− 1)(x+ 2)
f. \(\frac{f(x)}{x-3}\) = (x− 1)(x+ 2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 29.1

EXPLORATION 2
Dividing Polynomials

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 30
Work with a partner. Use the results of Exploration 1 to find each quotient. Write your answers in standard form. Check your answers by multiplying.
a. (x3 + x2 − 2x) ÷ x
b. (x3 − 3x + 2) ÷ (x − 1)
c. (x3 + 2x2 − x − 2) ÷ (x + 1)
d. (x3 − x2 − 4x + 4) ÷ (x − 2)
e. (x3 + 3x2 − 4) ÷ (x + 2)
f. (x3 − 2x2 − 5x + 6) ÷ (x − 3)

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use the factors of a cubic polynomial to solve a division problem involving the polynomial?

4.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Divide using polynomial long division.

Question 1.
(x3 − x2 − 2x + 8) ÷ (x − 1)

Question 2.
(x4 + 2x2 − x + 5) ÷ (x2 − x + 1)

Divide using synthetic division.

Question 3.
(x3 − 3x2 − 7x + 6) ÷ (x − 2)

Question 4.
(2x3 − x − 7) ÷ (x + 3)

Use synthetic division to evaluate the function for the indicated value of x.

Question 5.
f(x) = 4x2 − 10x − 21; x = 5

Question 6.
f(x) = 5x4 + 2x3 − 20x − 6; x = 2

Dividing Polynomials 4.3 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 1.
WRITING Explain the Remainder Theorem in your own words. Use an example in your explanation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY What form must the divisor have to make synthetic division an appropriate method for dividing a polynomial? Provide examples to support your claim.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY Write the polynomial divisor, dividend, and quotient functions represented by the synthetic division shown at the right.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 3

Question 4.
WRITING Explain what the colored numbers represent in the synthetic division in Exercise 3.
Answer:

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

In Exercises 5–10, divide using polynomial long division.

Question 5.
(x2 + x − 17 ) ÷ (x − 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 5

Question 6.
(3x2 − 14x − 5) ÷ (x − 5)
Answer:

Question 7.
(x3 + x2 + x + 2 ) ÷ (x2 − 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 7

Question 8.
(7x3 + x2 + x ) ÷ (x2 + 1)

Answer:

Question 9.
(5x4 − 2x3 − 7x2 − 39) ÷ (x2 + 2x − 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 9

Question 10.
(4x4 + 5x − 4) ÷ (x2 − 3x − 2)
Answer:

In Exercises 11–18, divide using synthetic division.

Question 11.
(x2 + 8x + 1) ÷ (x − 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 11

Question 12.
(4x2 − 13x − 5) ÷ (x − 2)
Answer:

(4x2 − 13x − 5) ÷ (x − 2)

use synthetic division. Because the divisor is x-2 , k=2

 

 

 

Question 13.
(2x2 − x + 7) ÷ (x + 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 13

Question 14.
(x3 − 4x + 6) ÷ (x + 3)
Answer:

Question 15.
(x2 + 9) ÷ (x − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 15

Question 16.
(3x3 − 5x2 − 2) ÷ (x − 1)
Answer:

Question 17.
(x4 − 5x3 − 8x2 + 13x − 12) ÷ (x − 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 17

Question 18.
(x4 + 4x3 + 16x − 35) ÷ (x + 5 )
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 19–22, match the equivalent expressions. Justify your answers.

Question 19.
(x2 + x − 3) ÷ (x − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 19

Question 20.
(x2 − x − 3) ÷ (x − 2)
Answer:

Question 21.
(x2 − x + 3) ÷ (x − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 21

Question 22.
(x2 + x + 3) ÷ (x − 2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 32
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in using synthetic division to divide x3 – 5x + 3 by x – 2.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 34
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, use synthetic division to evaluate the function for the indicated value of x.

Question 25.
f(x) = −x2 − 8x + 30; x = −1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = 3x2 + 2x − 20; x = 3
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = x3 − 2x2 + 4x + 3; x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = x3 + x2 − 3x + 9; x = −4
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = x3 − 6x + 1; x = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 29

Question 30.
f(x) = x3 − 9x − 7; x = 10
Answer:

Question 31.
f(x) = x4 + 6x2 − 7x + 1; x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = −x4 − x3 − 2; x = 5
Answer:

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT You use synthetic division to divide f(x) by (x − a) and find that the remainder equals 15. Your friend concludes that f(15) = a. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 33

Question 34.
THOUGHT PROVOKING A polygon has an area represented by A = 4x2 + 8x + 4. The figure has at least one dimension equal to 2x + 2. Draw the figure and label its dimensions.
Answer:

Question 35.
USING TOOLS The total attendance A (in thousands) at NCAA women’s basketball games and the number T of NCAA women’s basketball teams over a period of time can be modeled by
A = −1.95x3 + 70.1x2 − 188x + 2150
T = 14.8x + 725
where x is in years and 0 < x < 18. Write a function for the average attendance per team over this period of time.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 35

Question 36.
COMPARING METHODS The profit P (in millions of dollars) for a DVD manufacturer can be modeled by P = −6x3 + 72x, where x is the number (in millions) of DVDs produced. Use synthetic division to show that the company yields a profit of $96 million when 2 million DVDs are produced. Is there an easier method? Explain.
Answer:

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING What is the value of k such that (x3 − x2 + kx − 30) ÷ (x − 5) has a remainder of zero?
A. −14
B. −2
C. 26
D. 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph represents the polynomial function f(x) = x3 + 3x2 − x − 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 36
a. The expression f(x) ÷ (x − k) has a remainder of −15. What is the value of k?
b. Use the graph to compare the remainders of (x3 + 3x2 − x − 3) ÷ (x + 3) and (x3 + 3x2 − x − 3) ÷ (x + 1).
Answer:

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The volume V of the rectangular prism is given by V = 2x3 + 17x2 + 46x + 40. Find an expression for the missing dimension.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 39

Question 40.
USING STRUCTURE You divide two polynomials and obtain the result 5x2 − 13x + 47 − \(\frac{102}{x+2}\). What is the dividend? How did you find it?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the zero(s) of the function. (Sections 3.1and 3.2)

Question 41.
f(x) = x2 − 6x + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 41

Question 42.
g(x) = 3(x + 6)(x − 2)
Answer:

Question 43.
g(x) = x2 + 14x + 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.3 Question 43

Question 44.
h(x) = 4x2 + 36

Lesson 4.4 Factoring Polynomials

Essential Question
How can you factor a polynomial?

EXPLORATION 1
Factoring Polynomials
Work with a partner.
Match each polynomial equation with the graph of its related polynomial function. Use the x-intercepts of the graph to write each polynomial in factored form. Explain your reasoning.
a. x2 + 5x + 4 = 0
b. x3 − 2x2 − x + 2 = 0
c. x3 + x2 − 2x = 0
d. x3 − x = 0
e. x4 − 5x2 + 4 = 0
f. x4 − 2x3 − x2 + 2x = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 38

EXPLORATION 2
Factoring Polynomials

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 39
Work with a partner. Use the x-intercepts of the graph of the polynomial function to write each polynomial in factored form. Explain your reasoning. Check your answers by multiplying.
a. f(x) = x2 − x − 2
b. f(x) = x3 − x2 − 2x
c. f(x) = x3 − 2x2 − 3x
d. f(x) = x3 − 3x2 − x + 3
e. f(x) = x4 + 2x3 − x2 − 2x
f. f(x) = x4 − 10x2 + 9

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you factor a polynomial?

Question 4.
What information can you obtain about the graph of a polynomial function written in factored form?

4.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
x3 − 7x2 + 10x

Question 2.
3n7 − 75n5

Question 3.
8m5 − 16m4 + 8m3

Factor the polynomial completely

Question 4.
a3 + 27

Question 5.
6z5 − 750z2

Question 6.
x3 + 4x2 − x − 4

Question 7.
3y3 + y2 + 9y + 3

Question 8.
−16n4 + 625

Question 9.
5w6 − 25w4 + 30w2

Question 10.
Determine whether x− 4 is a factor of f(x) = 2x2 + 5x − 12.

Question 11.
Show that x − 6 is a factor of f(x) = x3 − 5x2 − 6x. Then factor f(x) completely.

Question 12.
In Example 7, does your answer change when you first determine whether 2 is a zero and then whether −1 is a zero? Justify your answer.

Factoring Polynomials 4.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE The expression 9x4 − 49 is in _________ form because it can be written as u2 − 49 where u = _____.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY Explain when you should try factoring a polynomial by grouping.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING How do you know when a polynomial is factored completely?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 3

Question 4.
WRITING Explain the Factor Theorem and why it is useful.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, factor the polynomial completely.

Question 5.
x3 − 2x2 − 24x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 5

Question 6.
4k5 − 100k3
Answer:

Question 7.
3p5 − 192p3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 7

Question 8.
2m6 − 24m5 + 64m4
Answer:

Question 9.
2q4 + 9q3 − 18q2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 9

Question 10.
3r6 − 11r5 − 20r4
Answer:

Question 11.
10w10 − 19w9 + 6w8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 11

Question 12.
18v9 + 33v8 + 14v7
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, factor the polynomial completely.

Question 13.
x3 + 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 13

Question 14.
y3 + 512
Answer:

Question 15.
g3 − 343
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 15

Question 16.
c3 − 27
Answer:

Question 17.
3h9 − 192h6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 17

Question 18.
9n6 − 6561n3
Answer:

Question 19.
16t7 + 250t4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 19

Question 20.
135z11 − 1080z8
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in factoring the polynomial.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 41
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, factor the polynomial completely.

Question 23.
y3 − 5y2 + 6y − 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 23

Question 24.
m3 − m2 + 7m − 72
Answer:

Question 25.
3a3 + 18a2 + 8a + 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 25

Question 26.
2k3 − 20k2 + 5k − 50
Answer:

Question 27.
x3 − 8x2 − 4x + 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 27

Question 28.
z3 − 5z2 − 9z + 45
Answer:

Question 29.
4q3 − 16q7 − 9q + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 29

Question 30.
16n3 + 32n7 − n − 2
Answer:

In Exercises 31–38, factor the polynomial completely.

Question 31.
49k4 − 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 31

Question 32.
4m4 − 25
Answer:

Question 33.
c4 + 9c2 + 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 33

Question 34.
y4 − 3y2 − 28
Answer:

Question 35.
16z4 − 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 35

Question 36.
81a4 − 256
Answer:

Question 37.
3r8 + 3r5 − 60r2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 37

Question 38.
4n12 − 32n7 + 48n2
Answer:

In Exercises 39–44, determine whether the binomial is a factor of the polynomial.

Question 39.
f(x) = 2x3 + 5x2 − 37x − 60; x − 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 39

Question 40.
g(x) = 3x3 − 28x2 + 29x + 140; x + 7
Answer:

Question 41.
h(x) = 6x5 − 15x4 − 9x3; x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 41

Question 42.
g(x) = 8x5 − 58x4 + 60x3 + 140; x − 6
Answer:

Question 43.
h(x) = 6x4 − 6x3 − 84x2 + 144x; x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 43

Question 44.
t(x) = 48x4 + 36x3 − 138x2 − 36x; x + 2
Answer:

In Exercises 45–50, show that the binomial is a factor of the polynomial. Then factor the polynomial completely.

Question 45.
g(x) = x3 − x2 − 20x; x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 45

Question 46.
t(x) = x3 − 5x2 − 9x + 45; x − 5
Answer:

Question 47.
f(x) = x4 − 6x3 − 8x + 48; x − 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 47

Question 48.
s(x) = x4 + 4x3 − 64x − 256; x + 4
Answer:

Question 49.
r(x) = x3 − 37x + 84; x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 49

Question 50.
h(x) = x3 − x2 − 24x − 36; x + 2
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 51–54, match the function with the correct graph. Explain your reasoning.

Question 51.
f(x) = (x − 2)(x − 3)(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 51

Question 52.
g(x) = x(x + 2)(x + 1)(x − 2)
Answer:

Question 53.
h(x) = (x + 2)(x + 3)(x − 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 53

Question 54.
k(x) = x(x − 2)(x − 1)(x + 2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 42
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The volume (in cubic inches) of a shipping box is modeled by V = 2x3 − 19x2 + 39x, where x is the length (in inches). Determine the values of x for which the model makes sense. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 55

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The volume (in cubic inches) of a rectangular birdcage can be modeled by V = 3x3 − 17x2 + 29x − 15, where x is the length (in inches). Determine the values of x for which the model makes sense. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 44
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 57–64, use the method of your choice to factor the polynomial completely. Explain your reasoning.

Question 57.
a6 + a5 − 30a4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 57

Question 58.
8m3 − 343
Answer:

Question 59.
z3 − 7z2 − 9z + 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 59

Question 60.
2p8 − 12p5 + 16p2
Answer:

Question 61.
64r3 + 729
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 61

Question 62.
5x5 − 10x4 − 40x3
Answer:

Question 63.
16n4 − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 63

Question 64.
9k3 − 24k2 + 3k − 8
Answer:

Question 65.
REASONING Determine whether each polynomial is factored completely. If not, factor completely.
a. 7z4(2z2 − z − 6)
b. (2 − n)(n2 + 6n)(3n − 11)
c. 3(4y − 5)(9y2 − 6y − 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 65

Question 66.
PROBLEM SOLVING The profit P (in millions of dollars) for a T-shirt manufacturer can be modeled by P = −x3 + 4x2 + x, where x is the number (in millions) of T-shirts produced. Currently the company produces 4 million T-shirts and makes a profit of $4 million. What lesser number of T-shirts could the company produce and still make the same profit?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 44.1
Answer:

Question 67.
PROBLEM SOLVING The profit P (in millions of dollars) for a shoe manufacturer can be modeled by P = −21x3 + 46x, where x is the number (in millions) of shoes produced. The company now produces 1 million shoes and makes a profit of $25 million, but it would like to cut back production. What lesser number of shoes could the company produce and still make the same profit?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 67

Question 68.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Find a value of k such that \(\frac{f(x)}{x-k}\) has a remainder of 0. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 69.
COMPARING METHODS You are taking a test where calculators are not permitted. One question asks you to evaluate g(7) for the function g(x) = x3 − 7x2 − 4x + 28. You use the Factor Theorem and synthetic division and your friend uses direct substitution. Whose method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 69

Question 70.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT You divide f(x) by (x−a) and find that the remainder does not equal 0. Your friend concludes that f(x) cannot be factored. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 71.
CRITICAL THINKING What is the value of k such that x− 7 is a factor of h(x) = 2x3 − 13x2 − kx + 105? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 71

Question 72.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Use the graph to write an equation of the cubic function in factored form. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 45
Answer:

Question 73.
ABSTRACT REASONING Factor each polynomial completely.
a. 7ac2 + bc2 − 7ad2 − bd2
b. x2n − 2xn + 1
c. a5b2 − a2b4 + 2a4b − 2ab3 + a3 − b2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 73

Question 74.
REASONING The graph of the function f(x) = x4 + 3x3 + 2x2 + x + 3 is shown. Can you use the Factor Theorem to factor f(x)? Explain.
Answer:

Question 75.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The standard equation of a circle with radius r and center (h, k) is (x − h)2 + (y − k)2 = r2. Rewrite each equation of a circle in standard form. Identify the center and radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 46
a. x2 + 6x + 9 + y2 = 25
b. x2 − 4x + 4 + y2 = 9
c. x2 − 8x + 16 + y2 + 2y + 1 = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 75.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 75.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 75.3

Question 76.
CRITICAL THINKING Use the diagram to complete parts (a)–(c).
a. Explain why a3 − b3 is equal to the sum of the volumes of the solids I, II, and III.
b. Write an algebraic expression for the volume of each of the three solids. Leave your expressions in factored form.
c. Use the results from part (a) and part (b) to derive the factoring pattern a3 − b3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 47
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the quadratic equation by factoring.(Section 3.1)

Question 77.
x2 − x − 30 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 77

Question 78.
2x2 − 10x − 72 = 0
Answer:

Question 79.
3x2 − 11x + 10 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 79

Question 80.
9x2 − 28x + 3 = 0
Answer:

Solve the quadratic equation by completing the square.(Section 3.3)

Question 81.
x2 − 12x + 36 = 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 81

Question 82.
x2 − 8x − 11 = 0
Answer:

Question 83.
3x2 + 30x + 63 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.4 Question 83

Question 84.
4x2 + 36x − 4 = 0
Answer:

Polynomial Functions Study Skills : Keeping Your Mind Focused

4.1–4.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 48

Core Concepts
Section 4.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 49

Section 4.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 50

Section 4.3
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 51

Section 4.4
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 52

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Describe the entry points you used to analyze the function in Exercise 43 on page 164.

Question 2.
Describe how you maintained oversight in the process of factoring the polynomial in Exercise 49 on page 185.

Study Skills
Keeping Your Mind Focused

  • When you sit down at your desk, review your notes from the last class.
  • Repeat in your mind what you are writing in your notes.
  • When a mathematical concept is particularly difficult, ask your teacher for another example.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 52.1

Polynomial Functions 4.1 – 4.4 Quiz

Decide whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.(Section 4.1)

Question 1.
f(x) = 5 + 2x2 − 3x4 − 2x − x3

Question 2.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x3 + 2x − 3x2 + 1

Question 3.
h(x) = 3 − 6x3 + 4x − 2 + 6x

Question 4.
Describe the x-values for which
(a) f is increasing or decreasing,
(b) f(x) > 0, and
(c) f(x) < 0. (Section 4.1)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 53

Question 5.
Write an expression for the area and perimeter for the figure shown.(Section 4.2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 54

Perform the indicated operation.(Section 4.2)

Question 6.
(7x2 − 4) − (3x2 − 5x + 1)

Question 7.
(x2 − 3x + 2)(3x − 1)

Question 8.
(x − 1)(x + 3)(x − 4)

Question 9.
Use Pascal’s Triangle to expand (x + 2)5. (Section 4.2)

Question 10.
Divide 4x4 − 2x3 + x2 − 5x + 8 by x2 − 2x − 1. (Section 4.3)

Factor the polynomial completely.(Section 4.4)

Question 11.
a3 − 2a2 − 8a

Question 12.
8m3 + 27

Question 13.
z3 + z2 − 4z − 4

Question 14.
49b4 − 64

Question 15.
Show that x + 5 is a factor of f(x) = x3 − 2x2 − 23x + 60. Then factor f(x) completely. (Section 4.4)

Question 16.
The estimated price P (in cents) of stamps in the United States can be modeled by the polynomial function P(t)= 0.007t3 − 0.16t2 + 1t + 17, where t represents the number of years since 1990. (Section 4.1)
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function for the interval 0 ≤ t ≤ 20. Describe the behavior of the graph on this interval.
b. What was the average rate of change in the price of stamps from 1990 to 2010?

Question 17.
The volume V (in cubic feet) of a rectangular wooden crate is modeled by the function V(x) = 2x3 − 11x2 + 12x, where x is the width (in feet) of the crate. Determine the values of x for which the model makes sense. Explain your reasoning. (Section 4.4)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 55

Lesson 4.5 Solving Polynomial Equations

Essential Question
How can you determine whether a polynomial equation has a repeated solution?

EXPLORATION 1
Cubic Equations and Repeated Solutions
Work with a partner.
Some cubic equations have three distinct solutions. Others have repeated solutions. Match each cubic polynomial equation with the graph of its related polynomial function. Then solve each equation. For those equations that have repeated solutions, describe the behavior of the related function near the repeated zero using the graph or a table of values.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 56
a. x3 − 6x2 + 12x − 8 = 0
b. x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 1 = 0
c. x3− 3x + 2 = 0
d. x3 + x2 − 2x = 0
e. x3 − 3x − 2 = 0
f. x3 − 3x2 + 2x = 0
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 57

EXPLORATION 2
Quartic Equations and Repeated Solutions
Work with a partner.
Determine whether each quartic equation has repeated solutions using the graph of the related quartic function or a table of values. Explain your reasoning. Then solve each equation.
a. x4 − 4x3 + 5x2 − 2x = 0
b. x4 − 2x3 − x2 + 2x = 0
c. x4 − 4x3 + 4x2 = 0
d. x4 + 3x3 = 0

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine whether a polynomial equation has a repeated solution?

Question 4.
Write a cubic or a quartic polynomial equation that is different from the equations in Explorations 1 and 2 and has a repeated solution.

4.5 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
4x4 − 40x2 + 36 = 0

Question 2.
2x5 + 24x = 14x3

Find the zeros of the function. Then sketch a graph of the function.

Question 3.
f(x) = 3x4 − 6x2 + 3

Question 4.
f(x) = x3 + x2 − 6x

Question 5.
Find all real solutions of x3 − 5x2 − 2x + 24 = 0.

Question 6.
Find all real zeros of f(x) = 3x4 − 2x3 − 37x2 + 24x + 12.

Question 7.
Write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, aleading coefficient of 1, and the zeros 4 and 1 − \(\sqrt{5}\).

Solving Polynomial Equations 4.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE If a polynomial function f has integer coefficients, then every rational solution of f(x) = 0 has the form \(\frac{p}{q}\), where p is a factor of the _____________ and q is a factor of the _____________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 58
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the equation.

Question 3.
z3 − z2 − 12z = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 3

Question 4.
a3 − 4a2 + 4a = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
2x4 − 4x3 = −2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 5

Question 6.
v3 − 2v2 − 16v = − 32
Answer:

Question 7.
5w3 = 50w
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 7

Question 8.
9m5 = 27m3
Answer:

Question 9.
2c4 − 6c3 = 12c2 − 36c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 9

Question 10.
p4 + 40 = 14p2
Answer:

Question 11.
12n2 + 48n = −n3 − 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 11

Question 12.
y3 − 27 = 9y2 − 27y
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, find the zeros of the function. Then sketch a graph of the function.

Question 13.
h(x) = x4 + x3 − 6x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 13

Question 14.
f(x) = x4 − 18x2 + 81
Answer:

Question 15.
p(x) = x6 − 11x5 + 30x4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 15

Question 16.
g(x) = −2x5 + 2x4 + 40x3
Answer:

Question 17.
g(x) = −4x4 + 8x3 + 60x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 17

Question 18.
h(x) = −x3 − 2x2 + 15x
Answer:

Question 19.
h(x) = −x3 − x2 + 9x + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 19

Question 20.
p(x) = x3 − 5x2 − 4x + 20
Answer:

Question 21.
USING EQUATIONS According to the Rational Root Theorem, which is not a possible solution of the equation 2x4 − 5x3 + 10x2 − 9 = 0?
A. −9
B. −\([\frac{1}{2}/latex]
C. [latex][\frac{5}{2}/latex]
D. 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 21

Question 22.
USING EQUATIONS According to the Rational Root Theorem, which is not a possible zero of the function f(x) = 40x5 − 42x4 − 107x3 + 107x2 + 33x − 36?
A. −[latex][\frac{2}{3}/latex]
B. − [latex][\frac{3}{8}/latex]
C. [latex][\frac{3}{4}/latex]
D. [latex][\frac{4}{5}/latex]
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in listing the possible rational zeros of the function.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 60
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, find all the real solutions of the equation.

Question 25.
x3 + x2 − 17x + 15 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 25

Question 26.
x3 − 2x2 − 5x + 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
x3 − 10x2 + 19x + 30 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 27

Question 28.
x3 + 4x2 − 11x − 30 = 0
Answer:

Question 29.
x3 − 6x2 − 7x + 60 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 29

Question 30.
x3 − 16x2 + 55x + 72 = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
2x3 − 3x2 − 50x − 24 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 31

Question 32.
3x3 + x2 − 38x + 24 = 0
Answer:

In Exercises 33–38, find all the real zeros of the function.

Question 33.
f(x) = x3 − 2x2 − 23x + 60
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 33

Question 34.
g(x) = x3 − 28x − 48
Answer:

Question 35.
h(x) = x3 + 10x2 + 31x + 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 35

Question 36.
f(x) = x3 − 14x2 + 55x − 42
Answer:

Question 37.
p(x) = 2x3 −x2 − 27x + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 37

Question 38.
g(x) = 3x3 − 25x2 + 58x − 40
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 39 and 40, use the graph to shorten the list of possible rational zeros of the function. Then find all real zeros of the function.

Question 39.
f(x) = 4x3 − 20x + 16
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 39

Question 40.
f(x) = 4x3 − 49x − 60
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 62
Answer:

In Exercises 41–46, write a polynomial function f of least degree that has a leading coefficient of 1 and the given zeros.

Question 41.
−2, 3, 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 41

Question 42.
−4, −2, 5
Answer:

Question 43.
−2, 1 + [latex]\sqrt{7}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 43

Question 44.
4, 6 − \(\sqrt{7}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
−6, 0, 3 −\(\sqrt{5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 45

Question 46.
0, 5, −5 + \(\sqrt{8}\)
Answer:

Question 47.
COMPARING METHODS Solve the equation x3 − 4x2 − 9x + 36 = 0 using two different methods. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 47.2

Question 48.
REASONING Is it possible for a cubic function to have more than three real zeros? Explain.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING At a factory, molten glass is poured into molds to make paperweights. Each mold is a rectangular prism with a height 3 centimeters greater than the length of each side of its square base. Each mold holds 112 cubic centimeters of glass. What are the dimensions of the mold?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 49

Question 50.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The volume of the cube shown is 8 cubic centimeters.
a. Write a polynomial equation that you can use to find the value of x.
b. Identify the possible rational solutions of the equation in part (a).
c. Use synthetic division to find a rational solution of the equation. Show that no other real solutions exist.
d. What are the dimensions of the cube?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 63
Answer:

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING Archaeologists discovered a huge hydraulic concrete block at the ruins of Caesarea with a volume of 945 cubic meters. The block is x meters high by 12x − 15 meters long by 12x − 21 meters wide. What are the dimensions of the block?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 51

Question 52.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that when a polynomial function has a leading coefficient of 1 and the coefficients are all integers, every possible rational zero is an integer. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS During a 10-year period, the amount (in millions of dollars) of athletic equipment Esold domestically can be modeled by E(t) = −20t3 + 252t2 − 280t + 21,614, where t is in years.
a. Write a polynomial equation to find the year when about $24,014,000,000 of athletic equipment is sold.
b. List the possible whole-number solutions of the equation in part (a). Consider the domain when making your list of possible solutions.
c. Use synthetic division to find when $24,014,000,000 of athletic equipment is sold.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Write a third or fourth degree polynomial function that has zeros at ± \(\frac{3}{4}\). Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS You are designing a marble basin that will hold a fountain for a city park. The sides and bottom of the basin should be 1 foot thick. Its outer length should be twice its outer width and outer height. What should the outer dimensions of the basin be if it is to hold 36 cubic feet of water?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 55

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Use the information in the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 66
a. What are the real zeros of the function f ?
b. Write an equation of the quartic function in factored form.
Answer:

Question 57.
REASONING Determine the value of k for each equation so that the given x-value is a solution.
a. x3 − 6x2 − 7x + k = 0; x = 4
b. 2x3 + 7x2 − kx − 18 = 0; x = −6
c. kx3 − 35x2 + 19x + 30 = 0; x = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 57

Question 58.
WRITING EQUATIONS Write a polynomial function gof least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the zeros −2 + \(\sqrt{7}\) and 3 + \(\sqrt{2}\).
Answer:

In Exercises 59–62, solve f(x) = g(x) by graphing and algebraic methods.

Question 59.
f(x) = x3 + x2 − x − 1; g(x) = −x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 59

Question 60.
f(x) = x4 − 5x3 + 2x2 + 8x; g(x) = −x2 + 6x − 8
Answer:

Question 61.
f(x) = x3 − 4x2 + 4x; g(x) = −2x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 61

Question 62.
f(x) = x4 + 2x3 − 11x2 − 12x + 36;
g(x) = −x2 − 6x − 9
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS You are building a pair of ramps for a loading platform. The left ramp is twice as long as the right ramp. If 150 cubic feet of concrete are used to build the ramps, what are the dimensions of each ramp?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 63

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Some ice sculptures are made by filling a mold and then freezing it. You are making an ice mold for a school dance. It is to be shaped like a pyramid with a height 1 foot greater than the length of each side of its square base. The volume of the ice sculpture is 4 cubic feet. What are the dimensions of the mold?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 68
Answer:

Question 65.
ABSTRACT REASONING Let an be the leading coefficient of a polynomial function f and a0 be the constant term. If an has r factors and a0 has s factors, what is the greatest number of possible rational zeros of f that can be generated by the Rational Zero Theorem? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 65

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Decide whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.(Section 4.1)

Question 66.
h(x) = −3x2 + 2x − 9 + \(\sqrt{4}\)x3
Answer:

Question 67.
g(x) = 2x3 − 7x2 − 3x − 1 + x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 67

Question 68.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 + 2x3 − 4x4 − \(\sqrt{3}\)
Answer:

Question 69.
p(x) = 2x − 5x3 + 9x2 + \(\sqrt[4]{x}\) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 69

Find the zeros of the function.(Section 3.2)

Question 70.
f(x) = 7x2 + 42
Answer:

Question 71.
g(x) = 9x2 + 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 71

Question 72.
h(x) = 5x2 + 40
Answer:

Question 73.
f(x) = 8x2 − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.5 Question 73

Lesson 4.6 The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra

Essential Question

How can you determine whether a polynomial equation has imaginary solutions?

EXPLORATION 1
Cubic Equations and Imaginary Solutions
Work with a partner.
Match each cubic polynomial equation with the graph of its related polynomial function. Then find all solutions. Make a conjecture about how you can use a graph or table of values to determine the number and types of solutions of a cubic polynomial equation.
a. x3 − 3x2 + x + 5 = 0
b. x3 − 2x2 − x + 2 = 0
c. x3 − x2 − 4x + 4 = 0
d. x3 + 5x2 + 8x + 6 = 0
e. x3 − 3x2 + x − 3 = 0
f. x3 − 3x2 + 2x = 0
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 69

EXPLORATION 2
Quartic Equations and Imaginary Solutions
Work with a partner.
Use the graph of the related quartic function, or a table of values, to determine whether each quartic equation has imaginary solutions. Explain your reasoning. Then find all solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 70
a. x4 − 2x3 − x2 + 2x = 0
b. x4 − 1 = 0
c. x4 + x3 − x − 1 = 0
d. x4 − 3x3 + x2 + 3x − 2 = 0

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine whether a polynomial equation has imaginary solutions?

Question 4.
Is it possible for a cubic equation to have three imaginary solutions? Explain your reasoning.

4.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
How many solutions does the equation x4 + 7x2 − 144 = 0 have?

Question 2.
How many zeros does the function f(x) = x3 − 5x2 − 8x + 48 have? Find all zeros of the polynomial function.

Question 3.
f(x) = x3 + 7x2 + 16x + 12

Question 4.
f(x) = x5 − 3x4 + 5x3 − x2 − 6x + 4

Write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the given zeros.

Question 5.
−1, 4i

Question 6.
3, 1 + i\(\sqrt{5}\)

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{2}\), 1 − 3i

Question 8.
2, 2i, 4 − \(\sqrt{6}\)

Determine the possible numbers of positive real zeros, negative real zeros, and imaginary zeros for the function.

Question 9.
f(x) = x3 + 9x − 25

Question 10.
f(x) = 3x4 − 7x3 + x2 − 13x + 8

Question 11.
WHAT IF? In Example 5, what is the tachometer reading when the boat travels 20 miles per hour?

The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra 4.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE The expressions 5 + i and 5 − i are _____________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING How many solutions does the polynomial equation (x + 8)3(x − 1) = 0 have? Explain.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 3.
x4 + 2x3 − 4x2 + x = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 3

Question 4.
5y3 − 3y2 + 8y = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
9t6 − 14t3 + 4t − 1 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 5

Question 6.
f(z) = −7z4 + z2 − 25
Answer:

Question 7.
g(s) = 4s5 − s3 + 2s7 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 7

Question 8.
h(x) = 5x4 + 7x8 − x12
Answer:

In Exercises 9–16, find all zeros of the polynomial function.

Question 9.
f(x) = x4 − 6x3 + 7x2 + 6x − 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 9

Question 10.
f(x) = x4 + 5x3 − 7x2 − 29x + 30
Answer:

Question 11.
g(x) = x4 − 9x2 − 4x + 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 11

Question 12.
h(x) = x3 + 5x2 − 4x − 20
Answer:

Question 13.
g(x) = x4 + 4x3 + 7x2 + 16x + 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 13

Question 14.
h(x) = x4 − x3 + 7x2 − 9x − 18
Answer:

Question 15.
g(x) = x5 + 3x4 − 4x3 − 2x2 − 12x − 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = x5 − 20x3 + 20x2 − 21x + 20
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 17–20, determine the number of imaginary zeros for the function with the given degree and graph. Explain your reasoning.

Question 17.
Degree: 4
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 70.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 17

Question 18.
Degree: 5
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 71
Answer:

Question 19.
Degree: 2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 19

Question 20.
Degree: 3
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 73
Answer:

In Exercises 21–28, write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the given zeros.

Question 21.
−5, −1, 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 21

Question 22.
−2, 1, 3
Answer:

Question 23.
3, 4 + i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 23

Question 24.
2, 5 − i
Answer:

Question 25.
4, −\(\sqrt{5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 25

Question 26.
3i, 2 − i
Answer:

Question 27.
2, 1 + i, 2 −\(\sqrt{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 27

Question 28.
3, 4 + 2i, 1 + \(\sqrt{7}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 29 and 30, describe and correct the error in writing a polynomial function with rational coefficients and the given zero(s).

Question 29.
Zeros: 2, 1 + i
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 29

Question 30.
Zero: 2 +i
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 75
Answer:

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED Write a polynomial function of degree 6 with zeros 1, 2, and −i. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 31

Question 32.
REASONING Two zeros of f(x) = x3 − 6x2 − 16x + 96 are 4 and −4. Explain why the third zero must also be a real number.
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, determine the possible numbers of positive real zeros, negative real zeros, and imaginary zeros for the function.

Question 33.
g(x) = x4 − x2 − 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 33

Question 34.
g(x) = −x3 + 5x2 + 12
Answer:

Question 35.
g(x) = x3 − 4x2 + 8x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 35

Question 36.
g(x) = x5 − 2x3 − x2 + 6
Answer:

Question 37.
g(x) = x5 − 3x3 + 8x − 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 37

Question 38.
g(x) = x5 + 7x4 − 4x3 − 3x2 + 9x − 15
Answer:

Question 39.
g(x) = x6 + x5 − 3x4 + x3 + 5x2 + 9x − 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 39

Question 40.
g(x) = x7 + 4x4 − 10x + 25
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING Which is not a possible classification of zeros for f(x) = x5 − 4x3 + 6x2 + 2x − 6? Explain.
A. three positive real zeros, two negative real zeros, and zero imaginary zeros
B. three positive real zeros, zero negative real zeros, and two imaginary zeros
C. one positive real zero, four negative real zeros, and zero imaginary zeros
D. one positive real zero, two negative real zeros, and two imaginary zeros
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 41

Question 42.
USING STRUCTURE Use Descartes’s Rule of Signs to determine which function has at least 1 positive real zero.
A. f(x) = x4 + 2x3 − 9x2 − 2x – 8
B. f(x) = x4 + 4x3 + 8x2 + 16x + 16
C. f(x) = −x4 − 5x2 − 4
D. f(x) = x4 + 4x3 + 7x2 + 12x + 12
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS From 1890 to 2000, the American Indian, Eskimo, and Aleut population P (in thousands) can be modeled by the function P = 0.004t3 − 0.24t2 + 4.9t + 243, where t is the number of years since 1890. In which year did the population first reach 722,000?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 43

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Over a period of 14 years, the number N of inland lakes infested with zebra mussels in a certain state can be modeled by
N = −0.0284t4 + 0.5937t3 − 2.464t2 + 8.33t − 2.5
where t is time (in years). In which year did the number of infested inland lakes first reach 120?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 76
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS For the 12 years that a grocery store has been open, its annual revenue R (in millions of dollars) can be modeled by the function
R = 0.0001(−t4 + 12t3 − 77t2 + 600t + 13,650)where t is the number of years since the store opened. In which year(s) was the revenue $1.5 million?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that 2 − i is a complex zero of the polynomial function f(x) = x3 − 2x2 + 2x + 5i, but that its conjugate is not a zero. You claim that both 2 − i and its conjugate must be zeros by the Complex Conjugates Theorem. Who is correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 47.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS A solid monument with the dimensions shown is to be built using 1000 cubic feet of marble. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Write and graph a polynomial function of degree 5 that has all positive or negative real zeros. Label each x-intercept. Then write the function in standard form.
Answer:

Question 49.
WRITING The graph of the constant polynomial function f(x) = 2 is a line that does not have any x-intercepts. Does the function contradict the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph represents a polynomial function of degree 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 79
a. How many positive real zeros does the function have? negative real zeros? imaginary zeros?
b. Use Descartes’s Rule of Signs and your answers in part (a) to describe the possible sign changes in the coefficients of f(x).
Answer:

Question 51.
FINDING A PATTERN Use a graphing calculator to graph the function f(x) = (x + 3)n for n = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
a. Compare the graphs when n is even and n is odd.
b. Describe the behavior of the graph near the zero x = −3 as n increases.
c. Use your results from parts (a) and (b) to describe the behavior of the graph of g(x) = (x − 4)20 near x = 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 51.2

Question 52.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS Find the zeros of each function.
f(x) = x5 − 5x + 6
g(x) = x3 − 7x + 6
h(x) = x4 + 2x3 + x2 + 8x − 12
k(x) = x5 − 3x4 − 9x3 + 25x2 − 6x
a. Describe the relationship between the sum of the zeros of a polynomial function and the coefficients of the polynomial function.
b. Describe the relationship between the product of the zeros of a polynomial function and the coefficients of the polynomial function.
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING You want to save money so you can buy a used car in four years. At the end of each summer, you deposit $1000 earned from summer jobs into your bank account. The table shows the value of your deposits over the four-year period. In the table, g is the growth factor 1 + r, where r is the annual interest rate expressed as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 80
a. Copy and complete the table.
b. Write a polynomial function that gives the value v of your account at the end of the fourth summer in terms of g.
c. You want to buy a car that costs about $4300. What growth factor do you need to obtain this amount? What annual interest rate do you need?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 53.1

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function. (Section 2.1)

Question 54.
g(x) = −3x2
Answer:

Question 55.
g(x) = (x − 4)2 + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 55

Question 56.
g(x) = −(x − 1)2
Answer:

Question 57.
g(x) = 5(x + 4)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 57

Write a function g whose graph represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f.(Sections 1.2and 2.1)

Question 58.
f(x) = x; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and a reflection in the y-axis
Answer:

Question 59.
f(x) = | x + 1 ∣− 3; horizontal stretch by a factor of 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.6 Question 59

Question 60.
f(x) = x2; reflection in the x-axis, followed by a translation 2 units right and 7 units up
Answer:

Lesson 4.7 Tranformations of Polynomial Functions

Essential Question
How can you transform the graph of a polynomial function?

EXPLORATION 1
Transforming the Graph of a Cubic Function
Work with a partner.
The graph of the cubic function f(x) = x3 is shown. The graph of each cubic function g represents a transformation of the graph of f. Write a rule for g. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 81
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 81.1

EXPLORATION 2
Transforming the Graph of a Quartic Function
Work with a partner.
The graph of the quartic function f(x) = x4 is shown. The graph of each quartic function g represents a transformation of the graph of f. Write a rule for g. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 82
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 82.1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you transform the graph of a polynomial function?

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 83
Question 4.

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x4 represented by g(x) = (x + 1)4 + 3. Then graph g.

4.7 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Describe the transformation of f(x) = x4 represented by g(x) = (x − 3)4 − 1. Then graph each function.

Question 2.
Describe the transformation of f(x) = x3 represented by g(x) = 4(x + 2)3. Then graph each function.

Question 3.
Let f(x) = x5 − 4x + 6 and g(x) = −f(x). Write a rule for g and then graph each function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f.

Question 4.
Let the graph of g be a horizontal stretch by a factor of 2, followed by a translation 3 units to the right of the graph of f(x) = 8x3 + 3. Write a rule for g.

Question 5.
WHAT IF? In Example 5, the height of the pyramid is 6x, and the volume (in cubic feet) is represented by V(x) = 2x3. Write a rule for W. Find and interpret W(7).

Tranformations of Polynomial Functions 4.7 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE The graph of f(x) = (x + 2)3 is a ____________ translation of the graph of f(x) = x3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY Describe how the vertex form of quadratic functions is similar to the form f(x) = a(x − h)3 + k for cubic functions.
Answer:

In Exercises 3–6, describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 3.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = x4 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 3

Question 4.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = (x − 5)4
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = x5, g(x) = (x − 2)5 − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 5

Question 6.
f(x) = x6, g(x) = (x + 1)6 − 4
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 7–10, match the function with the correct transformation of the graph of f. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 84

Question 7.
y = f(x − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 7

Question 8.
y = f(x + 2) + 2
Answer:

Question 9.
y = f(x − 2) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 9

Question 10.
y = f(x) − 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 85

In Exercises 11–16, describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 11.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = −2x4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 11

Question 12.
f(x) = x6, g(x) = −3x6
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = x3, g(x) = 5x3 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 13

Question 14.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x4 + 1
Answer:

Question 15.
f(x) = x5, g(x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 4)5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = (2x)4− 3
Answer:

In Exercises 17–20, write a rule for g and then graph each function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f.

Question 17.
f(x) = x4 + 1, g(x) = f(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 17

Question 18.
f(x) = x5 − 2x + 3, g(x) = 3f(x)
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = 2x3 − 2x2 + 6, g(x) = − \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 19

Question 20.
f(x) = x4 + x3 − 1, g(x) = f(−x) − 5
Answer:

Question 21.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in graphing the function g(x) = (x + 2)4 − 6
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 86
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 21

Question 22.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in describing the transformation of the graph of f(x) = x5 represented by the graph of g(x) = (3x)5− 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 87
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = x3 − 6; translation 3 units left, followed by a reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 23

Question 24.
f(x) = x4 + 2x + 6; vertical stretch by a factor of 2, followed by a translation 4 units right
Answer:

Question 25.
f(x) = x3 + 2x2 − 9; horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and a translation 2 units up, followed by a reflection in the x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = 2x5 − x3 + x2 + 4; reflection in the y-axis and a vertical stretch by a factor of 3, followed by a translation 1 unit down
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The volume V(in cubic feet) of the pyramid is given by V(x) = x3 − 4x. The function W(x) = V(3x) gives the volume (in cubic feet) of the pyramid when x is measured in yards. Write a rule for W. Find and interpret W(5).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 88
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 27

Question 28.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT The volume of a cube with side length x is given by V(x) = x3. Your friend claims that when you divide the volume in half, the volume decreases by a greater amount than when you divide each side length in half. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 29.
OPEN-ENDED Describe two transformations of the graph of f(x) = x5 where the order in which the transformations are performed is important. Then describe two transformations where the order is not important. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Write and graph a transformation of the graph of f(x) = x5 − 3x4 + 2x − 4 that results in a graph with a y-intercept of −2.
Answer:

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING A portion of the path that a hummingbird flies while feeding can be modeled by the function
f(x) = −\(\frac{1}{5}\)x(x − 4)2(x − 7), 0 ≤ x ≤ 7 w
here x is the horizontal distance (in meters) and f(x) is the height (in meters). The hummingbird feeds each time it is at ground level.
a. At what distances does the hummingbird feed?
b. A second hummingbird feeds 2 meters farther away than the first hummingbird and flies twice as high. Write a function to model the path of the second hummingbird.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 31

Question 32.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Determine the real zeros of each function. Then describe the transformation of the graph of f that results in the graph of g.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 90
Answer:

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS Write a function V for the volume (in cubic yards) of the right circular cone shown. Then write a function W that gives the volume (in cubic yards) of the cone when x is measured in feet. Find and interpret W(3).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 33

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the minimum value or maximum value of the function. Describe the domain and range of the function, and where the function is increasing and decreasing.(Section 2.2)

Question 34.
h(x) = (x + 5)2 − 7
Answer:

Question 35.
f(x) = 4 − x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 35

Question 36.
f(x) = 3(x − 10)(x + 4)
Answer:

Question 37.
g(x) = −(x + 2)(x + 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 37

Question 38.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x − 1)2 − 3
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = −2x2 + 4x − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.7 Question 39

Lesson 4.8 Analyzing Graphs of Polynomial Functions

Essential Question
How many turning points can the graph of a polynomial function have?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 92
A turning point of the graph of a polynomial function is a point on the graph at which the function changes from

  • increasing to decreasing, or
  • decreasing to increasing.

EXPLORATION 1
Approximating Turning Points
Work with a partner.
Match each polynomial function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Then use a graphing calculator to approximate the coordinates of the turning points of the graph of the function. Round your answers to the nearest hundredth.
a. f(x) = 2x2 + 3x − 4
b. f(x) = x2 + 3x + 2
c. f(x) = x3 − 2x2 − x + 1
d. f(x) = −x3 + 5x − 2
e. f(x) = x4 − 3x2 + 2x − 1
f. f(x) = −2x5 − x2 + 5x + 3
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 93
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 94

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How many turning points can the graph of a polynomial function have?

Question 3.
Is it possible to sketch the graph of a cubic polynomial function that has no turning points? Justify your answer.

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function.

Question 1.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 1)(x − 4)

Question 2.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 2)(x − 1)(x − 3)

Question 3.
Find all real zeros of f(x) = 18x3 + 21x2 − 13x − 6.

Question 4.
Graph f(x) = 0.5x3 + x2 − x + 2. Identify the x-intercepts and the points where the local maximums and local minimums occur. Determine the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing.

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.

Question 5.
f(x) = −x2 + 5

Question 6.
f(x) = x4 − 5x3

Question 7.
f(x) = 2x5

Analyzing Graphs of Polynomial Functions 4.8 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE A local maximum or local minimum of a polynomial function occurs at a ______________ point of the graph of the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING Explain what a local maximum of a function is and how it may be different from the maximum value of the function.
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 3–6, match the function with its graph.

Question 3.
f(x) = (x − 1)(x − 2)(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 3

Question 4.
h(x) = (x + 2)2(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 5.
g(x) = (x + 1)(x − 1)(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 5

Question 6.
f(x) = (x − 1)2(x + 2)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 95

In Exercises 7–14, graph the function.

Question 7.
f(x) = (x − 2)2(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 7

Question 8.
f(x) = (x + 2)2(x + 4)2
Answer:

Question 9.
h(x) = (x + 1)2(x − 1)(x − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 9

Question 10.
g(x) = 4(x + 1)(x + 2)(x − 1)
Answer:

Question 11.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x − 5)(x + 2)(x − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 11

Question 12.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)(x + 4)(x + 8)(x − 1)
Answer:

Question 13.
h(x) = (x− 3)(x2 + x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = (x − 4)(2x2 − 2x + 1)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in using factors to graph f.

Question 15.
f(x) = (x + 2)(x − 1)2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = x2(x − 3)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 97
Answer:

In Exercises 17–22, find all real zeros of the function.

Question 17.
f(x) = x3 − 4x2 − x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 17

Question 18.
f(x) = x3 − 3x2 − 4x + 12
Answer:

Question 19.
h(x) = 2x3 + 7x2 − 5x − 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 19

Question 20.
h(x) = 4x3 − 2x2 − 24x − 18
Answer:

Question 21.
g(x) = 4x3 + x2 − 51x + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = 2x3 − 3x2 − 32x − 15
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, graph the function. Identify the x-intercepts and the points where the local maximums and local minimums occur. Determine the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing.

Question 23.
g(x) = 2x3 + 8x2 − 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 23

Question 24.
g(x) = −x4 + 3x
Answer:

Question 25.
h(x) = x4 − 3x2 + x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = x5 − 4x3 + x2 + 2
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = 0.5x3 − 2x + 2.5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 27

Question 28.
f(x) = 0.7x4 − 3x3 + 5x
Answer:

Question 29.
h(x) = x5 + 2x2 − 17x − 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 29

Question 30.
g(x) = x4 − 5x3 + 2x2 + x − 3
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, estimate the coordinates of each turning point. State whether each corresponds to a local maximum or a local minimum. Then estimate the real zeros and find the least possible degree of the function.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 99
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 101
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 103
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED In Exercises 37 and 38, sketch a graph of a polynomial function f having the given characteristics.

Question 37.

  • The graph of f has x-intercepts at x = −4, x = 0, and x = 2.
  • f has a local maximum value when x = 1.
  • f has a local minimum value when x = −2.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 37

Question 38.

  • The graph of f has x-intercepts at x = −3, x = 1, and x = 5.
  • f has a local maximum value when x = 1.
  • f has a local minimum value when x = −2 and when x = 4.

Answer:

In Exercises 39–46, determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.

Question 39.
h(x) = 4x7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 39

Question 40.
g(x) = −2x6 + x2
Answer:

Question 41.
f(x) = x4 + 3x2 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 41

Question 42.
f(x) = x5 + 3x3 − x
Answer:

Question 43.
g(x) = x2 + 5x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 43

Question 44.
f(x) = −x3 + 2x − 9
Answer:

Question 45.
f(x) = x4 − 12x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 45

Question 46.
h(x) = x5 + 3x4
Answer:

Question 47.
USING TOOLS When a swimmer does the breaststroke, the function
S = −241t7 + 1060t6 − 1870t5 + 1650t4 − 737t3 + 144t2 − 2.43t
models the speed S (in meters per second) of the swimmer during one complete stroke, where t is the number of seconds since the start of the stroke and 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.22. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. At what time during the stroke is the swimmer traveling the fastest?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 104
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 47

Question 48.
USING TOOLS During a recent period of time, the number S (in thousands) of students enrolled in public schools in a certain country can be modeled by S = 1.64x3 − 102x2 + 1710x + 36,300, where x is time (in years). Use a graphing calculator to graph the function for the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 41. Then describe how the public school enrollment changes over this period of time.
Answer:

Question 49.
WRITING Why is the adjective local, used to describe the maximums and minimums of cubic functions, sometimes not required for quadratic functions?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph of a polynomial function is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 105
a. Find the zeros, local maximum, and local minimum values of the function.
b. Compare the x-intercepts of the graphs of y = f(x) and y = −f(x).
c. Compare the maximum and minimum values of the functions y = f(x) and y = −f(x).
Answer:

Question 51.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that the product of two odd functions is an odd function. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 51

Question 52.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS You are making a rectangular box out of a 16-inch-by-20-inch piece of cardboard. The box will be formed by making the cuts shown in the diagram and folding up the sides. You want the box to have the greatest volume possible.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 106
a. How long should you make the cuts?
b. What is the maximum volume?
c. What are the dimensions of the finished box?
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING Quonset huts are temporary, all-purpose structures shaped like half-cylinders. You have 1100 square feet of material to build a quonset hut.
a. The surface area S of a quonset hut is given by S = πr2 + πrℓ. Substitute 1100 for S and then write an expression for ℓ in terms of r.
b. The volume V of a quonset hut is given by V = 1 — 2πr2ℓ. Write an equation that gives V as a function in terms of r only.c. Find the value of r that maximizes the volume of the hut.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 107
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Write and graph a polynomial function that has one real zero in each of the intervals −2 < x < −1, 0 < x < 1, and 4 < x < 5. Is there a maximum degree that such a polynomial function can have? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 55.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS A cylinder is inscribed in a sphere of radius 8 inches. Write an equation for the volume of the cylinder as a function of h. Find the value of h that maximizes the volume of the inscribed cylinder. What is the maximum volume of the cylinder?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 108
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 55.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

State whether the table displays linear data, quadratic data, or neither. Explain

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 109
Answer:

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 110
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.8 a 57

Lesson 4.9 Modeling with Polynomial Functions

Essential Question
How can you find a polynomial model for real-life data?

EXPLORATION 1
Modeling Real-Life Data
Work with a partner.
The distance a baseball travels after it is hit depends on the angle at which it was hit and the initial speed. The table shows the distances a baseball hit at an angle of 35° travels at various initial speeds.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 111
a. Recall that when data have equally-spaced x-values, you can analyze patterns in the differences of the y-values to determine what type of function can be used to model the data. If the first differences are constant, then the set of data fits a linear model. If the second differences are constant, then the set of data fits a quadratic model.Find the first and second differences of the data. Are the data linear or quadratic? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 112
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 113
b. Use a graphing calculator to draw a scatter plot of the data. Do the data appear linear or quadratic? Use the regression feature of the graphing calculator to find a linear or quadratic model that best fits the data.12019075400
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 113.1
c. Use the model you found in part (b) to find the distance a baseball travels when it is hit at an angle of 35° and travels at an initial speed of 120 miles per hour.
d. According to the Baseball Almanac, “Any drive over400 feet is noteworthy. A blow of 450 feet shows exceptional power, as the majority of major league players are unable to hit a ball that far. Anything in the 500-foot range is genuinely historic.” Estimate the initial speed of a baseball that travels a distance of 500 feet.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you find a polynomial model for real-life data?

Question 3.
How well does the model you found in Exploration 1(b) fit the data? Do you think the model is valid for any initial speed? Explain your reasoning.

4.9 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

write a cubic function whose graph passes through the given points. 

Question 1.
(−4, 0), (0, 10), (2, 0), (5, 0)

Question 2.
(−1, 0), (0, −12), (2, 0), (3, 0)

Question 3.
Use finite differences to determine the degree of the polynomial function that fits the data. Then use technology to find the polynomial function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 118

Use a graphing calculator to find a polynomial function that fits the data.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 119

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 120

Modeling with polynomial Functions 4.9 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE When the x-values in a set of data are equally spaced, the differences of consecutive y-values are called ________________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING Explain how you know when a set of data could be modeled by a cubic function.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, write a cubic function whose graph is shown.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 122
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 124
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, use finite differences to determine the degree of the polynomial function that fits the data. Then use technology to find the polynomial function.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 126
Answer:

Question 9.
(−4, −317), (−3, −37), (−2, 21), (−1, 7), (0, −1), (1, 3), (2, −47), (3, −289), (4, −933)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 9

Question 10.
(−6, 744), (−4, 154), (−2, 4), (0, −6), (2, 16), (4, 154), (6, 684), (8, 2074), (10, 4984)
Answer:

Question 11.
(−2, 968), (−1, 422), (0, 142), (1, 26), (2, −4), (3, −2), (4, 2), (5, 2), (6, 16)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 11

Question 12.
(1, 0), (2, 6), (3, 2), (4, 6), (5, 12), (6, −10), (7, −114), (8, −378), (9, −904)
Answer:

Question 13.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing a cubic function whose graph passes through the given points.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The dot patterns show pentagonal numbers. The number of dots in the nth pentagonal number is given by f(n) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)n(3n − 1). Show that this function has constant second-order differences.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 128
Answer:

Question 15.
OPEN-ENDED Write three different cubic functions that pass through the points (3, 0), (4, 0), and (2, 6). Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The table shows the ages of cats and their corresponding ages in human years. Find a polynomial model for the data for the first 8 years of a cat’s life. Use the model to estimate the age (in human years) of a cat that is 3 years old.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 129
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The data in the table show the average speeds y (in miles per hour) of a pontoon boat for several different engine speeds x (in hundreds of revolutions per minute, or RPMs). Find a polynomial model for the data. Estimate the average speed of the pontoon boat when the engine speed is 2800 RPMs.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 130
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 17

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows typical speeds y (in feet per second) of a space shuttle x seconds after it is launched.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 131
a. What type of polynomial function models the data? Explain.
b. Which nth-order finite difference should be constant for the function in part (a)? Explain.
Answer:

Question 19.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The table shows the number of diagonals for polygons with n sides. Find a polynomial function that fits the data. Determine the total number of diagonals in the decagon shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 132
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 19

Question 20.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend states that it is not possible to determine the degree of a function given the first-order differences. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 21.
WRITING Explain why you cannot always use finite differences to find a model for real-life data sets.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 21

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING A, B, and C are zeros of a cubic polynomial function. Choose values for A, B, and C such that the distance from A to B is less than or equal to the distance from A to C. Then write the function using the A, B, and C values you chose.
Answer:

Question 23.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS Order the polynomial functions according to their degree, from least to greatest.
A.f(x) = −3x + 2x2 + 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 23

Question 24.
ABSTRACT REASONING Substitute the expressions z, z + 1, z + 2, …….. , z + 5 for x in the function f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d to generate six equally-spaced ordered pairs. Then show that the third-order differences are constant.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation using square roots.(Section 3.1)

Question 25.
x2 − 6 = 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 25

Question 26.
5x2 − 38 = 187
Answer:

Question 27.
2(x − 3)2 = 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 27

Question 28.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)(x + 5)2 = 4
Answer:

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.(Section 3.4)

Question 29.
2x2 + 3x = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 29

Question 30.
2x2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2x
Answer:

Question 31.
2x2 + 3x =−3x2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 4.9 a 31

Question 32.
4x − 20 = x2
Answer:

Polynomial Functions Performance Task: For the Birds-Wildlife Management

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 135

Core Concepts
Section 4.5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 136

Section 4.6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 137

Section 4.7

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 138

Section 4.8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 139

Section 4.9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 140

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain how understanding the Complex Conjugates Theorem allows you to construct your argument in Exercise 46 on page 203.

Question 2.
Describe how you use structure to accurately match each graph with its transformation in Exercises 7–10 on page 209.

Performance Task
For the Birds -Wildlife Management
How does the presence of humans affect the population of sparrows in a park? Do more humans mean fewer sparrows? Or does the presence of humans increase the number of sparrows up to a point? Are there a minimum number of sparrows that can be found in a park, regardless of how many humans there are? What can a mathematical model tell you?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 204
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.

Polynomial Functions Chapter Review

Decide whether the function is a polynomial function. If so, write it in standard form and state its degree, type, and leading coefficient.

Question 1.
h(x) = −x3 + 2x2 − 15x7

Question 2.
p(x) = x3 − 5x0.5 + 13x2 + 8

Graph the polynomial function.

Question 3.
h(x) = x2 + 6x5 − 5

Question 4.
f(x) = 3x4 − 5x2 + 1

Question 5.
g(x) = −x4 + x + 2

Find the sum or difference.

Question 6.
(4x3 − 12x2 − 5) − (−8x2 + 4x + 3)

Question 7.
(x4 + 3x3 − x2 + 6) + (2x4 − 3x + 9)

Question 8.
(3x2 + 9x + 13) − (x2 − 2x + 12)

Find the product.

Question 9.
(2y2 + 4y − 7)(y + 3)

Question 10.
(2m + n)3

Question 11.
(s + 2)(s + 4)(s − 3)

Use Pascal’s Triangle to expand the binomial.

Question 12.
(m + 4)4

Question 13.
(3s + 2)5

Question 14.
(z + 1)6

Divide using polynomial long division or synthetic division.

Question 15.
(x3 + x2 + 3x − 4) ÷ (x2 + 2x + 1)

Question 16.
(x4 + 3x3 − 4x2 + 5x + 3) ÷ (x2 + x + 4)

Question 17.
(x4 − x2 − 7) ÷ (x + 4)

Question 18.
Use synthetic division to evaluate g(x) = 4x3 + 2x2 − 4 when x = 5.

Factor the polynomial completely.

Question 19.
64x3 − 8

Question 20.
2z5 − 12z3 + 10z

Question 21.
2a3 − 7a2 − 8a + 28

Question 22.
Show that x + 2 is a factor of f(x) = x4 + 2x3 − 27x − 54. Then factor f(x) completely.

Find all real solutions of the equation.

Question 23.
x3 + 3x2 − 10x − 24 = 0

Question 24.
x3 + 5x2 − 2x − 24 = 0

Write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the given zeros.

Question 25.
1, 2 − \(\sqrt{3}\)

Question 26.
2, 3, \(\sqrt{5}\)

Question 27.
−2, 5, 3 + \(\sqrt{6}\)

Question 28.
You use 240 cubic inches of clay to make a sculpture shaped as a rectangular prism. The width is 4 inches less than the length and the height is 2 inches more than three times the length. What are the dimensions of the sculpture? Justify your answer.

Write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the given zeros.

Question 29.
3, 1 + 2i

Question 30.
−1, 2, 4i

Question 31.
−5, −4, 1 −i\(\sqrt{3}\)

Determine the possible numbers of positive real zeros, negative real zeros, and imaginary zeros for the function.

Question 32.
f(x) = x4 − 10x + 8

Question 33.
f(x) = −6x4 − x3 + 3x2 + 2x + 18

Describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 34.
f(x) = x3, g(x) = (−x)3 + 2

Question 35.
f(x) = x4, g(x) = −(x + 9)4

Write a rule for g.

Question 36.
Let the graph of g be a horizontal stretch by a factor of 4, followed by a translation 3 units right and 5 units down of the graph of f(x) = x5 + 3x.

Question 37.
Let the graph of g be a translation 5 units up, followed by a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f(x) = x4 − 2x3 − 12.

Graph the function. Identify the x-intercepts and the points where the local maximums and local minimums occur. Determine the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing.

Question 38.
f(x) = −2x3 − 3x2 − 1

Question 39.
f(x) = x4 + 3x3 − x2 − 8x + 2

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.

Question 40.
f(x) = 2x3 + 3x

Question 41.
g(x) = 3x2 − 7

Question 42.
h(x) = x6 + 3x5

Question 43.
Write a cubic function whose graph passes through the points (−4, 0), (4, 0), (0, 6), and (2, 0).

Question 44.
Use finite differences to determine the degree of the polynomial function that fits the data. Then use technology to find the polynomial function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 206

Polynomial Functions Chapter Test

Write a polynomial function f of least degree that has rational coefficients, a leading coefficient of 1, and the given zeros.

Question 1.
3, 1 − \(\sqrt{2}\)

Question 2.
−2, 4, 3i

Find the product or quotient.

Question 3.
(x6 − 4)(x2 − 7x + 5)

Question 4.
(3x4 − 2x3 − x − 1) ÷ (x2 − 2x + 1)

Question 5.
(2x3 − 3x2 + 5x − 1) ÷ (x + 2)

Question 6.
(2x + 3)3

Question 7.
The graphs of f(x) = x4 and g(x) = (x − 3)4 are shown.
a. How many zeros does each function have? Explain.
b. Describe the transformation of f represented by g.
c. Determine the intervals for which the function g is increasing or decreasing.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 207

Question 8.
The volume V (in cubic feet) of an aquarium is modeled by the polynomial function V(x) = x3 + 2x2 − 13x + 10, where x is the length of the tank.
a. Explain how you know x = 4 is not a possible rational zero.
b. Show that x − 1 is a factor of V(x). Then factor V(x) completely.
c. Find the dimensions of the aquarium shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 208

Question 9.
One special product pattern is (a − b)2 = a2 − 2ab + b2. Using Pascal’s Triangle to expand (a − b)2 gives 1a2 + 2a(−b) + 1(−b)2. Are the two expressions equivalent? Explain.

Question 10.
Can you use the synthetic division procedure that you learned in this chapter to divide any two polynomials? Explain.

Question 11.
Let T be the number (in thousands) of new truck sales. Let C be the number (in thousands) of new car sales. During a 10-year period, T and C can be modeled by the following equations where t is time (in years).
T = 23t4 − 330t3 + 3500t2 − 7500t + 9000
C = 14t4 − 330t3 + 2400t2 − 5900t + 8900
a. Find a new model S for the total number of new vehicle sales.
b. Is the function S even, odd, or neither? Explain your reasoning.

Question 12.
Your friend has started a golf caddy business. The table shows the profits p (in dollars) of the business in the first 5 months. Use finite differences to find a polynomial model for the data. Then use the model to predict the profit after 7 months.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 209

Polynomial Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
The synthetic division below represents f(x) ÷ (x− 3). Choose a value for m so that x − 3 is a factor of f(x). Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 210

Question 2.
Analyze the graph of the polynomial function to determine the sign of the leading coefficient, the degree of the function, and the number of real zeros. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 211

Question 3.
Which statement about the graph of the equation 12(x− 6) = −( y + 4)2 is not true?
A. The vertex is (6, −4).
B. The axis of symmetry is y = −4.
C. The focus is (3, −4).
D. The graph represents a function.

Question 4.
A parabola passes through the point shown in the graph. The equation of the axis of symmetry is x = −a. Which of the given points could lie on the parabola? If the axis of symmetry was x = a, then which points could lie on the parabola? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 212

Question 5.
Select values for the function to model each transformation of the graph of f(x) = x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 213
a. The graph is a translation 2 units up and 3 units left.
b. The graph is a translation 2 units right and 3 units down.
c. The graph is a vertical stretch by a factor of 2, followed by a translation 2 units up.
d. The graph is a translation 3 units right and a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\), followed by a translation 4 units down.

Question 6.
The diagram shows a circle inscribed in a square. The area of the shaded region is21.5 square meters. To the nearest tenth of a meter, how long is each side of the square?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 214
A. 4.6 meters
B. 8.7 meters
C. 9.7 meters
D. 10.0 meters

Question 7.
Classify each function as even, odd, or neither. Justify your answer.
a. f(x) = 3x5
b. f(x) = 4x3 + 8x
c. f(x) = 3x5 + 12x2+ 1
d. f(x) = 2x4
e. f(x) = x11 − x7
f. f(x) = 2x8 + 4x4 + x2 − 5

Question 8.
The volume of the rectangular prism shown is given by V = 2x3 + 7x2 − 18x − 63. Which polynomial represents the area of the base of the prism?
A. 2x2 + x − 21
B. 2x2 + 21 − x
C. 13x + 21 + 2x2
D. 2x2 − 21 − 13x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 4 Polynomial Functions 215

Question 9.
The number R (in tens of thousands) of retirees receiving Social Security benefits is represented by the function R = 0.286t3 − 4.68t2 + 8.8t + 403, 0 ≤ t ≤ 10
where t represents the number of years since 2000. Identify any turning points on the given interval. What does a turning point represent in this situation?

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays: Free Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays Pdf here. Get step by step solution to all the concepts of Stem-and-Leaf Plots, Histograms, Shapes of Distributions, Choosing Appropriate Measures, and so on. Download Answer Key of Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays Pdf for free of cost.

Start your preparation with the given material and know-how to manage your time and your strengths and weaknesses. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Data Displays problems will help you to score more marks in the exam. Follow the below sections to get the detailed material and concepts of data displays.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays

Do you wanna master in data displays concept? It requires a lot of preparation and dedication to get perfect in this concept. To master this concept, you have to check BIM Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays pdf. With the help of this article, you can easily prepare the timetable.

If you prepare the timetable, you can easily know the time available to cover each chapter of the concept. There are several chapters involved in this concept. Make use of the Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Solution Key which acts as a teacher for you in your complete preparation. Follow the Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays and overcome your weaknesses.

Performance Task

Lesson 1 – Stem-and-Leaf Plots

Lesson 2 – Histograms

Lesson 3 – Shapes of Distributions

Lesson 4 – Choosing Appropriate Measures

Lesson 5 – Box-and-Whisker Plots

Data Displays

Data Displays STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video
Choosing a Dog
Different animals grow at different rates. Given a group of puppies, describe an experiment that you can perform to compare their growth rates. Describe a real-life situation where knowing an animal’s growth rate can be useful.

Watch the STEAM Video “Choosing a Dog.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Using Alex and Tony’s stem-and-leaf plots below, describe the weights of most dogs at 3 months of age and 6 months of age.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 1

Answer:
Weight of dogs at 3 months:
29, 34, 40, 40, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 48, 53
Weight of dogs at 6 months:
57, 58, 61, 61, 63, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 67, 73
2. Make predictions about how the stem-and-leaf plot will look after 9 months and after 1 year.
Weight of dogs at 9 months
77, 78, 81, 81, 83, 84, 85, 85, 85, 86, 87, 91
Weight of dogs at 1 year
87, 88, 89, 93, 94, 95, 95, 95, 95, 96, 97, 99

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 2
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given names, breeds, and weights of full-grown dogs at a shelter.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 3
You will use a data display to make conclusions about the sizes of dogs at the shelter. Why might someone be interested in knowing the sizes of dogs at a shelter?

Answer:
Because they need time to adjust.
You can buy the dog shelter based on the height and weight of the dogs.

Data Displays Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
Work with a partner. A famous data set was collected in Scotland in the mid-1800s. It contains the chest sizes(in inches) of 5738 men in the Scottish Militia.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 4
1. Describe the shape of the bar graph shown above.

Answer: The shape of the above graph is Histogram.

2. Which of the following data sets have a bar graph that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above? Assume the sample is selected randomly from the population. Explain your reasoning.
a. the heights of 500 women
b. the ages of 500 dogs
c. the last digit of 500 phone numbers
d. the weights of 500 newborn babies

Answer: The last digit of 500 phone numbers is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above.

3. Describe two other real-life data sets, one that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above and one that is not.

Answer: The height of 500 students in the school and age of students in the classroom.

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
stem-and-leaf plot
box-and-whisker plot
frequency table
five-number summary

Answer:
i. stem-and-leaf plot: A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.
ii. A box and whisker plot—also called a box plot—displays the five-number summary of a set of data. The five-number summary is the minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum. In a box plot, we draw a box from the first quartile to the third quartile. A vertical line goes through the box at the median.
iii. In statistics, a frequency distribution is a list, table, or graph that displays the frequency of various outcomes in a sample. Each entry in the table contains the frequency or count of the occurrences of values within a particular group or interval.
iv. The five-number summary is a set of descriptive statistics that provides information about a dataset.

Lesson 10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots

EXPLORATION 1

Making a Data Display
Workwith a partner. The list below gives the ages of women when they became first ladies of the United States.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 1
a. The incomplete data display shows the ages of the first ladies in the left column of the list above. What do the numbers on the left represent? What do the numbers on the right represent?
b. This data display is called a stem-and-leaf plot. What numbers do you think represent the stems? leaves? Explain your reasoning.
c. Complete the stem-and-leaf plot using the remaining ages.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.1-1
The tens place represents the stem and the ones place represents the leaf.
d. REASONING
Write a question about the ages of first ladies that is easier to answer using a stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot.
Answer: Make the stem and leaf plot to find the ages of the first ladies.
By using the above data you can make the stem and leaf plot easily.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 2

Key Idea
Stem-and-Leaf Plots
A stem-and-leaf plot uses the digits of data values to organize a data set. Each data value is broken into a stem(digit or digits on the left) and a leaf(digit or digits on the right).
A stem-and-leaf plot shows how data are distributed.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 4

EXAMPLE 1

Making a Stem-and-Leaf Plot
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 5
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the lengths of the 12 phone calls.
Step 1: Order the data.
2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 14, 18, 23, 23, 30, 36, 55
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 2 to 55, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 6

Try It
Question 1.
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the hair lengths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 7
Answer:
Step 1: Order the data.
1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 7, 12, 20, 23, 27, 30, 32, 33, 38, 40, 44, 47
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 1 to 47, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_5

EXAMPLE 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 8
The stem-and-leaf plot shows student quiz scores. (a) How many students scored less than 8 points? (b) How many students scored at least 9 points? (c) How are the data distributed?
a. There are five scores less than 8 points:
6.6, 7.0, 7.5, 7.7, and 7.8.
Five students scored less than 8 points.10
b. There are four scores of at least 9 points:
9.0, 9.2, 9.9, and 10.0.
Four students scored at least 9 points.
c. There are few low quiz scores and few high quiz scores. So, most of the scores are in the middle, from 8.1 to 8.9 points.

Try It
Question 2.
Use the grading scale at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 9
a. How many students received a B on the quiz?
Answer: There are 9 students who received a B on the quiz.
b. How many students received a C on the quiz?
Answer: There are 4 students who received a C on the quiz.

Self – Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data values 14, 22, 9, 13, 30, 8, 25, and 29.
Answer:
The ones represent the leaf and the tens place represent the stem.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_6

Question 4.
WRITING
How does a stem-and-leaf plot show the distribution of a data set?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 10
Answer:
02, 03, 1, 21, 26, 30, 34, 36, 44, 45, 48, 48, 49

Explanation:
A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.

Question 5.
REASONING
Consider the stem-and-leaf plot shown.
a. How many data values are at most 10?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at most 10.
The data values less than or equal to 10 are 3.
b. How many data values are at least 30?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at least 30.
The data values of less than 30 are 5.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer: The data is distributed according to the stem and leaf plot. The tens place is given to the stem and the ones place is given to the leaf.

Question 6.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you display data whose values range from 82 through 129 in a stem-and-leaf plot?
Answer:
Given data range from 82 to 129
Considering 9 random values between 82 and 129.
From the data 86, 91, 93, 100, 107, 109, 113, 122, 124, stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
86 is split into 8 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
91 is split into 9 (stem) and 1 (leaf)
93 is split into 9 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
100 is split into 10 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
107 is split into 10 (stem) and 7 (leaf)
109 is split into 10 (stem) and 9 (leaf)
113 is split into 11 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
122 is split into 12 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
124 is split into 12 (stem) and 4 (leaf)

Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_7

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the heights of several houseplants. Use the data to answer the question, “What is a typical height of a houseplant?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 11
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data. Use the measure that best represents the data to answer the statistical question.
Mean: \(\frac{162}{15}\) = 10.8
Median: 11
Mode: 11
The mean is slightly less than the median and mode, but all three measures can be used to represent the data.
So, the typical height of a houseplant is about 11 inches.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 12
Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes to conduct the following experiment. Then use a stem-and-leaf plot to organize your results and describe the distribution of the data.
• Toss the cubes and find the product of the resulting numbers. Record your results.
• Repeat this process 30 times.
Answer:
From the data 15,4,6,30,6,8,36,12,12,6,6,4,15,10,4,2,20,3,15,6,4,6,3,10,3,20,4,12,4,20.
Stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
30 is split into 3 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
08 is split into 0 (stem) and 8 (leaf)
36 is split into 3 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
10 is split into 1 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
02 is split into 0 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
Big ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 8.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of several puppies at a pet store. Use the data to answer the question, “How much does a puppy at the pet store weigh?
Answer:
We can use the mean of the data. To find the mean, add the data then divide the sum of the number of data
(8+12+15+17+18+24+24+31)/8 = 149/8 = 18.625
To the nearest pound, a puppy weighs about 19 pounds

Stem-and-Leaf Plots Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 1.
8, 6, 8, 5, 3, 10, 11, 5, 7
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
3, 5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 10, 11
We find the mean of the data
mean = (3 + 5 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 8 + 10 + 11)/9
mean = 7

Question 2.
55, 46, 39, 62, 55, 51, 48, 60, 39, 45
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
39, 39, 45, 46, 48, 51, 55, 55, 60, 62
We find the mean of the data
mean = (39 + 39 + 45 + 46 + 48 + 51 + 55 + 55 + 60 + 62)/10
mean = 50

Question 3.
37, 54, 41, 18, 28, 32
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
18, 28, 32, 37, 41, 54
We find the mean of the data
mean = (18+28+32+37+41+54)/6
mean = 35

Question 4.
12, 25, 8, 22, 6, 1, 10, 4
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in ascending order.
1, 4, 6, 8, 10,12, 22, 25
mean = (1+ 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 22 + 25)/8
mean = 11

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.
Question 5.
5(n + 8)
Answer: 5n + 40

Explanation:
5(n + 8) = 5 × n + 5 × 8
5n + 40

Question 6.
7(y – 6)
Answer: 7y – 42

Explanation:
7(y – 6) = 7 × y – 7 × 6
7y – 42

Question 8.
14(2b + 3)
Answer: 28b + 42

Explanation:
14(2b + 3) = 14 × 2b + 14 × 3
28b + 42

Question 9.
11(9 + s)
Answer: 99 + 11s

Explanation:
11(9 + s) = 11 × 9 + 11 × s
99 + 11s

Solve the equation.
Question 9.
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
Answer: 16

Explanation:
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
p = 8 × 2
p = 16

Question 10.
28 = 6g
Answer: 4.66

Explanation:
28 = 6g
g = 28/6 = 4.66
Thus g = 4.66

Question 11.
3d ÷ 4 = 9
Answer: 12

Explanation:
3d ÷ 4 = 9
3d = 9 × 4
3d = 36
d = 36/3
d = 12
Thus d = 12

Question 12.
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
Answer:

Explanation:
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
10 × 3 = 2z
2z = 30
z = 30/2
z = 15
So, z = 15

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REASONING
Write a question that is easier to answer using the stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot. (See Exploration 1, p. 457.)
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 13
Answer:
Make a stem leaf plot to find the number of customers who visit your shop.
12, 13, 16, 17, 20, 21, 21, 23, 23, 28, 28, 32, 33, 34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 39, 39, 40, 41, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 49

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 14
Answer:
Make the stem leaf plot to find the number of text messages you received per hour.
40, 40, 42, 46, 46, 49, 51, 51, 53, 53, 57, 57, 57, 59, 59, 59, 61, 62, 62, 65, 65, 66, 67, 68, 68, 70, 72, 72, 73, 74.

MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 15
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 16
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 17
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 18
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 19
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 20
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a stem-and-leaf plot of the data. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 21
51, 25, 47, 42, 55, 26, 50, 44, 55
Answer: your friend is correct

Explanation:
In stem and leaf plot the tens place represent stem and the ones place represent the leaf.

MODELING REAL LIFE
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the numbers of confirmed cases of a virus in 15 countries.
Question 22.
How many of the countries have more than 60 confirmed cases?
Answer: 6 countries

Explanation:
By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the number of cases more than 60.
The number of leaf represents the number of countries.
62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97.
Thus there are 6 countries that have more than 60 confirmed cases.

Question 23.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Answer:
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
In its simplest mathematical definition regarding data sets, the mean used is the arithmetic mean, also referred to as mathematical expectation, or average.
Mean:
mean = (41+41+43+43+45+50+52+53+54+62+63+63+67+75+97)/15
mean = 56.6
Median:
In the odd cases where there are only two data samples or there is an even number of samples where all the values are the same, the mean and median will be the same.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
So, the median of the given data is 53.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
mode = 41, 43, 63 (Repeated 2 times)

Question 24.
How are the data distributed?
Answer:
The distribution of a data set is the shape of the graph when all possible values are plotted on a frequency graph. Usually, we are not able to collect all the data for our variable of interest.

Question 25.
Which data value is an outlier? Describe how the outlier affects the mean.
Answer:
Outliers affect the mean value of the data but have little effect on the median or mode of a given set of data.
Example: A student receives a zero on a quiz and subsequently. has the following scores: 0, 70, 70, 80, 85, 90, 90, 90, 95, 100. Outlier: 0.

Question 26.
REASONING
Each stem-and-leaf plot below has a mean of 39. Without calculating, determine which stem-and-leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 23
Answer:
i. 23, 27, 30, 32, 36, 39, 41, 42, 45, 48, 51, 54
Mean = (23+27+30+32+36+39+41+42+45+48+51+54)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 7.833
ii. 22, 24, 25, 28, 29, 33, 38, 45, 53, 56, 57, 58
Mean = (22+24+25+28+29+33+38+45+53+56+57+58)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 12.333
Thus the first stem and leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation.

Question 27.
DIG DEEPER!
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the daily high temperatures (in degrees Fahrenheit) for the first 15 days of June.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 24
a. When you include the daily high temperatures for the rest of the month, the mean absolute deviation increases. Draw a stem-and-leaf plot that could represent all of the daily high temperatures for the month.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_6
b. Use your stem-and-leaf plot from part(a) to answer the question, “What is a typical daily high temperature in June?”
Answer: 89°F is the high temperature in the month of June.

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
The back-to-back stem-and-leaf plot shows the 9-hole golf scores for two golfers. Only one of the golfers can compete in a tournament as your teammate. Use measures of center and measures of variation to support choosing either golfer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 25
Answer:
The scores of Rich are
35, 37, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 48
The scores of Will are
42, 43, 44, 44, 46, 47, 47, 48, 49
Will can compete in the tournament.

Lesson 10.2 Histograms

EXPLORATION 1

Performing an Experiment
Work with a partner.
a. Make the airplane shown from a single sheet of 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) by-11-inch paper. Then design and make your own paper airplane.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 1
b. PRECISION
Fly each airplane 20 times. Keep track of the distance flown each time. Specify Units. What units will you use to measure the distance flown? Will the units you use affect the results in your frequency table? Explain.
c. A frequency table groups data values into intervals. The frequency is the number of values in an interval. Use a frequency table to organize the results for each airplane.
d. MODELING Represent the data in the frequency tables graphically. Which airplane flies farther? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 3

Key Idea
Histograms
p. 463 frequency, A histogram is a bar graph that shows the frequencies of data values in intervals of the same size.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 4
The height of a bar represents the frequency of the values in the interval.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Histogram
The frequency table shows the numbers of laps that people in a swimming class completed today. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 5
Step 1: Draw and label the axes.
Step 2: Draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 6

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the ages of people riding a roller coaster. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 7
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answers Chapter 10 Data Displays img_21

EXAMPLE 2
Using a Histogram
The histogram shows winning speeds at the Daytona 500.
(a) Which interval contains the most data values?
(b) How many of the winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour?
(c) How many of the winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8.1
a. The interval with the tallest bar contains the most data values.
So, the 150−159 miles per hour interval contains the most data values.
b. One winning speed is in the 120−129 miles per hour interval, and eight winning speeds are in the 130−139 miles per hour interval.
So, 1 + 8 = 9 winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour.
c. Eight winning speeds are in the 160−169 miles per hour interval, and five winning speeds are in the 170−179 miles per hour interval.
So, 8 + 5 =13 winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour.

Try It
Question 2.
The histogram shows the numbers of hours that students in a class slept last night.
a. How many students slept at least 8 hours?
b. How many students slept less than 12 hours?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8

Answer:

A. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 12 to 15 hours is 3.
The total number of students who slept for atleast 8 hours is 8.

B. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 4 to 7 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 0 to 3 hours is 2.
Thus the number of students who slept for less than 12 hours is 8 + 8 + 2 = 18 students

EXAMPLE 3
Comparing Data Displays
The data displays show how many push-ups students in a class completed for a physical fitness test. Which data display can you use to find how many students are in the class? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 9
You can use the histogram because it shows the number of students in each interval. The sum of these values represents the number of students in the class. You cannot use the circle graph because it does not show the number of students in each interval.

Try It
Question 3.
Which data display should you use to describe the portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups? Explain.
Answer: You should use the percentage of the number of students in the interval of 30-39 to find the completed push-ups.
The portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups is 24%

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal
Question 4.
MAKING A HISTOGRAM
The table shows the numbers of siblings of students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 10
a. Display the data in a histogram.b. Explain how you chose reasonable intervals for your histogram in part
Answer:

Question 5.
NUMBER SENSE
Can you find the range and the interquartile range of the data in the histogram? If so, find them. If you cannot find them, explain why not.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 11
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life made using the data displays in Example 3?
A. Twelve percent of the class completed 9 push-ups.
B. Five students completed at least 10 and at most 19 push-ups.
C. At least one student completed more than 39 push-ups.
D. Less than \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the class completed 30 or more push-ups.
The circle graph shows that12% completed 0−9 push-ups, but you cannot determine how many completed exactly 9. So, Statement A cannot be made.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 12
In the histogram, the bar height for the 10−19 interval is 5, and the bar height for the 40−49 interval is 1. So, Statements B and C can be made.
The circle graph shows that24% completed 30−39 push-ups, and 4% completed 40−49 push-ups. So, 24% + 4% =28% completed 30 or more push-ups. Because \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 25% and 28% > 25%, Statement D cannot be made.
The correct answers are A and D.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 13
Question 6.
The histogram shows the numbers of rebounds per game for a middle school basketball player in a season.
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. 54 How many games did the player play during the season?
c. In what percent of the games did the player have 4 or more rebounds?
Answer:

Question 7.
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the histogram in the previous exercise.Explain.Rebounds
a. The basketball player had 2 rebounds in 6 different games.
b. The basketball player had more than 1 rebound in 9 different games
Answer:

Histograms Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Find the percent of the number.
Question 3.
25% of 180
Answer: 45

Explanation:
25% = 25/100
25/100 × 180
We get 45
So, 25% of 180 is 45.

Question 4.
30% of 90
Answer: 27

Explanation:
30% = 30/100
30/100 × 90 = 27
So, 30% of 90 is 27

Question 5.
16% of 140
Answer: 22.4

Explanation:
16% = 16/100
16/100 × 140 = 22.4
So, 16% of 140 is 22.4

Question 6.
64% of 807.
Answer: 516.48

Explanation:
64% = 64/100
64/100 × 807 = 516.48
So, 64% of 807 is 516.48

Question 7.
What is the least common multiple of 7 and 12?
A. 28
B. 42
C. 84
D. 168
Answer: 84

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 7:
7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49, 56, 63, 70, 77, 84, 91, 98
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108
Therefore,
LCM(7, 12) = 84
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
MAKING A FREQUENCY TABLE Organize the data using a frequency table. (See Exploration 1, p. 463.)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 16
Answer:

BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 17
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

MAKING A HISTOGRAM Display the data in a histogram.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 18
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 19
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 20
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 21
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_18

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 22
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 23
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_20

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend displays the data in a histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 24
Answer: yes your friend is correct.
The frequency table matches the histogram.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The histogram shows the numbers of magazines read last month by the students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 25
a. Which interval contains the fewest data values?
Answer: The interval 4-5 has the fewest data values.
b. How many students are in the class?
Answer:
0-1 = 2
2-3 = 15
4-5 = 0
6-7 = 3
2 + 15 + 3 = 20
c. What percent of the students read fewer than six magazines?
Answer: By seeing the above histogram we can say that 25% of the students read fewer than six magazines.

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend interprets the histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 26
Answer:
Compare your friend with the above histogram.
By seeing the above histogram we can say that it took 12 seconds to download songs.
So, your friend is correct.

Question 19.
REASONING
The histogram shows the percent of the voting-age population in each state who voted in a presidential election. Explain whether the graph supports each statement.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 27
a. Only 40% of one state voted.
b. In most states, between 50% and 64.9% voted.
c. The mode of the data is between 55% and 59.9%
Answer:

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The histograms show the areas of counties in Pennsylvania and Indiana. Which state do you think has the greater area? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 28
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The data displays show how many pounds of garbage apartment residents produced in 1 week. Which data display can you use to find how many residents produced more than 25 pounds of garbage? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 29
Answer:

Question 22.
REASONING
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the data displays in Exercise 21. Explain your reasoning.
a. One resident produced 10 pounds of garbage.
b. Twelve residents produced between 20 and 29 pounds of garbage.
Answer:

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the lengths of some whales in a marine sanctuary.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 30
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 51−55.
b. Make another histogram of the data using a different-sized interval.
c. Compare and contrast the two histograms.
Answer:

Question 24.
LOGIC
Can you find the mean or the median of the data in Exercise 17? Explain.
Answer:

Lesson 10.3 Shapes of Distributions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 1

EXPLORATION
Describing Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner. The lists show the first three digits and last four digits of several phone numbers in the contact list of a cell phone.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 2
a. Compare and contrast the distribution of the last digit of each phone number to the distribution of the first digit of each phone number. Describe the shapes of the distributions.
b. Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table below. Compare it to the distributions in part(a).
Answer:

You can use dot plots and histograms to identify shapes of distributions.

Key Ideas
Symmetric and Skewed Distributions
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 3

EXAMPLE 1
Describing Shapes of Distributions

Describe the shape of each distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 4

Try It
Question 1.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 5
Answer:
BIM 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_4
A symmetric distribution has a graph in which the left side is a mirror image of the right side.
A skewed distribution has a graph in which a “tail” extends to the left and most data are on the right OR a “tail” extends to the right and most data are on the left.

EXAMPLE 2
Describing the Shape of a Distribution
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a comedy in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Then describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 6
Draw and label the axes. Then draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Most of the data are on the right, and the tail extends to the left.
So, the distribution is skewed left.
Answer:
For a distribution that is skewed right, the tail extends to the right and most of the data are on the left side of the graph.

Try It
Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a historical movie in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 7
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
WRITING
Explain in your own words what it means for a distribution to be (a) skewed left, (b) symmetric, and (c) skewed right.
Answer:

Question 4.
DESCRIBING A DISTRIBUTION
Display the data shown in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 8
Answer:

Question 5.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which histogram does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 9
Answer:

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The histogram shows the ages of people watching an animated movie in the same theater as in Example 2. Which movie has an older audience?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 10
Understand the problem
You are given histograms that display the ages of people watching two movies. You are asked to determine which movie has an older audience.

Make a plan
Use the intervals and distributions of the data to determine which movie has an older audience.

Solve and check
The intervals in the histograms are the same. Most of the data for the animated movie are on the left, while most of the data for the comedy are on the right. This means that the people watching the comedy are generally older than the people watching the animated movie.

So, the comedy has an older audience.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 11
Check Reasonableness
The movies have similar attendance. However,only4 people watching the comedy are 17 or under. A total of 35 people watching the animated movie are 17 or under. So, it is reasonable to conclude that the comedy has an older audience.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 6.
The frequency table shows the numbers of visitors each day to parks in Aurora and Grover in one month. Which park generally has more daily visitors? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 12
Answer:

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency tables below show the ages of guests on two cruises. Can you make accurate comparisons of the ages of the guests? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 13
Answer:

Shapes of Distributions Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_1
On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 15
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_2

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_3

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Write a unit rate for the situation.
Question 4.
$200 per 8 days
Answer:
200/8 = 25
Thus $25 per day.

Question 5.
60 kilometers for every 1.5 hours
Answer:
Your average speed is 60 km per 1.5 hours.
60/1.5 = 40 km/hr

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table. (See Exploration 1, p. 471.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 17
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 18
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 16, 16, 16.

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 19
Answer: 25, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 30, 30, 30

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 20
Answer:

15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 21

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 21
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 22
Answer:

Question 12.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the years of experience for the medical states in Jones County and Pine County. Display the data for each county in a histogram. Which county’s medical state has less experience? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 23
Answer:

Question 13.
REASONING
What is the shape of the distribution of the restaurant waiting times? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 24
Answer:

Question 14.
LOGIC
Are all distributions either approximately symmetric or skewed? Explain. If not, give an example.
Answer:

Question 15.
REASONING
Can you use a stem-and-leaf plot to describe the shape of a distribution? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the donation amounts received by a charity in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 25
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–14. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. A company adds $5 to each donation. Make another histogram starting with the same interval as in part(a). Compare the shape of this distribution with the distribution in part(a). Explain any differences in the distributions.
Answer:

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe the shape of the distribution of each bar graph. Match the letters A, B, and C with the mean, the median, and the mode of each data set. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 26
Answer:

Lesson 10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures

EXPLORATION 1
Using Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner.
In Section 10.3 Exploration 1(a), you described the distribution of the first digits of the numbers at the right. In Exploration 1(b), you described the distribution of the data set below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 1
What do you notice about the measures of center, measures of variation, and the shapes of the distributions? Explain.
b. Which measure of center best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 2
c. which measures best describe the data. Which measure of variation best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set.e shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use.

Key Idea

Choosing Appropriate Measures
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) uses the mean in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is symmetric,
• use the mean to describe the center and
• use the MAD to describe the variation.

The interquartile range (IQR) uses quartiles in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is skewed,
• use the median to describe the center and
• use the IQR to describe the variation.

EXAMPLE 1
Choosing Appropriate Measures
The frequency table shows the number of states that border each state in the United States. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 3
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
The left side of the graph is approximately a mirror image of the right side of the graph. The distribution is symmetric.
So, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the gas mileages of several motorcycles made by a company. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 4
Answer:
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

EXAMPLE 2
Describing a Data Set
The dot plot shows the average numbers of hours students in a class sleep each night. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 5
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 9, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 8.5 hours. The first quartile is 7.5, and the third quartile is 9. So, the interquartile range is 9 − 7.5 = 1.5 hours.
The data are centered around 8.5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 1.5 hours.

Try It
Question 2.
The dot plot shows the numbers of hours people spent at the gym last week. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 6
Answer:
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 6, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 5 hours. The first quartile is 2, and the third quartile is 4.
So, the interquartile range is 4 – 2 = 2 hours
The data are centered around 5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 2 hours.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
OPEN-ENDED
Construct a dot plot for which the mean is the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the distribution.
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Explain your reasoning. Then find the measures you chose.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 7
Answer:
20, 28, 32, 32, 36, 36, 40, 40, 40, 40, 44, 44, 44, 48
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 32
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 44
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 40.
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 44 – 32
IQR = 12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 8
Answer:
8, 10, 10, 12, 12, 12, 14, 14, 14, 14, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 20
8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 12
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 16
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 14
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 16 – 12
IQR = 4

Question 6.
WRITING
Explain why the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of a data set are determined by the shape of the distribution.
Answer:
You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set. The shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use. The dot plot shows the average number of hours students in a class sleep each night.

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
Two baskets each have16 envelopes with money inside, as shown in the tables. How much does a typical envelope in each basket contain? Why might a person want to pick from Basket B instead of Basket A?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 9
In each graph, the left side is a mirror image of the right side. Because both distributions are symmetric, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The mean of each data set is \(\frac{800}{16}\) = $50. The MAD of Basket A is \(\frac{320}{16}\) = $20, and the MAD of Basket B is \(\frac{120}{16}\) = $7.50. So, Basket A has more variability.

A typical envelope in each basket contains about $50. A person may choose from Basket B instead of Basket A because there is less variability. This means it is more likely to get an amount near $50 by choosing an envelope from Basket B than by choosing an envelope from Basket A.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 7.
Why might a person want to pick from Basket A instead of Basket B in Example 3? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 8.
In a video game, two rooms each have 12 treasure chests containing gold coins. The tables show the numbers of coins in each chest. You pick one chest and are rewarded with the coins inside. From which room would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 10
Answer:

Question 9.
Create a dot plot of the numbers of pets that students in your class own. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Answer:

Choosing Appropriate Measures Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 11
Answer:
Order the data
5, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 8, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10, 10
The shape of the distribution for the above dot plot is
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.4-11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 12
Answer:

Find the median, first quartile, third quartile, and interquartile range of the data.
Question 3.
68, 74, 67, 72, 63, 70, 78, 64, 76
Answer:
Order the data
63, 64, 67, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78
The median is nothing but the average value of the data.
70 is the average of the data values.
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 70.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 65.5
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 75
Interquartile Range IQR = 9.5
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.

Question 4.
39, 48, 33, 24, 30, 44, 36, 41, 28, 53
Answer:
Order the data
24, 28, 30, 33, 36, 39, 41, 44, 48, 53
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.
Median is (36+39)/2 = 37.5
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 37.5
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 30
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 44
Interquartile Range IQR = 14
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) ÷ 2
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)
\(\frac{22}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{22}{10}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{22}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer: 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{41}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{328}{56}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{328}{56}\) = 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Question 7.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{7}\)
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{17}{7}\)
1\(\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{7}\)
\(\frac{17}{7}\) ÷ \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{119}{56}\)
Simplify the fraction
\(\frac{119}{56}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer: \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{15}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Find the mean and the median of the data set. Which measure of center best describes the data set? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 477.)
Question 9.
9, 3, 7, 7, 9, 2, 8, 9, 6, 7, 8, 9
Answer:

Question 10.
24, 25, 27, 27, 23, 29, 26, 26, 26, 25, 28
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 13
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 14
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 15
Answer:

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 16
Answer:

Question 15.
DESCRIBING DATA SETS
Describe the centers and the variations of the data sets in Exercises 11 and 12.
Answer:

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the numbers of eggs laid by several octopi. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 17
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The dot plot shows the vertical jump heights (in inches) of several professional athletes. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 18
Answer:

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation where the median and the interquartile range are likely the best measures of center and variation to describe the data. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a board game in which you draw from one of two piles of cards. Each card has a number that says how many spaces you will move your piece forward on the game board. The tables show the numbers on the cards in each pile. From which pile would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 19
Answer:

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency table shows the numbers of words that several students can form in 1 minute using the letters P, S, E, D, A. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and variation? Can you find the exact values of the measures of center and variation for the data? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 20
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
A bag contains 20 vouchers that can be redeemed for different numbers of tokens at an arcade, as shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 21
a. Find the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the data set.
b. You randomly select a voucher from the bag. How many tokens are you most likely to receive? Explain.
c. Are your answers in parts (a) and (b) the same? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Lesson 10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots

EXPLORATION 1
Drawing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Work with a partner. Each student in a sixth-grade class is asked to choose a number from 1 to 20. The results are shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 1
a. The box-and-whisker plot below represents the data set. Which part represents the box? the whiskers? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 2
b. What does each of the five plotted points represent?
c. In your own words, describe what a box-and-whisker plot is and what it tells you about a data set.
d. Conduct a survey in your class. Have each student write a number from 1 to 20 on a piece of paper. Collect all of the data and draw a box-and-whisker plot that represents the data. Compare the data with the box-and-whisker plot in part(a).
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3.1

Key Idea
Box-and-Whisker Plot
A box-and-whisker plot represents a data set along a number line by using the least value, the greatest value, and the quartiles of the data. A box-and-whisker plot shows the variability of a data set.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3
The five numbers that make up the box-and-whisker plot are called the five-number summary of the data set.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages(in years) of the spider monkeys at a zoo.
15, 20, 14, 38, 30, 36, 30, 30, 27, 26, 33, 35
Step 1: Order the data. Find the quartiles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 4
Step 2: Draw a number line that includes the least and greatest values. Graph points above the number line that represent the five-number summary.
Step 3: Draw a box using the quartiles. Draw a line through the median. Draw whiskers from the box to the least and the greatest values.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 5
Answer:

Try It
Question 1.
A group of friends spent 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 3, 6, 1, 0, 1, 2, and 2 hours online last night.Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Answer:

The figure shows how data are distributed in a box-and-whisker plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 6

EXAMPLE 2
Analyzing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
The box-and-whisker plot shows the body mass index (BMI) of a sixth-grade class.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 7
a. What fraction of the students have a BMI of at least 22?
The right whisker represents students who have a BMI of at least 22.
So, about \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the students have a BMI of at least 22.
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
The right whisker is longer than the left whisker.
So, the data are more spread out above the third quartile than below the first quartile.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
interquartile range = third quartile − first quartile
= 22 – 19 = 3
So, the middle half of the students’ BMIsvaries by no more than 3.

Try It
Question 2.
The box-and-whisker plot shows the heights of the roller coasters at an amusement park.
(a) What fraction of the roller coasters are between 120 feet tall and 220 feet tall?
(b) Are the data more spread out below or above the median? Explain.
(c) Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 8
Answer:

A box-and-whisker plot also shows the shape of a distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 9

EXAMPLE 3
Identifying Shapes of Distributions
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the life spans of crocodiles and alligators at a zoo. Identify the shape of the distribution of the lifespans of alligators.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 10
For alligator life spans, the whisker lengths are equal. The median is in the middle of the box. The left side of the box-and-whisker plot is a mirror image of the right side of the box-and-whisker plot.
So, the distribution is symmetric.
Answer:

Try It
Question 3.
Identify the shape of the distribution of the life spans of crocodiles.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 4.
VOCABULARY
Explain how to find the five-number summary of a data set.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. Identify the shape of the distribution.
Question 5.
Ticket prices (dollars): 39, 42, 40, 47, 38, 39, 44, 55, 44, 58, 45
Answer:

Question 6.
Number of sit-ups: 20, 20, 23, 25, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38
Answer:

Question 7.
NUMBER SENSE
In a box-and-whisker plot, what fraction of the data is greater than the first quartile?
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the prices of snowboards at two stores.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 11
a. Which store’s prices are more spread out? Explain. Both boxes appear to be the same length. So, the interquartile range of each data set is equal. The range of the prices in Store B, however, is greater than the range of the prices in Store A.
So, the prices in Store B are more spread out.
b. Which store’s prices are generally higher? Explain.
For Store A,the distribution is symmetric with about one-half of the prices above $300.
For Store B, the distribution is skewed right with about three-fourths of the prices above $300.
So, the prices in Store B are generally higher.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 8.
The tables at the left show the test scores of two sixth-grade achievement tests. The same group of students took both tests. The students took one test in the fall and the other in the spring.
a. Analyze each distribution. Then compare and contrast the test results.
b. Which table likely represents the results of which test? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 12
Answer:

Question 9.
Make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the boys in your class. Then make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the girls in your class. Compare and contrast the distributions.
Answer:

Box-and-Whisker Plots Homework & Practice 10.5

Review & Refresh

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 13
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 14
Answer:

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 15
Answer: –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The least common denominator (LCD) is 12
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Now compare the fractions
–\(\frac{8}{12}\) >-\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Thus we can say that –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 16
Answer: -2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
Rewriting these inputs as fractions:
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{11}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{13}{6}\)
The LCM is 30
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD
\(\frac{11}{5}\) = \(\frac{66}{30}\)
\(\frac{13}{6}\) = \(\frac{65}{30}\)
– \(\frac{66}{30}\) < – \(\frac{65}{30}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 17
Answer: -5.3 > -5.5

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The smallest number with the negative sign will be the greater number
Thus -5.3 > -5.5

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 6.
42 + 14
Answer

Question 7.
12x – 18
Answer:

Question 8.
28n + 20
Answer:

Question 9.
60g – 25h
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING DATA Compare the data in the box-and-whisker plots. (See Exploration 1, p. 483.)
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 18
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 19
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 12.
Ages of teachers (in years): 30, 62, 26, 35, 45, 22, 49, 32, 28, 50, 42, 35
Answer:

Question 13.
Quiz scores: 8, 12, 9, 10, 12, 8, 5, 9, 7, 10, 8, 9, 11
Answer:

Question 14.
Donations (in dollars): 10, 30, 5, 15, 50, 25, 5, 20, 15, 35, 10, 30, 20
Answer:

Question 15.
Science test scores: 85, 76, 99, 84, 92, 95, 68, 100, 93, 88, 87, 85
Answer:

Question 16.
Shoe sizes: 12, 8.5, 9, 10, 9, 11, 11.5, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10.5, 8
Answer:

Question 17.
Ski lengths (in centimeters): 180, 175, 205, 160, 210, 175, 190, 205, 190, 160, 165, 195
Answer:

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a box-and-whisker plot for the data shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 20
2, 6, 4, 3, 7, 4, 6, 9, 6, 8, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The numbers of days 12 friends went camping during the summer are 6, 2, 0, 10, 3, 6, 6, 4, 12, 0, 6, and 2. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. What is the range of the data?
Answer:

Question 20.
ANALYZING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
The box-and-whisker plot represents the numbers of gallons of water needed to fill different types of dunk tanks offered by a company.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 21
a. What fraction of the dunk tanks requires at least 500 gallons of water?
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The box-and-whisker plot represents the heights (in meters) of the tallest buildings in Chicago.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 22
a. What percent of the buildings are no taller than 345 meters?
b. Is there more variability in the heights above 345 meters or below 260.5 meters? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
The numbers of spots on several frogs in a jungle are shown in the dot plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 23
a. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
b. Compare the dot plot and the box-and-whisker plot. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of each data display.
Answer:

SHAPES OF BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOTS
Identify the shape of the distribution. Explain.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 24
Answer:

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 25
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 26
Answer:

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 27
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the start times of recess for classes at two schools.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 28
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.
b. Which school’s start times for recess are more spread out? Explain.
c. You randomly pick one class from each school. Which class is more likely to have recess before lunch? Explain.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 28.
Temperatures (in °C): 15, 11, 14, 10, 19, 10, 2, 15, 12, 14, 9, 20, 17, 5
Answer:

Question 29.
Checking account balances (in dollars): 30, 0, 50, 20, 90, −15, 40, 100, 45, −20, 70, 0
Answer:

Question 30.
REASONING
The data set in Exercise 28 has an outlier. Describe how removing the outlier affects the box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a data set with 12 values that has a symmetric box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 32.
CRITICAL THINKING
When does a box-and-whisker plot not have one or both whiskers?
Answer: A simpler formulation is this: no whisker will be visible if the lower quartile is equal to the minimum, or if the upper quartile is equal to the maximum.

Question 33.
STRUCTURE Draw a histogram that could represent the distribution shown in Exercise 25.
Answer:

Question 34
DIG DEEPER!
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the goals scored per game by two lacrosse teams during a 16-game season.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 29
a. Which team is more consistent? Explain.
b. Team 1 played Team 2 once during the season. Which team do you think won? Explain.
c. Can you determine the number of games in which Team 2 scored 10 goals or less? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
CHOOSE TOOLS
A market research company wants to summarize the variability of the SAT scores of graduating seniors in the United States. Should the company use a stem-and-leaf plot, a histogram, or a box-and-whisker plot? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
1. The locations of pitches in an at-bat are shown in the coordinate plane, where the coordinates are measured in inches. Describe the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.
Understand the problem
You know the locations of the pitches. You are asked to find the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.

Make a plan
First, use the coordinates of the pitches to create two data sets, one for the x-coordinates of the pitches and one for the y-coordinates of the pitches. Next, make a box-and-whisker plot for each data set. Then use the most appropriate measure of center for each data set to find the location of a typical pitch.

Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 1

2. A set of 20 data values is described below. Sketch a histogram that could represent the data set. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 2
• least value: 10
• first quartile: 25
• mean: 29
• third quartile: 34
• greatest value: 48
• MAD: 7

3. The chart shows the dimensions (in inches) of several flat-rate shipping boxes. Each box is in the shape of a rectangular prism. Describe the distribution of the volumes of the boxes. Then find the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of the volumes.

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Choosing a Dog.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 3

Data Displays Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Information Frame to help you organize and remember concepts. Here is an example of an Information Frame for the vocabulary term histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 2
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
1. stem-and-leaf plot
2. frequency table
3. shapes of distributions
4. box-and-whisker plot
Answer:

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 3

10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in stem-and-leaf plots.

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 3.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of yellowfin tuna caught during a fishing contest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 3
a. How many tuna weigh less than 90 pounds?
b. Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer:

Question 4.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the body mass index (BMI) for adults at a recreation center. Use the data to answer the question, “What is the typical BMI for an adult at the recreation center?” Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Write a statistical question that can be answered using the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 5
Answer:

10.2 Histograms (pp. 463-470)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in histograms.

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 8.
The histogram shows the number of crafts each member of a craft club made for a fundraiser.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 8
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. Frequency How many members made at least 6 crafts?
c. Can you use the histogram to determine the total number of crafts made? Explain.
Answer:

10.3 Shapes of Distributions (pp. 471–476)
Learning Target: Describe and compare shapes of distributions.

Question 9.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Answer: The shape of a distribution is described by its number of peaks and by its possession of symmetry, its tendency to skew, or its uniformity.

Question 10.
The frequency table shows the math test scores for the same class of students as Exercise 9. Display the data in a histogram. Which test has higher scores?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 10
Answer:

Question 11.
The table shows the numbers of neutrons for several elements in the nonmetal group of the periodic table. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–9. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 11
Answer:

10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures (pp. 477–482)
Learning Target: Use the shape of the distribution of a data set to determine which measures of center and variation best describe the data.

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Students’ Heights
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 12
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 13
Answer:

Question 14.
Describe the center and the variation of the data set in Exercise 13.
Answer:

10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots (pp. 483–490)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in box-and-whisker plots.

Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 15.
Ages of volunteers at a hospital:
14, 17, 20, 16, 17, 14, 21, 18
Answer:

Question 16.
Masses (in kilograms) of lions:
120, 200, 180, 150, 200, 200, 230, 160
Answer:

Question 17.
The box-and-whisker plot represents the lengths (in minutes) of movies being shown at a theater.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 17
a. What percent of the movies are no longer than 120 minutes?
b. Is there more variability in the movie lengths longer than 130 minutes or shorter than 110 minutes? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 18.
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the heights of students in two math classes.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 18
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.Height(cm)
b.Which class has heights that are more spread out? Explain.
c.You randomly pick one student from each class. Which student is more likely to be taller than 170 centimeters? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Practice Test

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 3.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 3
Answer:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mean:
The mean refers to an intermediate value between a discrete set of numbers, namely, the sum of all values in the data set, divided by the total number of values.
x̄ = (35+38+40+41+48+50+54+54+54+55+59+60)/12
x̄ = 49
Thus mean of the given data is 49.
Median:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
In the case where the total number of values in a data sample is odd, the median is simply the number in the middle of the list of all values. When the data sample contains an even number of values, the median is the mean of the two middle values.
Median = (50+54)/2 = 104/2 = 52
Thus the median of the given data is 52.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mode = 54 (repeated 3 times)

Question 4.
Display the data in a histogram. How many people watched less than 20 hours of television per week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 4
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_10
By seeing the above histogram we can find the number of people who watched less than 20 hours of television per week.
14 + 16 = 30
Therefore 30 people watched less than 20 hours per week.

Question 5.
The dot plot shows the numbers of glasses of water Water Consumed that the students in a class drink in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 5
a. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Find the measures you chose.
Answer:

Question 6.
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the lengths (in inches) of fish in a pond: 12, 13, 7, 8, 14, 6, 13, 10.
Answer:

Question 7.
The double box-and-whisker plot compares the battery lives (in hours) of two brands of cell phones.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 7
a. What is the range of the upper 75% of battery life for each brand of cell phone?
b. Which brand of cell phone typically has a longer battery life? Explain.
c. In the box-and-whisker plot, there are 190 cell phones of Brand A that have at most 10.5 hours of battery life. About how many cell phones are represented in the box-and-whisker plot for Brand A?
Answer:

Data Displays Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Research scientists are measuring the numbers of days lettuce seeds take to germinate. In a study, 500 seeds were planted. Of these,473 seeds germinated. The box-and-whisker plot summarizes the numbers of days it took the seeds to germinate. What can you conclude from the box-and-whisker plot?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 1
A. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate is 12.
B. 50% of the seeds took more than 8 days to germinate.
C. 50% of the seeds took less than 5 days to germinate.
D. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate was 6.
Answer:

Question 2.
Find the interquartile range of the data.
15 7 5 8 9 20 12 7 11 7 15
F. 8
G. 11
H. 12
I. 20
Answer: 8

Question 3.
There are seven different integers in a set. When they are listed from least to greatest, the middle integer is −1. Which statement below must be true?
A. There are three negative integers in the set.
B. There are three positive integers in the set.
C. There are four negative integers in the set.
D. The integer in the set after −1 is positive.
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the mean number of seats?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 4
F. 2.4 seats
G. 5 seats
H. 6.5 seats
I. 7 seats5.
Answer:

Question 5.
On Wednesday, a town received 17 millimeters of rain. This was x millimeters more rain than the town received on Tuesday. Which expression represents the amount of rain, in millimeters, the town received on Tuesday?
A. 17x
B. 17 – x-c
C. x + 17
D. x – 17
Answer:

Question 6.
One of the leaves is missing in the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 6
The median of the data set represented by the stem-and-leaf plot is 38. What is the value of the missing leaf?
Answer:

Question 7.
Which property is demonstrated by the equation?
723 + (y + 277) = 723 + (277 + y)
F. Associative Property of Addition
G. Commutative Property of Addition
H. Distributive Property
I. Addition Property of Zero
Answer: Associative Property of Addition

Explanation:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 8.
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92. Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92. What was her score on the fifth test?
A. 92
B. 93
C. 96
D. 98
Answer: 86

Explanation:
Given that,
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92.
Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92.
(90+96+86+92+s)/5=90
(364+s)/5=90
364+s=450
s=86
So she scored an 86 on the fifth test.

Question 9.
At the end of the school year, your teacher counted the number of absences for each student. The results are shown in the histogram. How many students had fewer than 10 absences?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 9
Answer:

Question 10.
The ages of the 16 members of a camera club are listed below.
40, 22, 24, 58, 30, 31, 37, 25, 62, 40, 39, 37, 28, 28, 51, 44
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10.1
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10
Part A Order the ages from youngest to oldest.
Part B Find the median of the ages.
Part C Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages.
Answer:

Final Words:

You have seen Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays concept in detail. Hope you are satisfied with the information provided. If you still have any doubts, then you can approach us by the below given comment section. Make use of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays Pdf and overcome all your difficulties. Make sure you stay tuned to site to get the trending and instant updates on all Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapters. We wish all the candidates all the very best for the preparation.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 | Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 | Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key

Make your child’s math preparation easy and enjoyable with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5. Enhance your math skills by following the Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key. All of the concepts included in Grade 5 are explained in detail with the step-by-step process. Get a good grip on all the topics with the use of Big Ideas Math 5th Grade Answer Key. We have included various activities to solve math problems such as practice tests, quizzes, games, videos, etc. Students will definitely love to practice math in the various ways we have provided for them. Also, they can prepare efficiently for the exam with the help of Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answers.

Big Ideas 5th Grade Math Book Answer Key | Big Ideas 5th Grade Math Answers Solutions Pdf

All the basic level concepts to difficult concepts are given on our website. Therefore, students can learn from scratch to a high level of problems. Also, chapter-wise BIM Grade 5 Solutions PDFs are given for the students. Students can free download chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key pdf. For the best practice, solve all the assessments and also finish the homework on time. Day-to-day practice is the best way to improve your math skills. Easily succeed in your academics using Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5.

Advantages of Solving Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answers

Every student, as well as teacher, can refer to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 from our website. Teachers or parents can take the help of our Big Ideas Math 5th Grade Answer Key guide to explain teh concepts to their students or children. Also, students can learn from our material and prepare well for the exam. Some of the best advantages are given below to make students learning happy.

  • Step-by-Step explanation for all Grade 5 mathematical concepts are present in Big Ideas Math 5th Grade Answers pdf.
  • bigideasmathanswers.com offers Practice Tests, Chapter Tests, Quiz Tests from the Grade 5 Big Ideas Math Textbooks.
  • It is easy to understand the explanation on Big Idea Math 5th Grade Textbook Solutions as everything explained with images and videos.
  • Also, students can use the Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answers as a one-stop solution as it consists of core-level concepts.

FAQs on Common Core 2021 Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answer Key

1. Do Elementary School Big Ideas Math Answer Key for Grade 5 aid to get good grades? 

Yes, Elementary School Big Ideas Math Answer Key is the best solution to prepare for the exam. All the mathematical concepts are given in grade 5 using the Elementary School Big Ideas Math solution key which helps to get good scores in exams.

2. Where do I get Elementary School Grade 5 BIM Chapterwise Answers?

You can get well-designed Chapter-wise Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answers on our page. Get a well-designed structure to prepare better for the exam. Also, it helps to improve your problem-solving skills in an easy manner.

3. How to clear Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Textbook Questions easily during Assessments & Homework?

The only way to solve Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Textbook Questions easily during Assessments & Homework is by practicing all the questions covered in the BIM Grade 5 Answer Key. Refer to every concept available here and become the math expert by practicing every problem in it.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1

Do you want to become proficient in Math and get a good hold of the Big Ideas Math Book Grade 6 Advanced? If so, this is the one-stop destination for all your needs. You can access the Topicwise BIM Grade 6 Advanced Ch 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors Solutions PDF available as a part of your preparation. Test your knowledge of the concepts by solving from the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 and identify the knowledge gap accordingly.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors

Use the ultimate guide over here for all your doubts on Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Advanced Ch 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors Concepts. Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Solutions provided here covers questions from Chapter 1 aligned as per the BIm Textbooks.  All you have to do is simply tap on the quick links available to avail the respective topic in no time. Begin your preparation right away taking the help of the Numerical Expressions and Factors Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Solutions and clear the exam with flying colors.

Numerical Expressions and Factors STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 1

Filling Piñatas

Common factors can be used to make identical groups of objects. Can you think of any situations in which you would want to separate objects into equal groups? Are there any common factors that may be more useful than others? Can you think of any other ways to use common factors?

Watch the STEAM Video “Filling Piñatas.” Then answer the following questions. The table below shows the numbers of party favors that Alex and Enid use to make piñatas
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 2

Question 1.
When finding the number of identical piñatas that can be made, why is it helpful for Alex and Enid to list the factors of each number given in the table?
Answer:

Question 2.
You raIt to create 6 identical piñatas. How can you change the numbers of party favors in the table to make this happen? Can you do this without changing the total number of party favors?
Answer:

Performance Task

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 5

Setting the Table

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be asked to plan a fundraising event with the items below.

72 chairs
48 balloons
24 flowers
32 candles

You will find the greatest number of identical tables that can be prepared, and what will be in each centerpiece.When making arrangements for a party, should a part planner always use the greatest number of identical tables possible? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Getting Ready for Numerical Expressions and Factors

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. In Exercises 1 and 2, use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 3

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 4
Eratosthenes
(c. 276 – c. 194 B.c.)
This table is called the Sieve of Eratosthenes. Eratosthenes was a Greek mathematician who was the chief librarian at theLibrary of Alexandria in Egypt. He was the first person to calculate the circumference of Earth.

Question 1.
Cross out the multiples of 2 that are greater than 2. Do the same for 3, 5, and 7.
Answer:

Question 2.
The numbers that are not crossed out are called prime numbers. ‘The numbers that are crossed out are called composite numbers. In your own words, describe the characteristics of prime numbers and composite numbers.
Answer:

Question 3.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Work with a partner. Cicadas are insects that live underground and emerge from the ground after x or x + 4 years. Is it possible that both x and x + 4 are prime? Give some examples.
Answer:

Numerical Expressions and Factors Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. think about what each term might rucan and record your thoughts.
exponent                                                common factors                               common multiples
numerical expression                             greatest common factor                   least common multiple
order of operations
Answer:

Section 1.1 Powers and Exponents

Exploration 1

Writing Expressions Using Exponents

Work with a partner. Copy and complete the table.

Repeated FactorsUsing an ExponentValue
a. 10 × 10
b. 4 × 4
c. 6 × 6
d. 10 × 10 × 10
e. 100 × 100 × 100
f. 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
g. 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4
h. 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2

Answer:

Math Practice
Repeat Calculations
What patterns do you notice in the expressions? How does this help you write exponents?
Answer:

i. In your own words, describe what the two numbers in the expression 3<sup>5</sup> mean.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using a Calculator to Find a Pattern

Work with a partner. Copy the diagram. Use a calculator to find each value. Write one digit of the value in each box. Describe the pattern in the digits of the values.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 5
Answer:

Lesson 1.1 Powers and Exponents

Try It Write the product as a power.

Question 1.
2 × 2 × 2
Answer:

Question 2.
6 • 6 • 6 • 6 • 6 • 6
Answer:

Question 3.
15 × 15 × 15 × 15
Answer:

Question 4.
20 • 20 • 20 • 20 • 20 • 20 • 20
Answer:

Try It Find the value of the power.

Question 5.
63
Answer:

Question 6.
92
Answer:

Question 7.
34
Answer:

Question 8.
182
Answer:

Try It Determine whether the number is a perfect square.

Question 9.
25
Answer:

Question 10.
2
Answer:

Question 11.
99
Answer:

Question 12.
36
Answer:

FINDING VALUES OF POWERS
Find the value of the power.
Question 13.
82
Answer:

Question 14.
35
Answer:

Question 15.
113
Answer:

Question 16.
VOCABULARY
How are exponents and powers different
Answer:

Question 17.
VOCABULARY
Is 10 a perfect square? Is 100 a perfect square? Explain.
Answer:

Question 18.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which one does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
32 = 3 × 3
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 3 × 4
5 • 5 • 5 = 53
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 19.
A square solar panel has an area of 16 square feet. Write the area as a power. Then find the side lengths of the Panel.
Answer:

Question 20.
The four-square court shown is a square made up of four identical smaller squares. What is the area of the court?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 6
Answer:

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
Each face of a number cube is a square with a side length of 16 millimeters. What is the total area of all of the faces of the number cube?
Answer:

Powers and Exponents Practice 1.1

Review & Refresh

Multiply

Question 1.
150 × 2
Answer:

Question 2.
175 × 8
Answer:

Question 3.
123 × 3
Answer:

Question 4.
151 × 9
Answer:

Write the sentence as a numerical expression.

Question 5.
Add 5 and 8, then multiply by 4.
Answer:

Question 6.
Subtract 7 from 11, then divide by 2.
Answer:

Round the number to the indicated place value.

Question 7.
4.03785 to the tenths
Answer:

Question 8.
12.89503 to the hundredths
Answer:

Complete the sentence.

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) of 30 is Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 7.
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) of 25 is Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 7.
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS
Copy and complete the table. (See Exploration 1 Page.No 3)

Repeated FactorsUsing an ExponentValue
11. 8 × 8
12. 4 × 4 × 4
13. 9 × 9 × 9 × 9
14. 12 × 12 × 12 × 12 × 12

Answer:

WRITING EXPRESSIONS AS POWERS
Write the product as a power.

Question 15.
9 × 9
Answer:

Question 16.
13 × 13
Answer:

Question 17.
15 × 15 × 15
Answer:

Question 18.
2 • 2 • 2 • 2 • 2
Answer:

Question 19.
14 × 14 × 14
Answer:

Question 20.
8 • 8 • 8 • 8
Answer:

Question 21.
11 × 11 × 11 × 11 × 11
Answer:

Question 22.
7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7
Answer:

Question 23.
16 • 16 • 16 • 16
Answer:

Question 24.
43 × 43 × 43 × 43 × 43
Answer:

Question 25.
167 • 167 • 167
Answer:

Question 26.
245 • 245 • 245 • 245
Answer:

FINDING VALUES OF POWERS
Find the value of the power.

Question 27.
52
Answer:

Question 28.
43
Answer:

Question 29.
62
Answer:

Question 30.
17
Answer:

Question 31.
03
Answer:

Question 32.
84
Answer:

Question 33.
24
Answer:

Question 34.
122
Answer:

Question 35.
73
Answer:

Question 36.
54
Answer:

Question 37.
25
Answer:

Question 38.
142
Answer:

USING TOOLS
Use a calculator to find the value of the power.

Question 39.
76
Answer:

Question 40.
48
Answer:

Question 41.
124
Answer:

Question 42.
175
Answer:

Question 43.
YOU BE THE TEACLIER
Your friend finds the value of 8. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 8
Answer:

IDENTIFYING PERFECT SQUARES
Determine whether the number is a perfect square.

Question 44.
8
Answer:

Question 45.
4
Answer:

Question 46.
81
Answer:

Question 47.
44
Answer:

Question 48.
49
Answer:

Question 49.
125
Answer:

Question 50.
150
Answer:

Question 51.
144
Answer:

Question 52.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On each square centimeter of a person’s skin, there are about 392 bacteria. How many bacteria does this expression represent?
Answer:

Question 53.
MP REPEATED REASONING
The smallest figurine in a gift shop is 2 inches tall. The height of each figurine is twice the height of the previous figurine. What is the height of the tallest figurine?
Answer:

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A square painting measures 2 meters on each side. What is the area of the painting in square centimeters?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 9
Answer:

Question 55.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Write three powers that have values greater than 120 and less than 130.
Answer:

Question 56.
DIG DEEPER!
A landscaper has 125 tiles to build a square patio. the patio must have an area of at least 80 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 10
a. What arc the Possible arrangements for the patio?
b. How many tiles are not used in each arrangement?
Answer:

Question 57.
MP PATTERNS
Copy and complete the table. Describe what happens to the value of the power as the exponent decreases.
Use this pattern to find the value 0f 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 11
Answer:

Question 58.
MP REPEATED REASONING
How many blocks do you need to add to Square 6 to get Square 7? to Square 9 to get Square 10? to Square 19 to get Square 20? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 12
Answer:

Section 1.2 Order of Operations

Exploration 1

Comparing Different Orders

Work with a partner. Find the value of each expression by using different orders of operations. Are your answers the same?

a. Add, then multiply.                  Multiply, then add.
3 + 2 × 2                                      3 + 2 × 2

b. Subtract then multiply.             Multiply, then subtract.
18 – 3 • 3                                       18 – 3 • 3

c. Multiply, then subtract              Subtract, then multiply.
8 × 8 – 2                                        8 × 8 – 2

d. Multiply, then add.                    Add, then multiply.
6 • 6 + 2                                         6 • 6 + 2

Exploration 2

Determining Order of Operations

Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 13
a. Scientific calculators use a standard order of operations when evaluating expressions. Why is a standard order of operations needed?
Answer:

b. Lise a scientific calculator to evaluate each expression in Exploration 1. Enter each expression exactly as written. For each expression, which order of operations is correct?
Answer:

c. What order of operations should be used to evaluate 3 + 22, 18 – 32, 82 – 2, and 62 + 2?
Answer:

d. Do 18 ÷ 3 • 3 and 18 ÷ 32 have the same value? Justify your answer.
Answer:

e. How does evaluating powers fit into the order of operations?
Answer:

Math Practice
Use Technology to Explore
How does a scientific calculator help you explore order of operations?
Answer:

Lesson 1.2 Order of Operations

Try It Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
7 • 5 + 3
Answer:

Question 2.
(28 – 20) ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 3.
[6 + (15 – 10)] × 5
Answer:

Try It Evaluate the expression.

Question 4.
6 + 24 – 1
Answer:

Question 5.
4 • 32 + 18 – 9
Answer:

Question 6.
16 + (52 – 7) ÷ 3
Answer:

Try It Evaluate the expression.

Question 7.
50 + 6(12 ÷ 4) – 82
Answer:

Question 8.
52 – \(\frac{1}{5}\)(10 – 5)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{8(2+5)}{7}\)
Answer:

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
7 + 2 • 4
Answer:

Question 11.
8 ÷ 4 × 2
Answer:

Question 12.
3(5 + 1) ÷ 32
Answer:

Question 13.
WRITING
Why does 12 – 8 ÷ 2 = 8, hut(12 – 8) ÷ 2 = 2?
Answer:

Question 14.
MP REASONING
Describe the steps ¡n evaluating the expression
8 ÷ (6 – 1) + 32.
Answer:

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
52 – 8 × 2
52 – (8 × 2)
52 – 2 × 8
(52 – 8) × 2
Answer:

Self-Assessment for problem solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
A square plot of land has side lengths of 10 meters. An archaeologist divides the land into 64 equal parts. What is the area of each part?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 14
Answer:

Question 17.
A glass block window is made of two different-sized glass squares. The window has side lengths of 40 inches. The large glass squares have side lengths of 10 inches. Find the total area of the small glass squares.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 14
Answer:

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A square vegetable garden has side lengths of 12 feel You plant flowers in the center portion as shown. You divide the remaining space into 1 equal sections and plant tomatoes, onions, zucchini, and peppers. What is the area of the onion section?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 15
Answer:

Order of Operations Practice 1.2

Review & Refresh

Write the product as a power.

Question 1.
11 × 11 × 11 × 11
Answer:

Question 2.
13 × 13 × 13 × 13 × 13
Answer:

Find the missing dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 16
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 17
Answer:

Tell whether the number is prime or composite.

Question 5.
9
Answer:

Question 6.
11
Answer:

Question 7.
23
Answer:

Concepts, skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING DIFFERENT ORDERS
Find the value of the expression by using different orders of operations. Are your answers the saine? (See Exploration 1 Page.No 9)

Question 8.
Add, then multiply. Multiply, then add.
4 + 6 × 6 4 + 6 × 6
Answer:

Question 9.
Subtract, then multiply. MuItiply then subtract.
5 × 5 – 3 5 × 5 – 3
Answer:

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
5 + 8 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 11.
(11 – 3) ÷ 2 + 1
Answer:

Question 12.
45 ÷ 9 × 12
Answer:

Question 13.
62 – 3 • 4
Answer:

Question 14.
42 ÷ (15 – 23)
Answer:

Question 15.
42 • 2 + 8 • 7
Answer:

Question 16.
(52 – 2) × 15 + 4
Answer:

Question 17.
4 + 2 × 32 – 9
Answer:

Question 18.
8 ÷ 2 × 3 + 42 ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 19.
32 + 12 ÷ (6 – 3) × 8
Answer:

Question 20.
(10 + 4) ÷ (26 – 19)
Answer:

Question 21.
(52 – 4) • 2 – 18
Answer:

Question 22.
2 × [(16 – 8) × 2]
Answer:

Question 23.
12 + 8 × 32 – 24
Answer:

Question 24.
62 ÷ [(2 + 4) × 23]
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 18
Answer:

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 19
Answer:

Question 27.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
You need to read 20 poems in 5 days for an English project. Each poem is 2 pages long. Evaluate the expression 20 × 2 ÷ 5 to find how many pages you need to read each day.
Answer:

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 28.
12 – 2(7 – 4)
Answer:

Question 29.
4(3 + 5) – 3(6 – 2)
Answer:

Question 30.
6 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) (12 – 8)
Answer:

Question 31.
92 – 8(6 + 2)
Answer:

Question 32.
4(3 – 1)3 + 7(6) – 52
Answer:

Question 33.
\(8\left[\left(1 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\right) \div 4\right]\)
Answer:

Question 34.
72 – 2\(\left(\frac{11}{8}-\frac{3}{8}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 35.
8(7.3 + 3.7 – 8) ÷ 2
Answer:

Question 36.
24(5.2 – 3.2) ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 37.
\(\frac{6^{2}(3+5)}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(\frac{12^{2}-4(6)+1}{11^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(\frac{26 \div 2+5}{3^{2}-3}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
Before a show, there arc 8 people in a theater. Five groups of 4 people enter; and then three groups of 2 PeoPle leave. Evaluate the expression 8 5(4) – 3(2) to find how many people arc in the theater.
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The front door of a house is painted white and blue. Each window is a square with a side length of 7 inches. What is the area of the door that is painted blue?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 21
Answer:

Question 42.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
You buy 6 notebooks, 10 folders, 1 pack of pencils, and 1 lunch box for school. After using a $10 gift card, how much do you owe? Explain how you solved the problem.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 21
Answer:

Question 43.
OPEN-ENDED
Use all four operations and at least one exponent to write an expression that has a value of 100.
Answer:

Question 44.
MP REPEATED REASONING
A Petri dish contains 35 cells. Every day, each cell in the Petri dish divides into 2 cells in a process called mitosis. How many cells are there after 11 days? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 45.
MP REASONING
Two groups collect litter along the
side of a road. It takes each group 5 minutes to clean up a 200-yard section. 1 low long does it take both groups working together to clean up 2 miles? Explain how you solved the problem.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 22
Answer:

Question 46.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Copy each statement Insert +, -, ×, or ÷ symbols to make each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 23
Answer:

Section 1.3 Prime Factorization

Exploration 1

Rewriting Numbers as Products of Factors

Work with a partner. Two students use factor trees to write 108 as a product of factors, as shown below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 24

a. Without using 1 as a factor, can you write 108 as a product with more factors than each student used? Justify your answer.
Answer:

b. Use factor trees to Write 80, 162, and 300 as products of as many factors as possible. Do not use 1 as a factor.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 25
Answer:

c. Compare your results in parts (a) and (b) with other groups. For each number, identify the product with the greatest number of factors. What do these factors have in common?
Answer:

Math Practice
Interpret Results
How do you know your answer makes sense?
Answer:

Lesson 1.3 Prime Factorization

Try It List the factor pairs of the number.

Question 1.
18
Answer:

Question 2.
24
Answer:

Question 3.
51
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
The woodwinds section of the marching hand has 38 members. Which has more possible arrangements, the brass section or the woodwinds section? Explain.
Answer:

Try It Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 5.
20
Answer:

Question 6.
88
Answer:

Question 7.
90
Answer:

Question 8.
462
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rare your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Write the prime factorization of the number.
Question 9.
14
Answer:

Question 10.
86
Answer:

Question 11.
10
Answer:

Question 12.
516
Answer:

Question 13.
WRITING
Explain the difference between prime numbers and composite numbers.
Answer:

Question 14.
MP STRUCTURE
Your friend lists the following factor pairs and concludes that there arc 6 factor pairs of 12. Explain why your friend incorrect.
1,12   2,6     3,4
12,1   6,2     4,3
Answer:

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which factor pair does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
2, 28   4, 14    6, 9   7, 8
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the Success criteria in your journal

Question 16.
A group of 20 friends plays a card game. ‘The game can be played with 2 or more teams of equal size. Each team must have at least 2 members. List the possible numbers and sizes of teams.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 26
Answer:

Question 17.
You arrange 150 chairs in rows for a school play. You want each row to have the same number of chairs. how many possible arrangements arc there? Are all of the possible arrangements appropriate for the play? Explain.
Answer:

Question 18.
What is the least perfect square that is a factor of 4536? What is the greatest perfect square that is a factor of 4536?
Answer:

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
The prime factorization of a number is 24 × 34 × 54 × 72 Is the number a Perfect square? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Prime Factorization Practice 1.3

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
2 + 42 (5 – 3)
Answer:

Question 2.
23 + 4 × 32
Answer:

Question 3.
9 × 5 – 24\(\left(\frac{5}{2}-\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
Answer:

Plot the points in a coordinate plane. Draw a line segment connecting the points.

Question 4.
(1, 1) and (4, 3)
Answer:

Question 5.
(2, 3) and (5, 9)
Answer:

Question 6.
(2, 5) and (4, 8)
Answer:

Use the Distributive Property to find the quotient. Justify your answer.

Question 7.
408 ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 8.
628 ÷ 2
Answer:

Question 9.
969 ÷ 3
Answer:

Classify the triangle in as many ways as possible.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 27
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 28
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 29
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REWRITING A NUMBER
Write the number as a product of as many factors as possible. (See Exploration 1 Page.No 15)
Question 13.
60
Answer:

Question 14.
63
Answer:

Question 15.
120
Answer:

Question 16.
150
Answer:

FINDING FACTOR PAIRS
List the factor pairs of the number.
Question 17.
15
Answer:

Question 18.
22
Answer:

Question 19.
31
Answer:

Question 20.
39
Answer:

Question 21.
45
Answer:

Question 22.
54
Answer:

Question 23.
59
Answer:

Question 24.
61
Answer:

Question 25.
100
Answer:

Question 26.
58
Answer:

Question 27.
25
Answer:

Question 28.
76
Answer:

Question 29.
52
Answer:

Question 30.
88
Answer:

Question 31.
71
Answer:

Question 32.
91
Answer:

WRITING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Write the prime factorization of the number.
Question 33.
16
Answer:

Question 34.
25
Answer:

Question 35.
30
Answer:

Question 36.
26
Answer:

Question 37.
84
Answer:

Question 38.
54
Answer:

Question 39.
65
Answer:

Question 40.
77
Answer:

Question 41.
46
Answer:

Question 42.
39
Answer:

Question 43.
99
Answer:

Question 44.
Answer:

Question 45.
315
Answer:

Question 46.
190
Answer:

Question 47.
110
Answer:

Question 48.
640
Answer:

USING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Find the number represented by the prime factorization.
Question 49.
22 • 32 • 5
Answer:

Question 50.
32 • 52 • 7
Answer:

Question 51.
23 • 112 • 13
Answer:

Question 52.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the prime factorization of 72. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 30
Answer:

USING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Find the greatest perfect square that is a factor of the number.
Question 53.
250
Answer:

Question 54.
275
Answer:

Question 55.
392
Answer:

Question 56.
338
Answer:

Question 57.
244
Answer:

Question 58.
650
Answer:

Question 59.
756
Answer:

Question 60.
1290
Answer:

Question 61.
2205
Answer:

Question 62.
1890
Answer:

Question 63.
495
Answer:

Question 64.
4725
Answer:

Question 65.
VOCABULARY
A botanist separates plants into equal groups of 5 for an experiment. Is the total number of plants in the experiment prime or composite? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 31
Answer:

Question 66.
MP REASONING
A teacher divides 36 students into equal groups for a scavenger hunt. Each group should have at least 1 students hut no more than 8 students. What are the possible group sizes?
Answer:

Question 67.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is 2 the only even prime number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 68.
MP LOGIC
One topic at a back saic has 75 cookies. Another table has 60 cupcakes. Which table allows for more rectangular arrangements? Explain.
Answer:

Question 69.
PERFECT NUMBERS
A perfect number is a number that equals the sum of its factors, not including itself. Ëor example, the factors of 28 arc 1, 2, 1, 7, 14, and 28. Because 1 + 2 + 4 + 7 + 14 = 28, 28 is a perfect number. What are the perfect numbers between 1 and 27?
Answer:

Question 70.
MP REPEATED REASONING
Choose any two perfect squares and find their product. ‘Then multiply your answer by another perfect square. Continue this process. Are any of the products perfect squares? What can you conclude?
Answer:

Question 71.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The stage manager of a school play creates a rectangular stage that has whole number dimensions and an area of 42 square yards. String lights will outline the stage. What is the least number of yards of string lights needed to enclose the stage?
Answer:

Question 72.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the rectangular prism shown. Using only whole number dimensions, how many different prisms are possible? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 32
Answer:

Section 1.4 Greatest Common Factor

Exploration 1

Identifying Common Factors

Work with a partner. in parts (a) – (d), create a Venn diagram that represents the factors of each number and identify any common factors.
a. 36 and 18
b. 16 and 56
c. 30 and 75
d. 54 and 90
e. Look at the Venn diagrams in parts (a) – (d). Explain how to identify the greatest common factor of each pair of numbers. Then circle it in each diagram.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using Prime Factors

Work with a partner.

a. Each Venn diagram represents the prime factorizations of two numbers. Identify each pair of numbers. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 33
Answer:

b. Create a Venn diagram that represents the prime factorizations of 36 and 18.
Answer:

c. Repeat part (b) for the remaining number pairs in Exploration 1.
Answer:

d. MP STRUCTURE
Make a conjecture about the relationship between the greatest common factors you found in Exploration 1 and the numbers in the overlaps of the Venn diagrams you just created.
Answer:

Math Practice
Interpret a Solution
What does the diagram representing the prime factorizations mean?
Answer:

Lesson 1.4 Greatest Common Factor

Try It Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors.

Question 1.
8, 36
Answer:

Question 2.
18, 72
Answer:

Question 3.
14, 28, 49
Answer:

Try It Find the GCF of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 4.
20, 15
Answer:

Question 5.
32, 90
Answer:

Question 6.
45, 75, 120
Answer:

Try It

Question 7.
Write a pair of numbers whose greatest common factor is 10.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for concept & Skills

Solve each exercise. ‘Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers.
Question 8.
16, 40
Answer:

Question 9.
35, 63
Answer:

Question 10.
18, 72, 141
Answer:

Question 11.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
Which number is not a factor of 10? Explain.
A. 1
B. 2
C. 4
D. 5
Answer:

Question 12.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
What is the greatest common factor of 24 and 32?
What is the greatest common divisor of 24 and 32?
What is the greatest common prime factor of 24 and 32?
What is the product of the common prime factors of 24 and 32?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
You usc 30 sandwiches and 42 granola bars to make identical picnic baskets. You make thc greatest number of picnic baskets with no food left over. How many sandwiches and how many granola bars are in each basket?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 34
Answer:

Question 14.
You fill bags with cookies to give to your friends. You bake 45 chocolate chip cookies, 30 peanut butter cookies, and
15 oatmeal cookies. You want identical groups of cookies in each hag with no cookies left over. What is the greatest number of bags you can make?
Answer:

Greatest Common Factor Practice 1.4

Review & Refresh

List the factor pairs of the number.
Question 1.
20
Answer:

Question 2.
16
Answer:

Question 3.
56
Answer:

Question 4.
87
Answer:

Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or sever true.

Question 5.
A rectangle is a rhombus.
Answer:

Question 6.
A rhombus is a square.
Answer:

Question 7.
A square is a rectangle.
Answer:

Question 8.
A trapezoid is a parallelogram.
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A VENN DIAGRAM
Use a Venn diagram to find the greatest common factor of the numbers. (See Exploration 1 Page.No 21)

Question 9.
12, 30
Answer:

Question 10.
32, 54
Answer:

Question 11.
24, 108
Answer:

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors
Question 12.
6, 15
Answer:

Question 13.
14, 84
Answer:

Question 14.
45, 76
Answer:

Question 15.
39, 65
Answer:

Question 16.
51, 85
Answer:

Question 17.
40, 63
Answer:

Question 18.
12, 48
Answer:

Question 19.
24, 52
Answer:

Question 20.
30, 58
Answer:

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors prime factorizations.

Question 21.
45, 60
Answer:

Question 22.
27, 63
Answer:

Question 23.
36, 81
Answer:

Question 24.
72, 84
Answer:

Question 25.
61, 73
Answer:

Question 26.
38, 95
Answer:

Question 27.
60, 75
Answer:

Question 28.
42, 60
Answer:

Question 29.
42, 63
Answer:

Question 30.
24, 96
Answer:

Question 31.
189, 200
Answer:

Question 32.
90, 108
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED
write a pair of numbers with the indicated GCF.

Question 33.
5
Answer:

Question 34.
12
Answer:

Question 35.
37
Answer:

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A teacher is making identical activity packets using 92 crayons and 23 sheets of paper. What is the greatest number of packets the teacher can make with no items left over?
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You arc making balloon arrangements for a birthday party. ‘there are 16 white balloons and 24 red balloons Each arrangement must he identical. What is the greatest number of arrangements you can make using every balloon?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 35
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the CCI of the two numbers. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 36
Answer:

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 37
Answer:

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers.
Question 40.
35, 56, 63
Answer:

Question 41.
30, 60, 78
Answer:

Question 42.
42, 70, 84
Answer:

Question 43.
40, 55, 72
Answer:

Question 44.
18, 54, 90
Answer:

Question 45.
16, 18, 88
Answer:

Question 46.
52, 78, 101
Answer:

Question 47.
96, 120, 156
Answer:

Question 48.
280, 300, 380
Answer:

Question 49.
OPEN-ENDED
Write three numbers that have a GCF of 16. What method did you use to find your answer?
Answer:

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement ¡s always, someUmes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 50.
The GCF of two even numbers is 2.
Answer:

Question 51.
The GCF of two prime numbers is 1.
Answer:

Question 52.
When one number is a multiple of another, the GCF of the numbers is the greater of the numbers.
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A science museum makes gift bags for students using 168 magnets, 48 robot figurines, and 24 packs of freeze-dried ice cream. What is the greatest number of gift bags that can be made using all of the items? How many of each item are in each gift bag?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 38
Answer:

Question 54.
VENN DIAGRAM
Consider the numbers 252, 270, and 300.
a. Create a Venn diagram using the prime factors of the numbers.
Answer:

b. Use the Venn diagram to find the GCF of 252, 270, and 300.
Answer:

c. What is the GCF of 252 and 270? 252 and 300? 270 and 300? Explain how you found your answers.
Answer:

Question 55.
MP REASONING
You are making fruit baskets using 54 apples, 36 oranges, and 73 bananas.
a. Explain why you cannot make identical fruit baskets without leftover fruit.
Answer:

b. What is the greatest number of identical fruit baskets you can make with the least amount of fruit left over? Explain how you found your answer
Answer:

Question 56.
DIG DEEPER!
Two rectangular, adjacent rooms share a wall. One-foot-by-one-foot tiles cover the floor of each room. Describe how the greatest possible length of the adjoining wall is related to the total number of tiles in each room. Draw a diagram that represents one possibility.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 39
Answer:

Section 1.5 Least Common Multiple

Exploration 1

Identifying Common Multiples

Work with a partner. In paris (a) – (d), create a Venn diagram that represents the first several multiples of each number and identify any common multiples.
a. 8 and 12
Answer:

b. 4 and 14
Answer:

c. 10 and 15
Answer:

d. 20 and 35
Answer:

e. Look at the Venn diagrams in parts (a) – (d). Explain how to identify the least common multiple of each pair of numbers. Then circle it in each diagram.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using Prime Factors

Work with a partner.

a. Create a Venn diagram that represents the prime factorizations of 8 and 12.

b. Repeat part (a) for the remaining number pairs in Exploration 1.

c. MP STRUCTURE
Make a conjecture about the relationship between the least common multiples you found in Exploration 1 and the numbers in the Venn diagrams you just created.

d. The Venn diagram shows the prime factors of two numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 40
Use the diagram to complete the following tasks.

  • Identify the two numbers.
  • Find the greatest common factor.
  • Find the least common multiple.

Answer:

Math Practice.
Analyze Conjectures
How can you test your conjecture in part (c)?
Answer:

Lesson 1.5 Least Common Multiple

Try It Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiples.
Question 1.
3, 8
Answer:

Question 2.
9, 12
Answer:

Question 3.
6, 10
Answer:

Try It Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 4.
14, 18
Answer:

Question 5.
28, 36
Answer:

Question 6.
24, 90
Answer:

Try It Find the LCM of the numbers.
Question 7.
2, 5, 8
Answer:

Question 8.
6, 10, 12
Answer:

Question 9.
Write three numbers that have a least common multiple of 100.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rare your understanding of the success criteria in your journal

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 10.
6, 9
Answer:

Question 11.
30, 10
Answer:

Question 12.
5, 11
Answer:

Question 13.
MP REASONING
Write two numbers such that 18 and 30 are multiples of the numbers. justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 14.
MP REASONING
You need to find the LCM of 13 and 14. Would you rather list their multiples or use their prime factorizations? Explain.
Answer:

Question 15.
MP CHOOSE TOOLS
A student writes the prime factorizations of 8 and 12 in a table as shown. She claims she can use the table to find the greatest common factor and the least common multiple 8 and 12. How is this possible?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 42
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 41
Answer:

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you use least common multiples to add or subtract fractions with different denominators?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
A geyser erupts every fourth day. Another geyser erupts every sixth day. Today both geysers erupted. In how many days will b0th geysers erupt on the same day again?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 43
Answer:

Question 18.
A water park has two large buckets that slowly fill with water. One bucket dumps water every 12 minutes. The other bucket dumps water every 10 minutes. Five minutes ago, b0th buckets dumped water. When will both buckets dump water at the same time again?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 43
Answer:

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You purchase disposable plates, cups, and forks for a cookout. Plates are sold in packages of 24, cups in packages of 32, and forks in packages of 18. What are the least numbers of packages you should buy in order to have the same number of plates, cups, and forks?
Answer:

Least Common Multiple Practice 1.5

Review & Refresh

Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 1.
18, 42
Answer:

Question 2.
72, 96
Answer:

Question 3.
38, 76, 111
Answer:

Divide.
Question 4.
900 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 5.
1941 ÷ 9
Answer:

Question 6.
672 ÷ 12
Answer:

Write an ordered pair that corresponds to the point.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 44

Question 7.
Point A
Answer:

Question 8.
Point B
Answer:

Question 9.
Point C
Answer:

Question 10.
Point D
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A VENN DIAGRAM
Use a Venn diagram to find the least common multiple of the numbers. (See Exploration 1 Page.No 27)
Question 11.
3, 7
Answer:

Question 12.
6, 8
Answer:

Question 13.
1, 5
Answer:

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiplies.
Question 14.
1, 5
Answer:

Question 15.
2, 6
Answer:

Question 16.
2, 3
Answer:

Question 17.
2, 9
Answer:

Question 18.
3, 4
Answer:

Question 19.
8, 9
Answer:

20.
5, 8
Answer:

Question 21.
11, 12
Answer:

Question 22.
12, 18
Answer:

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorizations.
Question 23.
7, 12
Answer:

Question 24.
5, 9
Answer:

Question 25.
4, 11
Answer:

Question 26.
9, 10
Answer:

Question 27.
12, 27
Answer:

Question 28.
18, 45
Answer:

Question 29.
22, 33
Answer:

Question 30.
36, 60
Answer:

Question 31.
35, 50
Answer:

Question 32.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the LCM of 6 and 9. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 45
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have diving lessons every fifth day and swimming lessons every third day. Today you have both lessons. In how many days will you have both lessons on the same day again?
Answer:

Question 34.
MP REASONING
Which model represents an LCM that is different from the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 46
Answer:

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers.
Question 35.
2, 3, 7
Answer:

Question 36.
3, 5, 11
Answer:

Question 37.
4, 9, 12
Answer:

Question 38.
6, 8, 15
Answer:

Question 39.
7, 18, 21
Answer:

Question 40.
9, 10, 28
Answer:

Question 41.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
At Union Station, you notice that three subway lines just arrived at the same time. How long must you wait until all three lines arrive at Union Station at the same time again?

Subway LineArrival Time
AEvery 10 min
BEvery 12 min
CEvery 15 min

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 47
Answer:

Question 42.
DIG DEEPER!
A radio station gives away $15 to every 15th caller, $25 to every 25th caller, and a free concert ticket to every 100th caller. When will the station first give away all three prizes to one caller? When this happens, how much money and how many tickets are given away?
Answer:

Question 43.
MP LOGIC
You and a friend are running on treadmills. You run 0.5 mile every 3 minutes, and your friend runs 2 miles every 14 minutes. You both start and stop running at the same time and run a whole number of miles. What are the least possible numbers of miles you and your friend can run?
Answer:

Question 44.
VENN DIAGRAM
Refer to the Venn diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 48
a. Copy and complete the Venn diagram.
Answer:

b. What is the LCM of 16, 24, and 40?
Answer:

c. What is the LCM of 16 and 40? 24 and 40? 16 and 21? Explain how you found your answers.
Answer:

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 45.
The LCM of two different prime numbers is their Product.
Answer:

Question 46.
The LCM of a set of numbers is equal to one of the numbers in the set.
Answer:

Question 47.
The GCF of two different numbers is the LCM of the numbers.
Answer:

Numerical Expressions and Factors Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
A sports team gives away shirts at the stadium. There arc 60 large shirts, 1.6 times as many small shirts as large shirts, and 1.5 times as many medium shirts as small shirts. The team wants to divide the shirts into identical groups to he distributed throughout the stadium. What is the greatest number of groups that can be formed using every shirt?

Understand the problem: You know the number of large shirts and two relationships among the numbers of small, medium, and large shirts. You are asked to find the greatest number of identical groups that can be formed using every shirt.

Make a plan: Break the problem into parts. First use multiplication to find the number of each size shirt. Then find the GCF of these numbers.

Solve and check: Lise the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:

Question 2.
An escape artist fills the tank shown with water. Find the number of cubic feet of water needed to fill the tank. Then find the number of cubic yards of water that are needed to fill the tank. justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 49
Answer:

Numerical Expressions and Factors Chapter Review

Powers and Exponents Homework & Practice 1.1

Write the product as a power.

Question 1.
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
Answer:

Question 2.
5 × 5 × 5
Answer:

Question 3.
17 • 17 • 17 • 17 • 17
Answer:

Find the value of the power.
Question 4.
33
Answer:

Question 5.
26
Answer:

Question 6.
44
Answer:

Question 7.
Write a power that has a value greater than 23 and less than 33.
Answer:

Question 8.
Without evaluating, determine whether 25 or 22 is greater. Explain.
Answer:

Question 9.
The bases on a softball field arc square. What is the area of each base?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 50
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 51
Answer:

Order of Operations Homework & Practice 1.2

Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
3 × 6 – 12 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 11.
30 ÷(14 – 22) × 5
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{5(2.3+3.7)}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
43 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(72 + 5)
Answer:

Question 14.
20 × (32 – 4) ÷ 50
Answer:

Question 15.
5 + 3 (42 – 2) ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 16.
Use grouping symbols and at least one exponent to write a numerical expression that has a value of 80.
Answer:

Prime Factorization Homework & Practice 1.3

List the factor Pairs of the number.

Question 17.
28
Answer:

Question 18.
44
Answer:

Question 19.
96
Answer:

Question 20.
There arc 36 graduated cylinders to put away on a shelf after science class. The shelf can fit a maximum of 20 cylinders across and 4 cylinders deep. The teacher wants each row to have the same number of cylinders. List the possible arrangements of the graduated cylinders on the shelf.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 52
Answer:

Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 21.
12
Answer:

Question 22.
50
Answer:

Question 23.
66
Answer:

Greatest Common Factor Homework & Practice 1.4

Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors.
Question 24.
27, 45
Answer:

Question 25.
30, 48
Answer:

Question 26.
28, 48
Answer:

Find the GCF of the numbers using prime factorizations.
Question 27.
24, 80
Answer:

Question 28.
52, 68
Answer:

Question 29.
32, 56
Answer:

Question 30.
Write a pair of numbers that have a GCF of 20.
Answer:

Question 31.
What is the greatest number of friends you can invite to an arcade using the coupon such that the tokens and slices of pizza are equally split between you and your friends with none left over? How many slices of pizza and tokens will each person receive?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 53
Answer:

Least Common Multiple Homework & Practice 1.5

Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiples.
Question 32.
4, 14
Answer:

Question 33.
6, 20
Answer:

Question 34.
12, 28
Answer:

Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorbations.
Question 35.
6, 15
Answer:

Question 36.
10, 12
Answer:

Question 37.
18, 27
Answer:

Question 38.
Find the LCM of 8, 12, and 18.
Answer:

Question 39.
Write a pair of numbers that have an LCM of 84.
Answer:

Question 40.
Write three numbers that have an LCM of 45.
Answer:

Question 41.
You water your roses every sixth day and your hydrangeas every fifth day. Today you water both plants. In how man days will you water both plants on the same day again
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 54
Answer:

Question 42.
Hamburgers are sold in packages of 20, while buns are sold in packages of 12. What are the least numbers of packages you should buy in order to have the same number of hamburgers and buns?
Answer:

Question 43.
A science museum is giving away a magnetic liquid kit to every 50th guest and a plasma ball to every 35th guest until someone receives both prizes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 55
a. Which numbered guest will receive both a magnetic liquid kit and a plasma ball?
Answer:

b. How many people will receive a plasma ball?
Answer:

Numerical Expressions and Factors Practice Test

Question 1.
Find the value of 23.
Answer:

Question 2.
Evaluate \(\frac{5+4(12-2)}{3^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
Write 261 • 264 • 264 as a power.
Answer:

Question 4.
List the factor pairs of 66.
Answer:

Question 5.
Write the prime factorization of 56.
Answer:

Find the GCF of the numbers.
Question 6.
24, 54
Answer:

Question 7.
16, 32, 72
Answer:

Question 8.
52, 65
Answer:

Find the LCM of the numbers.
Question 9.
9, 24
Answer:

Question 10.
26, 39
Answer:

Question 11.
6, 12, 11
Answer:

Question 12.
You have 16 yellow beads, 20 red heads, and 21 orange beads to make identical bracelets. What is the greatest number of bracelets that you can make using all of the beads?
Answer:

Question 13.
A bag contains equal numbers of green marbles and blue marbles. You can divide all of the green marbles into groups of 12 and all the blue marbles into groups of 16. What is the least number of each color of marble that can be in the bag?
Answer:

Question 14.
The ages of the members of a family are 65, 58, 27, 25, 5, and 2 years old. What is the total admission price for the family to visit the zoo?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 56
Answer:

Question 15.
A competition awards prizes for fourth, third, second, and first place. The fourth place winner receives $5. Each place above that receives a prize that is five times the amount of the previous prize. How much prize money is awarded?
Answer:

Question 16.
You buy tealight candles and mints as party favors for a baby shower. The tealight candles come in packs of 12 for $3.50. The mints come in packs of 50 for $6.25. What is the least amount of money you can spend to buy the same number of candles and mints?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 57
Answer:

Numerical Expressions and Factors Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
What is the value of 8 × 135?
Answer:

Question 2.
Which number is equivalent to the expression below?
3 • 23 – 8 ÷ 4
A. 0
B. 4
C. 22
D. 214
Answer:

Question 3.
The top of an end table is a square with a side length of 16 inches. What is the area of the tabletop?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 59
F. 16 in.2
G. 32 in.2
H. 64 in.2
I. 256 in.2
Answer:

Question 4.
You are filling baskets using 18 green eggs, 36 red eggs, and 54 blue eggs. What is the greatest number of baskets that you can fill so that the baskets are identical and there are no eggs left over?
A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 18
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the value of 22 • 32 • 5?
Answer:

Question 6.
You hang the two strands of decorative lights shown below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 60
Strand 1: changes between red and blue every 15 seconds

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 61
Strand 2: changes between green and gold every 18 seconds
Both strands just changed color. After how many seconds will the strands change color at the same time again?
F. 3 seconds
G. 30 seconds
H. 90 seconds
I. 270 seconds
Answer:

Question 7.
Point p is plotted in the coordinate plane below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 62
What arc the coordinates of Point p?
A. (5, 3)
B. (4, 3)
C. (3, 5)
D. (3, 4)
Answer:

Question 8.
What is the prime factorization 1100?
F. 2 × 5 × 11
G. 22 × 52 × 11
H. 4 × 52 × 11
I. 22 × 5 × 55
Answer:

Question 9.
What is the least common multiple of 3, 8, and 10?
A. 21
B. 30
C. 80
D. 120
Answer:

Question 10.
What is the area of the shaded region of the figure below?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 63
F. 16yd2
G. 65yd2
H. 81 yd2
I. 97 yd2
Answer:

Question 11.
Which expression represents a prime factorization?
A. 4 × 4 × 7
B. 22 × 21 × 23
C. 34 × 5 × 7
D. 5 × 5 × 9 × 11
Answer:

Question 12.
Find the greatest common factor for each pair of numbers.
Think
Solve
Explain
10 and 15      10 and 21     15 and 21
What can you conclude about the greatest common factor of 10, 15, and 21?
Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions

If you stuck at solving complex problems on Quadratic Functions then stop calculating the problem and start practicing the concepts of Chapter 2 from Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers. It holds all chapter’s answer keys in pdf format. Here, in this article, you will collect the details about Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions. This material is the complete guide for high school students to learn the concepts of the Quadratic functions. Hence, download the topic-wise BIM Algebra 2 Ch 1 Textbook Solutions from the below available links and start your practice sessions before any examination.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions

Students can access these Topicwise Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Ch 1 Answers online or offline whenever required and kickstart their preparation. You can easily clear all your subject-related queries using the BIM Algebra 2 Ch 1 Answer key. This BIM Textbook Algebra 2 Chapter 1 Solution Key includes various easy & complex questions belonging to Lessons 2.1 to 2.4, Assessment Tests, Chapter Tests, Cumulative Assessments, etc. Apart from the Quadratic functions exercises, you can also find the exercise on the Lesson Focus of a Parabola. Excel in mathematics examinations by practicing more and more using the BigIdeas Math Algebra 2 Ch 2 Answer key.

Quadratic Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the x-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = 2x + 7

Question 2.
y = -6x + 8

Question 3.
y = -10x – 36

Question 4.
y = 3(x – 5)

Question 5.
y = -4(x + 10)

Question 6.
3x + 6y = 24

Find the distance between the two points.

Question 7.
(2, 5), (-4, 7)

Question 8.
(-1, 0), (-8, 4)

Question 9.
(3, 10), (5, 9)

Question 10.
(7, -4), (-5, 0)

Question 11.
(4, -8), (4, 2)

Question 12.
(0, 9), (-3, -6)

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING Use the Distance Formula to write an expression for the distance between the two points (a, c) and (b, c). Is there an easier way to find the distance when the x-coordinates are equal? Explain your reasoning

Quadratic Functions Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Decide whether the syllogism represents correct or flawed reasoning. If flawed, explain why the conclusion is not valid.

Question 1.
All mammals are warm-blooded.
All dogs are mammals.
Therefore, all dogs are warm-blooded.

Question 2.
All mammals are warm-blooded.
My pet is warm-blooded.
Therefore, my pet is a mammal.

Question 3.
If I am sick, then I will miss school.
I missed school.
Therefore, I am sick.

Question 4.
If I am sick, then I will miss school.
I did not miss school.
Therefore, I am not sick.

Lesson 2.1 Transformations of Quadratic Functions

Essential Question

How do the constants a, h, and k affect the graph of the quadratic function g(x) = a(x – h)2 + k?
The parent function of the quadratic family is f(x) = x2. A transformation of the graph of the parent function is represented by the function g(x) = a(x – h)2 + k, where a ≠ 0.

EXPLORATION 1
Identifying Graphs of Quadratic Functions
Work with a partner.
Match each quadratic function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Then use a graphing calculator to verify that your answer is correct.
a. g(x) = -(x – 2)2
b. g(x) = (x – 2)2 + 2
c. g(x) = -(x + 2)2 – 2
d. g(x) = 0.5(x – 2)2 + 2
e. g(x) = 2(x – 2)2
f. g(x) = -(x + 2)2 + 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 1

Communicate Your Answer

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2
Question 2.
How do the constants a, h, and k affect the graph of the quadratic function g(x) =a(x – h)2 + k?

Question 3.
Write the equation of the quadratic function whose graph is shown at the right. Explain your reasoning. Then use a graphing calculator to verify that your equation is correct.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 3

2.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 1.
g(x) = (x – 3)2

Question 2.
g(x) = (x + 2)2 – 2

Question 3.
g(x) = (x + 5)2 + 1

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 4.
g(x) = (\(\frac{1}{3} x\))2

Question 5.
g(x) = 3(x – 1)2

Question 6.
g(x) = -(x + 3)2 + 2

Question 7.
Let the graph of g be a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) followed by a translation 2 units up of the graph of f(x) = x2. Write a rule for g and identify the vertex.

Question 8.
Let the graph of g be a translation 4 units left followed by a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the graph of f(x) = x2 + x. Write a rule for g.

Question 9.
WHAT IF? In Example 5, the water hits the ground 10 feet closer to the fire truck after lowering the ladder. Write a function that models the new path of the water.

Transformations of Quadratic Functions 2.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE The graph of a quadratic function is called a(n) ________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY Identify the vertex of the parabola given by f(x) = (x + 2)2 – 4.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 3.
g(x) = x2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 3

Question 4.
g(x) = x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 5.
g(x) = (x + 2)2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 5

Question 6.
g(x) = (x – 4)2

Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = (x – 1)2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 7

Question 8.
g(x) = (x + 3)2

Answer:

Question 9.
g(x) = (x + 6)2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 9

Question 10.
g(x) = (x – 9)2 + 5
Answer:

Question 11.
g(x) = (x – 7)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 11

Question 12.
g(x) = (x + 10)2 – 3
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 13–16, match the function with the correct transformation of the graph of f. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 4

Question 13.
y = f(x – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 13

Question 14.
y = f(x) + 1
Answer:

Question 15.
y = f(x – 1) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 15

Question 16.
y = f(x + 1)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 5

In Exercises 17–24, describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 17.
g(x) = -x2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 17

Question 18.
g(x) = (-x)2

Answer:

Question 19.
g(x) = 3x2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 19

Question 20.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2

Answer:

Question 21.
g(x) = (2x)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 21

Question 22.
g(x) = -(2x)2

Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 23

Question 24.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2

Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in analyzing the graph of f(x) = −6x2 + 4.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 7
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 27–30, describe the transformation of the graph of the parent quadratic function. Then identify the vertex.

Question 27.
f(x) = 3(x + 2)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = -4(x + 1)2 – 5
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = -2x2 + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 29

Question 30.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, write a rule for g described by the transformations of the graph of f. Then identify the vertex.

Question 31.
f(x) = x2 vertical stretch by a factor of 4 and a reflection in the x-axis, followed by a translation 2 units up
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = x2; vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and a reflection in the y-axis, followed by a translation 3 units right
Answer:

Question 33.
f(x) = 8x2 – 6; horizontal stretch by a factor of 2 and a translation 2 units up, followed by a reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 33

Question 34.
f(x) = (x + 6)2 + 3; horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) and a translation 1 unit down, followed by a reflection in the x-axis
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 35–40, match the function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.

Question 35.
g(x) = 2(x – 1)2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 35

Question 36.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 1)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 37.
g(x) = -2(x – 1)2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 37

Question 38.
g(x) = 2(x + 1)2 + 2
Answer:

Question 39.
g(x) = -2(x + 1)2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 39

Question 40.
g(x) = 2(x – 1)2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 8

JUSTIFYING STEPS In Exercises 41 and 42, justify eachstep in writing a function g based on the transformationsof f(x) = 2x2 + 6x.

Question 41.
translation 6 units down followed by a reflection in the x-axis
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 41

Question 42.
reflection in the y-axis followed by a translation 4 units right
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 10
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The function h(x) = -0.03(x – 14)2 + 6 models the jump of a red kangaroo, where x is the horizontal distance traveled (in feet) and h(x) is the height (in feet). When the kangaroo jumps from a higher location, it lands 5 feet farther away. Write a function that models the second jump.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 43

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The function f(t) = -16t2 + 10 models the height (in feet) of an object t seconds after it is dropped from a height of 10 feet on Earth. The same object dropped from the same height on the moon is modeled by g(t) = –\(\frac{8}{3}\)t2 + 10. Describe the transformation of the graph of f to obtain g. From what height must the object be dropped on the moon so it hits the ground at the same time as on Earth?
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Flying fish use their pectoral fins like airplane wings to glide through the air.
a. Write an equation of the form y = a(x – h)2 + k with vertex (33, 5) that models the flight path, assuming the fish leaves the water at (0, 0).
b. What are the domain and range of the function? What do they represent in this situation?
c. Does the value of a change when the flight path has vertex (30, 4)? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 45.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 45.3

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = x2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 13
Answer:

Question 47.
COMPARING METHODS Let the graph of g be a translation 3 units up and 1 unit right followed by a vertical stretch by a factor of 2 of the graph of f(x) = x2.
a. Identify the values of a, h, and k and use vertex form to write the transformed function.
b. Use function notation to write the transformed function. Compare this function with your function in part (a).
c. Suppose the vertical stretch was performed first, followed by the translations. Repeat parts (a) and (b).
d. Which method do you prefer when writing a transformed function? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 47.2

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING A jump on a pogo stick with a conventional spring can be modeled by f(x) = -0.5(x – 6)2 + 18, where x is the horizontal distance (in inches) and f(x) is the vertical distance (in inches). Write at least one transformation of the function and provide a possible reason for your transformation.
Answer:

Question 49.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The area of a circle depends on the radius, as shown in the graph. A circular earring with a radius of r millimeters has a circular hole with a radius of \(\frac{3 r}{4}\) millimeters. Describe a transformation of the graph below that models the area of the blue portion of the earring.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 13.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 49

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency
A line of symmetry for the figure is shown in red. Find the coordinates of point A. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 14
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.1 Question 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 16
Answer:

Lesson 2.2 Characteristics of Quadratic Functions

Essential Question
What type of symmetry does the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k have and how can you describe this symmetry?

EXPLORATION 1
Parabolas and Symmetry
Work with a partner.

a. Complete the table. Then use the values in the table to sketch the graph of the function
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 2x – 2 on graph paper.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 17
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 18
b. Use the results in part (a) to identify the vertex of the parabola.
c. Find a vertical line on your graph paper so that when you fold the paper, the left portion of the graph coincides with the right portion of the graph. What is the equation of this line? How does it relate to the vertex?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 19
d. Show that the vertex form f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 2)2 – 4 is equivalent to the function given in part (a).

EXPLORATION 2
Parabolas and Symmetry
Work with a partner.
Repeat Exploration 1 for the function given by f(x) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 + 2x + 3 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)(x – 3),sup>2 + 6.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 20
What type of symmetry does the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k have and how can you describe this symmetry?

Question 4.
Describe the symmetry of each graph. Then use a graphing calculator to verify your answer.
a. f(x) = -(x – 1)2 + 4
b. f(x) = (x + 1)2 – 2
c. f(x) = 2(x – 3)2 + 1
d. f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 2)2
e. f(x) = -2x2 + 3
f. f(x) = 3(x – 5)2 + 2

2.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry.

Question 1.
f(x) = -3(x + 1)2

Question 2.
g(x) = 2(x – 2)2 + 5

Question 3.
h(x) = x2 + 2x – 1

Question 4.
p(x) = -2x2 – 8x + 1

Question 5.
Find the minimum value or maximum value of
(a) f(x) = 4x2 + 16x – 3 and
(b) h(x) = -x2 + 5x + 9. Describe the domain and range of each function, and where each function is increasing and decreasing.

Graph the function. Label the x-intercepts, vertex, and axis of symmetry.

Question 6.
f(x) = -(x + 1)(x + 5)

Question 7.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x – 6)(x – 2)

Question 8.
WHAT IF? The graph of your third shot is a parabola through the origin that reaches a maximum height of 28 yards when x = 45. Compare the distance it travels before it hits the ground with the distances of the first two shots.

Characteristics of Quadratic Functions 2.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept and Check

Question 1.
WRITING Explain how to determine whether a quadratic function will have a minimum value or a maximum value.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? The graph of which function does not belong with the other three? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 21
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = (x – 3)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 3

Question 4.
h(x) = (x + 4)2
Answer:

Question 5.
g(x) = (x + 3)2 + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 5

Question 6.
y = (x – 7)2 – 1
Answer:

Question 7.
y = -4(x – 2)2 + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 7

Question 8.
g(x) = 2(x + 1)2 – 3
Answer:

Question 9.
f(x) = -2(x – 1)2 – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 9

Question 10.
h(x) = 4(x + 4)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 11.
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 2)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 11

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 3)2 + 2
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = 0.4(x – 1)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 13

Question 14.
g(x) = 0.75x2 – 5
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 15–18, use the axis of symmetry to match the equation with its graph.

Question 15.
y = 2(x – 3)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 15

Question 16.
y = (x + 4)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 17.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 1)2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 17

Question 18.
y = (x – 2)2 – 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 22
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 19 and 20, use the axis of symmetry to plot the reflection of each point and complete the parabola.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 24
Answer:

In Exercises 21–30, graph the function. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry.

Question 21.
y = x2 + 2x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 21.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 21.2

Question 22.
y = 3x2 – 6x + 4
Answer:

Question 23.
y = -4x2 + 8x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 23.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 23.2

Question 24.
f(x) = -x2 – 6x + 3
Answer:

Question 25.
g(x) = -x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 25.2

Question 26.
f(x) = 6x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 27.
g(x) = -1.5x2 + 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 27.2

Question 28.
f(x) = 0.5x2 + x – 3
Answer:

Question 29.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2 – 3x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 29.2

Question 30.
y = –\(\frac{5}{2}\)x2 – 4x – 1
Answer:

Question 31.
WRITING Two quadratic functions have graphs with vertices (2, 4) and (2, -3). Explain why you can not use the axes of symmetry to distinguish between the two functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 31

Question 32.
WRITING A quadratic function is increasing to the left of x = 2 and decreasing to the right of x = 2. Will the vertex be the highest or lowest point on the graph of the parabola? Explain.
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 33 and 34, describe and correct the error in analyzing the graph of y = 4x2 + 24x − 7.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 26
Answer:

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS In Exercises 35 and 36, x is the horizontal distance (in feet) and y is the vertical distance (in feet). Find and interpret the coordinates of the vertex.

Question 35.
The path of a basketball thrown at an angle of 45° can be modeled by y = -0.02x2 + x + 6.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 35

Question 36.
The path of a shot put released at an angle of 35° can be modeled by y = -0.01x2 + 0.7x + 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 27
Answer:

Question 37.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS The graph of which function has the same axis of symmetry as the graph of y = x2 + 2x + 2?
A. y = 2x2 + 2x + 2
B. y = -3x2 – 6x + 2
C. y = x2 – 2x + 2
D. y = -5x2 + 10x + 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 37

Question 38.
USING STRUCTURE Which function represents the widest parabola? Explain your reasoning.
A. y = 2(x + 3)2
B. y = x2 – 5
C. y = 0.5(x – 1)2 + 1
D. y = -x2 + 6
Answer:

In Exercises 39–48, find the minimum or maximum value of the function. Describe the domain and range of the function, and where the function is increasing and decreasing.

Question 39.
y = 6x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 39

Question 40.
y = 9x2 + 7
Answer:

Question 41.
y = -x2 – 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 41

Question 42.
g(x) = -3x2 – 6x + 5
Answer:

Question 43.
f(x) = -2x2 + 8x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 43

Question 44.
g(x) = 3x2 + 18x – 5
Answer:

Question 45.
h(x) = 2x2 – 12x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 45

Question 46.
h(x) = x2 – 4x
Answer:

Question 47.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 – 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 47

Question 48.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2 + 6x + 4
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING The path of a diver is modeled by the function f(x) = -9x2 + 9x + 1, where f(x) is the height of the diver (in meters) above the water and x is the horizontal distance (in meters) from the end of the diving board.
a. What is the height of the diving board?
b. What is the maximum height of the diver?
c. Describe where the diver is ascending and where the diver is descending.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 49

Question 50.
PROBLEM SOLVING The engine torque y (in foot-pounds) of one model of car is given by y = -3.75x2 + 23.2x + 38.8, where x is the speed (in thousands of revolutions per minute) of the engine.
a. Find the engine speed that maximizes torque. What is the maximum torque?
b. Explain what happens to the engine torque as the speed of the engine increases.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 51 and 52, write an equation for the area of the figure. Then determine the maximum possible area of the figure.

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 30
Answer:

In Exercises 53–60, graph the function. Label the x-intercept(s), vertex, and axis of symmetry.

Question 53.
y = (x + 3)(x – 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 53.2

Question 54.
y = (x + 1)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 55.
y = 3(x + 2)(x + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 55.2

Question 56.
f(x) = 2(x – 5)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 57.
g(x) = -x(x + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 57.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 57.2

Question 58.
y = -4x(x + 7)
Answer:

Question 59.
f(x) = -2(x – 3)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 59.1

Question 60.
y = 4(x – 7)2
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 61–64, identify the x-intercepts of the function and describe where the graph is increasing and decreasing. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answer.

Question 61.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 2)(x + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 61

Question 62.
y = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 1)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 63.
g(x) = -4(x – 4)(x – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 63.1

Question 64.
h(x) = -5(x + 5)(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 65.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A soccer player kicks a ball downfield. The height of the ball increases until it reaches a maximum height of 8 yards, 20 yards away from the player. A second kick is modeled by y = x(0.4 – 0.008x). Which kick travels farther before hitting the ground? Which kick travels higher?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 65.1

Question 66.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Although a football field appears to be flat, some are actually shaped like a parabola so that rain runs off to both sides. The cross section of a field can be modeled by y = -0.000234x(x – 160), where x and y are measured in feet. What is the width of the field? What is the maximum height of the surface of the field?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 32
Answer:

Question 67.
REASONING The points (2, 3) and (-4, 2) lie on the graph of a quadratic function. Determine whether you can use these points to find the axis of symmetry. If not, explain. If so, write the equation of the axis of symmetry.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 67

Question 68.
OPEN-ENDED Write two different quadratic functions in intercept form whose graphs have the axis of symmetry x= 3.
Answer:

Question 69.
PROBLEM SOLVING An online music store sells about 4000 songs each day when it charges $1 per song. For each $0.05 increase in price, about 80 fewer songs per day are sold. Use the verbal model and quadratic function to determine how much the store should charge per song to maximize daily revenue.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 69

Question 70.
PROBLEM SOLVING An electronics store sells 70 digital cameras per month at a price of $320 each. For each $20 decrease in price, about 5 more cameras per month are sold. Use the verbal model and quadratic function to determine how much the store should charge per camera to maximize monthly revenue.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 34
Answer:

Question 71.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS Compare the graphs of the three quadratic functions. What do you notice? Rewrite the functions f and g in standard form to justify your answer.
f(x) = (x + 3)(x + 1)
g(x) = (x + 2)2 – 1
h(x) = x2 + 4x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 71

Question 72.
USING STRUCTURE Write the quadratic function f(x) = x2 + x – 12 in intercept form. Graph the function. Label the x-intercepts, y-intercept, vertex, and axis of symmetry.
Answer:

Question 73.
PROBLEM SOLVING A woodland jumping mouse hops along a parabolic path given by y = -0.2x2 + 1.3x, where x is the mouse’s horizontal distance traveled (in feet) and y is the corresponding height (in feet). Can the mouse jump over a fence that is 3 feet high? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 73

Question 74.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Consider the graph of the function f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 36
a. What does f(\(\frac{p+q}{2}\)) represent in the graph?
b. If a < 0, how does your answer in part (a) change? Explain.
Answer:

Question 75.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The Gateshead Millennium Bridge spans the River Tyne. The arch of the bridge can be modeled by a parabola. The arch reaches a maximum height of 50 meters at a point roughly 63 meters across the river. Graph the curve of the arch. What are the domain and range? What do they represent in this situation?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 75

Quadratic 76.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You have 100 feet of fencing to enclose a rectangular garden. Draw three possible designs for the garden. Of these, which has the greatest area? Make a conjecture about the dimensions of the rectangular garden with the greatest possible area. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 77.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT The point (1, 5) lies on the graph of a quadratic function with axis of symmetry x = -1. Your friend says the vertex could be the point (0, 5). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 77

Question 78.
CRITICAL THINKING Find the y-intercept in terms of a, p, and q for the quadratic function f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Answer:

Question 79.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A kernel of popcorn contains water that expands when the kernel is heated, causing it to pop. The equations below represent the “popping volume” y (in cubic centimeters per gram) of popcorn with moisture content x (as a percent of the popcorn’s weight).
Hot-air popping: y = -0.761(x – 5.52)(x – 22.6)
Hot-oil popping:y = -0.652(x – 5.35)(x – 21.8)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 38
a. For hot-air popping, what moisture content maximizes popping volume? What is the maximum volume?
b. For hot-oil popping, what moisture content maximizes popping volume? What is the maximum volume?
c. Use a graphing calculator to graph both functions in the same coordinate plane. What are the domain and range of each function in this situation? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 79.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 79.2

Question 80.
ABSTRACT REASONING A function is written in intercept form with a > 0. What happens to the vertex of the graph as a increases? as a approaches 0?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check for extraneous solutions. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 81.
3\(\sqrt{x}\) – 6 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 81

Question 82.
2\(\sqrt{x-4}\) – 2 = 2
Answer:

Question 83.
\(\sqrt{5x}\) + 5 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 83

Question 84.
\(\sqrt{3x+8}\) = \(\sqrt{x+4}\)
Answer:

Solve the proportion. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 85.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 85

Question 86.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{x}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 87.
\(\frac{-1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.2 Question 87

Question 88.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) =-\(\frac{20}{x}\)
Answer:

Quadratic Functions Study Skills Using the Features of Your Textbook to Prepare for Quizzes and Tests

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 39

Core Concepts

Section 2.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 40
Section 2.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 40.1

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Why does the height you found in Exercise 44 on page 53 make sense in the context of the situation?

Question 2.
How can you effectively communicate your preference in methods to others in Exercise 47 on page 54?

Question 3.
How can you use technology to deepen your understanding of the concepts in Exercise 79 on page 64?

Study Skills
Using the Features of Your Textbook to Prepare for Quizzes and Tests

  • Read and understand the core vocabulary and the contents of the Core Concept boxes.
  • Review the Examples and the Monitoring Progress questions. Use the tutorials at BigIdeasMath.com for additional help.
  • Review previously completed homework assignments.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 41

Quadratic Functions 2.1 – 2.2 Quiz

2.1 – 2.2 Quiz

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. (Section 2.1)

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 42

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 43

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 44

Write a rule for g and identify the vertex. (Section 2.1)

Question 4.
Let g be a translation 2 units up followed by a reflection in the x-axis and a vertical stretch by a factor of 6 of the graph of f(x) = x2.

Question 5.
Let g be a translation 1 unit left and 6 units down, followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the graph of f(x) = 3(x + 2)2.

Question 6.
Let g be a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\), followed by a translation 1 unit up and 3 units right of the graph of f(x) = (2x + 1)2 – 11.

Graph the function. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry. (Section 2.2)

Question 7.
f(x) = 2(x – 1)2 – 5

Question 8.
h(x) = 3x2 + 6x – 2

Question 9.
f(x) = 7 – 8x – x2

Find the x-intercepts of the graph of the function. Then describe where the function is increasing and decreasing.(Section 2.2)

Question 10.
g(x) = -3(x + 2)(x + 4)

Question 11.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 5)(x + 1)

Question 12.
f(x) = 0.4x(x – 6)

Question 13.
A grasshopper can jump incredible distances, up to 20 times its length. The height (in inches) of the jump above the ground of a 1-inch-long grasshopper is given by h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{20}\)x2 + x, where x is the horizontal distance (in inches) of the jump. When the grasshopper jumps off a rock, it lands on the ground 2 inches farther. Write a function that models the new path of the jump. (Section 2.1)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 45

Question 14.
A passenger on a stranded lifeboat shoots a distress flare into the air. The height (in feet) of the flare above the water is given by f(t) = -16t(t – 8), where t is time (in seconds) since the flare was shot. The passenger shoots a second flare, whose path is modeled in the graph. Which flare travels higher? Which remains in the air longer? Justify your answer. (Section 2.2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 46

Lesson 2.3 Focus of a Parabola

Essential Question
What is the focus of a parabola?
EXPLORATION 1
Analyzing Satellite Dishes
Work with a partner
. Vertical rays enter a satellite dish whose cross section is a parabola. When the rays hit the parabola, they reflect at the same angle at which they entered. (See Ray 1 in the figure.)
a. Draw the reflected rays so that they intersect the y-axis.
b. What do the reflected rays have in common?
c. The optimal location for the receiver of the satellite dish is at a point called the focus of the parabola. Determine the location of the focus. Explain why this makes sense in this situation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 47

EXPLORATION 2
Analyzing Spotlights

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 48
Work with a partner. Beams of light are coming from the bulb in a spotlight, located at the focus of the parabola. When the beams hit the parabola, they reflect at the same angle at which they hit. (See Beam 1 in the figure.) Draw the reflected beams. What do they have in common? Would you consider this to be the optimal result? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 49

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What is the focus of a parabola?

Question 4.
Describe some of the properties of the focus of a parabola.

2.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Use the Distance Formula to write an equation of the parabola with focus F(0, -3) and directrix y = 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 50

Identify the focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry of the parabola. Then graph the equation.

Question 2.
y = 0.5x2

Question 3.
-y = x2

Question 4.
y2 = 6x

Write an equation of the parabola with vertex at (0, 0) and the given directrix or focus.

Question 5.
directrix: x = -3

Question 6.
focus: (-2, 0)

Question 7.
focus: (0, \(\frac{3}{2}\))

Monitoring Progress

Question 8.
Write an equation of a parabola with vertex (-1, 4) and focus (-1, 2).

Question 9.
A parabolic microwave antenna is 16 feet in diameter. Write an equation that represents the cross section of the antenna with its vertex at (0, 0) and its focus 10 feet to the right of the vertex. What is the depth of the antenna?

Focus of a Parabola 2.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE A parabola is the set of all points in a plane equidistant from a fixed point called the ______ and a fixed line called the __________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING Explain how to find the coordinates of the focus of a parabola with vertex (0, 0)and directrix y = 5.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, use the Distance Formula to write an equation of the parabola.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 52
Answer:

Question 5.
focus: (0, -2)
directrix: y = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 5

Question 6.
directrix: y = 7
focus: (0, -7)
Answer:

Question 7.
vertex: (0, 0)
directrix: y = -6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 7

Question 8.
vertex: (0, 0)
focus: (0, 5)
Answer:

Question 9.
vertex: (0, 0)
focus: (0, -10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 9

Question 10.
vertex: (0, 0)
directrix: y = -9
Answer:

Question 11.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS Which of the given characteristics describe parabolas that open down? Explain your reasoning.
A. focus: (0, -6)
directrix: y = 6
B. focus: (0, -2)
directrix: y = 2
C.focus: (0, 6)
directrix: y = -6
D. focus: (0, -1)
directrix: y = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 11

Question 12.
REASONING Which of the following are possible coordinates of the point P in the graph shown? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 53
A. (-6, -1)
B. (3, –\(\frac{1}{4}\))
C. (4, –\(\frac{4}{9}\))
D. (1, –\(\frac{1}{36}\))
E. (6, -1)
F. (2, –\(\frac{1}{18}\))
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, identify the focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry of the parabola. Graph the equation.

Question 13.
y = \(\frac{1}{8}\)x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 13

Question 14.
y = –\(\frac{1}{12}\)x2
Answer:

Question 15.
x = –\(\frac{1}{20}\)y2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 15

Question 16.
x= \(\frac{1}{24}\)y2
Answer:

Question 17.
y2 = 16x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 17.2

Question 18.
-x2 = 48y
Answer:

Question 19.
6x2 + 3y = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 19.2

Question 20.
8x2 – y = 0
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in graphing the parabola.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 55
Answer:

Question 23.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS The cross section (with units in inches) of a parabolic satellite dish can be modeled by the equation y = \(\frac{1}{38}\)x2. How far is the receiver from the vertex of the cross section? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 23

Question 24.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS The cross section (with units in inches) of a parabolic spotlight can be modeled by the equation x = \(\frac{1}{20}\)y2. How far is the bulb from the vertex of the cross section? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 56
Answer:

In Exercises 25–28, write an equation of the parabola shown.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 58
Answer:

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 60
Answer:

In Exercises 29–36, write an equation of the parabola with the given characteristics.

Question 29.
focus: (3, 0)
directrix: x = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 29

Question 30.
focus: (\(\frac{2}{3}\), 0)
directrix: x = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
directrix: x = -10
vertex: (0, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 31

Question 32.
directrix: y = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
vertex: (0, 0)
Answer:

Question 33.
focus: (0, –\(\frac{5}{3}\))
directrix: y = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 33

Question 34.
focus: (0, \(\frac{5}{4}\))
directrix: y = –\(\frac{5}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
focus: (0, \(\frac{6}{7}\))
vertex: (0, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 35

Question 36.
focus: (-\(\frac{4}{5}\), 0)
vertex: (0, 0)
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, write an equation of the parabola shown.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 62
Answer:

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 64
Answer:

In Exercises 41–46, identify the vertex, focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry of the parabola. Describe the transformations of the graph of the standard equation with p = 1 and vertex (0, 0).

Question 41.
y = \(\frac{1}{8}\)(x – 3)2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 41

Question 42.
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 2)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 43.
x = \(\frac{1}{16}\)(y – 3)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 43

Question 44.
y = (x + 3)2 – 5
Answer:

Question 45.
x = -3(y + 4)2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 45

Question 46.
x = 4(y + 5)2 – 1
Answer:

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Scientists studying dolphin echolocation simulate the projection of a bottlenose dolphin’s clicking sounds using computer models. The models originate the sounds at the focus of a parabolic reflector. The parabola in the graph shows the cross section of the reflector with focal length of 1.3 inches and aperture width of 8 inches. Write an equation to represent the cross section of the reflector. What is the depth of the reflector?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 47

Question 48.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Solar energy can be concentrated using long troughs that have a parabolic cross section as shown in the figure. Write an equation to represent the cross section of the trough. What are the domain and range in this situation? What do they represent?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 66
Answer:

Question 49.
ABSTRACT REASONING As | p | increases, how does the width of the graph of the equation y = \(\frac{1}{4 p}\)x2 change? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows the path of a volleyball served from an initial height of 6 feet as it travels over a net.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 67
a. Label the vertex, focus, and a point on the directrix.
b. An underhand serve follows the same parabolic path but is hit from a height of 3 feet. How does this affect the focus? the directrix?
Answer:

Question 51.
CRITICAL THINKING The distance from point P to the directrix is 2 units. Write an equation of the parabola.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 68
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Two parabolas have the same focus (a, b) and focal length of 2 units. Write an equation of each parabola. Identify the directrix of each parabola.
Answer:

Question 53.
REPEATED REASONING Use the Distance Formula to derive the equation of a parabola that opens to the right with vertex (0, 0), focus (p, 0), and directrix x = -p.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 53

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING The latus rectum of a parabola is the line segment that is parallel to the directrix, passes through the focus, and has endpoints that lie on the parabola. Find the length of the latus rectum of the parabola shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 70
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write an equation of the line that passes through the points.(Section 1.3)

Question 55.
(1, -4), (2, -1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 55

Question 56.
(-3, 12), (0, 6)
Answer:

Question 57.
(3, 1), (-5, 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 57

Question 58.
(2, -1), (0, 1)
Answer:

Use a graphing calculator to find an equation for the line of best fit.

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.3 Question 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 72
Answer:

Lesson 2.4 Modeling with Quadratic Functions

Essential Question
How can you use a quadratic function to model a real-life situation?

EXPLORATION 1
Modeling with a Quadratic Function

Work with a partner. The graph shows a quadratic function of the form
P(t) = at2 + bt + c
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 73
which approximates the yearly profits for a company, where P(t) is the profit in year t.
a. Is the value of a positive, negative, or zero? Explain.
b. Write an expression in terms of a and b that represents the year t when the company made the least profit.
c. The company made the same yearly profits in 2004 and 2012. Estimate the year in which the company made the least profit.
d. Assume that the model is still valid today. Are the yearly profits currently increasing, decreasing, or constant? Explain.

EXPLORATION 2
Modeling with a Graphing Calculator
Work with a partner.
The table shows the heights h (in feet) of a wrench t seconds after it has been dropped from a building under construction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 74
a. Use a graphing calculator to create a scatter plot of the data, as shown at the right. Explain why the data appear to fit a quadratic model.
b. Use the quadratic regression feature to find a quadratic model for the data.
c. Graph the quadratic function on the same screen as the scatter plot to verify that it fits the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 75
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 76
d. When does the wrench hit the ground? Explain.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a quadratic function to model a real-life situation?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find examples of real-life situations that can be modeled by quadratic functions.

2.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
WHAT IF? The vertex of the parabola is (50, 37.5). What is the height of the net?

Question 2.
Write an equation of the parabola that passes through the point (-1, 2) and has vertex (4, -9).

Question 3.
WHAT IF? The y-intercept is 4.8. How does this change your answers in parts (a) and (b)?

Question 4.
Write an equation of the parabola that passes through the point (2, 5) and has x-intercepts -2 and 4.

Question 5.
Write an equation of the parabola that passes through the points (-1, 4), (0, 1), and (2, 7).

Question 6.
The table shows the estimated profits y (in dollars) for a concert when the charge is x dollars per ticket. Write and evaluate a function to determine what the charge per ticket should be to maximize the profit.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 77

Question 7.
The table shows the results of an experiment testing the maximum weights y (in tons) supported by ice x inches thick. Write a function that models the data. How much weight can be supported by ice that is 22 inches thick?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 78

Modeling with Quadratic Functions 2.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING Explain when it is appropriate to use a quadratic model for a set of data.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 79
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, write an equation of the parabola in vertex form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 80
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 81
Answer:

Question 5.
passes through (13, 8) and has vertex (3, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 5

Question 6.
passes through (-7, -15) and has vertex (-5, 9)
Answer:

Question 7.
passes through (0, -24) and has vertex (-6, -12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 7

Question 8.
passes through (6, 35) and has vertex (-1, 14)
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, write an equation of the parabola in intercept form.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 82
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 9.1

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 83
Answer:

Question 11.
x-intercepts of 12 and -6; passes through (14, 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 11

Question 12.
x-intercepts of 9 and 1; passes through (0, -18)
Answer:

Question 13.
x-intercepts of -16 and -2; passes through (-18, 72)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 13

Question 14.
x-intercepts of -7 and -3; passes through (-2, 0.05)
Answer:

Question 15.
WRITING Explain when to use intercept form and when to use vertex form when writing an equation of a parabola.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 15

Question 16.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS Which of the following equations represent the parabola?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 84
A. y = 2(x – 2)(x + 1)
B. y = 2(x + 0.5)2 – 4.5
C. y = 2(x – 0.5)2 – 4.5
D. y = 2(x + 2)(x – 1)
Answer:

In Exercises 17–20, write an equation of the parabola in vertex form or intercept form.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 86
Answer:

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 88
Answer:

Question 21.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the parabola.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 21

Question 22.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The area of a rectangle is modeled by the graph where y is the area (in square meters) and x is the width (in meters). Write an equation of the parabola. Find the dimensions and corresponding area of one possible rectangle. What dimensions result in the maximum area?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 90
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Every rope has a safe working load. A rope should not be used to lift a weight greater than its safe working load. The table shows the safe working loads S (in pounds) for ropes with circumference C (in inches). Write an equation for the safe working load for a rope. Find the safe working load for a rope that has a circumference of 10 inches.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 23.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 23.2

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A baseball is thrown up in the air. The table shows the heights y (in feet) of the baseball after x seconds. Write an equation for the path of the baseball. Find the height of the baseball after 1.7 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 92
Answer:

Question 25.
COMPARING METHODS You use a system with three variables to find the equation of a parabola that passes through the points (−8, 0), (2, −20), and (1, 0). Your friend uses intercept form to find the equation. Whose method is easier? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The table shows the distances y a motorcyclist is from home after x hours.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 93
a. Determine what type of function you can use to model the data. Explain your reasoning.
b. Write and evaluate a function to determine the distance the motorcyclist is from home after 6 hours.
Answer:

Question 27.
USING TOOLS The table shows the heights h (in feet) of a sponge t seconds after it was dropped by a window cleaner on top of a skyscraper.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 94
a. Use a graphing calculator to create a scatter plot. Which better represents the data, a line or a parabola? Explain.
b. Use the regression feature of your calculator to find the model that best fits the data.
c. Use the model in part (b) to predict when the sponge will hit the ground.
d. Identify and interpret the domain and range in this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 27

Question 28.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend states that quadratic functions with the same x-intercepts have the same equations, vertex, and axis of symmetry. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, analyze the differences in the outputs to determine whether the data are linear, quadratic, or neither. Explain. If linear or quadratic, write an equation that fits the data.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 29.2

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 96
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 97
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 98
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING The graph shows the number y of students absent from school due to the flu each day x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 99
a. Interpret the meaning of the vertex in this situation.
b. Write an equation for the parabola to predict the number of students absent on day 10.
c. Compare the average rates of change in the students with the flu from 0 to 6 days and 6 to 11 days.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 33.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 33.2

Question 34.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by a quadratic equation. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 35.
PROBLEM SOLVING The table shows the heights y of a competitive water-skier x seconds after jumping off a ramp. Write a function that models the height of the water-skier over time. When is the water-skier 5 feet above the water? How long is the skier in the air?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 35.1

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Use the graph to determine whether the average rate of change over each interval is positive, negative, or zero.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 101
a. 0 ≤ x ≤ 2
b. 2 ≤ x ≤ 5
c. 2 ≤ x ≤ 4
d. 0 ≤ x ≤ 4
Answer:

Question 37.
REPEATED REASONING The table shows the number of tiles in each figure. Verify that the data show a quadratic relationship. Predict the number of tiles in the 12th figure.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 37.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the trinomial. (Skills Review Handbook)

Question 38.
x2 + 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 39.
x2 – 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 39

Question 40.
3x2 – 15x + 12
Answer:

Question 41.
5x2 + 5x – 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 2.4 Question 41

Quadratic Functions Performance Task: Accident Reconstruction

2.3–2.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
focus, p. 68
directrix, p. 68

Core Concepts

Section 2.3
Standard Equations of a Parabola with Vertex at the Origin, p. 69
Standard Equations of a Parabola with Vertex at (h, k), p. 70

Section 2.4
Writing Quadratic Equations, p. 76
Writing Quadratic Equations to Model Data, p. 78

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain the solution pathway you used to solve Exercise 47 on page 73.

Question 2.
Explain how you used definitions to derive the equation in Exercise 53 on page 74.

Question 3.
Explain the shortcut you found to write the equation in Exercise 25 on page 81.

Question 4.
Describe how you were able to construct a viable argument in Exercise 28 on page 81.

Performance Task

Accident Reconstruction

Was the driver of a car speeding when the brakes were applied? What do skid marks at the scene of an accident reveal about the moments before the collision?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 103
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.

Quadratic Functions Chapter Review

Describe the transformation of f(x) = x2 represented by g. Then graph each function.

Question 1.
g(x) = (x + 4)2

Question 2.
g(x) = (x – 7)2 + 2

Question 3.
g(x) = -3(x + 2)2 – 1

Question 4.
Let the graph of g be a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{2}{3}\), followed by a translation 5 units left and 2 units down of the graph of f(x) = x2.

Question 5.
Let the graph of g be a translation 2 units left and 3 units up, followed by a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f(x) = x2 – 2x.

Graph the function. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry. Find the minimum or maximum value of f. Describe where the function is increasing and decreasing.

Question 6.
f(x) = 3(x – 1)2 – 4

Question 7.
g(x) = -2x2 + 16x + 3

Question 8.
h(x) = (x – 3)(x + 7)

Question 9.
You can make a solar hot-dog cooker by shaping foil-lined cardboard into a parabolic trough and passing a wire through the focus of each end piece. For the trough shown, how far from the bottom should the wire be placed?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 105

Question 10.
Graph the equation 36y = x2. Identify the focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry.

Write an equation of the parabola with the given characteristics.

Question 11.
vertex: (0, 0)
directrix: x = 2

Question 12.
focus: (2, 2)
vertex: (2, 6)

Write an equation for the parabola with the given characteristics.

Question 13.
passes through (1, 12) and has vertex (10, -4)

Question 14.
passes through (4, 3) and has x-intercepts of -1 and 5

Question 15.
passes through (-2, 7), (1, 10), and (2, 27)

Question 16.
The table shows the heights y of a dropped object after x seconds. Verify that the data show a quadratic relationship. Write a function that models the data. How long is the object in the air?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 106

Quadratic Functions Chapter Test

Question 1.
A parabola has an axis of symmetry y= 3 and passes through the point (2, 1). Find another point that lies on the graph of the parabola. Explain your reasoning.

Question 2.
Let the graph of g be a translation 2 units left and 1 unit down, followed by a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f(x) = (2x + 1)2 – 4. Write a rule for g.

Question 3.
Identify the focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry of x = 2y2. Graph the equation.

Question 4.
Explain why a quadratic function models the data. Then use a linear system to find the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 107

Write an equation of the parabola. Justify your answer.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 108

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 109

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 110

Question 8.
A surfboard shop sells 40 surfboards per month when it charges $500 per surfboard. Each time the shop decreases the price by $10, it sells 1 additional surfboard per month. How much should the shop charge per surfboard to maximize the amount of money earned? What is the maximum amount the shop can earn per month? Explain.

Question 9.
Graph f(x) = 8x2 – 4x+ 3. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry. Describe where the function is increasing and decreasing.

Question 10.
Sunfire is a machine with a parabolic cross section used to collect solar energy. The Sun’s rays are reflected from the mirrors toward two boilers located at the focus of the parabola. The boilers produce steam that powers an alternator to produce electricity.
a. Write an equation that represents the cross section of the dish shown with its vertex at (0, 0).
b. What is the depth of Sunfire? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 111

Question 11.
In 2011, the price of gold reached an all-time high. The table shows the prices (in dollars per troy ounce) of gold each year since 2006 (t = 0 represents 2006). Find a quadratic function that best models the data. Use the model to predict the price of gold in the year 2016.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 112

Quadratic Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
You and your friend are throwing a football. The parabola shows the path of your friend’s throw, where x is the horizontal distance (in feet) and y is the corresponding height (in feet). The path of your throw can be modeled by h(x) = −16x2 + 65x + 5. Choose the correct inequality symbol to indicate whose throw travels higher. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 113

Question 2.
The function g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)∣x − 4 ∣ + 4 is a combination of transformations of f(x) = | x|. Which combinations describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g?
A. translation 4 units right and vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\), followed by a translation 4 units up
B. translation 4 units right and 4 units up, followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
C. vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) , followed by a translation 4 units up and 4 units right
D. translation 4 units right and 8 units up, followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 3.
Your school decides to sell tickets to a dance in the school cafeteria to raise money. There is no fee to use the cafeteria, but the DJ charges a fee of $750. The table shows the profits (in dollars) when x students attend the dance.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 114
a. What is the cost of a ticket?
b. Your school expects 400 students to attend and finds another DJ who only charges $650. How much should your school charge per ticket to still make the same profit?
c. Your school decides to charge the amount in part (a) and use the less expensive DJ. How much more money will the school raise?

Question 4.
Order the following parabolas from widest to narrowest.
A. focus: (0, −3); directrix: y = 3
B. y = \(\frac{1}{16}\)x2 + 4
C. x = \(\frac{1}{8}\)y2
D. y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x − 2)2 + 3

Question 5.
Your friend claims that for g(x) = b, where b is a real number, there is a transformation in the graph that is impossible to notice. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 6.
Let the graph of g represent a vertical stretch and a reflection in the x-axis, followed by a translation left and down of the graph of f(x) = x2. Use the tiles to write a rule for g.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 115

Question 7.
Two balls are thrown in the air. The path of the first ball is represented in the graph. The second ball is released 1.5 feet higher than the first ball and after 3 seconds reaches its maximum height 5 feet lower than the first ball.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 2 Quadratic Functions 116
a. Write an equation for the path of the second ball.
b. Do the balls hit the ground at the same time? If so, how long are the balls in the air? If not, which ball hits the ground first? Explain your reasoning.

Question 8.
Let the graph of g be a translation 3 units right of the graph of f. The points (−1, 6), (3, 14), and (6, 41) lie on the graph of f. Which points lie on the graph of g?
A. (2, 6)
B. (2, 11)
C. (6, 14)
D. (6, 19)
E. (9, 41)
F. (9, 46)

Question 9.
Gym A charges $10 per month plus an initiation fee of $100. Gym B charges $30 per month, but due to a special promotion, is not currently charging an initiation fee.
a. Write an equation for each gym modeling the total cost y for a membership lasting x months.
b. When is it more economical for a person to choose Gym A over Gym B?
c. Gym A lowers its initiation fee to $25. Describe the transformation this change represents and how it affects your decision in part (b).

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability is provided by subject experts adhering to the latest common core curriculum guidelines. Want to be Proficient in the Concepts of BIM Algebra 2 Ch 10 Probability? Then, start practicing constantly from our BigIdeas Math Book High School Algebra 2 Lesson 10 Probability Answer Key. Here, you can get the solutions in a detailed way for easy and better understanding to students so download the Ch 10 lesson-wise Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Textbook Answers on Probability for free of charge & ace up your preparation.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability

High School Candidates are recommended to access the below provided Topicwise Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Ch 10 Probability Solutions and clear their doubts within no time. You can see step-by-step explained solutions in a simple and easy-to-understand language which are designed by the subject experts as per the latest common core 2019 curriculum. All you need to do is hit on the direct links available below and download the Big Ideas Math Textbook Solution Key for preparing the Algebra 2 Ch 10 Probability concepts efficiently in a free time. 

Probability Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.
Question 1.
What percent of 30 is 6?
Answer:

Question 2.
What number is 68% of 25?
Answer:

Question 3.
34.4 is what percent of 86?
Answer:

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 1
Answer:

Question 5.
ABSTRACT REASONING
You want to purchase either a sofa or an arm chair at a furniture store. Each item has the same retail price. The sofa is 20% off. The arm chair is 10% off, and you have a coupon to get an additional 10% off the discounted price of the chair. Are the items equally priced after the discounts are applied? Explain.
Answer:

Probability Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students apply the mathematics they know to solve real-life problems.

Monitoring Progress

In Exercises 1 and 2, describe the event as unlikely, equally likely to happen or not happen, or likely. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
The oldest child in a family is a girl.
Answer:

Question 2.
The two oldest children in a family with three children are girls.
Answer:

Question 3.
Give an example of an event that is certain to occur.
Answer:

Lesson 10.1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Essential Question How can you list the possible outcomes in the sample space of an experiment?
The sample space of an experiment is the set of all possible outcomes for that experiment.

EXPLORATION 1

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment
Work with a partner. In an experiment, three coins are flipped. List the possible outcomes in the sample space of the experiment.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment
Work with a partner. List the possible outcomes in the sample space of the experiment.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 2

EXPLORATION 3

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment
Work with a partner. In an experiment, a spinner is spun.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 3
a. How many ways can you spin a 1? 2? 3? 4? 5?
b. List the sample space.
c. What is the total number of outcomes?

EXPLORATION 4

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment
Work with a partner. In an experiment, a bag contains 2 blue marbles and 5 red marbles. Two marbles are drawn from the bag.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 4
a. How many ways can you choose two blue? a red then blue? a blue then red? two red?
b. List the sample space.
c. What is the total number of outcomes?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 5.
How can you list the possible outcomes in the sample space of an experiment?
Answer:

Question 6.
For Exploration 3, find the ratio of the number of each possible outcome to the total number of outcomes. Then find the sum of these ratios. Repeat for Exploration 4. What do you observe?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 5
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the number of possible outcomes in the sample space. Then list the possible outcomes.
Question 1.
You flip two coins.
Answer:

Question 2.
You flip two coins and roll a six-sided die.
Answer:

Question 3.
You flip a coin and roll a six-sided die. What is the probability that the coin shows tails and the die shows 4?
Answer:

Find P(\(\bar{A}\)).
Question 4.
P(A) = 0.455.
Answer:

Question 5.
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
P(A) = 1
Answer:

Question 7.
P(A) = 0.03
Answer:

Question 8.
In Example 4, are you more likely to get 10 points or 5 points?
Answer:

Question 9.
In Example 4, are you more likely to score points (10, 5, or 2) or get 0 points?
Answer:

Question 10.
In Example 5, for which color is the experimental probability of stopping on the color greater than the theoretical probability?
Answer:

Question 11.
In Example 6, what is the probability that a pet-owning adult chosen at random owns a fish?
Answer:

Sample Spaces and Probability 10.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A number that describes the likelihood of an event is the __________ of the event.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the difference between theoretical probability and experimental probability.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, find the number of possible outcomes in the sample space. Then list the possible outcomes.
Question 3.
You roll a die and flip three coins.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 3.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 3.2

Question 4.
You flip a coin and draw a marble at random from a bag containing two purple marbles and one white marble.
Answer:

Question 5.
A bag contains four red cards numbered 1 through 4, four white cards numbered 1 through 4, and four black cards numbered 1 through 4. You choose a card at random.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 5

Question 6.
You draw two marbles without replacement from a bag containing three green marbles and four black marbles.
Answer:

Question 7.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A game show airs on television five days per week. Each day, a prize is randomly placed behind one of two doors. The contestant wins the prize by selecting the correct door. What is the probability that exactly two of the five contestants win a prize during a week?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 7.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 7.2

Question 8.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your friend has two standard decks of 52 playing cards and asks you to randomly draw one card from each deck. What is the probability that you will draw two spades?
Answer:

Question 9.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When two six-sided dice are rolled, there are 36 possible outcomes. Find the probability that (a) the sum is not 4 and (b) the sum is greater than 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 9

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The age distribution of a population is shown. Find the probability of each event.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 7
a. A person chosen at random is at least 15 years old.
b. A person chosen at random is from 25 to 44 years old.
Answer:

Question 11.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A student randomly guesses the answers to two true-false questions. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability of the student guessing both answers correctly.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 11

Question 12.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A student randomly draws a number between 1 and 30. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability that the number drawn is greater than 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 9
Answer:

Question 13.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
You throw a dart at the board shown. Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the square board. What is the probability your dart lands in the yellow region?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 13

Question 14.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The map shows the length (in miles) of shoreline along the Gulf of Mexico for each state that borders the body of water. What is the probability that a ship coming ashore at a random point in the Gulf of Mexico lands in the given state?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 11
a. Texas
b. Alabama
c. Florida
d. Louisiana
Answer:

Question 15.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You roll a six-sided die 60 times. The table shows the results. For which number is the experimental probability of rolling the number the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 15

Question 16.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A bag contains 5 marbles that are each a different color. A marble is drawn, its color is recorded, and then the marble is placed back in the bag. This process is repeated until 30 marbles have been drawn. The table shows the results. For which marble is the experimental probability of drawing the marble the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 13
Answer:

Question 17.
REASONING
Refer to the spinner shown. The spinner is divided into sections with the same area.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 14
a. What is the theoretical probability that the spinner stops on a multiple of 3?
b. You spin the spinner 30 times. It stops on a multiple of 3 twenty times. What is the experimental probability of stopping on a multiple of 3?
c. Explain why the probability you found in part (b) is different than the probability you found in part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 17

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life event that has a probability of 0. Then describe a real-life event that has a probability of 1.
Answer:

Question 19.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A survey of 2237 adults ages 18 and over asked which sport is their favorite. The results are shown in the figure. What is the probability that an adult chosen at random prefers auto racing?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 19

Question 20.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A survey of 2392 adults ages 18 and over asked what type of food they would be most likely to choose at a restaurant. The results are shown in the figure. What is the probability that an adult chosen at random prefers Italian food?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 16
Answer:

Question 21.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Refer to the board in Exercise 13. Order the likelihoods that the dart lands in the given region from least likely to most likely.
A. green
B. not blue
C. red
D. not yellow
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 21

Question 22.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Refer to the chart below. Order the following events from least likely to most likely.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 17
A. It rains on Sunday.
B. It does not rain on Saturday.
C. It rains on Monday.
D. It does not rain on Friday.
Answer:

Question 23.
USING TOOLS
Use the figure in Example 3 to answer each question.
a. List the possible sums that result from rolling two six-sided dice.
b. Find the theoretical probability of rolling each sum.
c. The table below shows a simulation of rolling two six-sided dice three times. Use a random number generator to simulate rolling two six-sided dice 50 times. Compare the experimental probabilities of rolling each sum with the theoretical probabilities.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 23

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You flip a coin three times. It lands on heads twice and on tails once. Your friend concludes that the theoretical probability of the coin landing heads up is P(heads up) = \(\frac{2}{3}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A sphere fits inside a cube so that it touches each side, as shown. What is the probability a point chosen at random inside the cube is also inside the sphere?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Consider the graph of f shown. What is the probability that the graph of y = f (x) +c intersects the x-axis when c is a randomly chosen integer from 1 to 6? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 20
Answer:

Question 27.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A manufacturer tests 1200 computers and finds that 9 of them have defects. Find the probability that a computer chosen at random has a defect. Predict the number of computers with defects in a shipment of 15,000 computers. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The tree diagram shows a sample space. Write a probability problem that can be represented by the sample space. Then write the answer(s) to the problem.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 21
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the product or quotient.
Question 29.
\(\frac{3 x}{y} \cdot \frac{2 x^{3}}{y^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 29

Question 30.
\(\frac{4 x^{9} y}{3 x^{3}} \cdot \frac{2 x y}{8 y^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{x+3}{x^{4}-2}\) • (x2 − 7x + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{2 y}{5 x} \div \frac{y}{6 x}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{3 x}{12 x-11} \div \frac{x+1}{5 x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.1 a 33

Question 34.
\(\frac{3 x^{2}+2 x-13}{x^{4}}\) ÷ (x2 + 9)
Answer:

Lesson 10.2 Independent and Dependent Events

Essential Question How can you determine whether two events are independent or dependent?
Two events are independent events when the occurrence of one event does not affect the occurrence of the other event. Two events are dependent events when the occurrence of one event does affect the occurrence of the other event.

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Independent and Dependent Events
Work with a partner. Determine whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 1
a. Two six-sided dice are rolled.
b. Six pieces of paper, numbered 1 through 6, are in a bag. Two pieces of paper are selected one at a time without replacement.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 2

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Experimental Probabilities
Work with a partner.
a. In Exploration 1(a), experimentally estimate the probability that the sum of the two numbers rolled is 7. Describe your experiment.
b. In Exploration 1(b), experimentally estimate the probability that the sum of the two numbers selected is 7. Describe your experiment.

EXPLORATION 3

Finding Theoretical Probabilities
Work with a partner.
a. In Exploration 1(a), find the theoretical probability that the sum of the two numbers rolled is 7. Then compare your answer with the experimental probability you found in Exploration 2(a).
b. In Exploration 1(b), find the theoretical probability that the sum of the two numbers selected is 7. Then compare your answer with the experimental probability you found in Exploration 2(b).
c. Compare the probabilities you obtained in parts (a) and (b).

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you determine whether two events are independent or dependent?
Answer:

Question 5.
Determine whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.
a. You roll a 4 on a six-sided die and spin red on a spinner.
b. Your teacher chooses a student to lead a group, chooses another student to lead a second group, and chooses a third student to lead a third group.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In Example 1, determine whether guessing Question 1 incorrectly and guessing Question 2 correctly are independent events.
Answer:

Question 2.
In Example 2, determine whether randomly selecting a girl first and randomly selecting a boy second are independent events.
Answer:

Question 3.
In Example 3, what is the probability that you spin an even number and then an odd number?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Example 4, what is the probability that both bills are $1 bills?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Example 5, what is the probability that none of the cards drawn are hearts when (a) you replace each card, and (b) you do not replace each card? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:

Question 6.
In Example 6, find (a) the probability that a non-defective part “passes,” and (b) the probability that a defective part “fails.”
Answer:

Question 7.
At a coffee shop, 80% of customers order coffee. Only 15% of customers order coffee and a bagel. What is the probability that a customer who orders coffee also orders a bagel?
Answer:

Independent and Dependent Events 10.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Explain the difference between dependent events and independent events, and give an example of each.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The probability that event B will occur given that event A has occurred is called the __________ of B given A and is written as _________
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, tell whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.
Question 3.
A box of granola bars contains an assortment of flavors. You randomly choose a granola bar and eat it. Then you randomly choose another bar.
Event A: You choose a coconut almond bar first.
Event B: You choose a cranberry almond bar second.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 3

Question 4.
You roll a six-sided die and flip a coin.
Event A: You get a 4 when rolling the die.
Event B: You get tails when flipping the coin.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 3
Answer:

Question 5.
Your MP3 player contains hip-hop and rock songs. You randomly choose a song. Then you randomly choose another song without repeating song choices.
Event A: You choose a hip-hop song first.
Event B: You choose a rock song second.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 5

Question 6.
There are 22 novels of various genres on a shelf. You randomly choose a novel and put it back. Then you randomly choose another novel.
Event A: You choose a mystery novel.
Event B: You choose a science fiction novel.
Answer:

In Exercises 7–10, determine whether the events are independent.
Question 7.
You play a game that involves spinning a wheel. Each section of the wheel shown has the same area. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly spinning blue and then green are independent events.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 7

Question 8.
You have one red apple and three green apples in a bowl. You randomly select one apple to eat now and another apple for your lunch. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly selecting a green apple first and randomly selecting a green apple second are independent events.
Answer:

Question 9.
A student is taking a multiple-choice test where each question has four choices. The student randomly guesses the answers to the five-question test. Use a sample space to determine whether guessing Question 1 correctly and Question 2 correctly are independent events.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 9

Question 10.
A vase contains four white roses and one red rose. You randomly select two roses to take home. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly selecting a white rose first and randomly selecting a white rose second are independent events.
Answer:

Question 11.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a game that involves spinning the money wheel shown. You spin the wheel twice. Find the probability that you get more than $500 on your first spin and then go bankrupt on your second spin.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 11

Question 12.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a game that involves drawing two numbers from a hat. There are 25 pieces of paper numbered from 1 to 25 in the hat. Each number is replaced after it is drawn. Find the probability that you will draw the 3 on your first draw and a number greater than 10 on your second draw.
Answer:

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A drawer contains 12 white socks and 8 black socks. You randomly choose 1 sock and do not replace it. Then you randomly choose another sock. Find the probability that both events A and B will occur.
Event A: The first sock is white.
Event B: The second sock is white.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A word game has 100 tiles, 98 of which are letters and 2 of which are blank. The numbers of tiles of each letter are shown. Yourandomly draw 1 tile, set it aside, and then randomly draw another tile. Find the probability that both events A and B will occur.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 7
Answer:

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Events A and B are independent. Describe and correct the error in finding P(A and B).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 15

Question 16.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A shelf contains 3 fashion magazines and 4 health magazines. You randomly choose one to read, set it aside, and randomly choose another for your friend to read. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability that both events A and B occur.
Event A: The first magazine is fashion.
Event B: The second magazine is health.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 9
Answer:

Question 17.
NUMBER SENSE
Events A and B are independent. Suppose P(B) = 0.4 and P(A and B) = 0.13. Find P(A).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 17

Question 18.
NUMBER SENSE
Events A and B are dependent. Suppose P(B | A) = 0.6 and P(A and B) = 0.15. Find P(A).
Answer:

Question 19.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You randomly select three cards from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. What is the probability that all three cards are face cards when (a) you replace each card before selecting the next card, and (b) you do not replace each card before selecting the next card? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 19

Question 20.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A bag contains 9 red marbles, 4 blue marbles, and 7 yellow marbles. You randomly select three marbles from the bag. What is the probability that all three marbles are red when (a) you replace each marble before selecting the next marble, and (b) you do not replace each marble before selecting the next marble? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:

Question 21.
ATTEND TO PRECISION
The table shows the number of species in the United States listed as endangered and threatened. Find (a) the probability that a randomly selected endangered species is a bird, and (b) the probability that a randomly selected mammal is endangered.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 21

Question 22.
ATTEND TO PRECISION
The table shows the number of tropical cyclones that formed during the hurricane seasons over a 12-year period. Find (a) the probability to predict whether a future tropical cyclone in the Northern Hemisphere is a hurricane, and (b) the probability to predict whether a hurricane is in the Southern Hemisphere.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 11
Answer:

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
At a school, 43% of students attend the homecoming football game. Only 23% of students go to the game and the homecoming dance. What is the probability that a student who attends thefootball game also attends the dance?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
At a gas station, 84% of customers buy gasoline. Only 5% of customers buy gasoline and a beverage. What is the probability that a customer who buys gasoline also buys a beverage?
Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and 19 other students volunteer to present the “Best Teacher” award at a school banquet. One student volunteer will be chosen to present the award. Each student worked at least 1 hour in preparation for the banquet. You worked for 4 hours, and the group worked a combined total of 45 hours. For each situation, describe a process that gives you a “fair” chance to be chosen, and find the probability that you are chosen.
a. “Fair” means equally likely.
b. “Fair” means proportional to the number of hours each student worked in preparation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A bag contains one red marble and one blue marble. The diagrams show the possible outcomes of randomly choosing two marbles using different methods. For each method, determine whether the marbles were selected with or without replacement.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 12
Answer:

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A meteorologist claims that there is a 70% chance of rain. When it rains, there is a 75% chance that your softball game will be rescheduled. Your friend believes the game is more likely to be rescheduled than played. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Two six-sided dice are rolled once. Events A and B are represented by the diagram. Describe each event. Are the two events dependent or independent? Justify your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 13
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A football team is losing by 14 points near the end of a game. The team scores two touchdowns (worth 6 points each) before the end of the game. After each touchdown, the coach must decide whether to go for 1 point with a kick (which is successful 99% of the time) or 2 points with a run or pass (which is successful 45% of the time).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 14
a. If the team goes for 1 point after each touchdown, what is the probability that the team wins? loses? ties?
b. If the team goes for 2 points after each touchdown, what is the probability that the team wins? loses? ties?
c. Can you develop a strategy so that the coach’s team has a probability of winning the game that is greater than the probability of losing? If so, explain your strategy and calculate the probabilities of winning and losing the game.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 29

Question 30.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Assume that A and B are independent events.
a. Explain why P(B) = P(B|A) and P(A) =P(A|B).
b. Can P(A and B) also be defined as P(B) • P(A|B)? Justify your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 31.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)x = 0.18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 0.5x = 1.5
Answer:

Question 33.
0.3x − \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 1.6 = 1.555
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability 10.2 a 33

Lesson 10.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Essential Question How can you construct and interpret a two-way table?

EXPLORATION 1

Completing and Using a Two-Way Table
Work with a partner. A two-way table displays the same information as a Venn diagram. In a two-way table, one category is represented by the rows and the other category is represented by the columns.
The Venn diagram shows the results of a survey in which 80 students were asked whether they play a musical instrument and whether they speak a foreign language. Use the Venn diagram to complete the two-way table. Then use the two-way table to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 1
a. How many students play an instrument?
b. How many students speak a foreign language?
c. How many students play an instrument and speak a foreign language?
d. How many students do not play an instrument and do not speak a foreign language?
e. How many students play an instrument and do not speak a foreign language?

EXPLORATION 2

Two-Way Tables and Probability
Work with a partner. In Exploration 1, one student is selected at random from the 80 students who took the survey. Find the probability that the student
a. plays an instrument.
b. speaks a foreign language.
c. plays an instrument and speaks a foreign language.
d. does not play an instrument and does not speak a foreign language.
e. plays an instrument and does not speak a foreign language.

EXPLORATION 3

Conducting a Survey
Work with your class. Conduct a survey of the students in your class. Choose two categories that are different from those given in Explorations 1 and 2. Then summarize the results in both a Venn diagram and a two-way table. Discuss the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you construct and interpret a two-way table?
Answer:

Question 5.
How can you use a two-way table to determine probabilities?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
You randomly survey students about whether they are in favor of planting a community garden at school. Of 96 boys surveyed, 61 are in favor. Of 88 girls surveyed, 17 are against. Organize the results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

Question 2.
Use the survey results in Monitoring Progress Question 1 to make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Answer:

Question 3.
Use the survey results in Example 1 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the column totals. Interpret the conditional relative frequencies in the context of the problem.
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the survey results in Monitoring Progress Question 1 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the row totals. Interpret the conditional relative frequencies in the context of the problem.
Answer:

Question 5.
In Example 4, what is the probability that a randomly selected customer who is located in Santa Monica will not recommend the provider to a friend?
Answer:

Question 6.
In Example 4, determine whether recommending the provider to a friend and living in Santa Monica are independent events. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 7.
A manager is assessing three employees in order to offer one of them a promotion. Over a period of time, the manager records whether the employees meet or exceed expectations on their assigned tasks. The table shows the manager’s results. Which employee should be offered the promotion? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 3
Answer:

Two-Way Tables and Probability 10.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A(n) _____________ displays data collected from the same source that belongs to two different categories.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare the definitions of joint relative frequency, marginal relative frequency, and conditional relative frequency.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, complete the two-way table.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 5
Answer:

Question 5.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You survey 171 males and 180 females at Grand Central Station in New York City. Of those, 132 males and 151 females wash their hands after using the public rest rooms. Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 5

Question 6.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey asks 60 teachers and 48 parents whether school uniforms reduce distractions in school. Of those, 49 teachers and 18 parents say uniforms reduce distractions in school. Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 7 and 8, use the two-way table to create a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 8
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the survey results from Exercise 5 to make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 9

Question 10.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In a survey, 49 people received a flu vaccine before the flu season and 63 people did not receive the vaccine. Of those who receive the flu vaccine, 16 people got the flu. Of those who did not receive the vaccine, 17 got the flu. Make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 9
Answer:

Question 11.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey finds that 110 people ate breakfast and 30 people skipped breakfast. Of those who ate breakfast, 10 people felt tired. Of those who skipped breakfast, 10 people felt tired. Make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the breakfast totals.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 11

Question 12.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the survey results from Exercise 10 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the flu vaccine totals.
Answer:

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Three different local hospitals in New York surveyed their patients. The survey asked whether the patient’s physician communicated efficiently. The results, given as joint relative frequencies, are shown in the two-way table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 10
a. What is the probability that a randomly selected patient located in Saratoga was satisfied with the communication of the physician?
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected patient who was not satisfied with the physician’s communication is located in Glens Falls?
c. Determine whether being satisfied with the communication of the physician and living in Saratoga are independent events.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A researcher surveys a random sample of high school students in seven states. The survey asks whether students plan to stay in their home state after graduation. The results, given as joint relative frequencies, are shown in the two-way table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 11
a. What is the probability that a randomly selected student who lives in Nebraska plans to stay in his or her home state after graduation?
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected student who does not plan to stay in his or her home state after graduation lives in North Carolina?
c. Determine whether planning to stay in their home state and living in Nebraska are independent events.
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in finding the given conditional probability.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 12

Question 15.
P(yes|Tokyo)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 15

Question 16.
P(London|no)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 14
Answer:

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to find the quickest route to school. You map out three routes. Before school, you randomly select a route and record whether you are late or on time. The table shows your findings. Assuming you leave at the same time each morning, which route should you use? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 17.2

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A teacher is assessing three groups of students in order to offer one group a prize. Over a period of time, the teacher records whether the groups meet or exceed expectations on their assigned tasks. The table shows the teacher’s results. Which group should be awarded the prize? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 16
Answer:

Question 19.
OPEN-ENDED
Create and conduct a survey in your class. Organize the results in a two-way table. Then create a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A research group surveys parents and coaches of high school students about whether competitive sports are important in school. The two-way table shows the results of the survey.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 17
a. What does 120 represent?
b. What does 1336 represent?
c. What does 1501 represent?
Answer:

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend uses the table below to determine which workout routine is the best. Your friend decides that Routine B is the best option because it has the fewest tally marks in the “Does Not Reach Goal” column. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey asks students whether they prefer math class or science class. Of the 150 male students surveyed, 62% prefer math class over science class. Of the female students surveyed,74% prefer math. Construct a two-way table to show the number of students in each category if 350 students were surveyed.
Answer:

Question 23.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Use the Venn diagram to construct a two-way table. Then use your table to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 19
a.What is the probability that a randomly selected person does not own either pet?
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected person who owns a dog also owns a cat?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 23

Question 24.
WRITING
Compare two-way tables and Venn diagrams. Then describe the advantages and disadvantages of each.
Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A company creates a new snack, N,and tests it against its current leader, L. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 20
The company is deciding whether it should try to improve the snack before marketing it, and to whom the snack should be marketed. Use probability to explain the decisions the company should make when the total size of the snack’s market is expected to (a) change very little, and (b) expand very rapidly.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Bayes’ Theorem is given by
P(A|B) = \(\frac{P(B \mid A) \cdot P(A)}{P(B)}\).
Use a two-way table to write an example of Bayes’ Theorem.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Draw a Venn diagram of the sets described.
Question 27.
Of the positive integers less than 15, set A consists of the factors of 15 and set B consists of all odd numbers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 27

Question 28.
Of the positive integers less than 14, set A consists of all prime numbers and set B consists of all even numbers.
Answer:

Question 29.
Of the positive integers less than 24, set A consists of the multiples of 2 and set B consists of all the multiples of 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 a 29

Probability Study Skills: Making a Mental Cheat Sheet

10.1–10.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 21

Core Concepts
Section 10.1
Theoretical Probabilities, p. 538
Probability of the Complement of an Event, p. 539
Experimental Probabilities, p. 541

Section 10.2
Probability of Independent Events, p. 546
Probability of Dependent Events, p. 547
Finding Conditional Probabilities, p. 549

Section 10.3
Making Two-Way Tables, p. 554
Relative and Conditional Relative Frequencies, p. 555

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
How can you use a number line to analyze the error in Exercise 12 on page 542?
Answer:

Question 2.
Explain how you used probability to correct the flawed logic of your friend in Exercise 21 on page 560.
Answer:

Study Skills: Making a Mental Cheat Sheet

  • Write down important information on note cards.
  • Memorize the information on the note cards, placing the ones containing information you know in one stack and the ones containing information you do not know in another stack. Keep working on the information you do not know.
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability 10.3 22

Probability 10.1–10.3 Quiz

Question 1.
You randomly draw a marble out of a bag containing 8 green marbles, 4 blue marbles, 12 yellow marbles, and 10 red marbles. Find the probability of drawing a marble that is not yellow.
Answer:

Find P(\(\bar{A}\)).
Question 2.
P(A) = 0.32
Answer:

Question 3.
P(A) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
P(A) = 0.01
Answer:

Question 5.
You roll a six-sided die 30 times. A 5 is rolled 8 times. What is the theoretical probability of rolling a 5? What is the experimental probability of rolling a 5?
Answer:

Question 6.
Events A and B are independent. Find the missing probability.
P(A) = 0.25
P(B) = _____
P(A and B) = 0.05
Answer:

Question 7.
Events A and B are dependent. Find the missing probability.
P(A) = 0.6
P(B|A) = 0.2
P(A and B) = _____
Answer:

Question 8.
Find the probability that a dart thrown at the circular target shown will hit the given region. Assume the dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the target.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability q 1
a. the center circle
b. outside the square
c. inside the square but outside the center circle
Answer:

Question 9.
A survey asks 13-year-old and 15-year-old students about their eating habits. Four hundred students are surveyed, 100 male students and 100 female students from each age group. The bar graph shows the number of students who said they eat fruit every day.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability q 2
a. Find the probability that a female student, chosen at random from the students surveyed, eats fruit every day.
b. Find the probability that a 15-year-old student, chosen at random from the students surveyed, eats fruit every day.
Answer:

Question 10.
There are 14 boys and 18 girls in a class. The teacher allows the students to vote whether they want to take a test on Friday or on Monday. A total of 6 boys and 10 girls vote to take the test on Friday. Organize the information in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

Question 11.
Three schools compete in a cross country invitational. Of the 15 athletes on your team, 9 achieve their goal times. Of the 20 athletes on the home team, 6 achieve their goal times. On your rival’s team, 8 of the 13 athletes achieve their goal times. Organize the information in a two-way table. Then determine the probability that a randomly selected runner who achieves his or her goal time is from your school.
Answer:

Lesson 10.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Essential Question How can you find probabilities of disjoint and overlapping events?
Two events are disjoint, or mutually exclusive, when they have no outcomes in common. Two events are overlapping when they have one or more outcomes in common.

EXPLORATION 1

Disjoint Events and Overlapping Events
Work with a partner. A six-sided die is rolled. Draw a Venn diagram that relates the two events. Then decide whether the events are disjoint or overlapping.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 1
a. Event A: The result is an even number.
Event B: The result is a prime number.

b. Event A: The result is 2 or 4.
Event B: The result is an odd number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 2

EXPLORATION 2

Finding the Probability that Two Events Occur
Work with a partner. A six-sided die is rolled. For each pair of events, find (a) P(A), (b) P(B), (c) P(A and B), and (d) P(A or B).
a. Event A: The result is an even number.
Event B: The result is a prime number.

b. Event A: The result is 2 or 4.
Event B: The result is an odd number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 3

EXPLORATION 3

Discovering Probability Formulas
Work with a partner.
a. In general, if event A and event B are disjoint, then what is the probability that event A or event B will occur? Use a Venn diagram to justify your conclusion.
b. In general, if event A and event B are overlapping, then what is the probability that event A or event B will occur? Use a Venn diagram to justify your conclusion.
c. Conduct an experiment using a six-sided die. Roll the die 50 times and record the results. Then use the results to find the probabilities described in Exploration 2. How closely do your experimental probabilities compare to the theoretical probabilities you found in Exploration 2?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you find probabilities of disjoint and overlapping events?
Answer:

Question 5.
Give examples of disjoint events and overlapping events that do not involve dice.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

A card is randomly selected from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. Find the probability of the event.
Question 1.
selecting an ace or an 8
Answer:

Question 2.
selecting a 10 or a diamond
Answer:

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose 32 seniors are in the band and 64 seniors are in the band or on the honor roll. What is the probability that a randomly selected senior is both in the band and on the honor roll?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Example 4, what is the probability that the diagnosis is incorrect?
Answer:

Question 5.
A high school basketball team leads at halftime in 60% of the games in a season. The team wins 80% of the time when they have the halftime lead, but only 10% of the time when they do not. What is the probability that the team wins a particular game during the season?
Answer:

Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events 10.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Are the events A and \(\bar{A}\) disjoint? Explain. Then give an example of a real-life event and its complement.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, events A and B are disjoint. Find P(A or B).
Question 3.
P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 3

Question 4.
P(A) = 0.55, P(B) = 0.2
Answer:

Question 5.
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{3}\), P(B) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 5

Question 6.
P(A) = \(\frac{2}{3}\), P(B) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the board shown. You throw a dart and pop a balloon. What is the probability that the balloon is red or blue?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 7

Question 8.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are among several candidates running for class president. You estimate that there is a 45% chance you will win and a 25% chance your friend will win. What is the probability that you or your friend win the election?
Answer:

Question 9.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are performing an experiment to determine how well plants grow under different light sources. Of the 30 plants in the experiment, 12 receive visible light, 15 receive ultraviolet light, and 6 receive both visible and ultraviolet light. What is the probability that a plant in the experiment receives visible or ultraviolet light?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 9

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Of 162 students honored at an academic awards banquet, 48 won awards for mathematics and 78 won awards for English. There are 14 students who won awards for both mathematics and English. A newspaper chooses a student at random for an interview. What is the probability that the student interviewed won an award for English or mathematics?
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in finding the probability of randomly drawing the given card from a standard deck of 52 playing cards.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 7
Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, you roll a six-sided die. Find P(A or B).
Question 13.
Event A: Roll a 6.
Event B: Roll a prime number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 13

Question 14.
Event A: Roll an odd number.
Event B: Roll a number less than 5.
Answer:

Question 15.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A group of 40 trees in a forest are not growing properly. A botanist determines that 34 of the trees have a disease or are being damaged by insects, with 18 trees having a disease and 20 being damaged by insects. What is the probability that a randomly selected tree has both a disease and is being damaged by insects?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 15

Question 16.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A company paid overtime wages or hired temporary help during 9 months of the year. Overtime wages were paid during 7 months, and temporary help was hired during 4 months. At the end of the year, an auditor examines the accounting records and randomly selects one month to check the payroll. What is the probability that the auditor will select a month in which the company paid overtime wages and hired temporary help?
Answer:

Question 17.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A company is focus testing a new type of fruit drink. The focus group is 47% male. Of the responses, 40% of the males and 54% of the females said they would buy the fruit drink. What is the probability that a randomly selected person would buy the fruit drink?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 17

Question 18.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The Redbirds trail the Bluebirds by one goal with 1 minute left in the hockey game. The Redbirds’ coach must decide whether to remove the goalie and add a frontline player. The probabilities of each team scoring are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 9
a. Find the probability that the Redbirds score and the Bluebirds do not score when the coach leaves the goalie in.
b. Find the probability that the Redbirds score and the Bluebirds do not score when the coach takes the goalie out.
c. Based on parts (a) and (b), what should the coach do?
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You can win concert tickets from a radio station if you are the first person to call when the song of the day is played, or if you are the first person to correctly answer the trivia question. The song of the day is announced at a random time between 7:00 and 7:30 A.M. The trivia question is asked at a random time between 7:15 and 7:45 A.M. You begin listening to the radio station at 7:20. Find the probability that you miss the announcement of the song of the day or the trivia question.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Are events A and B disjoint events? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 10
Answer:

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You take a bus from your neighborhood to your school. The express bus arrives at your neighborhood at a random time between 7:30 and 7:36 A.M. The local bus arrives at your neighborhood at a random time between 7:30 and 7:40 A.M. You arrive at the bus stop at 7:33 A.M. Find the probability that you missed both the express bus and the local bus.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 21

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a general rule for finding P(A or B or C) for (a) disjoint and (b) overlapping events A, B, and C.
Answer:

Question 23.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A bag contains 40 cards numbered 1 through 40 that are either red or blue. A card is drawn at random and placed back in the bag. This is done four times. Two red cards are drawn, numbered 31 and 19, and two blue cards are drawn, numbered 22 and 7. Your friend concludes that red cards and even numbers must be mutually exclusive. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 23

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the first six terms of the sequence.
Question 24.
a1 = 4, an = 2an-1 + 3
Answer:

Question 25.
a1 = 1, an = \(\frac{n(n-1)}{a_{n-1}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.4 a 25

Question 26.
a1 = 2, a2 = 6, an = \(\frac{(n+1) a_{n-1}}{a_{n-2}}\)
Answer:

Lesson 10.5 Permutations and Combinations

Essential Question How can a tree diagram help you visualize the number of ways in which two or more events can occur?

EXPLORATION 1

Reading a Tree Diagram
Work with a partner. Two coins are flipped and the spinner is spun. The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 1
a. How many outcomes are possible?
b. List the possible outcomes.

EXPLORATION 2

Reading a Tree Diagram
Work with a partner. Consider the tree diagram below.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 2
a. How many events are shown?
b. What outcomes are possible for each event?
c. How many outcomes are possible?
d. List the possible outcomes.

EXPLORATION 3

Writing a Conjecture
Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 3
a. Consider the following general problem: Event 1 can occur in m ways and event 2 can occur in n ways. Write a conjecture about the number of ways the two events can occur. Explain your reasoning.
b. Use the conjecture you wrote in part (a) to write a conjecture about the number of ways more than two events can occur. Explain your reasoning.
c. Use the results of Explorations 1(a) and 2(c) to verify your conjectures.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can a tree diagram help you visualize the number of ways in which two or more events can occur?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Exploration 1, the spinner is spun a second time. How many outcomes are possible?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In how many ways can you arrange the letters in the word HOUSE?
Answer:

Question 2.
In how many ways can you arrange 3 of the letters in the word MARCH?
Answer:

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
In Example 2, suppose there are 8 horses in the race. In how many different ways can the horses finish first, second, and third? (Assume there are no ties.)
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose there are 14 floats in the parade. Find the probability that the soccer team is first and the chorus is second.
Answer:

Question 5.
Count the possible combinations of 3 letters chosen from the list A, B, C, D, E.
Answer:

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, suppose you can choose 3 side dishes out of the list of 8 side dishes. How many combinations are possible?
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, suppose there are 20 photos in the collage. Find the probability that your photo and your friend’s photo are the 2 placed at the top of the page.
Answer:

Question 8.
Use the Binomial Theorem to write the expansion of (a) (x + 3)5 and (b) (2p − q)4.
Answer:

Question 9.
Find the coefficient of x5 in the expansion of (x − 3)7.
Answer:

Question 10.
Find the coefficient of x3 in the expansion of (2x + 5)8.
Answer:

Permutations and Combinations 10.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
An arrangement of objects in which order is important is called a(n) __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, find the number of ways you can arrange (a) all of the letters and (b) 2 of the letters in the given word.
Question 3.
AT
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 3

Question 4.
TRY
Answer:

Question 5.
ROCK
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 5

Question 6.
WATER
Answer:

Question 7.
FAMILY
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 7

Question 8.
FLOWERS
Answer:

In Exercises 9–16, evaluate the expression.
Question 9.
5P2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 9

Question 10.
7P3
Answer:

Question 11.
9P1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 11

Question 12.
6P5
Answer:

Question 13.
8P6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 13

Question 14.
12P0
Answer:

Question 15.
30P2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 15

Question 16.
25P5
Answer:

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Eleven students are competing in an art contest. In how many different ways can the students finish first, second, and third?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 17

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Six friends go to a movie theater. In how many different ways can they sit together in a row of 6 empty seats?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 5
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are 2 of 8 servers working a shift in a restaurant. At the beginning of the shift, the manager randomly assigns one section to each server. Find the probability that you are assigned Section 1 and your friend is assigned Section 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 19

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You make 6 posters to hold up at a basketball game. Each poster has a letter of the word TIGERS. You and 5 friends sit next to each other in a row. The posters are distributed at random. Find the probability that TIGERS is spelled correctly when you hold up the posters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 6
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, count the possible combinations of r letters chosen from the given list.
Question 21.
A, B, C, D; r = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 21

Question 22.
L, M, N, O; r = 2
Answer:

Question 23.
U, V, W, X, Y, Z; r = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 23.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 23.2

Question 24.
D, E, F, G, H; r = 4
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, evaluate the expression.
Question 25.
5C1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 25

Question 26.
8C5
Answer:

Question 27.
9C9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 27

Question 28.
8C6
Answer:

Question 29.
12C3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 29

Question 30.
11C4
Answer:

Question 31.
15C8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 31

Question 32.
20C5
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Each year, 64 golfers participate in a golf tournament. The golfers play in groups of 4.How many groups of 4 golfers are possible?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 33

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to purchase vegetable dip for a party. A grocery store sells 7 different flavors of vegetable dip. You have enough money to purchase 2 flavors. How many combinations of 2 flavors of vegetable dip are possible?
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 35 and 36, describe and correct the error in evaluating the expression.
Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 9
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 37–40, tell whether the question can be answered using permutations or combinations. Explain your reasoning. Then answer the question.
Question 37.
To complete an exam, you must answer 8 questions from a list of 10 questions. In how many ways can you complete the exam?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 37

Question 38.
Ten students are auditioning for 3 different roles in aplay. In how many ways can the 3 roles be filled?
Answer:

Question 39.
Fifty-two athletes are competing in a bicycle race. In how many orders can the bicyclists finish first, second, and third? (Assume there are no ties.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 39

Question 40.
An employee at a pet store needs to catch 5 tetras in an aquarium containing 27 tetras. In how many groupings can the employee capture 5 tetras?
Answer:

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
Compare the quantities 50C9 and 50C41 without performing any calculations. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 41

Question 42.
CRITICAL THINKING
Show that each identity is true for any whole numbers r and n, where 0 ≤ r ≤ n.
a. nCn = 1
b. nCr = nCn-r − r
c. n+1Cr = nCr + nCr-1
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
Consider a set of 4 objects.
a. Are there more permutations of all 4 of the objects or of 3 of the objects? Explain your reasoning.
b. Are there more combinations of all 4 of the objects or of 3 of the objects? Explain your reasoning.
c. Compare your answers to parts (a) and (b).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 43

Question 44.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation where the number of possibilities is given by 5P2. Then describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by 5C2.
Answer:

Question 45.
REASONING
Complete the table for each given value of r. Then write an inequality relating nPr and nCr. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 45

Question 46.
REASONING
Write an equation that relates nPr and nCr. Then use your equation to find and interpret the value of \(\frac{182^{P_{4}}}{182^{C_{4}}}\).
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are in the studio audience on a television game show. From an audience of 300 people, 2 people are randomly selected as contestants. What is the probability that you and your friend are chosen?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You work 5 evenings each week at a bookstore. Your supervisor assigns you 5 evenings at random from the 7 possibilities. What is the probability that your schedule does not include working on the weekend?
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 49 and 50, find the probability of winning a lottery using the given rules. Assume that lottery numbers are selected at random.
Question 49.
You must correctly select 6 numbers, each an integer from 0 to 49. The order is not important.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 49

Question 50.
You must correctly select 4 numbers, each an integer from 0 to 9. The order is important.’
Answer:

In Exercises 51–58, use the Binomial Theorem to write the binomial expansion.
Question 51.
(x + 2)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 51

Question 52.
(c − 4)5
Answer:

Question 53.
(a + 3b)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 53

Question 54.
(4p − q)6
Answer:

Question 55.
(w3 − 3)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 55

Question 56.
(2s4 + 5)5
Answer:

Question 57.
(3u + v2)6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 57

Question 58.
(x3 − y2)4
Answer:

In Exercises 59–66, use the given value of n to find the coefficient of xn in the expansion of the binomial.
Question 59.
(x − 2)10, n = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 59

Question 60.
(x − 3)7, n = 4
Answer:

Question 61.
(x2 − 3)8, n = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 61

Question 62.
(3x + 2)5, n = 3
Answer:

Question 63.
(2x + 5)12, n = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 63

Question 64.
(3x − 1)9, n = 2
Answer:

Question 65.
(\(\frac{1}{2}\)x − 4 )11, n = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 65

Question 66.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 6 )6, n = 3
Answer:

Question 67.
REASONING
Write the eighth row of Pascal’s Triangle as combinations and as numbers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 67

Question 68.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The first four triangular numbers are 1, 3, 6, and 10.
a. Use Pascal’s Triangle to write the first four triangular numbers as combinations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 12
b. Use your result from part (a) to write an explicit rule for the nth triangular number Tn.
Answer:

Question 69.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A polygon is convex when no line that contains a side of the polygon contains a point in the interior of the polygon. Consider a convex polygon with n sides.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 13
a. Use the combinations formula to write an expression for the number of diagonals in an n-sided polygon.
b. Use your result from part (a) to write a formula for the number of diagonals of an n-sided convex polygon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 69

Question 70.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are ordering a burrito with 2 main ingredients and 3 toppings. The menu below shows the possible choices. How many different burritos are possible?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 14
Answer:

Question 71.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to purchase 2 different types of contemporary music CDs and 1 classical music CD from the music collection shown. How many different sets of music types can you choose for your purchase?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 71

Question 72.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Every student in your history class is required to present a project in front of the class. Each day, 4 students make their presentations in an order chosen at random by the teacher. You make your presentation on the first day.
a. What is the probability that you are chosen to be the first or second presenter on the first day?
b. What is the probability that you are chosen to be the second or third presenter on the first day? Compare your answer with that in part (a).
Answer:

Question 73.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The organizer of a cast party for a drama club asks each of the 6 cast members to bring 1 food item from a list of 10 items. Assuming each member randomly chooses a food item to bring, what is the probability that at least 2 of the 6 cast members bring the same item?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 73

Question 74.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A bag contains one green marble, one red marble, and one blue marble. The diagram shows the possible outcomes of randomly drawing three marbles from the bag without replacement.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 16
a. How many combinations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
b. How many permutations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
Answer:

Question 75.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are one of 10 students performing in a school talent show. The order of the performances is determined at random. The first 5 performers go on stage before the intermission.
a. What is the probability that you are the last performer before the intermission and your rival performs immediately before you?
b. What is the probability that you are not the first performer?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 75

Question 76.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
How many integers, greater than 999 but not greater than 4000, can be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4? Repetition of digits is allowed.
Answer:

Question 77.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Consider a standard deck of 52 playing cards. The order in which the cards are dealt for a “hand” does not matter.
a. How many different 5-card hands are possible?
b. How many different 5-card hands have all 5 cards of a single suit?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 77

Question 78.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are 30 students in your class. Your science teacher chooses 5 students at random to complete a group project. Find the probability that you and your 2 best friends in the science class are chosen to work in the group. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:

Question 79.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Follow the steps below to explore a famous probability problem called the birthday problem. (Assume there are 365 equally likely birthdays possible.)
a. What is the probability that at least 2 people share the same birthday in a group of 6 randomly chosen people? in a group of 10 randomly chosen people?
b. Generalize the results from part (a) by writing a formula for the probability P(n) that at least 2 people in a group of n people share the same birthday. (Hint: Use nPr notation in your formula.)
c. Enter the formula from part (b) into a graphing calculator. Use the table feature to make a table of values. For what group size does the probability that at least 2 people share the same birthday first exceed 50%?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 79.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 79.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Question 80.
A bag contains 12 white marbles and 3 black marbles. You pick 1 marble at random. What is the probability that you pick a black marble?
Answer:

Question 81.
The table shows the result of flipping two coins 12 times. For what outcome is the experimental probability the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 10 Probability 10.5 a 81

Lesson 10.6 Binomial Distributions

Essential Question How can you determine the frequency of each outcome of an event?

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing Histograms
Work with a partner. The histograms show the results when n coins are flipped.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 1
a. In how many ways can 3 heads occur when 5 coins are flipped?
b. Draw a histogram that shows the numbers of heads that can occur when 6 coins are flipped.
c. In how many ways can 3 heads occur when 6 coins are flipped?

EXPLORATION 2

Determining the Number of Occurrences
Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table showing the numbers of ways in which 2 heads can occur when n coins are flipped.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 2
b. Determine the pattern shown in the table. Use your result to find the number of ways in which 2 heads can occur when 8 coins are flipped.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine the frequency of each outcome of an event?
Answer:

Question 4.
How can you use a histogram to find the probability of an event?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

An octahedral die has eight sides numbered 1 through 8. Let x be a random variable that represents the sum when two such dice are rolled.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 3
Question 1.
Make a table and draw a histogram showing the probability distribution for x.
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the most likely sum when rolling the two dice?
Answer:

Question 3.
What is the probability that the sum of the two dice is at most 3?
Answer:

According to a survey, about 85% of people ages 18 and older in the U.S. use the Internet or e-mail. You ask 4 randomly chosen people (ages 18 and older) whether they use the Internet or e-mail.
Question 4.
Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the probability that at most 2 people you survey use the Internet or e-mail?
Answer:

Binomial Distributions 10.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is a random variable?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Give an example of a binomial experiment and describe how it meets the conditions of a binomial experiment.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, make a table and draw a histogram showing the probability distribution for the random variable.
Question 3.
x = the number on a table tennis ball randomly chosen from a bag that contains 5 balls labeled “1,” 3 balls labeled “2,” and 2 balls labeled “3.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 3

Question 4.
c = 1 when a randomly chosen card out of a standard deck of 52 playing cards is a heart and c = 2 otherwise.
Answer:

Question 5.
w = 1 when a randomly chosen letter from the English alphabet is a vowel and w = 2 otherwise.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 5

Question 6.
n = the number of digits in a random integer from 0 through 999.
Answer:

In Exercises 7 and 8, use the probability distribution to determine (a) the number that is most likely to be spun on a spinner, and (b) the probability of spinning an even number.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 5
Answer:

USING EQUATIONS In Exercises 9–12, calculate the probability of flipping a coin 20 times and getting the given number of heads.
Question 9.
1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 9

Question 10.
4
Answer:

Question 11.
18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 11

Question 12.
20
Answer:

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to a survey, 27% of high school students in the United States buy a class ring. You ask 6 randomly chosen high school students whether they own a class ring.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 6
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
b. What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
c. What is the probability that at most 2 people have a class ring?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 13.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 13.2

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to a survey, 48% of adults in the United States believe that Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) are observing our planet. You ask 8 randomly chosen adults whether they believe UFOs are watching Earth.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
b. What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
c. What is the probability that at most 3 people believe UFOs are watching Earth?
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in calculating the probability of rolling a 1 exactly 3 times in 5 rolls of a six-sided die.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 8
Answer:

Question 17.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
At most 7 gopher holes appear each week on the farm shown. Let x represent how many of the gopher holes appear in the carrot patch. Assume that a gopher hole has an equal chance of appearing at any point on the farm.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 9
a. Find P(x) for x= 0, 1, 2, . . . , 7.
b. Make a table showing the probability distribution for x.
c. Make a histogram showing the probability distribution for x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 17.2

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Complete the probability distribution for the random variable x. What is the probability the value of x is greater than 2?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 10
Answer:

Question 19.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The binomial distribution shows the results of a binomial experiment. Your friend claims that the probability p of a success must be greater than the probability 1 −p of a failure. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 19

Question 20.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
There are 100 coins in a bag. Only one of them has a date of 2010. You choose a coin at random, check the date, and then put the coin back in the bag. You repeat this 100 times. Are you certain of choosing the 2010 coin at least once? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Assume that having a male and having a female child are independent events, and that the probability of each is 0.5.
a. A couple has 4 male children. Evaluate the validity of this statement: “The first 4 kids were all boys, so the next one will probably be a girl.”
b. What is the probability of having 4 male children and then a female child?
c. Let x be a random variable that represents the number of children a couple already has when they have their first female child. Draw a histogram of the distribution of P(x) for 0 ≤ x ≤ 10. Describe the shape of the histogram.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 21

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
An entertainment system has n speakers. Each speaker will function properly with probability p, independent of whether the other speakers are functioning. The system will operate effectively when at least 50% of its speakers are functioning. For what values of p is a 5-speaker system more likely to operate than a 3-speaker system?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

List the possible outcomes for the situation.
Question 23.
guessing the gender of three children
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 a 23

Question 24.
picking one of two doors and one of three curtains
Answer:

Probability Performance Task: A New Dartboard

10.4–10.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 12

Core Concepts
Section 10.4
Probability of Compound Events, p. 564
Section 10.5Permutations, p. 571Combinations, p. 572
The Binomial Theorem, p. 574

Section 10.6
Probability Distributions, p. 580
Binomial Experiments, p. 581

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
How can you use diagrams to understand the situation in Exercise 22 on page 568?
Answer:

Question 2.
Describe a relationship between the results in part (a) and part (b) in Exercise 74 on page 578.
Answer:

Question 3.
Explain how you were able to break the situation into cases to evaluate the validity of the statement in part (a) of Exercise 21 on page 584.
Answer:

Performance Task A New Dartboard

You are a graphic artist working for a company on a new design for the board in the game of darts. You are eager to begin the project, but the team cannot decide on the terms of the game. Everyone agrees that the board should have four colors. But some want the probabilities of hitting each color to be equal, while others want them to be different. You offer to design two boards, one for each group. How do you get started? How creative can you be with your designs?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 10 Probability 10.6 13

Probability Chapter Review

10.1 Sample Spaces and Probability (pp. 537–544)

Question 1.
A bag contains 9 tiles, one for each letter in the word HAPPINESS. You choose a tile at random. What is the probability that you choose a tile with the letter S? What is the probability that you choose a tile with a letter other than P?
Answer:

Question 2.
You throw a dart at the board shown. Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the square board. Are you most likely to get 5 points, 10 points, or 20 points?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability cr 1
Answer:

10.2 Independent and Dependent Events (pp. 545–552)

Find the probability of randomly selecting the given marbles from a bag of 5 red, 8 green, and 3 blue marbles when (a) you replace the first marble before drawing the second, and (b) you do not replace the first marble. Compare the probabilities.
Question 3.
red, then green
Answer:

Question 4.
blue, then red
Answer:

Question 5.
green, then green
Answer:

10.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability (pp. 553–560)

Question 6.
What is the probability that a randomly selected resident who does not support the project in the example above is from the west side?
Answer:

Question 7.
After a conference, 220 men and 270 women respond to a survey. Of those, 200 men and 230 women say the conference was impactful. Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:

10.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events (pp. 563–568)

Question 8.
Let A and B be events such that P(A) = 0.32, P(B) = 0.48, and P(A and B) = 0.12. Find P(A or B).
Answer:

Question 9.
Out of 100 employees at a company, 92 employees either work part time or work 5 days each week. There are 14 employees who work part time and 80 employees who work 5 days each week. What is the probability that a randomly selected employee works both part time and 5 days each week?
Answer:

10.5 Permutations and Combinations (pp. 569–578)

Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
7P6
Answer:

Question 11.
13P10
Answer:

Question 12.
6C2
ans;

Question 13.
8C4
Answer:

Question 14.
Use the Binomial Theorem to write the expansion of (2x + y2)4.
Answer:

Question 15.
A random drawing will determine which 3 people in a group of 9 will win concert tickets. What is the probability that you and your 2 friends will win the tickets?
Answer:

10.6 Binomial Distributions (pp. 579–584)

Question 16.
Find the probability of flipping a coin 12 times and getting exactly 4 heads.
Answer:

Question 17.
A basketball player makes a free throw 82.6% of the time. The player attempts 5 free throws. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution of the number of successful free throws. What is the most likely outcome?
Answer:

Probability Chapter Test

You roll a six-sided die. Find the probability of the event described. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
You roll a number less than 5.
Answer:

Question 2.
You roll a multiple of 3.
Answer:

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
7P2
Answer:

Question 4.
8P3
Answer:

Question 5.
6C3
Answer:

Question 6.
12C7
Answer:

Question 7.
Use the Binomial Theorem to write the binomial expansion of (x + y2)5.
Answer:

Question 8.
You find the probability P(A or B) by using the equation P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) − P(A and B). Describe why it is necessary to subtract P(A and B) when the events A and B are overlapping. Then describe why it is not necessary to subtract P(A and B) when the events A and B are disjoint.
Answer:

Question 9.
Is it possible to use the formula P(A and B) =P(A) • P(B|A) when events A and B are independent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 10.
According to a survey, about 58% of families sit down for a family dinner at least four times per week. You ask 5 randomly chosen families whether they have a family dinner at least four times per week.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for the survey.
b. What is the most likely outcome of the survey?
c. What is the probability that at least 3 families have a family dinner four times per week?
Answer:

Question 11.
You are choosing a cell phone company to sign with for the next 2 years. The three plans you consider are equally priced. You ask several of your neighbors whether they are satisfied with their current cell phone company. The table shows the results. According to this survey, which company should you choose?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability ct 11
Answer:

Question 12.
The surface area of Earth is about 196.9 million square miles. The land area is about 57.5 million square miles and the rest is water. What is the probability that a meteorite that reaches the surface of Earth will hit land? What is the probability that it will hit water?
Answer:

Question 13.
Consider a bag that contains all the chess pieces in a set, as shown in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 10 Probability ct 13
a. You choose one piece at random. Find the probability that you choose a black piece or a queen.
b. You choose one piece at random, do not replace it, then choose a second piece at random. Find the probability that you choose a king, then a pawn.
Answer:

Question 14.
Three volunteers are chosen at random from a group of 12 to help at a summer camp.
a. What is the probability that you, your brother, and your friend are chosen?
b. The first person chosen will be a counselor, the second will be a lifeguard, and the third will be a cook. What is the probability that you are the cook, your brother is the lifeguard, and your friend is the counselor?
Answer:

Probability Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
According to a survey, 63% of Americans consider themselves sports fans. You randomly select 14 Americans to survey.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution of your survey.
b. What is the most likely number of Americans who consider themselves sports fans?
c. What is the probability at least 7 Americans consider themselves sports fans?
Answer:

Question 2.
Order the acute angles from smallest to largest. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability ca 1
Answer:

Question 3.
You order a fruit smoothie made with 2 liquid ingredients and 3 fruit ingredients from the menu shown. How many different fruit smoothies can you order?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability ca 2
Answer:

Question 4.
Which statements describe the transformation of the graph of f(x) = x3 − x represented by g(x) = 4(x − 2)3 − 4(x − 2)?
A. a vertical stretch by a factor of 4
B. a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
C. a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
D. a horizontal stretch by a factor of 4
E. a horizontal translation 2 units to the right
F. a horizontal translation 2 units to the left
Answer:

Question 5.
Use the diagram to explain why the equation is true. P(A) + P(B) = P(A or B) + P(A and B)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability ca 5
Answer:

Question 6.
For the sequence \(-\frac{1}{2},-\frac{1}{4},-\frac{1}{6},-\frac{1}{8}, \ldots\) describe the pattern, write the next term, graph the first five terms, and write a rule for the nth term.
Answer:

Question 7.
A survey asked male and female students about whether they prefer to take gym class or choir. The table shows the results of the survey.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability ca 7
a. Complete the two-way table.
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected student is female and prefers choir?
c. What is the probability that a randomly selected male student prefers gym class?
Answer:

Question 8.
The owner of a lawn-mowing business has three mowers. As long as one of the mowers is working, the owner can stay productive. One of the mowers is unusable 10% of the time, one is unusable 8% of the time, and one is unusable 18% of the time.
a. Find the probability that all three mowers are unusable on a given day.
b. Find the probability that at least one of the mowers is unusable on a given day.
c. Suppose the least-reliable mower stops working completely. How does this affect the probability that the lawn-mowing business can be productive on a given day?
Answer:

Question 9.
Write a system of quadratic inequalities whose solution is represented in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 10 Probability ca 8
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6

Give your kid the right assistance he/she needs regarding the Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships within Triangles concepts. Practicing from the Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch 6 Relationships within Triangles on a frequent basis help you to attempt the exam with confidence. You can avail these handy resources for BIM Book Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships within Triangles Solution Key and clear the exams with high scores. In fact, you can download the BIM Book Geometry Ch 6 Relationships within Triangles Answers for free of cost and prepare them offline too.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles

Have a deeper understanding of concepts from the surface level by making the most out of these BIM Geometry Solutions for Chapter 6. Solve the Questions within the BigIdeas Math Geometry Textbook Answer Key PDF on a frequent basis and answer any kind of question in the exam easily. Just click on the Topicwise Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 6 Relationships within Triangles Answers and kickstart your preparation.

Relationships Within Triangles Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write an equation of the line passing through point P that is perpendicular to the given line.

Question 1.
P(3, 1), y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5

Answer:
y = -3x + 10

Explanation:
The slope of the given line is \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \). Since the slope of the perpendicular line must be the negative reciprocal of the slope of the given line.
The slope of the perpendicular line = -3
Substitute the values in y = mx + c
1 = -3(3) + c
1 = -9 + c
c = 1 + 9
c = 10
use the slope intercept form of a linear equation again substitute m, c
y = -3x + 10

Question 2.
P(4, – 3), y = – x – 5

Answer:
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)x – \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \)

Explanation:
The slope of the given line is -3. Since the slope of the perpendicular line must be the negative reciprocal of the slope of the given line.
The slope of the perpendicular line = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
Substitute the values in y = mx + c
-3 = –\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(4) + c
c = -3 + \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { -9 + 4 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { -5 }{ 3 } \)
use the slope intercept form of a linear equation again substitute m, c
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)x + \(\frac { -5 }{ 3 } \)
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)x – \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \)

Question 3.
P(- 1, – 2), y = – 4x + 13

Answer:
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)x – \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
The slope of the given line is -4. Since the slope of the perpendicular line must be the negative reciprocal of the slope of the given line.
The slope of the perpendicular line = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
Substitute the values in y = mx + c
-2 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(-1) + c
c = -2 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { -8 + 1 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { -7 }{ 4 } \)
use the slope intercept form of a linear equation again substitute m, c
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)x + \(\frac { -7 }{ 4 } \)
y = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)x – \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)

Write the sentence as an inequality.

Question 4.
A number w is at least – 3 and no more than 8.

Answer:
-3 ≤ w < 8

Explanation:
At least means ≥ and no more than means <
w ≥ -3 and w < 8
-3 ≤ w < 8

Question 5.
A number m is more than 0 and less than 11.

Answer:
0 < m < 11

Explanation:
more than means > and less than means <
m > 0 and m < 11
0 < m < 11

Question 6.
A number s is less than or equal to 5 or greater than 2.

Answer:
2 < s ≤ 5

Explanation:
less than or equal to means ≤ and greater than means >
s ≤ 5 or s > 2
2 < s ≤ 5

Question 7.
A number d is fewer than 12 or no less than – 7.

Answer:
-7 < d < 12

Explanation:
fewer than means < no less than means >
d < 12 or d > -7
-7 < d < 12

Question 8.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Is it possible for the solution of a compound inequality to be all real numbers? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes

Relationships Within Triangles Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Refer to the figures at the top of the page to describe each type of line, ray, or segment in a triangle.

Question 1.
perpendicular bisector

Answer:
The perpendicular bisector of a side of a triangle is a line perpendicular to the side and passes through its midpoint. Three perpendicular bisectors of sides meet at a point in a triangle.

Question 2.
angle bisector

Answer:
The angle bisector of an angle in a triangle is a straight line that divides the angle into two congruent angles.

Question 3.
median

Answer:
It is a line segment from a vertex to the midpoint of the opposite side.

Question 4.
altitude

Answer:
It is a segment from a vertex of the triangle, perpendicular to the side opposite that vertex of the triangle.

Question 5.
midsegment

Answer:
It is a segment that connects the mid points of two sides in a triangle.

6.1 Perpendicular and Angle Bisectors

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 1

Exploration 1

Points on a Perpendicular Bisector

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Draw any segment and label it \(\overline{A B}\). ConStruct the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\).
Answer:

b. Label a point C that is on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\) but is not on \(\overline{A B}\).
Answer:

c. Draw \(\overline{C A}\) and \(\overline{C B}\) and find their lengths. Then move point C to other locations on the perpendicular bisector and note the lengths of \(\overline{C A}\) and \(\overline{C B}\).
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) with other segments. Describe any relationships(s) you notice.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Points on an Angle Bisector

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Draw two rays \(\vec{A}\)B and \(\vec{A}\)C to form ∠BAC. Construct the bisector of ∠BAC.
Answer:

b. Label a point D on the bisector of ∠BAC.
Answer:

c. Construct and find the lengths of the perpendicular segments from D to the sides of ∠BAC. Move point D along the angle bisector and note how the lengths change.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a)-(c) with other angles. Describe an relationship(s) you notice.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to visualize the results of varying assumptions, explore consequences, and compare predictions with data.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What conjectures can you make about a point on the perpendicular bisector of a segment and a point on the bisector of an angle?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Exploration 2. what is the distance from point D to \(\vec{A}\)B when the distance from D to \(\vec{A}\)C is 5 units? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Lesson 6.1 Perpendicular and Angle Bisectors

Use the diagram and tile given information to find the indicated measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 2

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 3 is the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{W Y}\), and \(\overline{y Z}\) = 13.75. Find WZ.

Answer:
WZ = 13.75

Explanation:
Using the perpendicular bisector theorem YZ = WZ
13.75 = WZ

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 3 is the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{W Y}\), WZ = 4n – 13, and YZ = n + 17. Find YZ.

Answer:
YZ = 27

Explanation:
Using the perpendicular bisector theorem YZ = WZ
n + 17 = 4n – 13
4n – n = 17 + 13
3n = 30
n = 10
YZ = 10 + 17 = 27

Question 3.
Find WX when WZ = 20.5. WY = 14.8. and YZ = 20.5.

Answer:
WX = 7.4

Explanation:
Because WZ = ZY and ZX is the perpendicular bisector of WY by the converse of perpendicular bisector theorem. By the definition of segment sector, WY = 2WX
14.8 = 2WX
WX = 7.4

Use the diagram and the given information to find the indicated measure.

Question 4.
\(\vec{B}\)D bisects ∠ABC, and DC = 6.9, Find DA.

Answer:
DA = 6.9

Explanation:
By using the angle bisector theorem
DC = DA
DA = 6.9

Question 5.
\(\vec{B}\)D bisects ∠ABC, AD = 3z + 7, and CD = 2z + 11. Find CD.

Answer:
z = 4

Explanation:
By using the angle bisector theorem
DC = DA
2z + 11 = 3z + 7
3z – 2z = 11 – 7
z = 4

Question 6.
Find m∠ABC when AD = 3.2, CD = 3.2, and m∠DBC = 39°.

Answer:
m∠DBC = 78°

Explanation:
m∠DBC = 39 = m∠DBA
m∠ABC = m∠DBC + m∠DBA
= 39 + 39 = 78°

Question 7.
Do you have enough information to conclude that \(\vec{Q}\)S bisects ∠PQR? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 4
Answer:
Yes,
Because PS = SR.

Question 8.
Write an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment with endpoints (- 1, – 5) and (3, – 1).

Answer:
y + 5 = 0

Explanation:
Midpoint = (\(\frac { -1 + 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { -5 – 1 }{ 2 } \))
= (\(\frac { 2 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { -6 }{ 2 } \)) = (1, -3)
Slope of the line = \(\frac { -1 + 1 }{ 3 + 5 } \) = 0
Slope of the perpendicular line = 0
Equation of the perpendicular bisector is (y + 5) = 0(x + 1)
y + 5 = 0

Exercise 6.1 Perpendicular and Angle Bisectors

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Point C is in the interior of ∠DEF. If ∠DEC and ∠CEF are congruent, then \(\vec{E}\)C is the ________ of ∠DEF.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 5

Is point B the same distance from both X and Z?

Answer:
Yes.

Is point B equidistant from X and Z?

Answer:
Yes

Is point B collinear with X and Z?

Answer:
No.

Is point B on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{X Z}\)?

Answer:
Yes

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find the indicated measure. Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
GH
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 3

Question 4.
QR
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 7

Answer:
QR = RS
So, QR = 1.3

Question 5.
AB
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 5

Question 6.
UW
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 9

Answer:
UW = 55

Explanation:
UV = WU
9x + 1 = 7x + 13
9x – 7x = 13 – 1
2x = 12
x = 6
UW = 7(6) + 13 = 42 + 13 = 55

In Exercises 7-10. tell whether the information in the diagram allows you to conclude that point P lies on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{L M}\). Explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 11

Answer:
PN ⊥ LM. So, LN – MN
Therefore, point P lies on the LM.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 13

Answer:
Yes.

In Exercises 11-14. find the indicated measure. Explain your reasoning.

Question 11.
m∠ABD
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 15

Answer:
PS = RS
PS = 12

Question 13.
m∠KJL
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 13

Question 14.
FG
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 17

Answer:
FG = 16

Explanation:
FG = GH
x + 11 = 3x + 1
3x – x = 11 – 1
2x = 10
x = 5
FG = 5 + 11 = 16

In Exercises 15 and 16, tell whether the information in the diagram allows you to conclude that \(\vec{E}\)H bisects ∠FEG. Explain your reasoning.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 19

Answer:
Yes, because H is equidistant from EF and EG, EH bisects ∠FEG by the Angle Bisector Theorem.

In Exercises 17 and 18, tell whether the information in the diagram allows you to conclude that DB = DC. Explain your reasoning.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 21

Answer:
Yes, because AD is perpendicular to BD and DC. using perpendicular bisector theorem DB = DC.

In Exercises 19-22, write an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the segment with the given endpoints.

Question 19.
M(1, 5), N(7, – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 19

Question 20.
Q(- 2, 0), R(6, 12)

Answer:
An equation of the perpendicular bisector is y = –\(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)x + \(\frac { 36 }{ 7 } \)

Explanation:
Slope of QR = \(\frac { 12 + 2 }{ 6 – 0 } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 3 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line m = –\(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)
Midpoint of QR = (\(\frac { -2 + 6 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 0 + 12 }{ 2 } \)
= (-2, 6)
y = mx + b
6 = –\(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)(-2) + b
6 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 7 } \) + b
b = \(\frac { 36 }{ 7 } \)
An equation of the perpendicular bisector is y = –\(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)x + \(\frac { 36 }{ 7 } \)

Question 21.
U(- 3, 4), V(9, 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 21

Question 22.
Y( 10, – 7), Z(- 4, 1)

Answer:
An equation of the perpendicular bisector is y = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)x – \(\frac { 33 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Slope of YZ = \(\frac { 1 + 7 }{ -4 – 10 } \) = \(\frac { -4 }{ 7 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line m = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)
Midpoint of YZ = (\(\frac { 10 – 4 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { -7 + 1 }{ 2 } \))
= (3, -3)
y = mx + b
-3 = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)(3) + b
b = -3 – \(\frac { 21 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { -12 – 21 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { -33 }{ 4 } \)
An equation of the perpendicular bisector is y = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4 } \)x – \(\frac { 33 }{ 4 } \)

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in the student’s reasoning.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 23

Answer:
CP is not perpendicular to BP. So, x = 5 is wrong.

Question 25.
MODELING MATHEMATICS
In the photo, the road is perpendicular to the support beam and \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{C B}\). Which theorem allows you to conclude that \(\overline{A D} \cong \overline{C D}\)?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The diagram shows the position of the goalie and the puck during a hockey game. The goalie is at point G. and the puck is at point P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 25
a. What should be the relationship between \(\vec{P}\)G and ∠APB to give the goalie equal distances to travel on each side of \(\vec{P}\)G?

Answer:
PG should be the perpendicular bisector of ∠APB.

b. How does m∠APB change as the puck gets closer to the goal? Does this change make it easier or more difficult for the goalie to defend the goal? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 27.
CONSTRUCTION
Use a compass and straightedge to construct a copy of \(\overline{X Y}\). Construct a perpendicular bisector and plot a point Z on the bisector so that the distance between point Z and \(\overline{X Y}\) is 3 centimeters. Measure \(\overline{X Z}\) and \(\overline{Y Z}\). Which theorem does this construction demonstrate?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 27

Question 28.
WRITING
Explain how the Converse of the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem (Theorem 6.2) is related to the construction of a perpendicular bisector.

Answer:
The converse of the perpendicular bisector theorem states if a point is equidistant from both the endpoints of the line segments in the same plane, then that point is on the perpendicular bisector of the line segment.

Question 29.
REASONING
What is the value of x in the diagram?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 27
(A) 13
(B) 18
(C) 33
(D) not enough information
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 29

Question 30.
REASONING
Which point lies on the perpendicular bisector of the segment with endpoints M(7, 5) and m(- 1, 5)?
(A) (2, 0)
(B) (3, 9)
(C) (4, 1)
(D) (1, 3)

Answer:
(B) (3, 9)

Explanation:
The distance from M to (3, 9) is = √(7 – 3)² + (5 – 9)² = √16 + 16 = √32
The distance from m to (3, 9) = √(-1 – 3)² + (5 – 9)² = √16 + 16 = √32

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says it is impossible for an angle bisector of a triangle to be the same line as the perpendicular bisector of the opposite side. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 31

Question 32.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Converse of the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem (Thm. 6.2). (Hint: Construct a line through point C perpendicular to \(\overline{A B}\) at point P.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 28
Given CA = CB
Prove Point C lies on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\).

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 1
Compare △ACP, △CPB
AP = BP
CP = CP
∠APC = ∠BPC = 90°
So, △ACP ≅ △CPB using SAS congruence theorem
So, CA = CB

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use a congruence theorem to prove each theorem.
a. Angle Bisector Theorem (Thin. 6.3)
b. Converse of the Angle Bisector Theorem (Thm. 6.4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 33.2

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The figure shows a map of a city. The city is arranged so each block north to south is the same length and each block east to west is the same length.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 29
a. Which school is approximately equidistant from both hospitals? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. Is the museum approximately equidistant from Wilson School and Roosevelt School? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Write an equation whose graph consists of all the points in the given quadrants that are equidistant from the x- and y-axes.
a. I and III
b. II and IV
c. I and II
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The postulates and theorems in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry, all points are on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. In spherical geometry, is it possible for two lines to be perpendicular but not bisect each other? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 37.
PROOF
Use the information in the diagram to prove that \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{C B}\) if and onI if points D, E, and B are collinear.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 37

Question 38.
PROOF
prove the statement in parts (a) – (c)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 31
Given Plane P is a perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{X Z}\) at point Y.
Prove
a. \(\overline{X W} \cong \overline{Z W}\)
b. \(\overline{X V} \cong \overline{Z V}\)
c. ∠VXW ≅ ∠VZW

Answer:
a. By using the perpendicular bisector theorem \(\overline{X W} \cong \overline{Z W}\)
b. By using the perpendicular bisector theorem \(\overline{X V} \cong \overline{Z V}\)

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Classify the triangle by its sides.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 33

Answer:
The trinagle is scalene as all the sides have different lengths.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 41

Classify the triangles by its angles.

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 35
Answer:
The triangle is scalene as all angles are different.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.1 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 37

Answer:
The trinagle is an obtuse triangle.

6.2 Bisectors of Triangles

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 38

Exploration 1

Properties of the Perpendicular Bisectors of a Triangle

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.
a. Construct the perpendicular bisectors of all three sides of ∆ABC. Then drag the vertices to change ∆ABC. ‘What do you notice about the perpendicular bisectors?
Answer:

b. Label a point D at the intersection of the perpendicular bisectors.
Answer:

c. Draw the circle with center D through vertex A of ∆ABC. Then drag the vertices to change ∆ABC. What do you notice?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 39

Properties of the Angle Bisectors of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

a. Construct the angle bisectors of all three angles of ∆ABC, Then drag the vertices to change ∆ABC. What do you notice about the angle bisectors?
Answer:

b. Label a point D at the intersection of the angle bisectors.
Answer:

c. Find the distance between D and \(\overline{A B}\). Draw the circle with center D and this distance as a radius. Then drag the vertices to change ∆ABC. What do you notice?
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to see complicated things as single objects or as being composed of several objects.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What conjectures can you make about the perpendicular bisectors and the angle bisectors of a triangle?
Answer:

Lesson 6.2 Bisectors of Triangles

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Three snack carts sell hot pretzels horn points A, B, and E. What is the location of the pretzel distributor if it is equidistant from the three carts? Sketch the triangle and show the location.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 40

Answer:
The location is the circumcenter
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 1

Find the coordinates of the circumcenter of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 2.
R(- 2, 5), S(- 6, 5), T(- 2, – 1)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (4, 7.33)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let R(- 2, 5), S(- 6, 5), T(- 2, – 1) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PR = PS = PT
PR² = PS² = PT²
PR² = PS²
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = (x + 6)² + (y – 5)²
x² + 4x + 4 + y² – 10x + 25 = x² + 12x + 36 + y² -10y + 25
4x + 4 = 12x + 36
12x – 4x = 36 – 4
8x = 32
x = 4
PS² = PT²
(x + 6)² + (y – 5)² = (x + 2)² + (y + 1)²
x² + 12x + 36 + y² -10y + 25 = x² + 4x + 4 + y² + 2y + 1
12x – 4x – 10y – 2y + 61 = 5
8x – 12y = -56
8(4) – 12y = -56
32 – 12y = -56
-12y = -56 – 32
-12y = -88
y = 7.33
The circumcenter is (4, 7.33)

Question 3.
W(- 1, 4), X(1, 4), Y( 1, – 6)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (0.25, -1)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let W(- 1, 4), X(1, 4), Y( 1, – 6) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PW = PX = PY
PW² = PY² = PX²
PX² = PY²
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = (x – 1)² + (y + 6)²
x² -2x + 1 + y² – 8y + 16 = x² -2x + 1 + y² + 12y + 36
-8y – 12y = 36 – 16
-20y = 20
y = -1
PW² = PX²
(x + 1)² + (y – 4)² = (x – 1)² + (y – 4)²
x² + 2x + 4 + y² – 8y + 16 = x² – 2x + 1 + y² – 8y + 16
4x = 1
x = 0.25
The circumcenter is (0.25, -1)

Question 4.
In the figure shown, QM = 3x + 8 and QN = 7x + 2. Find QP.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 41

Answer:
QP = \(\frac { 23 }{ 2 } \)

Explanation:
QM = QN
3x + 8 = 7x + 2
7x – 3x = 8 – 2
4x = 6
x = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
QP = QN
= 7(\(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)) + 2
= \(\frac { 23 }{ 2 } \)

Question 5.
Draw a sketch to show the location L of the lamppost in Example 4.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 2

Exercise 6.2 Bisectors of Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
When three or more lines, rays, or segments intersect in the same Point. they are called _____________ lines, rays, or segments.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which triangle does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 42

Answer:
The third triangle does not belong with the other three. Because the point P in the remaining triangles is the circumcenter. But P is not circumcenter in the third triangle.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, the perpendicular bisectors of ∆ABC intersect at point G and are shown in blue. Find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
Find BG
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 3

Question 4.
Find GA
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 44

Answer:
Because G is the circumcenter of ∆ABC, AG = BG = CG
AG = BG = 11
So, AG = 11

In Exercises 5 and 6, the angle bisectors of ∆XYZ intersect at point P and are shown in red. Find the indicated measure.

Question 5.
Find PB.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 5

Question 6.
Find HP.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 46

Answer:
Because P is the incenter of ∆XYZ, PH = PF = PK
Therefore, PK = 15
HP = 15

In Exercises 7-10. find the coordinates of the circumcenter of the triangle with the given vertice

Question 7.
A(2, 6), B(8, 6), C(8, 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 7

Question 8.
D(- 7, – 1), E(- 1, – 1), F(- 7, – 9)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (-4, -5)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let D(- 7, – 1), E(- 1, – 1), F(- 7, – 9) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PD = PE = PF
PD² = PE² = PF²
PD² = PE²
(x + 7)² + (y + 1)² = (x + 1)² + (y + 1)²
x² + 14x + 49 + y² + 2y +1 = x² + 2x + 1 + y² + 2y + 1
14x – 2x = 1 – 49
12x = -48
x = -4
PD² = PF²
(x + 7)² + (y + 1)² = (x + 7)² + (y + 9)²
x² + 14x + 49 + y² + 2y + 1 = x² + 14x + 49 + y² + 18y + 81
18y – 2y = 1 – 81
16y = -80
y = -5
The circumcenter is (-4, -5)

Question 9.
H(- 10, 7), J(- 6, 3), K(- 2, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 9.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 9.2

Question 10.
L(3, – 6), M(5, – 3) , N (8, – 6)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (5.5, -5.5)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let L(3, – 6), M(5, – 3) , N (8, – 6) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PL = PM = PN
PL² = PM² = PN²
PL² = PN²
(x – 3)² + (y + 6)² = (x – 8)² + (y + 6)²
x² – 6x + 9 + y² + 12y + 36 = x² -16x + 64 + y² + 12y + 36
-16x + 6x = 9 – 64
-10x = -55
x = 5.5
PL² = PM²
(x – 3)² + (y + 6)² = (x – 5)² + (y + 3)²
x² – 6x + 9 + y² + 12y + 36 = x² – 10x + 25 + y² + 6y + 9
-6x + 10x + 45 = 6y – 12y + 34
4x = -6y -11
4(5.5) = -6y – 11
22 + 11 = -6y
33 = -6y
y = -5.5
The circumcenter is (5.5, -5.5)

In Exercises 11-14, N is the incenter of ∆ABC. Use the given information to find the indicated measure.

Question 11.
ND = 6x – 2
NE = 3x + 7
Find NF.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 11

Question 12.
NG = x + 3
NH = 2x – 3
Find NJ.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 48

Answer:
NJ = 9

Explanation:
NG = NH = NJ
x + 3 = 2x – 3
2x – x = 3 + 3
x = 6
By Incenter theorem, NG = NH = NJ
NJ = 6 + 3 = 9

Question 13.
NK = 2x – 2
NL = – x + 10
Find NM
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 13

Question 14.
NQ = 2x
NR = 3x – 2
Find NS.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 50

Answer:
NS = 4

Explanation:
NQ = NR
2x = 3x – 2
3x – 2x = 2
x = 2
NQ = 2 (2) = 4
By Incenter theorem NS = NR = NQ
So, NS = 4

Question 15.
P is the circumcenter of ∆XYZ. Use the given information to find PZ.
PX = 3x + 2
PY = 4x – 8
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 15

Question 16.
P is the circumcenter of ∆XYZ. Use the given information to find PY.
PX = 4x + 3
PZ = 6x – 11
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 52

Answer:
PY = 31

Explanation:
PX = PZ
4x + 3 = 6x – 11
6x – 4x = 3 + 11
2x = 14
x = 7
PZ = 6(7) – 11 = 42 – 11 = 31
By the incenter theorem, PX = PZ = PY
PY = 31

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 17-20. draw a triangle of the given type. Find the circumcenter. Then construct the circumscribed circle.

Question 17.
right
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 17

Question 18.
obtuse

Answer:

Question 19.
acute isosceles
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 19

Question 20.
equilateral

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 3

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 21-24, copy the triangle with the given angle measures. Find the incenter. Then construct the inscribed circle.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 53
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 54

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 4

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 56

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 5

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26. describe and correct the error in identifying equal distances inside the triangle.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 58

Answer:
Because point T is the intersection of the angle bisectors, it is the incenter. But, because TV and TF are not necessarily perpendicular to a side of the trinagle, there is not sufficient evidence to conclude that TV and TZ are congruent. Point T is equidistance from the sides of the triangle.

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and two friends plan to meet to walk your dogs together. You want the meeting place to be the same distance from each person’s house. Explain how you can use the diagram to locate the meeting place.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are placing a fountain in a triangular koi pond. YOU want the foutain to be the same distance from each edge of the Pond. Where should you place the fountain? Explain your reasoning. Use a sketch to support your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 60

Answer:
A, B, C are edges of the pond.
Foutain to be the same distance from each edge of the Pond
Then, you need to find the circumcenter of the triangle.
Place the fountain at the circumcenter.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 6

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 29-32, complete the statement with always, sometimes, or never. Explain your reasoning.

Question 29.
The circumenter of a scalene triangle is ______________ inside the triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 29

Question 30.
If the perpendicular bisector of one side of a triangle intersects the opposite vertex. then the triangle is ______________ isosceles.

Answer:
If the perpendicular bisector of one side of a triangle intersects the opposite vertex. then the triangle is always isosceles.

Explanation:
The Vertex is equidistant to other vertices then.

Question 31.
The perpendicular bisectors of a triangle intersect at a point that is ______________ equidistant from the midpoints of the sides of the triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 31

Question 32.
The angle bisectors of a triangle intersect at a point that is ______________ equidistant from the sides of the triangle.

Answer:
The angle bisectors of a triangle intersect at a point that is circumcenter equidistant from the sides of the triangle.

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 33 and 34, find the coordinates of the circumcenter of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 33.
A(2, 5), B(6, 6). C( 12. 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 33.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 33.3

Question 34.
D(- 9, – 5), E(- 5, – 9), F(- 2, – 2)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (4.45, 4.45)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let D(- 9, – 5), E(- 5, – 9), F(- 2, – 2) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PD = PE = PF
PD² = PE² = PF²
PD² = PE²
(x + 9)² + (y + 5)² = (x + 5)² + (y + 9)²
x² + 18x + 81 + y² + 10y + 25 = x² + 10x + 25 + y² + 18y + 81
18x – 10x = 18y – 10y
8x = 8y
x = y
PE² = PF²
(x + 5)² + (y + 9)² = (x + 2)² + (y + 2)²
x² + 10x + 25 + y² + 18y + 81 = x² + 4x + 4 + y² + 2y + 4
10x – 4x + 106 = 8 + 2y – 18y
6x + 106 = 8 – 16y
6x + 98 = -16x
22x = -98
x = 4.45
y = 4.45
The circumcenter is (4.45, 4.45)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 35 and 36. find the a1ue of x that makes N the incenter of the triangle.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 62

Answer:
N the incenter is \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 } \).

Explanation:
25² = 24² + (14x)²
625 = 576 + 196x²
49 = 196x²
x = \(\frac { 7 }{ 14 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
The value of x will make N the incenter is \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 } \).

Question 37.
PROOF
Where is the circumcenter located in any right triangle? Write a coordinate proof of this result.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 37

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a proof of the Incenter Theorem (Theorem 6.6).
Given ∆ABC, \(\overline{A D}\) bisects∠CAB,
\(\overline{B D}\) bisects ∠CBA, \(\overline{D E}\) ⊥ \(\overline{A B}\), \(\overline{D F}\) ⊥ \(\overline{B C}\), and \(\overline{D G}\) ⊥ \(\overline{C A}\)
Prove The angle bisectors intersect at D, which is equidistant from \(\overline{A B}\), \(\overline{B C}\), and \(\overline{C A}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 63

Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Explain the difference between the circumcenter and the incenter of a triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 39

Question 40.
REASONING
Is the incenter of a triangle ever located outside the triangle? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No

Explanation:
Because the incenter is the center of an inscribed circle, it must always be inside the triangle.

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are installing a circular pool in the triangular courtyard shown. You want to have the largest pool possible on the site without extending into the walkway.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 64
a. Copy the triangle and show how to install the pool so that it just touches each edge. Then explain how you can he sure that you could not fit a larger pool on the site.
b. You want to have the largest pool possible while leaving at least I foot of space around the pool. Would the center of the pool be in the same position as in part (a)? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Archaeologists find three stones. They believe that the stones were once pail of a circle of stones with a community fire pit at its center. They mark the locations of stones A, B, and C on a graph. where distances are measured in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 65
a. Explain how archaeologists can use a sketch to estimate the center of the circle of stones.

b. Copy the diagram and find the approximate coordinates of the point at which the archaeologists should look for the fire pit.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 3
To get the centre of the circle P, we need to find the circumcenter of the triangle ABC.
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let A(2, 10), B(13, 6), C(6, 1) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PA = PB = PC
PA² = PB² = PC²
PA² = PB²
(x – 2)² + (y – 10)² = (x – 13)² + (y – 6)²
x² – 4x + 4 + y² – 20y + 100 = x² – 26x + 169 + y² – 12y + 36
-4x + 26x – 20y + 12y = 205 – 104
22x – 8y = 101 —- (i)
PB² = PC²
(x – 13)² + (y – 6)² = (x – 8)² + (y – 1)²
x² – 26x + 169 + y² – 12y + 36 = x² – 16x + 64 + y² – 2y + 1
-26x + 16x – 12y + 2y = 65 – 205
-10x – 10y = -140
x + y = 14
x = 14 – y — (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
22(14 – y) – 8y = 101
308 – 22y – 8y = 101
308 – 101 = 30y
207 = 30y
y = 6.9
Substitute y = 6.9 in (ii)
x = 14 – 6.9
x = 7.1
The circumcenter is (7.1, 6.9)

Question 43.
REASONING
Point P is inside ∆ABC and is equidistant from points A and B. On which of the following segments must P be located?
(A) \(\overline{A B}\)
(B) the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\)
(C) \(\overline{A C}\)
(D) the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 43

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
A high school is being built for the four towns shown on the map. Each town agrees that the school should be an equal distance from each of the tourist towns. Is there a single point where they could agree to build the school? If so, find it. If not, explain why not. Justify your answer with a diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 66
Answer:

Question 45.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the circumcenter of an equilateral triangle is also the incenter of the triangle. Is your friend correct? Explain in your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The arms of the windmill are the angle bisectors of the red triangle. What point of concurrency is the point that Connects the three arms?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 67
Answer:

Question 47.
ABSTRACT REASONING
You are asked to draw a triangle and all its perpendicular bisectors and angle bisectors.
a. For which type of triangle would you need the fewest segments? What is the minimum number of segments you would need? Explain.
b. For which type of triangle would you need the most segments? What is the maximum number of segments you would need? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The diagram shows an official hockey rink used by the National Hockey League. Create a triangle using hockey players as vertices in which the center circle is inscribed in the triangle. The center dot should he the incenter of your triangle. Sketch a drawing of the locations of your hockey players. Then label the actual lengths of the sides and the angle measures in your triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 68
Answer:

COMPARING METHODS
In Exercises 49 and 50. state whether you would use perpendicular bisectors or angle bisectors. Then solve the problem.

Question 49.
You need to cut the largest circle possible from an isosceles triangle made of paper whose sides are 8 inches, 12 inches, and 12 inches. Find the radius of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 49

Question 50.
On a map of a camp. You need to create a circular walking path that connects the pool at (10, 20), the nature center at (16, 2). and the tennis court at (2, 4). Find the coordinates of the center of the circle and the radius of the circle.

Answer:
The center of the circular path is located at (10, 10) and the radius of the circular path is 10 units.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 7

Let the centre of the circle be at O (x, y)
Slope of AB = \(\frac { 20 – 4 }{ 10 – 2 } \) = 2
The slope of XO must be \(\frac { -1}{ 2 } \) the negative reciprocal of the slope of AB as the 2 lines are perpendicular
Slope of XO = \(\frac { y – 12 }{ x – 6 } \) = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)
y – 12 = -0.5x + 3
0.5x + y = 12 + 3 = 15
x + 2y = 30
The slope of BC = \(\frac { 2 – 20 }{ 16 – 10 } \) = -3
The slope of XO must be \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { 11 – y }{ 13 – x } \)
33 – 3y = 13 – x
x – 3y = -33 + 13 = -20
Subtrcat two equations
x + 2y – x + 3y = 30 + 20
y = 10
x – 30 = -20
x = 10
r = √(10 – 2)² + (10 – 4)²
r = 10

Question 51.
CRITICAL THINKING
Point D is the incenter of ∆ABC. Write an expression for the length x in terms of the three side lengths AB, AC, and BC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The endpoints of \(\overline{A B}\) are given. Find the coordinates of the midpoint M. Then find AB.
Question 52.
A(- 3, 5), B(3, 5)

Answer:
AB = 6

Explanation:
Midpoint of AB = (\(\frac { -3 + 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 5 + 5 }{ 2 } \)) = (0, 5)
AB = √(3 + 3)² + (5 – 5)² = 6

Question 53.
A(2, – 1), B(10, 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 53

Question 54.
A(- 5, 1), B(4, – 5)

Answer:
AB = 10.81

Explanation:
Midpoint of AB = (\(\frac { -5 + 4 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 1 – 5 }{ 2 } \)) = (\(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \), -2)
AB = √(4 + 5)² + (-5 – 1)² = √81 + 36 =  10.81

Question 55.
A(- 7, 5), B(5, 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 55

Write an equation of the line passing through point P that is perpendicular to the given line.
Graph the equations of the lines to check that they are perpendicular.
Question 56.
P(2, 8), y = 2x + 1

Answer:
y = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)x + 9

Explanation:
The slope of the given line m = 2
The slope of the perpendicular line M = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)
The perpendicular line passes through the given point P(2, 8) is
8 = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)(2) + b
b = 9
So, y = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)x + 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 4

Question 57.
P(6, -3), y = – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 57

Question 58.
P(- 8, – 6), 2x + 3y = 18

Answer:
The perpendicular equation is y = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)x + 6

Explanation:
The given line is 2x + 3y = 18
y = \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)x + 6
The slope of the given line m = \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line is M = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
The perpendicular line passing through the point P(-8, -6) is
-6 = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)(-8) + b
b = 6
The perpendicular equation is y = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)x + 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 5

Question 59.
P(- 4, 1), y + 3 = – 4(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.2 Question 59

6.3 Medians and Altitudes of Triangles

Exploration 1

Finding Properties of the Medians of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 70

a. Plot the midpoint of \(\overline{B C}\) and label it D, Draw \(\overline{A D}\), which is a median of ABC. Construct the medians to the other two sides of ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. What do you notice about the medians? Drag the vertices to change ∆ABC. Use your observations to write a conjecture about the medians of a triangle.
Answer:

c. In the figure above, point G divides each median into a shorter segment and a longer segment. Find the ratio of the length of each longer segment to the length of the whole median. Is this ratio always the same? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding Properties of the Altitudes of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 71

a. Construct the perpendicular segment from vertex A to \(\overline{B C}\). Label the endpoint D. \(\overline{A D}\) is an altitude of ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Construct the altitudes to the other two sides of ∆ABC. What do you notice?
Answer:

c. Write a conjecture about the altitudes of a triangle. Test your conjecture by dragging the vertices to change ∆ABC.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What conjectures can you make about the medians and altitudes of a triangle?
Answer:

Question 4.
The length of median \(\overline{R U}\) in ∆RST is 3 inches. The point 0f concurrency of the three medians of ∆RST divides \(\overline{R U}\) into two segments. What are the lengths of these two segments?
Answer:

Lesson 6.3 Medians and Altitudes of Triangles

Monitoring Progress

There are three paths through a triangular park. Each path goes from the midpoint of one edge to the opposite corner. The paths meet at point P.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 72

Question 1.
Find PS and PC when SC = 2100 feet.

Answer:
PS = 700, PC = 2100

Explanation:
PC = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)SC
SC = PS + PC
SC = PS + \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)SC
PS = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)SC
So, PS = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(2100) = 700
PC = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(2100) = 1400

Question 2.
Find TC and BC when BT = 1000 feet.

Answer:
BC = 2000 ft, TC = 1000 ft

Explanation:
BT = TC
So, TC = 1000 ft
BC = BT + TC
BC = 1000 + 1000 = 2000 ft

Question 3.
Find PA and TA when PT = 800 feet.

Answer:
PA = 2400 ft, TA = 1600 ft

Explanation:
PT = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)PA
PA = 3PT
= 3 • 800 = 2400
TA = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)PA
TA = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(2400)
= 1600

Find the coordinates of the centroid of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 4.
F(2, 5), G(4, 9), H(6, 1)

Answer:
The centroid is (4, 5).

Explanation:
The centroid of the triangle FGH is O = (\(\frac { 2 + 4 + 6 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 5 + 9 + 1 }{ 3 } \))
= (\(\frac { 12 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 15 }{ 3 } \))
= (4, 5)

Question 5.
X(- 3, 3), Y(1, 5), Z(- 1, – 2)

Answer:
The centriod of given triangle is (-1, 2)

Explanation:
The centroid of the triangle XYZ is O = (\(\frac { -3 + 1 – 1 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 3 + 5 – 2 }{ 3 } \))
= (\(\frac { -3 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 } \))
= (-1, 2)

Tell whether the orthocenter of the triangle with the given vertices is inside, on, or outside the triangle. Then find the coordinates of the orthocenter.

Question 6.
A(0, 3), B(0, – 2), C(6, -3)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies outside the triangle.

Explanation:
The slope of the line BC = \(\frac { -3 + 2 }{ 6 – 0 } \) = \(\frac { -1 }{ 6 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line = 6
The perpendicular line is (y – 3) = 6(x – 0)
y – 3 = 6x
y = 6x + 3
The slope of AC = \(\frac { -3 – 3 }{ 6 – 0 } \) = \(\frac { -6 }{ 6 } \) = -1
The slope of the perpendicular line = 1
The equation of perpendicular line (y + 2) = 1(x – 0)
y + 2 = x
Substitute y = 6x + 3 in above equation
6x + 3 + 2 = x
5x = -5
x = -1
Put x = -1 in y + 2 = x
y + 2 = -1
y = -3
The orthocenter is (-1, -3)
The orthocenter lies outside the triangle.

Question 7.
J(- 3, – 4), K(- 3, 4), L(5, 4)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies on the vertex of the triangle.

Explanation:
The slope of JL = \(\frac { 4 + 4 }{ 5 + 3 } \) = 2
The slope of perpendicular line is \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)
The equation of perpendicular line is (y – 4) = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)(x + 3)
2y – 8 = -x – 3
x + 2y – 5 = 0
The slope of JK = \(\frac { 4 + 4 }{ -3 + 3 } \) = 0
The slope of the perpendicular line is 0
the equation of perpendicular line is (y – 4) = 0
y = 4
Substitute y = 4 in x + 2y – 5 = 0
x + 2(4) – 5 = 0
x + 3 = 0
x = -3
So, the ortho center is (-3, 4)
It lies on the vertex of the triangle.

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, you want to show that median \(\overline{B D}\) is also an angle bisector. How would your proof be different?
Answer:

Exercise 6.3 Medians and Altitudes of Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Name the four types of points of concurrency. Which lines intersect to form each of the points?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The length of a segment from a vertex to the centroid is ______________ the length of the median from that vertex.

Answer:
The length of a segment from a vertex to the centroid is one-third of the length of the median from that vertex.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, point P is the centroid of ∆LMN. Find PN and QP.

Question 3.
QN = 9
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 3

Question 4.
QN = 21
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 74

Answer:
PN = 14 units, QP = 7 units

Explanation:
PN = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)QN
PN = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(21)
PN = 14
QP = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)QN
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(21)
= 7

Question 5.
QN = 30
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 5

Question 6.
QN = 42
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 76

Answer:
PN = 28 units, QP = 14 units

Explanation:
PN = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)QN
PN = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(42)
PN = 28
QP = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)QN
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(42)
= 14

In Exercises 7-10. point D is the centroid of ∆ ABC. Find CD and CE.

Question 7.
DE = 5
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 7

Question 8.
DE = 11
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 78

Answer:
CD = 22 units, CE = 33 units

Explanation:
DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)CE
11 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) CE
CE = 33
CD = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) CE
CD = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(33)
CD = 22

Question 9.
DE = 9
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 9

Question 10.
DE = 15
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 80

Answer:
CE = 45 units, CD = 30

Explanation:
DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)CE
15 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) CE
CE = 45
CD = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) CE
CD = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(45)
CD = 30

In Exercises 11-14. point G is the centroid of ∆ABC. BG = 6, AF = 12, and AE = 15. Find the length of the segment.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 81

Question 11.
\(\overline{F C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\overline{B F}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{B F}\) = 15

Explanation:
All the medians have same length.
so, AE = 15 = BF

Question 13.
\(\overline{A G}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 13

Question 14.
\(\overline{G E}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{G E}\) = 5 units

Explanation:
AE = AG + GE
15 = 10 + GE
GE = 5

In Exercises 15-18. find the coordinates of the centroid of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 15.
A(2, 3), B(8, 1), C(5, 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 15.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 15.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 15.3

Question 16.
F(1, 5), G( – 2, 7), H(- 6, 3)

Answer:
The centroid is (\(\frac { -7 }{ 3 } \), 5)

Explanation:
The centroid of the trinagle = (\(\frac { 1 – 2 – 6 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 5 + 7 + 3 }{ 3 } \))
= (\(\frac { -7 }{ 3 } \), 5)

Question 17.
S(5, 5), T(11, – 3), U(- 1, I)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 17.2

Question 18.
X(1, 4), Y(7, 2), Z(2, 3)

Answer:
The centroid of the triangle is (\(\frac { 10 }{ 2 } \), 3)

Explanation:
The centroid of the trinagle = (\(\frac { 1 + 7 + 2 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 4 + 2 + 3 }{ 3 } \))
= (\(\frac { 10 }{ 2 } \), 3)

In Exercises 19-22. tell whether the orthocenter is inside, on, or outside the triangle. Then find the coordinates of the orthocenter.

Question 19.
L(0, 5), M(3, 1), N(8, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 19.2

Question 20.
X(- 3, 2), Y(5, 2), Z(- 3, 6)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies on the vertex of the triangle.

Explanation:
The slope of YZ = \(\frac { 6 – 2 }{ -3 – 5 } \) = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line is 2
The equation of perpendicular line is (y – 2) = 2(x + 3)
y – 2 = 2x + 6
2x – y + 8 = 0
The slope of XZ = \(\frac { 6 – 2 }{ -3 + 3 } \) = 0
The equation of perpendicular line is (y – 2) = 0
y = 2
Substitute y = 2 in 2x – y + 8 = 0
2x – 2 + 8 = 0
2x + 6 = 0
x = -3
the orthocenter is (-3, 2)
The orthocenter lies on the vertex of the triangle.

Question 21.
A(- 4, 0), B(1, 0), C(- 1, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 21.2

Question 22.
T(-2, 1), U( 2, 1), V(0, 4)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle ABC.

Explanation:
The slope of UV = \(\frac { 4 – 1 }{ 0 – 2 } \) = \(\frac { -3 }{ 2 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line is \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
The equation of the perpendicular line is (y – 1) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)(x + 2)
3(y – 1) = 2(x + 2)
3y – 3 = 2x + 2
2x – 3y + 5 = 0 — (i)
The slope of TV = \(\frac { 4 – 1 }{ 0 + 2 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line is \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)
The equation of the perpendicular line is (y – 1) = \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)(x – 2)
3(y – 1) = -2(x – 2)
3y – 3 = -2x + 4
2x + 3y – 7 = 0 —(ii)
Add two equations
2x – 3y + 5 + 2x + 3y – 7 = 0
4x – 2 = 0
x = 0.5
2x – 1.5 + 5 = 0
x = -1.75
So, the orthocenter is (0, 2.33)
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle ABC.

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 23-26, draw the indicated triangle and find its centroid and orthocenter.
Question 23.
isosceles right triangle
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 23

Question 24.
obtuse scalene triangle

Answer:
Construct the medians for all the sides of the trinagle by finding the midpoint. The point where all medians intersect is centroid. The orthocenter lies outside the triangle for an obtuse triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 1

Question 25.
right scalene triangle
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 25

Question 26.
acute isosceles triangle

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 2

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in finding DE. Point D is the centroid of ∆ABC.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 82
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 83

Answer:
The length of DE should be 1/3 of length of AE because it is the shorter segment from the centroid
DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)AE
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(24)
= 8
DE = 8

PROOF
In Exercises 29 and 30, write a proof of the statement.

Question 29.
The angle bisector from the vertex angle to the base of an isosceles triangle is also a median.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 29.2

Question 30.
The altitude from the vertex angle to the base of an isosceles triangle is also a perpendicular bisector.
Answer:

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 31-36, complete the statement with always, sometimes, or never. Explain your reasoning.

Question 31.
The centroid is _____________ on the triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 31

Question 32.
The orthocenter is _____________ outside the triangle.

Answer:
The orthocenter is always outside the triangle opposite the longest leg, on the same side as the largest angle. The only time all three of these centers fall in the same spot is in the case of an equilateral triangle. In fact, in this case, the incenter falls in the same place as well.

Question 33.
A median is _____________ the same line segment as a perpendicular bisector.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 33

Question 34.
An altitude is ______________ the same line segment as an angle bisector.

Answer:

Question 35.
The centroid and orthocenter are _____________ the same point.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 35

Question 36.
The centroid is ______________ formed by the intersection oÍ the three medians.

Answer:
The centroid is a point formed by the intersection oÍ the three medians.

Question 37.
WRITING
Compare an altitude of a triangle with a perpendicular bisector of a triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 37

Question 38.
WRITING
Compare a median. an altitude, and an angle bisector of a triangle.

Answer:
Median is a line segment joining a vertex of a triangle with the midoint of the opposite side. Angle bisector is a line segment joining a vertex of a trianglr with the opposite side such that the angle at the vertex split into two equal parts. While altitude is also a line segment joining a vertex of a triangle with opposite side such that the segment is perpendicular to the opposite side. In general, medians, angle bisectors and altitudes drawn from the same vertex of a triangle are different line segments. In an equilateral triagle, altitude, median, and angle bisector drawn from the same vertex overlap. In an isosceles trianglle, the altitude drawn to the base is the median and the angle bisector, the median drawn to the base is the altitude and the angle bisector, the bisector of the angle opposite to the base is the altitude and the median.

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Find the area of the triangular part of the paper airplane wing that is outlined in red. Which special segment of the triangle did you use?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 84
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 39

Question 40.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Copy and complete the statement for ∆DEF with centroid K and medians
\(\overline{D H}\), \(\overline{E J}\), and \(\overline{F G}\).

a. EJ = ____ KJ

Answer:
EJ = 2KJ

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 3
Since KJ is the shorter distance between the two parts of the median, its length is 1/3 of the EJ.

b. DK = ____ KH

Answer:
DK = 2 KH
Since KH is the shorter distance between the two parts of the median, its length is 1/3 of the DH.

c. FG = ___ KF

Answer:
FG = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)KF
Since KF is the longest distance between two parts, its length is \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) of FG

d. KG = ___ FG

Answer:
KG = 2FG
Since KG is the shorter distance between the two parts of the median, its length is 1/3 of the FG.

MATHEMATCAL CONNETIONS
In Exercises 41-44, point D is the centroid of ∆ABC. Use the given information to find the value of x.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 85

Question 41.
BD = 4x + 5 and BF = 9x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 41

Question 42.
GD = 2x – 8 and GC = 3x + 3

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
GD = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)GC
2x – 8 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(3x + 3)
2x – 8 = x + 1
x = 9

Question 43.
AD = 5x and DE = 3x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 43

Question 44.
DF = 4x – 1 and BD = 6x + 4

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
BD = 2DF
6x + 4 = 2(4x – 1)
6x + 4 = 8x – 2
2x = 6
x = 3

Question 45.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Graph the lines on the same coordinate plane. Find the centroid of the triangle formed by their intersections.
y1 = 3x – 4
y2 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)x + 5
y2 = – \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 45.2

Question 46.
CRITICAL THINKING
In what types of triangles can a vertex be one of the points of concurrency of the triangle? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 4
In right angles, the orthocenter forms at the 90 degrees angle.

Question 47.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Use the numbers and symbols to write three different equations for PE.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 86
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the figure.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 88
a. What type of segment is \(\overline{K M}\)? Which point of concurrency lies on \(\overline{K M}\)?

Answer:
KM is the median drawn from K to JL.

b. What type of segments is \(\overline{K N}\)? Which point of concurrency lies on \(\overline{K N}\)?

Answer:
KN is the altitude drawn from K to JL.

c. Compare the areas of ∆JKM and ∆KLM. Do you think the areas of the triangles formed by the median of any triangle will always compare this way? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

Question 49.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible for the circumcenter, incenter, centroid, and orthocenter to all be the same point. Do you agree? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 49

Question 50.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The center of gravity of
a triangle, the point where a triangle can balance on the tip of a pencil, is one of the four points of concurrency. Draw and cut out a large scalene triangle on a piece of cardboard. Which of the four points of concurrency is the center of gravity? Explain.

Answer:
The median is the balancing line of the triangle
The centroid is the point of concurrency of three medians
The centroid is the center of gravity of the triangle.

Explanation:
The median is the balancing line of the triangle i.e median divides the triangle into two triangles of equal areas.
Assuming trinagle ABC
The area of ABC = 0.5bh
The median divides base into two equal parts, each forming a smaller triangle with the same height of the original one.
AD is the median of base BC
So, bD = CD = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) BC
The area of ABC = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) x BC x h
Area of ABD = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) x BD x h = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) x ABC area
Area of ACD = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) x CD x h = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) x ABC area
The centroid is the concurrency point of three medians.
So, the centroid is the gravity centre of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 5

Question 51.
PROOF
Prose that a median of an equilateral triangle is also an angle bisector, perpendicular bisector, and altitude.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 51.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 51.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 51.3

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Construct an acute scalene triangle. Find the orthocenter, centroid, and circumcenter. What can you conclude about the three points of concurrency?

Answer:
The centroid, orthocenter and circumcenter are collinear.

Explanation:
Below is the scalene triangle with the centroid, orthocenter and circumcenter
Point G is the centroid, H is the orthocenter and J is the circumcenter.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 6
If we draw a line through these points, we can see all the points lie on the same line.
Therefore, we can conclude that the centroid, orthocenter and circumcenter are collinear.
Below mentioned is the construction part.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 6

Question 53.
CONSTRUCTION
Follow the steps to construct a nine-point circle. Why is it called a nine-point circle?
Step 1 Construct a large acute scalene triangle.
Step 2 Find the orthocenter and circumcenter of the triangle.
Step 3 Find the midpoint between the orthocenter and circumcenter.
Step 4 Find the midpoint between each vertex and the orthocenter.
Step 5 Construct a circle. Use the midpoint in Step 3 as the center of the circle, and the distance from the center to the midpoint of a side of the triangle as the radius.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 53

Question 54.
PROOF
Prove the statements in parts (a)-(c).
Given \(\overline{L P}\) and \(\overline{M Q}\) are medians of scalenc ∆LMN.
Point R is on \(\vec{L}\)P such that \(\overline{L P} \cong \overline{P R}\). Point S is on \(\vec{M}\)Q such that \(\overline{M Q} \cong \overline{Q S}\).
Prove
a. \(\overline{N S} \cong \overline{N R}\)
b. \(\overline{N S}\) and \(\overline{N R}\) are both parallel to \(\overline{L M}\).
c. R, N, and S are collinear.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether \(\overline{A B}\) is parallel to \(\overline{C D}\).

Question 55.
A(5, 6), B (- 1, 3), C(- 4, 9), D(- 16, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 55

Question 56.
A(- 3, 6), B(5, 4), C(- 14, – 10), D(- 2, – 7)

Answer:
AB is not parallel to CD.

Explanation:
Slope of AB = \(\frac { 4 – 6 }{ 5 + 3 } \) = \(\frac { -1 }{ 4 } \)
Slopeof CD = \(\frac { -7 + 10 }{ -2 + 14 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
The slopes of AB and CD are not equal. So AB and CD are not parallel.

Question 57.
A (6, – 3), B(5, 2), C(- 4, – 4), D(- 5, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.3 Question 57

Question 58.
A(- 5, 6), B(- 7, 2), C(7, 1), D(4, – 5)

Answer:
AB is parallel to CD.

Explanation:
Slope of AB = \(\frac { 2 – 6 }{ -7 + 5 } \) = 2
Slopeof CD = \(\frac { -5 – 1 }{ 4 – 7 } \) = 2
The slopes of AB and CD are equal. So, AB is parallel to CD.

6.1 and 6.3 Quiz

Find the indicated measure. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
UV
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 89

Answer:
UV = 15

Explanation:
SV = VU
2x + 11 = 8x – 1
8x – 2x = 11 + 1
6x = 12
x = 2
UV = 8(2) – 1 = 15

Question 2.
QP
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 90

Answer:
QP = 18

Explanation:
QP = QR
6x = 3x + 9
3x = 9
x = 3
QP = 6(3) = 18

Question 3.
m∠GJK
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 91

Answer:
m∠GJK = 59°

Explanation:
5x – 4 = 4x + 3
x = 7
∠JGK = 4(7) + 3 = 31
m∠GJK = 180 – (31 + 90) = 180 – 121 = 59

Find the coordinates of the circumcenter of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 4.
A(- 4, 2), B(- 4, – 4), C(0, – 4)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (-2, -1)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let A(- 4, 2), B(- 4, – 4), C(0, – 4) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PA = PB = PC
PA² = PB² = PC²
PA² = PB²
(x + 4)² + (y – 2)² = (x + 4)² + (y + 4)²
x² + 8x + 16 + y² – 4y + 4 = x² + 8x + 16 + y² + 8y + 16
12y = -12
y = -1
PB² = PC²
(x + 4)² + (y + 4)² = (x – 0)² + (y + 4)²
x² + 8x + 16 + y² + 8y + 16 = x² + y² + 8y + 16
8x = -16
x = -2
The circumcenter is (-2, -1)

Question 5.
D(3, 5), E(7, 9), F(11, 5)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (7, 5)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let D(3, 5), E(7, 9), F(11, 5) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PD = PE = PF
PD² = PE² = PF²
PD² = PE²
(x – 3)² + (y – 5)² = (x – 7)² + (y – 9)²
x² – 6x + 9 + y² – 10y + 25 = x² – 14x + 49 + y² – 18y + 81
-6x + 14x – 10y + 18y = 130 – 34
8x + 8y = 96
x + y = 12 — (i)
PE² = PF²
(x – 7)² + (y – 9)² = (x – 11)² + (y – 5)²
x² – 14x + 49 + y² – 18y + 81 = x² – 22x + 121 + y² – 10y + 25
-14x + 22x – 18y + 10y = 146 – 130
8x – 8y = 16
x – y = 2 — (ii)
Add (i) & (ii)
x + y + x – y = 12 + 2
2x = 14
x = 7
Put x = 7 in (i)
7 + y = 12
y = 5
The circumcenter is (7, 5)

The incenter of ∆ABC is point N. Use the given information to find the indicated measure.

Question 6.
NQ = 2x + 1, NR = 4x – 9
Find NS.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 92

Answer:
NS = 11

Explanation:
NQ = NR = NS
2x + 1 = 4x – 9
4x – 2x = 10
2x = 10
x = 5
NQ = 10 + 1 = 11
NS = 11

Question 7.
NU = – 3x + 6, NV = – 5x
Find NT.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 93

Answer:
NT = 15

Explanation:
NU = NV = NT
-3x + 6 = -5x
-3x + 5x = -6
2x = -6
x = -3
NT = -5(-3) = 15

Question 8.
NZ = 4x – 10, NY = 3x – 1
Find NW.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 94

Answer:
NW = 26

Explanation:
NZ = NY = NW
4x – 10 = 3x – 1
x = 9
NZ = 4(9) – 10 = 36 – 10 = 26
NW = 26

Find the coordinates of the centroid of the triangle wilt the given vertices.
Question 9.
J(- 1, 2), K(5, 6), L(5, – 2)

Answer:
Centroid of the triangle is (3, 2)

Explanation:
Centroid of the triangle = (\(\frac { -1 + 5 + 5 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 2 + 6 – 2 }{ 3 } \))
= (3, 2)

Question 10.
M(- 8, – 6), N(- 4, – 2), P(0, – 4)

Answer:
Centroid of the triangle is (-4, -4)

Explanation:
Centroid of the triangle = (\(\frac { -8 – 4 + 0 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { -6 – 2 – 4 }{ 3 } \))
= (-4, -4)

Tell whether the orthocenter is inside, on, or outside the triangle. Then find its coordinates.

Question 11.
T(- 2, 5), U(0, 1), V(2, 5)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle TUV

Explanation:
The slope of TU = \(\frac { 1 – 5 }{ 0 + 2 } \) = -2
The slope of the perpendicular line is \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
The perpendicular line is y – 5 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(x – 2)
2y – 10 = x – 2
x – 2y + 8 = 0
The slope of UV = \(\frac { 5 – 1 }{ 2 – 0 } \) = 2
The slope of the perpendicular line is \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)
The perpendicular line is y – 5 = \(\frac { -1 }{ 2 } \)(x + 2)
2y – 10 = -x – 2
x + 2y – 8 = 0
equate both equations
x – 2y + 8 = x + 2y – 8
-4y = -16
y = 4
x – 2(4) + 8 = 0
x = 0
So, the orthocenter is (0, 4)
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle TUV

Question 12.
X(- 1, – 4), Y(7, – 4), Z(7, 4)

Answer:
The orthocenter lies on the vertex.

Explanation:
The slope of XY = \(\frac { -4 + 4 }{ 7 + 1 } \) = 0
The slope of the perpendicular line is 0
The perpendicular line is y – 4 = 0
y = 4
The slope of XZ =\(\frac { 4 + 4 }{ 7 + 1} \) = 1
The slope of the perpendicular line is -1
The perpendicular line is y + 4 = -1(x – 7)
y + 4 = -x + 7
x + y – 3 = 0
x + 4 – 3 = 0
x = -1
So, the orthocenter is (-1, 4)
The orthocenter lies on the vertex.

Question 13.
A woodworker is culling the largest wheel possible from a triangular scrap of wood. The wheel just touches each side of the triangle, as shown.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 95

a. Which point of concurrency is the center of the circle? What type
of segments are \(\overline{B G}\), \(\overline{C G}\), and \(\overline{A G}\)?
Answer:

b.
Which theorem can you use to prove that ∆BGF ≅ ∆BGE?
Answer:

c. Find the radius of the wheel to the nearest tenth of a centimeter. Justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 14.
The Deer County Parks Committee plans to build a park at point P, equidistant from the three largest cities labeled X, Y, and Z. The map shown was created b the committee.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 96

a. Which point of concurrency did the commIttee use as the location of the Park?
Answer:

b. Did the committee use the best point of concurrency for the location of the park? Ii not, which point would be better to use? Explain.
Answer:

6.4 The Triangle Midsegment Theorem

Exploration 1

Midsegments of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 97

a. Plot midpoint D of \(\overline{A B}\) and midpoint E of \(\overline{B C}\). Draw \(\overline{D E}\), which is a midsegment of ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Compare the slope and length of \(\overline{D E}\) with the slope and length of \(\overline{A C}\).
Answer:

c. Write a conjecture about the relationships between the midsegments and sides of a triangle. Test your conjecture by drawing the other midsegments of ∆ABC, dragging vertices to change ∆ABC. and noting whether the relationships hold.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Midsegments of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 98

a. Draw all three midsegments of ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Use the drawing to write a Conjecture about the triangle formed by the midsegments of the original triangle.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are the midsegments of a triangle related to the sides of the triangle?
Answer:

Question 4.
In ∆RST. \(\overline{U V}\) is the rnidsegrnent connecting the midpoints of \(\overline{R S}\) and \(\overline{S T}\). Given
UV = 12, find RT.
Answer:

Lesson 6.4 The Triangle Midsegment Theorem

Monitoring progress

Use the graph of △ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 99

Question 1.
In △ABC, show that midsegments \(\overline{D E}\) is parallel to \(\overline{A C}\) and that DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)AC.

Answer:
Find the coordinates of D and E by getting the midpoints of AB, BC
AB midpoint = D(\(\frac { 1 – 1 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 4 – 6 }{ 2 } \)) = D(0, -1)
Midpoint of BC = E(\(\frac { 5 – 1 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 4 + 0 }{ 2 } \)) = E(2, 2)
Slope of AC = \(\frac { 0 + 6 }{ 5 – 1 } \) =\(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
Slope of DE = \(\frac { 2 + 1 }{ 2 – 0 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
The slopes are same, so the lines are not parallel.
DE = √(2 – 0)² + (2 + 1)² = √13
AC = √(5 – 1)² + (0 + 6)² = √16 + 36 = √52
So, DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)AC

Question 2.
Find the coordinates of the endpoints of midsegments \(\overline{E F}\), Which opposite \(\overline{A B}\). show that \(\overline{E F}\) is parallel to \(\overline{A B}\) and that EF = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)AB.

Answer:
The coordinates of E = (\(\frac { -1 + 5 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 0 + 4 }{ 2 } \)) = (2, 2)
The coordinates of F = (\(\frac { 1 + 5 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 0 + 6 }{ 2 } \)) = (3, 3)
The slope of AB = \(\frac { 4 + 6 }{ -1 – 1 } \) = -5
The slope of EF = \(\frac { 3 – 2 }{ 3 – 2 } \) = 1
The slopes are different. So the lines are not parallel
EF = √(3 – 2)² + (3 – 2)² = √2
AB = √(-1 – 1)² + (4 + 6)² = √4 + 100 = √104

Question 3.
In Example 2, find the coordinates of F, the midpoint of \(\overline{O C}\). Show that \(\overline{F E}\) || \(\overline{O B}\) and FE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)OB.

Answer:
The coordinates of F = (\(\frac { 0 + 2p }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 0 + 0 }{ 2 } \))
= (p, 0)
The slope of OB = \(\frac { 2r – 0 }{ 2q – 0 } \) = \(\frac { r }{ q } \)
The slope of FE = \(\frac { r – 0 }{ q + p – p }\) = \(\frac { r }{ q }\)
The slopes are equal. So, the lines are parallel.
FE = √(q + p – p)² + (r – 0)² = √q² + r²
OB = √(2q – 0)² + (2r – 0)² = √4q² + 4r²  = 2√q² + r²
OB = 2(FE)
FE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)OB.

Question 4.
Copy the diagram in Example 3. Draw and name the third midsegment.
Then find the length of \(\overline{V S}\) when the length of the third midsegment is 81 inches.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 1
The length of third midsegment = 81 in
The length of VS = \(\frac { 81 }{ 2 } \) = 40.5

Question 5.
In Example 4. if F is the midpoint of \(\overline{C B}\), what do you know about \(\overline{D F}\)?

Answer:
DF is parallel to AE.

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, you jog down Peach Street to Plum Street, over Plum Street to Cherry Street. up Cherry Street to Pear Street. over Pear Street to Peach Street. and then back home up Peach Street. Do you jog more miles in Example 5? Explain.

Answer:
The distance you jog = 2.25 + 1.4 + 1.3 + .65 = 5.6

Exercise 6.4 The Triangle Midsegment Theorem

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The ___________ of a triangle is a segment that connects the midpoints of two sides of the triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If \(\overline{D E}\) is the midsegment opposile \(\overline{A C}\) in ∆ABC, then \(\overline{D E}\) || \(\overline{A C}\) and DE = ________ AC by the Triangle Midsegrnent Theorem

Answer:
If \(\overline{D E}\) is the midsegment opposile \(\overline{A C}\) in ∆ABC, then \(\overline{D E}\) || \(\overline{A C}\) and DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) AC by the Triangle Midsegrnent Theorem (Theorem 6.8).

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, use the graph of ∆ABC with midsegments \(\overline{D E}\), \(\overline{E F}\), and \(\overline{D F}\).

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 100

Question 3.
Find the coordinates of points D, E, and F.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 3

Question 4.
Show that \(\overline{D E}\) is parallel to \(\overline{C B}\) and that DE = \(\frac{1}{2}\)CB.

Answer:
The slope of DE = \(\frac { 0 + 2 }{ -2 + 4 } \) = 1
The slope of CB = \(\frac { -2 + 6 }{ 1 + 3 } \)  = 1
The slopes are same. So \(\overline{D E}\) is parallel to \(\overline{C B}\)
DE = √(-2 + 4)² + (0 + 2)² = √4 + 4 = √8
CB = √(1 + 3)² + (-2 + 6)² = √16 + 16 = √32
So, DE = \(\frac{1}{2}\)CB

Question 5.
Show that \(\overline{E F}\) is parallel to \(\overline{A C}\) and that EF = \(\frac{1}{2}\)AC.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 5

Question 6.
Show that \(\overline{D F}\) is parallel to \(\overline{A B}\) and that DF = \(\frac{1}{2}\)AB.

Answer:
The slope of DF = \(\frac { -4 + 2 }{ -1 + 4 } \) = \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)
The slope of AB = \(\frac { -2 – 2 }{ 1 + 5 } \) = \(\frac { -4 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { -2 }{ 3 } \)
The slopes are equal. So, the lines are parallel.
DF = √(-1 + 4)² + (-4 + 2)² = √9 + 4 = √13
AB = √(1 + 5)² + (-2 – 2)² = √36 + 16 = √52
So, DF = \(\frac{1}{2}\)AB.

In Exercises 7-10, \(\overline{D E}\) is a midsegment of ∆ABC Find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 102

Answer:
x = 10

Explanation:
DE = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)AB
5 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)x
x = 10

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 103
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 104

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
BE = EC
x = 8

In Exercise 11-16, \(\overline{X J} \cong \overline{J Y}\), \(\overline{Y L} \cong \overline{L Z}\), and \(\overline{X K} \cong \overline{K Z}\). Copy and complete the statement.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 105

Question 11.
\(\overline{J K}\) || __________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\overline{X Y}\) || __________

Answer:
\(\overline{X Y}\) || KL

Question 13.
\(\overline{J L}\) || __________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 13

Question 14.
\(\overline{J L}\) ≅ __________ ≅ __________

Answer:
\(\overline{J L}\) ≅ JK ≅ KL

Question 15.
\(\overline{J Y}\) ≅ __________ ≅ __________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 15

Question 16.
\(\overline{J K}\) ≅ __________ ≅ __________

Answer:
\(\overline{J K}\) ≅ JL ≅ KL

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 17-19. use ∆GHJ, where A, B, and C are midpoints of the sides.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 106

Question 17.
When AB = 3x + 8 and GJ = 2x + 24, what is AB?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 17

Question 18.
When AC = 3y – 5 and HJ = 4y + 2, what is HB?

Answer:
HB = 13

Explanation:
AC = 0.5(HJ)
3y – 5 = 0.5(4y + 2)
3y – 5 = 2y + 1
3y – 2y = 1 + 5
y = 6
HB = 0.5(HJ)
= 0.5(4(6) + 2) = 0.5(26) = 13

Question 19.
When GH = 7 – 1 and CB = 4z – 3. what is GA?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 107

Answer:
BC = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)DE
10 = \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 } \)(5)
According to triangle midsegment theorem, AD = DB and AE = EC.

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The distance between consecutive bases on a baseball held is 90 feet. A second baseman stands halfway between first base and second base, a shortstop stands hallway between second base and third base, and a pitcher stands halfway between first base and third base. Find the distance between the shortstop and the pitcher.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 108
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 21

Question 22.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the figure from Example 2 to prose the Triangle Midsegment Theorem (Theorem 6.8) for midsegment \(\overline{D F}\), where F is the midpoint of \(\overline{O C}\).
Answer:

Question 23.
CRITICAL THINKING
\(\overline{X Y}\) is a midsegment of ∆LMN. Suppose \(\overline{D E}\) is called a “quarter segment” of ∆LMN. What do you think an “eighth segment” would be? Make conjectures about the properties of a quarter segment and an eighth segment. Use variable coordinates to verify your conjectures.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 23.2

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Find a real-life object that uses midsegments as part of its structure. Print a photograph of the object and identify the midsegments of one of the triangles in the structure.
Answer:

Question 25.
ABSTRACT REASONING
To create the design shown. shade the triangle formed by the three midsegments of the triangle. Then repeat the process for each unshaded triangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 110
a. What is the perimeter of the shaded triangle in Stage 1?
b. What is the total perimeter of all the shaded triangles in Stage 2?
c. What is the total perimeter of all the shaded triangles in Stage 3?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 25.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 25.2

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Explain how you know that the yellow triangle is the midsegment triangle of the red triangle in the pattern of floor tiles shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 111

Answer:
Because the yellow triangle vertices are located at the midpoints of the red triangle sides.

Question 27.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The points P(2, 1), Q(4, 5), and R(7, 4) are the midpoints of the sides of a triangle. Graph the three midsegments. Then show how to use your graph and the properties of midsemeriLs to draw the original triangle. Give the coordinates of each vertex.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 27

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find a counter example to show that the conjecture is false.

Question 28.
The difference of two numbers is always less than the greater number.

Answer:
When we subtract -3 from 4 i.e 4 -(-3) = 7. The number is greater than the individual integers. So, the subtraction of a negative number from a positive number gives an answer greater than both numbers.

Question 29.
An isosceles triangle is always equilateral.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.4 Question 29

6.5 Indirect Proof and Inequalities in One Triangle

Exploration 1

Comparing Angle Measures and Side Lengths

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any scalene ∆ABC

a. Find the side lengths and angle measures of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 112
Answer:

b. Order the side lengths. Order the angle measures. What do you observe?
Answer:

c. Drug the vertices of ∆ABC to form new triangles. Record the side lengths and angle measures in a table. Write a conjecture about your findings.
Answer:

Exploration 2

A Relationship of the Side Lengths of a Triangle

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software. Draw any ∆ABC.

a. Find the side lengths of the triangle.
Answer:

b. Compare each side length with the sum of the other two side lengths.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to express numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the content.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 113
Answer:

c. Drag the vertices of ∆ABC to form new triangles and repeat parts (a) and (b). Organize your results in a table. Write a conjecture about your findings.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are the sides related to the angles of a triangle? How are any two sides of a triangle related to the third side?
Answer:

Question 4.
Is it possible for a triangle to have side lengths of 3, 4, and 10? Explain.
Answer:

Lesson 6.5 Indirect Proof and Inequalities in One Triangle

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Write in indirect proof that a scalene triangle cannot have two congruent angles.

Answer:

Question 2.
List the angle of ∆PQR in order from smallest to largest.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 114

Answer:
The sides from the largest to smallest are PQ, QR, PR
The angles opposite to sides are ∠R, ∠P, ∠Q
The angles from smallest to the largest are ∠Q, ∠P, ∠R

Question 3.
List the sides of ∆RST in order from shortest to longest.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 115

Answer:
The angles from shortest to longest are ∠R, ∠T, ∠S

Question 4.
A triangle has one side of length 12 inches and another side of length 20 inches. Describe the possible lengths of the third side.

Answer:
The length of the third side must be greater than 8 and lesser than 32.

Explanation:
Let x represent the length of the third side. Draw diagrams to help visualize the small and large values of x. Then use the Triangle Inequality Theorem to write and solve inequalities.
The smallest value of x is x + 12 > 20. So, x > 8
The largest value of x is 12 + 20 > x
32 > x
So, 32 > x or 32 < x
The length of the third side must be greater than 8 and lesser than 32.

Decide Whether it is possible to construct a triangle with the given side lengths. Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
4 ft, 9 ft, 10 ft

Answer:
It is not possible to construct a triangle.

Explanation:
According to the triangle inequality theorem, the sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
So, 9 + 4 = 13
13 is not greater than 10.
So, it is not possible to construct a triangle.

Question 6.
8 ft, 9 ft, 18 ft

Answer:
It is possible to construct a triangle.

Explanation:
According to the triangle inequality theorem, the sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
8 + 9 = 17 > 18
So, it is possible to construct a triangle.

Question 7.
5 cm, 7 cm, 12 cm

Answer:
It is not possible to construct a triangle.

Explanation:
According to the triangle inequality theorem, the sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
7 + 5 = 12
12 is not greater than 12
so, it is not possible to construct a triangle.

Exercise 6.5 Indirect Proof and Inequalities in One Triangle

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Why is an indirect proof also called a proof by contradiction?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How can you tell which side of a triangle is the longest Irom the angle measures of the
triangle? How can you tell which side is the shortest?

Answer:
The angle which is opposite to the longest side is the longest angle.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, write the first step in an indirect proof of the statement.

Question 3.
If WV + VU ≠ 12 inches and VU = 5 inches, then WV ≠ 7 inches.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 3

Question 4.
If x and y are odd integers. then xy is odd.

Answer:
Assume x = 1, y = 3
xy = 3

Question 5.
In ∆ABC. if m∠A = 100°, then ∠B is not a right angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 5

Question 6.
In ∆JKL, if M is the midpoint of \(\overline{K L}\), then \(\overline{J M}\) is a median.

Answer:
Assume temporarily JM is a median.

In Exercises 7 and 8, determine which two statements contradict each other. Explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
(A) ∆LMN is a right triangle.
(B) ∠L ≅∠V
(C) ∆LMN is equilateral.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 7

Question 8.
(A) Both ∠X and ∠Y have measures greater than 20°.
(B) Both ∠X and ∠Y have measures less than 30°.
(C) m∠X + m∠Y = 62°
Answer:
B and C. If ∠X and ∠Y are less than 30, then  m∠X + m∠Y is not equal to 62.

In Exercises 9 and 10, use a ruler and protractor to draw the given type of triangle. Mark the largest angle and longest side in red and the smallest angle and shortest side in blue. What do you notice?

Question 9.
acute scalene
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 9

Question 10.
right scalene

Answer:
To construct a scalene triangle draw a segment and label it AB. Assuring that three sides have different lengths. Draw an arc with center A and AC as radius draw an arc and draw another arc taking BC as radius and B as centre. Label the point of intersection of two arcs as C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 1
The largest side is BC. So, the largest angle is ∠A. The smallest side is AB and the smallest angle is ∠C.

In Exercises 11 and 12, list the angles of the given triangle from smallest to largest.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 116
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 117
Answer:
The sides of △JKL from smallest to largest are KL, JL, JK. So by the triangle, longer side theorem, the angles from smallest to largest are ∠J, ∠K, ∠L.

In Exercises 13-16, list the sides of the given triangle from shortest to longest.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 119
Answer:
The angles of the triangle from smallest to largest are ∠Z, ∠X, ∠Y. So by the trinagle larger angle theorem, the sides from shortest to largest are XY, YZ, and XZ.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 120
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 121
Answer:
∠D = 180 – (90 + 33) = 180 – 57
The angles from smallest to largest are ∠G, ∠D, ∠F. So by the triangle larger angle theorem, the sides from shortest to longest are FD, FG, and DG.

In Exercises 17-20, describe the possible lengths of the third side of the triangle given the lengths of the other to sides.

Question 17.
5 inches, 12 inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 17

Question 18.
12 feet, 18 feet

Answer:
The possible lengths of the third side are greater than 6 and less than 30 ft

Explanation:
x + 12 > 18
x > 6
12 + 18 > x
30 > x or x < 30
The possible lengths of the third side are greater than 6 and less than 30 ft

Question 19.
2 feet, 40 inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 19

Question 20.
25 meters, 25 meters

Answer:
The possible lengths of the third side are greater than 0 and less than 50 m.

Explanation:
x + 25 > 25
x > 0
25 + 25 > x
50 > x or x < 50
The possible lengths of the third side are greater than 0 and less than 50 m.

In Exercises 21-23, is it possible to construct a triangle with the given side lengths? If not, explain why not.

Question 21.
6, 7, 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 21

Question 22.
3, 6, 9

Answer:
No

Explanation:
3 + 6 = 9 → 9 = 9
6 + 9 = 15 → 15 < 9
9 + 3 = 12 → 12 < 9
No, the sum of any two side lengths of a triangle is less than the length of the third side.

Question 23.
28, 17, 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 23

Question 24.
35, 120, 125

Answer:
35 + 120 = 155 → 155 < 125
So, No.

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the first step of an indirect proof.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 122
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in labeling the side lengths 1, 2, and √3 on the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 123

Answer:
Number 1 is opposite to 90 degrees and 2 is opposite to 60 degrees and the remaining is √3 on the triangle.

Question 27.
REASONING
You are a lawyer representing a client who has been accused of a crime. The crime took place in Los Angeles, California. Security footage shows your client in New York at the time of the crime. Explain how to use indirect reasoning to prove your client is innocent.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 27

Question 28.
REASONING
Your class has fewer than 30 students. The teacher divides your class into two groups. The first group has 15 students. Use indirect reasoning to show that the second group must have fewer than 15 students.

Answer:
The assumption that N2 ≥ 15 is false.

Explanation:
The number of students in a class N < 30
The number of students in the first group N1 = 15
The number of students in the second group N2
N = N1 + N2
Assume temporarily that the number of student in the second group has 15 or more students
N2 ≥ 15
N1 + N2 ≥ 15 + 15
30 ≥ 30
So, the assumption that N2 ≥ 15 is false.

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Which statement about ∆TUV is false?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 124
(A) UV > TU
(B) UV + TV > TU
(C) UV < TV
(D) ∆TUV is isosceles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 29

Question 30.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In ∆RST. which is a possible side length for ST? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 125
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 9
(D) 10
Answer:
A.

Explanation:
∠R = 180 – (65 + 56) = 180 – 121 = 59, which indicates that ∆RST i isosceles. By the trinagle longer side theorem, ST is 7

Question 31.
PROOF
Write an indirect proof that an odd number is not divisible by 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 31

Question 32.
PROOF
Write an indirect proof of the statement
“In ∆QRS, if m∠Q + m∠R = 90°, then m∠S = 90°.”
Answer:

Question 33.
WRITING
Explain why the hypotenuse of a right triangle must always be longer than either leg.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 33

Question 34.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is it possible to decide if three side lengths form a triangle without checking all three inequalities shown in the Triangle Inequality Theorem (Theorem 6. 11)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You can estimate the width of the river from point A to the tree at point B by measuring the angle to the tree at several locations along the riverbank. The diagram shows the results for locations C and D.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 126
a. Using ∆BCA and ∆BDA, determine the possible widths of the river. Explain your reasoning.
b. What could you do if you wanted a closer estimate?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You travel from Fort Peck Lake to Glacier National Park and from Glacier National Park to Granite Peak.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 127
a. Write two inequalities to represent the possible distances from Granite Peak back to Fort Peck Lake.
Answer:

b. How is your answer to part (a) affected if you know that m∠2 < m∠1 and m∠2 < m∠3?
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
In the figure. \(\overline{X Y}\) bisects ∠WYZ. List all six angles of ∆XYZ and ∆WXY in order from smallest to largest. Explain ‘our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 37

Question 38.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In ∆DEF, m∠D = (x + 25)°. m∠E = (2x – 4)°, and in m∠F = 63°. List the side lengths and angle measures of the triangle in order from least to greatest.

Answer:

Explanation:
sum of angles is 180 degrees
x + 25 + 2x – 4 + 63 = 180
3x + 84 = 180
3x = 96
x = 32
m∠D = 32 + 25 = 57
m∠E = 2(32) – 4 = 60
m∠F = 63
Thwe angles from least to greatest are m∠D, m∠E, m∠F and the side lengths are EF, DF, DE.

Question 39.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Another triangle inequality relationship is given by the Exterior Angle Inequality Theorem. It states:

The measures of an exterior angle of a triangle is greater than the measure of either of the nonadjacent interior angles.

Explain how you know that m∠1 > m∠A and m∠1 > m∠B in ∆ABC with exterior angle ∠1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 39

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 40 and 41, describe the possible values of x.

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 130
Answer:
The possible values of x are x > \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \) and x < 15

Explanation:
JK + JL > KL
x + 11 + 5x – 9 > 2x +10
6x + 2 > 2x + 10
4x > 8
x > 2
JK + KL > JL
x + 11 + 2x + 10 > 5x – 9
3x + 21 > 5x – 9
30 > 2x
15 > x
JL + KL > JK
5x – 9 + 2x + 10 > x + 11
7x + 1 > x + 11
6x > 10
x > \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \)
The possible values of x are x > \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \) and x < 15

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Your house is on the corner of Hill Street and Eighth Street. The library is on the corner of View Street and Seventh Street. What is the shortest route to et from your house to the library? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 132
Answer:
Through Washington ave is the shortest route to reach from house to the library.

Question 43.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove the Triangle Longer Side Theorem (Theorem 6.9).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 133
Given BC > AB, BD = BA
Prove m∠BAC > m∠C
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 43

Question 44.
USING STRUCTURE
The length of the base of an isosceles triangle is l. Describe the possible lengths for each leg. Explain our reasoning.
Answer:
If other lengths are x and x
Then, x + x > l
2x > l
x > l/2
x + l > x
The possible lengths of each leg are l are l/2.

Question 45.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your classmate claims to have drawn a triangle with one side length of 13 inches and a perimeter of 2 feet. Is this possible? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Cut two pieces of string that are each 24 centimeters long. Construct an isosceles triangle out of one string and a scalene triangle out of the other. Measure and record the side lengths. Then classify each triangle by its angles.
Answer:

Question 47.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Triangle Inequality Theorem (Theorem 6. 11).
Given ∆ABC
Prove AB + BC > AC, AC + BC > AB, and AB + AC > BC
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 47.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 47.3

Question 48.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The perimeter of ∆HGF must be between what two integers? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 134
Answer:

Question 49.
PROOF
Write an indirect proof that a perpendicular segment is the shortest segment from a point to a plane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 135
Given \(\overline{P C}\) ⊥ palne M
Prove \(\overline{P C}\) is the shortest from P to plane M.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 49

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Name the indicated angle between the pair of sides given.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 136

Question 50.
\(\overline{A E}\) and \(\overline{B E}\)
Answer:
The included angle is \(\overline{A E}\) and \(\overline{B E}\) is ∠AEB

Question 51.
\(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{D C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 51

Question 52.
\(\overline{A D}\) and \(\overline{D C}\)
Answer:
The included angle is \(\overline{A D}\) and \(\overline{D C}\) is ∠ADC

Question 53.
\(\overline{C E}\) and \(\overline{B E}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.5 Question 53

6.6 Inequalities in Two Triangles

Exploration 1

Comparing Measures in Triangles

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Draw ∆ABC, as shown below.
Answer:

b. Draw the circle with center C(3, 3) through the point A(1, 3).
Answer:

c. Draw ∆DBC so that D is a point on the circle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 137
Answer:

d. Which two sides of ∆ABC are congruent to two sides of ∆DBC? Justify your answer.
Answer:

e. Compare the lengths of \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{D B}\). Then compare the measures of ∠ACB and ∠DCB. Are the results what you expected? Explain.
Answer:

f. Drag point D to several locations on the circle. At each location, repeat part (e). Copy and record your results in the table below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 138
Answer:

g. Look for a pattern of the measures in our table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes your observations.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
If two sides of one triangle are congruent to two sides of another triangle, what can you say about the third sides of the triangles?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 139
Answer:

Question 3.
Explain how you can use the hinge shown at the left to model the concept described in Question 2.
Answer:

Lesson 6.6 Inequalities in Two Triangles

Monitoring Progress

Use the diagram

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 140

Question 1.
If PR = PS and m∠QPR > m∠QPS, which is longer, \(\overline{S Q}\) or \(\overline{R Q}\)?

Answer:
Given that,
PR = PS and PQ ≅ PQ by the reflexive property of congruence.
m∠QPR > m∠QPS.
So, two sides of △PSQ are congruent to two sides of △PRQ and included angle in △PRQ is larger.
By the hinge theorem RQ > SQ.

Question 2.
If PR = PS and RQ < SQ, which is larger, ∠RPQ or ∠SPQ?

Answer:
Given that,
PR = PS, RQ < SQ
PQ ≅ PQ by the reflexive property of congruence theorem.
So, two sides of △PSQ are congruent to two sides of △PRQ and third side of △PSQ is longer.
By the converse of the hinge theorem, ∠SPQ > ∠RPQ.

Question 3.
Write a temporary assumption you can make to prove the Hinge Theorem indirectly. What two cases does that assumption lead to?

Answer:
Hinge theorem states that if two sides of the triangle are congruent to two sides of another triangle and the included angle of the first is larger than the included angle of the second, then the third side of the first triangle is longer than the third side of the second triangle.

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, Group C leaves camp and travels 2 miles due north. then turns 40° towards east and travels 1.2 miles. Compare the distances from camp for all three groups.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 1
group A = 180 – 45 = 135
group B = 180 – 30 = 150
Group C = 180 – 40 = 140
Because 150 > 140 > 135, the distance Group B from the camp is greater than the distance Group C, A. by the hinge theorem.
The distances are Group B > group C > group A.

Exercise 6.6 Inequalities in Two Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain why Theorem 6.12 is named the “Hinge Theorem.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In ∆ABC and ∆DEF, \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{D E}\), \(\overline{B C} \cong \overline{E F}\). and AC < DF. So m∠_______ > m ∠ _______ by the Converse of the Hinge Theorem

Answer:
In ∆ABC and ∆DEF, \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{D E}\), \(\overline{B C} \cong \overline{E F}\). and AC < DF. So m∠E > m ∠B by the Converse of the Hinge Theorem

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, copy and complete the statement with <, >, or = Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
m∠1 ________ m∠2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 141
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 3

Question 4.
m∠1 ________ m∠2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 142

Answer:
m∠1 < m∠2 by the converse of the hinge theorem.

Question 5.
m∠1 ________ m∠2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 143
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 5

Question 6.
m∠1 ________ m∠2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 144

Answer:
m∠1 > m∠2 by the converse of the hinge theorem.

In Exercises 7-10. copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
AD ________ CD
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 7

Question 8.
MN ________ LK
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 146

Answer:
MN < KL by the converse of the hinge theorem.

Question 9.
TR ________ UR
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 147
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 9

Question 10.
AC ________ DC
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 148

Answer:
AC > Dc by the converse of the hinge theorem.

PROOF
In Exercises 11 and 12, write a proof.

Question 11.
Given \(\overline{X Y} \cong \overline{Y Z}\), m∠WYZ > m∠WYX
Prove WZ > WX
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 149
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 11

Question 12.
Given \(\overline{B C} \cong \overline{D A}\), DC < AB
Prove m∠BCA > m∠DAC
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 150

Answer:
Given that, AD ≅ BC
AC ≅ AC by the reflexive property of congruence theorem
DC < AB is given
So, m∠BCA > m∠DAC by the hinge theorem.

In Exercises 13 and 14, you and your friend leave on different flights from the same airport. Determine which flight is farther from the airport. Explain your reasoning.

Question 13.
Your flight: Flies 100 miles due west, then turns 20° toward north and flies 50 miles.
Friend’s flight: Flies 100 miles due north, then turns 30° toward east and flies 50 miles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 13

Question 14.
Your flight: Flies 21omiles due south, then turns 70° toward west and flies 80 miles.
Friend’s flight: Flies 80 miles due north, then turns 50° toward east and flies 210 miles.

Answer:
My friend flight is farther from the airport.

Explanation:
The figure below represents the situation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 1
I flew 210 miles north to point B then runed 70° to the west and flew 80 miles to point C.
My friend flew 80 miles north to point D then turned 50° east and flew 210 miles to point F.
We should take into consideration that 70° to west means 110° and 50° to east means 130°
AB = DF
BC = AD
m∠ABC < m∠ADF
So, AC < AF
My friend flight is farther from the airport.

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using the Hinge Theorem (Theorem 6.12).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 15

Question 16.
REPEATED REASONING
Which is possible measure for ∠JKM? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 152
(A) 15°
(B) 22°
(C) 25°
(D) 35°

Answer:
(D) 35°

Explanation:
KL ≅ KJ is given
KM ≅ KM by the reflexive property of congruence
LM > MJ
So, m∠LKM > m∠MKJ
25 > 35

Question 17.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The path from E to F is longer than the path from E to D. The path from G to D is the same length as the path from G to F. What can you conclude about the angles of the paths? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 153
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 17

Question 18.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In ∆EFG, the bisector of ∠F intersects the bisector of ∠G at point H. Explain why \(\overline{F G}\) must be longer than \(\overline{F H}\) or \(\overline{H G}\).

Answer:
The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 degrees
The sum of angles F and G cannot be larger than 180 degrees
∠HFG is half of the measurement of ∠F. ∠HGF is half of the measurement of ∠G. thus, ∠HFG + ∠HGF < 90°
∠FHG = 180° – ∠HGF – ∠HFG > 90°

Question 19.
ABSTRACT REASONING
\(\overline{N R}\) is a median of ∆NPQ, and NQ > NP Explain why ∠NRQ is obtuse.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 19

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 20 and 21, write and solve an inequality for the possible values of x.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 154
Answer:
3x + 2 = x + 3
3x – x = 3 – 2
2x = 1
x = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 155
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the diagram, triangles are formed by the locations of the players on the basketball court. The dashed lines represent the possible paths of the basketball as the players pass. How does m∠ACB compare with m∠ACD?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 156

Answer:
BC ≅ CD
AC ≅ AC by the reflexive property of congruence theorem
AB < AD
So, m∠ACB < m∠ACD by the converse of the hinge theorem.

Question 23.
CRITICAL THINKING
In ∆ABC, the altitudes from B and C meet at point D, and m∠BDC. What is true about ∆ABC? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The postulates and theorems in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry, all points are on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. In spherical geometry, state an inequality involving the sum of the angles of a triangle. Find a formula for the area of a triangle in spherical geometry.

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the value of x.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 157
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 158

Answer:
As two sides are congruent, two angles opposite to the congruent sides are also congruent by the converse of the isosceles trinagle theorem.
36 + x + x = 180
36 + 2x = 180
2x = 144
x = 72

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 6.6 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 160
Answer:
The sum of interior angles in  a triangle are 180 degrees
44 + 64 + y = 180
y = 180 – 108
y = 72
x + y = 180
x + 72 = 180
x = 108

Relationships Within Triangles Chapter Review

6.1 Perpendicular and Angle Bisectors

Find the indicated measure. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
DC
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 161

Answer:
DC = 20

Explanation:
AD = CD
20 = 7x – 15
7x = 35
x = 5
DC = 7(5) – 15 = 20

Question 2.
RS
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 162

Answer:
RS = 23

Explanation:
PS = SR
6x + 5 = 9x – 4
9x – 6x = 9
3x = 9
x = 3
RS = 9(3) – 4 = 23

Question 3.
m∠JFH
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 163

Answer:
m∠JFH = 47°

Explanation:
m∠JFH = m∠JFG
So, m∠JFH = 47°

6.2 Bisectors of Triangles

Find the coordinates of the circumcenter of the triangle with the given vertices.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 164

Question 4.
T(- 6, – 5), U(0, – 1), V(0, – 5)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (-3, -3)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let T(- 6, – 5), U(0, – 1), V(0, – 5) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x,y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PT = PU = PV
PT² = PU² = PV²
PT² = PU²
(x + 6)² + (y + 5)² = (x – 0)² + (y + 1)²
x² + 12x + 36 + y² + 10y + 25 = x² + y² + 2y + 1
12x + 8y + 61 = 1
12x + 8y + 60 = 0
3x + 2y + 15 = 0
PU² = PV²
(x – 0)² + (y + 1)² = (x – 0)² + (y + 5)²
x² + y² + 2y + 1 = x² + y² + 10y + 25
8y + 24 = 0
8y = -24
y = -3
Substitute y = -3 in 3x + 2y + 15 = 0
3x + 2(-3) + 15 = 0
3x – 6 + 15 = 0
3x = -9
x = -3
The circumcenter is (-3, -3)

Question 5.
X(- 2, 1), Y(2, – 3), Z(6, – 3)

Answer:
The circumcenter is (4, 3)

Explanation:
Recall that the circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from the vertices of a triangle. Let X(- 2, 1), Y(2, – 3), Z(6, – 3) be the vertices of the given triangle and let P(x, y) be the circumcentre of this triangle. Then
PX = PY = PZ
PX² = PY² = PZ²
PX² = PY²
(x + 2)² + (y – 1)² = (x – 2)² + (y + 3)²
x² + 4x + 4 + y² – 2y + 1 = x² – 4x + 4 + y² + 6y + 9
8x – 8y + 5 = 13
8x – 8y – 8 = 0
x – y = 1
PY² = PZ²
(x – 2)² + (y + 3)² = (x – 6)² + (y + 3)²
x² – 4x + 4 + y² + 6y + 9 = x² – 12x + 36 + y² + 6y + 9
8x = 32
x = 4
Substitue x = 4 in x – y = 1
4 – y = 1
-y = -3
y = 3
The circumcenter is (4, 3)

Question 6.
Point D is the incenter of ∆LMN. Find the value of x.

Answer:
x = 13

6.3 Medians and Altitudes of Triangles

Find the coordinates of the centroid of the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 7.
A(- 10, 3), B(- 4, 5), C(- 4, 1)

Answer:
The centroid is (-6, 3)

Explanation:
The centroid = (\(\frac { -10 – 4 – 4 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 3 + 5 + 1 }{ 3 } \))
= (-6, 3)

Question 8.
D(2, – 8), E(2, – 2), F(8, – 2)

Answer:
The centroid is (4, -4)

Explanation:
The centroid = (\(\frac { 2 + 2 + 8 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { -8 – 2 – 2 }{ 3 } \))
= (4, -4)

Tell whether the orthocenter of the triangle with the given vertices is inside, on, or outside the triangle. Then find the coordinates of the orthocenter.

Question 9.
G(1, 6), H(5, 6), J(3, 1)

Answer:
The orthocenter is (3, 5.2)
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle.

Explanation:
The slope of the line HJ = \(\frac { 1 – 6 }{ 3 – 5} \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line = \(\frac { -2 }{ 5 } \)
The perpendicular line is (y – 6) = \(\frac { -2 }{ 5 } \)(x – 1)
5(y – 6) = -2(x – 1)
5y – 30 = -2x + 2
2x + 5y – 32 = 0 — (i)
The slope of GJ = \(\frac { 1 – 6 }{ 3 – 1 } \) = \(\frac { -5 }{ 2 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
The equation of perpendicular line (y – 6) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)(x – 5)
5(y – 6) = 2(x – 5)
5y – 30 = 2x – 10
2x – 5y + 20 = 0 — (ii)
Equate both equations
2x + 5y – 32 = 2x – 5y + 20
10y = 52
y = 5.2
Substitute y = 5.2 in (i)
2x + 5(5.2) – 32 = 0
2x + 26 – 32 = 0
2x = 6
x = 3
The orthocenter is (3, 5.2)
The orthocenter lies inside the triangle.

Question 10.
K(-8, 5), L(- 6, 3), M(0, 5)

Answer:
The othrocenter is (-6, -1)
The orthocenter lies outside of the triangle

Explanation:
The slope of LM = \(\frac { 5 – 3}{ 0 + 6} \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
The slope of the perpendicular line = -3
The perpendicular line is (y – 5) = -3(x + 8)
y – 5 = -3x – 24
3x + y + 19 = 0 —- (ii)
The slope of KL = \(\frac { 3 – 5 }{ -6 + 8 } \) = -1
The slope of the perpendicular line = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
The equation of perpendicular line (y – 5) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(x – 0)
2y – 10 = x —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
3(2y – 10) + y + 19 = 0
6y – 30 + y + 19 = 0
7y – 11 = 0
y = \(\frac { 11 }{ 7 } \)
x = -6
The othrocenter is (-6, -1)
The orthocenter lies outside of the triangle

6.4 The Triangle Midsegment Theorem

Find the coordinates of the vertices of the midsegment triangle for the triangle with the given vertices.

Question 11.
A(- 6, 8), B(- 6, 4), C(0, 4)

Answer:
The midsegment of AB = (-6, 6)
The midsegment of BC = (-3, 4)
The midsegment of AC = (-3, 6)

Explanation:
The midsegment of AB = (\(\frac { -6 – 6 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 8 + 4 }{ 2 } \))
= (-6, 6)
The midsegment of BC = (\(\frac { -6 + 0 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 4 + 4 }{ 2 } \))
= (-3, 4)
The midsegment of AC = (\(\frac { -6 + 0 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 8 + 4 }{ 2 } \))
= (-3, 6)

Question 12.
D(- 3, 1), E(3, 5), F(1, – 5)

Answer:
The midsegment of DE = (0, 3)
The midsegment of EF = (2, 0)
The midsegment of DF = (-1, -2)

Explanation:
The midsegment of DE = (\(\frac { -3 + 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 1 + 5 }{ 2 } \))
= (0, 3)
The midsegment of EF = (\(\frac { 3 + 1 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 5 – 5 }{ 2 } \))
= (2, 0)
The midsegment of DF = (\(\frac { -3 + 1 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 1 – 5 }{ 2 } \))
= (-1, -2)

6.5 Indirect Proof and Inequalities in One Triangle

Describe the possible lengths of the third side of the triangle given the lengths of the other two sides.

Question 13.
4 inches, 8 inches

Answer:
4 < x < 12

Explanation:
4 + 8 > x
12 > x
4 + x > 8
x > 4
8 + x > 4
x > -4
4 < x < 12

Question 14.
6 meters, 9 meters

Answer:
3 < x < 15

Explanation:
6 + 9 > x
15 > x
6 + x > 9
x > 3
9 + x > 6
x > -3
3 < x < 15

Question 15.
11 feet, 18 feet

Answer:
7 < x < 29

Explanation:
11 + 18 > x
29 > x
11 + x > 18
x > 7
18 + x > 11
x > -7
7 < x < 29

Question 16.
Write an indirect proof 0f the statement “In ∆XYZ, if XY = 4 and XZ = 8. then YZ > 4.”

Answer:
4 + 8 > x
12 > x
4 + x > 8
x > 4
8 + x > 4
x > -4
So, 12 > x > 4
Therefore, YZ > 4

6.6 Inequalities in Two Triangles

Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 165

Question 17.
If RQ = RS and m∠QRT > m∠SRT, then how does \(\overline{Q T}\) Compare to \(\overline{S T}\)?

Answer:
TQ > ST

Explanation:
Given that,
RQ = RS and m∠QRT > m∠SRT
RT = RT by the reflexive property of congruence theorem
TQ > ST by the converse of the hinge theorem.

Question 18.
If RQ = RS and QT > ST, then how does ∠QRT compare to ∠SRT?

Answer:
Given that,
RQ = RS and QT > ST
RT = RT by the reflexive property of congruence theorem
So, m∠QRT > m∠SRT by the converse of the hinge theorem.

Relationships Within Triangles Chapter Test

In Exercise 1 and 2, \(\overline{M N}\) is a midsegment of ∆JKL. Find the value of x.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 166

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
KL = 0.5(MN)
12 = 0.5x
x = 6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 167

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
JM = ML
x = 9

Find the indicated measure. Identify the theorem you use.

Question 3.
ST
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 168

Answer:
ST = 17

Explanation:
RS = ST by the perpendicular bisector theorem
3x + 8 = 7x – 4
7x – 3x = 12
4x = 12
x = 3
ST = 7(3) – 4 = 21 – 4 = 17

Question 4.
WY
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 169

Answer:
WY = 32

Explanation:
6x + 2 = 9x – 13 by the angle bisector theorem
3x = 15
x = 5
WY = 6(5) + 2 = 32

Question 5.
BW
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 170

Answer:
BW = 20

Explanation:
WC = BW = AW by the incenter theorem
BW = 20

Copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =.

Question 6.
AB _____ CB

Answer:
AB > CB

Question 7.
m∠1 _____ m∠2

Answer:
m∠1 < m∠2 by the converse of the hinge theorem

Question 8.
m∠MNP ________ m∠NPM

Answer:
m∠MNP < m∠NPM

Question 9.
Find the coordinates of the circumcenter, orthocenter, and centroid of the triangle with vertices A(0, – 2), B(4, – 2), and C(0, 6).

Answer:
Circumcenter is (1.5, -0.5)
orthoceter is (0, -2)
centroid is (1.3, 0.7)

Explanation:
Graph the triangle
Draw the bisector of every angle and their intersection to get the circumcenter
Draw the altitudes and their intersections to get orthocenter
Find the midpoint of all sides and then connect it with the opposite vertex. The intersection of these medians is the centroid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 1
Circumcenter is (1.5, -0.5)
orthoceter is (0, -2)
centroid is (1.3, 0.7)

Question 10.
Write an indirect proof of the Corollary to the Base Angles Theorem (Corollary 5.2): If ∆PQR is equilateral, then it is equiangular.

Answer:
Assume for contradiction that there is an equilateral triangle namely △ABC. So, AB = BC = AC. According to the base angles theorem, if two sides of a triangle are congruent, then the angles opposite them are congruent.
Since AB = AC, the base angle theorem tells that m∠B = m∠C
Since AB = BC, the base angle theorem tells that m∠A = m∠C
By the transitive property of equality m∠A = m∠B = m∠C, which contradicts the assumption that triangle ABC is equiangular. Thus, the corollary is true.

Question 11.
∆DEF is a right triangle with area A. Use the area for ∆DEF to write an expression for the area of ∆GEH. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 171

Answer:
The area of ∆DEF = A
As HG is the midsegment of ∆DEF.
Area of ∆GEH = A/2

Question 12.
Two hikers start at a visitor center. The first hikes 4 miles hikes due west, then turns 40° toward south and hikes 1.8 miles. The second hikes 4 miles due east, then turns 52° toward north and hikes 1 .8 miles. Which hiker is farther from the visitor center? Explain how you know.

Answer:
The second hiker is farther away from the visitor center as all things being equal cos 128 < cos 140 from distance² = 4² + 1.8² — 2 x 4 x 1.8 cos (angle turned)

In Exercises 13-15, use the map.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 172

Question 13.
Describe the possible lengths of Pine Avenue.

Answer:
The possible lengths of pine avenue are between 2 and 16.

Explanation:
7 + 9 > x
16 > x
7 + x > 9
x > 2
9 + x > 7
x > -2
2 < x < 16
The possible lengths of pine avenue are between 2 and 16.

Question 14.
You ride your bike along a trail that represents the shortest distance from the beach to Main Street. You end up exactly halfway between your house and the movie theatre. How long is Pine Avenue? Explain.

Answer:
halfway between your house and the movie theatre = 7/2 = 3.5
Pine Avenue is 3.5 mi

Question 15.
A market is the same distance from your house, the movie theater, and the beach. Copy the map and locate the market.

Answer:
Centroid is the market.

Relationships Within Triangles Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which definitions(s) and/or theorem(s) do you need to use to prove the Converse of the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem (Theorem 6.2)? Select all that apply.
Given CA = CB
Prove Point C lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 173

Definition of perpendicular bisectorDefinition of angle bisector
Definition of segment congruenceDefinition of angle congruence
Base Angles Theorem (Theorem 5.6)Converse of the Base Angles Theorem (Theorem 5.7)
ASA Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.10)AAS Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.11)

Answer:
Definition of perpendicular bisector is used to prove the Converse of the Perpendicular Bisector Theorem.

Question 2.
Use the given information to write a two-column proof.
Given \(\overline{Y G}\) is the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{D F}\).
Prove ∆DEY ≅ ∆FEY
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 174
Answer:

Question 3.
What are the coordinates of the centroid of ∆LMN?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 175
(A) (2, 5)
(B) (3, 5)
(C) (4, 5)
(D) (5, 5)

Answer:
(B) (3, 5)

Explanation:
The coordinates of L(3, 8), M (1, 5), N(5, 2)
Centroid = (\(\frac { 3 + 1 + 5 }{ 3 } \), \(\frac { 8 + 5 + 2 }{ 3 } \))
= (3, 5)

Question 4.
Use the steps in the construction to explain how you know that the circle is circumscribed about ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 176

Answer:
Draw a perpendicular bisector for AB
Draw a perpendicular bisector for BC
Extend those bisectors to meet at one point.
By taking the point of intersection of perpendicular bisectors as radius, draw a circle that connects three vertices of the triangle.

Question 5.
Enter the missing reasons in the proof of the Base Angles Theorem (Theorem 5.6).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 177
Given \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{\Lambda C}\)
Prove ∠B = ∠C

StatementsReasons
1. Draw \(\overline{A D}\), the angle bisector of ∠CAB1. Construction of angle bisector
2. ∠CAD ≅ ∠BAD2. ________________________
3. \( \overline{\Lambda B} \cong \overline{A C} \)3. ________________________
4. \( \overline{D A} \cong \overline{D A} \)4. ________________________
5. ∆ADB ≅ ∆ADC5. ________________________
6. ∠B ≅ ∠C6. ________________________

Answer:

StatementsReasons
1. Draw \(\overline{A D}\), the angle bisector of ∠CAB1. Construction of angle bisector
2. ∠CAD ≅ ∠BAD2. Angle Bisector Congruence Theorem
3. \( \overline{\Lambda B} \cong \overline{A C} \)3. Given
4. \( \overline{D A} \cong \overline{D A} \)4. Reflexive property of congruence theorem
5. ∆ADB ≅ ∆ADC5. SAS congruence theorem
6. ∠B ≅ ∠C6. Angle congruence theorem

Question 6.
Use the graph of ∆QRS.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 178
a. Find the coordinates of the vertices of the midsegment triangle. Label the vertices T, U, and V.

Answer:
T(0, 7), U(2, 4), V(-1, 5)

Explanation:
The coordinates of Q(-3, 8), R(3, 6), S(1, 2)
The midpoint of QR = T = (\(\frac { -3 +3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 8 + 6 }{ 2 } \)) = (0, 7)
Midpoint of RS = U = (\(\frac { 3 + 1 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 6 + 2 }{ 2 } \)) = (2, 4)
Midpoint of SR = V = (\(\frac { 1 – 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 2 + 8 }{ 2 } \)) = (-1, 5)

b. Show that each midsegment joining the midpoints of two sides is parallel to the third side and is equal to half the length of the third side.
Answer:
The slope of RS = \(\frac { 2 – 6 }{ 1 – 3 } \) = 2
The slope of TV = \(\frac { 5 – 7 }{ -1 – 0 } \) = 2
As the slopes are same. The lines are parallel.
TV = √(-1 – 0)² + (5 – 7)² = √1 + 4 = √5
RS = √(1 – 3)² + (2 – 6)² = √4 + 16 = √20
TV = 0.5(RS)

Question 7.
A triangle has vertices X(- 2, 2), Y(1, 4), and Z(2, – 2). Your friend claims that a translation of (x, y) → (x + 2, y – 3) and a translation by a scale factor of 3 will produce a similarity transformation. Do you support our friend’s claim? Explain our reasoning.

Answer:

Question 8.
The graph shows a dilation of quadrilateral ABCD b a scale factor of 2. Show that the line containing points B and D is parallel to the line Containing points B’ and D’.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 6 Relationships Within Triangles 179
Answer:
The coordinates of B(4, 1), D(1, -1), B'(8, 2), D'(2, -2)
The slope of BD = \(\frac { -1 – 1 }{ 1 – 4 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
The slope of B’D’ = \(\frac { -2 – 2 }{ 2 – 8 } \) = \(\frac { -4 }{ -6 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
The slopes are equal. So, BD is parallel to B’D’.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations

If you feel your practice session is incomplete then you just need this one particular & useful material ie., Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations. This is one of the best study resources available on the internet for international students who want to become pro in mathematics.

Kids will discover more preparation sections in this Big Ideas Math book Ch 10 Answer Key of Algebra 1 such as Exercises 10.1 to 10.4 Questions, Chapter Test, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, Quizzes, etc. Therefore, go through this article and gain more subject knowledge and also enhance your math skills by concerning the Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations BIM Algebra 1 Answer Key.

Topic-wise Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Solution Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations

The solutions of BIM Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations are explained by the expert professionals as per the common core standards. So, students can trust this ch 10 Radical Functions and Equations Big Ideas math book Answers and make use of them at their preparation. It helps to improve your math knowledge and also clarify your queries on algebra 1 ch 1o Radical Functions and Equations complex topics. Download the Chapter 10 Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Radical Functions and Equations Answer key from the links without a single penny and ace up your preparation.

Radical Functions and Equations Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
7\(\sqrt{25}\) + 10
Answer:

Question 2.
-8 – \(\sqrt{\frac{64}{16}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(5\left(\frac{\sqrt{81}}{3}-7\right)\)
Answer:

Question 4.
-2(3\(\sqrt{9}\) + 13)
Answer:

Graph f and g. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of g.
Question 5.
f(x) = x; g(x) = 2x – 2
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = x; g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 5
Answer:

Question 7.
f(x) = x; g(x) = -x + 3
Answer:

Question 8.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Let a and b represent constants, where b ≥ 0. Describe the transformations from the graph of m(x) = ax + b to the graph of n(x) = -2ax – 4b.
Answer:

Radical Functions and Equations Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students distinguish correct reasoning from flawed reasoning.

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Which of the following square roots are rational numbers? Explain your reasoning.
\(\sqrt{0}, \sqrt{1}, \sqrt{3}, \sqrt{4}, \sqrt{5}, \sqrt{6}, \sqrt{7}, \sqrt{8}, \sqrt{9}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
The sequence of steps shown appears to prove that 1 = 0. What is wrong with this argument?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 2
Answer:

Lesson 10.1 Graphing Square Root Functions

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a square root function?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing Square Root Functions
Work with a partner.

  • Make a table of values for each function.
  • Use the table to sketch the graph of each function.
  • Describe the domain of each function.
  • Describe the range of each function.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 1
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Writing Square Root Functions
Work with a partner. Write a square root function, y = f (x), that has the given values. Then use the function to complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 2
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a square root function?
Answer:

Question 4.
Graph each function. Then compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\).
a. g(x) = \(\sqrt{x-1}\)
b. g(x) = \(\sqrt{x-1}\)
c. g(x) = 2\(\sqrt{x}\)
d. g(x) = -2 \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Describe the domain of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = 10 \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
y = \(\sqrt{2x}\) + 7
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{-x+1}\)
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the range.
Question 4.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) – 4
Answer:

Question 5.
y = \(\sqrt{2x}\) + 5
Answer:

Question 6.
n(x) = 5\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) .
Question 7.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{4} x}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) – 6
Answer:

Question 9.
m(x) = -3\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
Let g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{x+4}+1\). Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) to the graph of g. Then graph g.
Answer:

Question 11.
In Example 5, compare the velocities by finding and interpreting their average rates of change over the interval d = 30 to d = 40.
Answer:

Question 12.
WHAT IF?
At what depth does the velocity of the tsunami exceed 100 meters per second?
Answer:

Graphing Square Root Functions 10.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A ________ is a function that contains a radical expression with the independent variable in the radicand.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Is y = 2x\(\sqrt{5}\) a square root function? Explain.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
How do you describe the domain of a square root function?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 3

Question 4.
REASONING
Is the graph of g(x) = 1.25\(\sqrt{x}\) a vertical stretch or a vertical shrink of the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\)? Explain.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–14, describe the domain of the function.
Question 5.
y = 8\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 5

Question 6.
y = \(\sqrt{4x}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
y = 4 + \(\sqrt{-x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 7

Question 8.
y = \(\sqrt{-\frac{1}{2^{x}}}\) + 1
Answer:

Question 9.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{x-4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 9

Question 10.
p(x) = \(\sqrt{x+7}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{-x+8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 11

Question 12.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{-x-1}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
m(x) = 2\(\sqrt{x+4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 13

Question 14.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{-x}-2\)
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, match the function with its graph. Describe the range.
Question 15.
y = \(\sqrt{x-3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 15

Question 16.
y = 3\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
y = \(\sqrt{x}\) – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 17

Question 18.
y = \(\sqrt{-x+3}\)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 3

In Exercises 19–26, graph the function. Describe the range.
Question 19.
y = \(\sqrt{3x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 19

Question 20.
y = 4\(\sqrt{-x}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
y = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 21

Question 22.
y = -2 + \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = – \(\sqrt{x-3}\)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 23

Question 24.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{x+4}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{x+2}\) – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = –\(\sqrt{x-1}\) + 3
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f (x) = \(\sqrt{x}\).
Question 27.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 27

Question 28.
r(x) = \(\sqrt{2x}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 29

Question 30.
q(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 8
Answer:

Question 31.
p(x) = \(\sqrt{-\frac{1}{3} x}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 31

Question 32.
g(x) = -5\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
m(x) = –\(\sqrt{x}\) – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 33

Question 34.
n(x) = –\(\sqrt{x}\) – 4
Answer:

Question 35.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the function y = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 1 .
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 35

Question 36.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in comparing the graph of g(x) = \(-\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{x}\) to the graph of f (x) = \(\sqrt{x}\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 5
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, describe the transformations from the graph of f (x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) to the graph of h. Then graph h.
Question 37.
h(x) = 4\(\sqrt{x+2}\) – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 37.2

Question 38.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{x-6}\)+ 3
Answer:

Question 39.
h(x) = 2\(\sqrt{-x}\) – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 39.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 39.2

Question 40.
h(x) = –\(\sqrt{x-3}\) – 2
Answer:

Question 41.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3} \sqrt{x+3}\) + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 41.2

Question 42.
h(x) = 2\(\sqrt{x-1}\) + 4
Answer:

Question 43.
h(x) = -2\(\sqrt{x-1}\) + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 43.2

Question 44.
h(x) = -5\(\sqrt{x+2}\) – 1
Answer:

Question 45.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The model S(d ) = \(\sqrt{30df}\) represents the speed S (in miles per hour) of a van before it skids to a stop, where f is the drag factor of the road surface and d is the length (in feet) of the skid marks. The drag factor of Road Surface A is 0.75. The graph shows the speed of the van on Road Surface B. Compare the speeds by finding and interpreting their average rates of change over the interval d = 0 to d = 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 45

Question 46.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The velocity v (in meters per second) of an object in motion is given by v(E ) = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 E}{m}}\), where E is the kinetic energy of the object (in joules) and m is the mass of the object (in kilograms). The mass of Object A is 4 kilograms. The graph shows the velocity of Object B. Compare the velocities of the objects by finding and interpreting the average rates of change over the interval E = 0 to E = 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 7
Answer:

Question 47.
OPEN-ENDED
Consider the graph of y = \(\sqrt{x}\).
a. Write a function that is a vertical translation of the graph of y = \(\sqrt{x}\).
b. Write a function that is a reflection of the graph of y = \(\sqrt{x}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 47

Question 48.
REASONING
Can the domain of a square root function include negative numbers? Can the range include negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The nozzle pressure of a fire hose allows firefighters to control the amount of water they spray on a fire. The flow rate f(in gallons per minute) can be modeled by the function f = 12\(\sqrt{p}\), where p is the nozzle pressure (in pounds per square inch).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 8
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. At what pressure does the flow rate exceed 300 gallons per minute?
b. What happens to the average rate of change of the flow rate as the pressure increases?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 49

Question 50
PROBLEM SOLVING
The speed s (in meters per second) of a long jumper before jumping can be modeled by the function s = 10.9\(\sqrt{h}\), where h is the maximum height (in meters from the ground) of the jumper.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 9
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. A jumper is running 9.2 meters per second. Estimate the maximum height of the jumper.
b. Suppose the runway and pit are raised on a platform slightly higher than the ground. How would the graph of the function be transformed?
Answer:

Question 51.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The radius r of a circle is given by r = \(\sqrt{\frac{A}{\pi}}\), where A is the area of the circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 10
a. Describe the domain of the function. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function.
b. Use the trace feature to approximate the area of a circle with a radius of 5.4 inches.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 51

Question 52.
REASONING
Consider the function f(x) = 8a\(\sqrt{x}\).
a. For what value of a will the graph of f be identical to the graph of the parent square root function?
b. For what values of a will the graph of f be a vertical stretch of the graph of the parent square root function?
c. For what values of a will the graph of f be a vertical shrink and a reflection of the graph of the parent square root function?
Answer:

Question 53.
REASONING
The graph represents the function f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 11
a. What is the minimum value of the function?
b. Does the function have a maximum value? Explain.
c. Write a square root function that has a maximum value. Does the function have a minimum value? Explain.
d. Write a square root function that has a minimum value of -4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 53

Question 54.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 12
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
Without graphing, determine which function’s graph rises more steeply, f(x) = 5\(\sqrt{x}\) or g(x) = \(\sqrt{5x}\). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use a graphical approach to find the solutions of x – 1 = \(\sqrt{5x-9}\). Show your work. Verify your solutions algebraically.
Answer:

Question 57.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a radical function that has a domain of all real numbers greater than or equal to -5 and a range of all real numbers less than or equal to 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 57

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.(Section 6.2)
Question 58.
\(\sqrt [ 3]{ 343 }\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\sqrt [ 3]{ -64 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 59

Question 60.
\(-\sqrt[3]{-\frac{1}{27}}\)
Answer:

Factor the polynomial.(Section 7.5)
Question 61.
x2 + 7x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 61

Question 62.
d2 – 11d + 28
Answer:

Question 63.
y2 – 3y – 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.1 a 63

Lesson 10.2 Graphing Cube Roots Functions

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a cube root function?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing Cube Root Functions
Work with a partner.

  •  Make a table of values for each function. Use positive and negative values of x.
  • Use the table to sketch the graph of each function.• Describe the domain of each function.
  • Describe the range of each function.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 1
Answer:

EXPLORATION 2

Writing Cube Root Functions
Work with a partner. Write a cube root function, y = f(x), that has the given values. Then use the function to complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 2
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a cube root function?
Answer:

Question 4.
Graph each function. Then compare the graph to the graph of f (x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\) .
a. g(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x-1 }\)
b. g(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x-1 }\)
c. g(x) = 2 \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\)
d. g(x) = -2\(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\).
Question 1.
h(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\) + 3
Answer:

Question 2.
m(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\) – 5
Answer:

Question 3.
g(x) = 4\(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\)
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\).
Question 4.
g(x) =\(\sqrt [3]{ 0.5x+5 }\) + 5
Answer:

Question 5.
h(x) = 4\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) – 1
Answer:

Question 6.
n(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ 4-x }\)
Answer:

Question 7.
Let g(x) = \(-\frac{1}{2} \sqrt[3]{x+2}\) – 4. Describe the transformations from the graph of f (x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\) to the graph of g. Then graph g.
Answer:

Question 8.
In Example 4, compare the average rates of change over the interval x = 2 to x = 10.
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
Estimate the age of an elephant whose shoulder height is 175 centimeters.
Answer:

Graphing Cube Roots Functions 10.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The __________ of the radical in a cube root function is 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the domain and range of the function f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x-4 }\) + 1.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, match the function with its graph.
Question 3.
y = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x+2 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 3

Question 4.
y = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x-2 }\)
Answer:

Question 5.
y = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x+2 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 5

Question 6.
y = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) – 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 3

In Exercises 7–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3]{ x }\).
Question 7.
h(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x-4 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 7

Question 8.
g(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x+1 }\)
Answer:

Question 9.
m(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x+5 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 9

Question 10.
q(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) – 3
Answer:

Question 11.
p(x) = 6\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 11

Question 12.
j(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{\frac{1}{2} x}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, compare the graphs. Find the value of h, k, or a.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 5
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 7
Answer:

In Exercises 17–26, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\).
Question 17.
r(x) = – \(\sqrt [3]{ x-2 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 17

Question 18.
h(x) = – 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x+3 }\)
Answer:

Question 19.
k(x) = 5\(\sqrt [3]{ x+1 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 19

Question 20.
j(x) = 0.5\(\sqrt [3]{ x-4 }\)
Answer:

Question 21.
g(x) = 4\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 21

Question 22.
m(x) = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) + 7
Answer:

Question 23.
n(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ -8x }\) – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 23

Question 24.
v(x) =\(\sqrt [3]{ 5x }\) + 2
Answer:

Question 25.
q(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{2(x+3)}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 25

Question 26.
p(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{3(1-x)}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 27–32, describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) to the graph of the given function. Then graph the given function.
Question 27.
g(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x-4 }\) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 27.2

Question 28.
n(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x+1 }\) – 3
Answer:

Question 29.
j(x) = -5\(\sqrt [3]{ x+3 }\) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 29.2

Question 30.
k(x) = 6\(\sqrt [3]{ x-9 }\) – 5
Answer:

Question 31.
v(x) = \(\frac{1}{3} \sqrt[3]{x-1}\) + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 31.2

Question 32.
h(x) = -\frac{3}{2} \sqrt[3]{x+4} – 3
Answer:

Question 33.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the function f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x-3 }\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 33

Question 34.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the function h(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) + 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 9
Answer:

Question 35.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The graph of cube root function q is shown. Compare the average rate of change of q to the average rate of change of f(x) = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) over the interval x = 0 to x = 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 35

Question 36.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The graphs of two cube root functions are shown. Compare the average rates of change of the two functions over the interval x = -2 to x = 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 11
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
For a drag race car that weighs 1600 kilograms, the velocity v (in kilometers per hour) reached by the end of a drag race can be modeled by the function v = 23.8\(\sqrt [3]{ p }\), where p is the car’s power (in horsepower). Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Estimate the power of a 1600-kilogram car that reaches a velocity of 220 kilometers per hour.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The radius r of a sphere is given by the function r = \(\sqrt[3]{\frac{3}{4 \pi}} V\), where V is the volume of the sphere. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Estimate the volume of a spherical beach ball with a radius of 13 inches.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that all cube root functions are odd functions. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph represents the cube root function f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 12
a. On what interval is f negative? positive?
b. On what interval, if any, is f decreasing? increasing?
c. Does f have a maximum or minimum value? Explain.
d. Find the average rate of change of f over the interval x = -1 to x = 1.
Answer:

Question 41.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write a cube root function that passes through the point (3, 4) and has an average rate of change of -1 over the interval x = -5 to x = 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 41.2

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write the cube root function represented by the graph. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 13
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the polynomial.(Section 7.6)
Question 43.
3x2 + 12x – 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 43

Question 44.
2x2 – 11x + 9
Answer:

Question 45.
4x2 + 7x – 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 45.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 45.2

Solve the equation using square roots.(Section 9.3)
Question 46.
x2 – 36 = 0
Answer:

Question 47.
5x2 + 20 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 47

Question 48.
(x + 4)2 – 81
Answer:

Question 49.
25(x – 2)2 = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 a 49

Radical Functions and Equations Study Skills: Making Note Cards

10.1–10.2 What Did YouLearn?

Core Vocabulary
square root function, p. 544
radical function, p. 545
cube root function, p. 552

Core Concepts
Lesson 10.1
Square Root Functions, p. 544
Transformations of Square Root Functions, p. 545
Comparing Square Root Functions Using Average Rates of Change, p. 546

Lesson 10.2
Cube Root Functions, p. 552
Comparing Cube Root Functions
Using Average Rates of Change, p. 554

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
In Exercise 45 on page 549, what information are you given? What relationships are present? What is your goal?
Answer:

Question 2.
What units of measure did you use in your answer to Exercise 38 on page 556? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Study Skills: Making Note Cards

Invest in three different colors of note cards. Use one color for each of the following: vocabulary words, rules, and calculator keystrokes.

  • Using the first color of note cards, write a vocabulary word on one side of a card. On the other side, write the definition and an example. If possible, put the definition in your own words.
  • Using the second color of note cards, write a rule on one side of a card. On the other side, write an explanation and an example.
  • Using the third color of note cards, write a calculation on one side of a card. On the other side, write the keystrokes required to perform the calculation.
    Use the note cards as references while completing your homework. Quiz yourself once a day.
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.2 16

Radical Functions and Equations 10.1–10.2 Quiz

Describe the domain of the function.(Lesson 10.1)
Question 1.
y = \(\sqrt{x-3}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
f(x) = 15\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
y = \(\sqrt{3-x}\)
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the range. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\). (Lesson 10.1)
Question 4.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 5
Answer:

Question 5.
n(x) = \(\sqrt{x-4}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
r(x) = –\(\sqrt{x-1}\) + 1
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\). (Lesson 10.2)
Question 7.
b(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x+2 }\)
Answer:

Question 8.
h(x) = -3\(\sqrt [3]{ x-6 }\)
Answer:

Question 9.
q(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ -4-x }\)
Answer:

Compare the graphs. Find the value of h, k, or a. (Lesson 10.1 and Lesson 10.2)
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations q 10
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations q 11
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations q 12
Answer:

Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of h. Then graph h. (Section 10.1 and Section 10.2)
Question 13.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\); h(x) = -3 \(\sqrt{x+2}\) + 6
Answer:

Question 14.
f(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{x}\); h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt[3]{x}-3\)
Answer:

Question 15.
The time t (in seconds) it takes a dropped object to fall h feet is given by t = \(\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{h}\). (Section 10.1)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations q 15
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
b. It takes about 7.4 seconds for a stone dropped from the New River Gorge Bridge in West Virginia to reach the water below. About how high is the bridge above the New River?
Answer:

Question 16.
The radius r of a sphere is given by the function r = \(\sqrt[3]{\frac{3}{4 \pi} V}\), where V is the volume of the sphere. Spaceship Earth is a spherical structure at Walt Disney World that has an inner radius of about 25 meters. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Estimate the volume of Spaceship Earth. (Section 10.2)
Answer:

Question 17.
The graph of square root function g is shown. Compare the average rate of change of g to the average rate of change of h(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{\frac{3}{2} x}\)x over the interval x = 0 to x = 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations q 17
Answer:

Lesson 10.3 Solving Radical Equations

Essential Question How can you solve an equation that contains square roots?

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing a Free-Falling Object
Work with a partner. The table shows the time t (in seconds) that it takes a free-falling object (with no air resistance) to fall d feet.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 1
a. Use the data in the table to sketch the graph of t as a function of d. Use the coordinate plane below.
b. Use your graph to estimate the time it takes the object to fall 240 feet.
c. The relationship between d and t is given by the function t = \(\sqrt{\frac{d}{16}}\).
Use this function to check your estimate in part (b).
d. It takes 5 seconds for the object to hit the ground. How far did it fall? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 2

EXPLORATION 2

Solving a Square Root Equation
Work with a partner. The speed s (in feet per second) of the free-falling object in Exploration 1 is given by the functions
s = \(\sqrt{64d}\).
Find the distance the object has fallen when it reaches each speed.
a. s = 8 ft/sec
b. s = 16 ft/sec
c. s = 24 ft/sec

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you solve an equation that contains square roots?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use your answer to Question 3 to solve each equation.
a. 5 = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 20
b. 4 = \(\sqrt{x-18}\)
c. \(\sqrt{x}\) + 2 = 3
d. -3 = -2\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{x}\) = 6
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt{x}\) – 7 = 3
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{y}\) + 15 = 22
Answer:

Question 4.
1 – \(\sqrt{c}\) = -2
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 5.
\(\sqrt{x+4}\) + 7 = 11
Answer:

Question 6.
15 = 6 + \(\sqrt{3w-9}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{3x+1}\) = \(\sqrt{4x-7}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{n}\) = \(\sqrt{5n-1}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [3]{ y }\) = 4 = 1
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [3]{ 3c+7 }\) = 10
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 11.
\(\sqrt{4-3x}\) = x
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\sqrt{3m}\) + 10 = 1
Answer:

Question 13.
p + 1 = \(\sqrt{7p+15}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
What is the length of a pendulum that has a period of 2.5 seconds?
Answer:

Solving Radical Equations 10.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Why should you check every solution of a radical equation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 3.
\(\sqrt{x}\) = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 3

Question 4.
\(\sqrt{x}\) = 4
Answer:

Question 5.
7 = \(\sqrt{x}\) – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 5

Question 6.
\(\sqrt{p}\) – 7 = -1
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{c}\) + 12 = 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 7

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{x}\) + 6 = 8
Answer:

Question 9.
4 – \(\sqrt{x}\) = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 9

Question 10.
-8 = 7 = \(\sqrt{r}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
3\(\sqrt{y}\) – 18 = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 11

Question 12.
2\(\sqrt{q}\) + 5 = 11
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 13.
\(\sqrt{a-3}\) + 5 = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 13

Question 14.
\(\sqrt{b+7}\) – 5 = -2
Answer:

Question 15.
2 \(\sqrt{x+4}\) = 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 15

Question 16.
5\(\sqrt{y-2}\) = 10
Answer:

Question 17.
-1 = \(\sqrt{5r+1}\) – 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 17

Question 18.
2 = \(\sqrt{4s-4}\) – 4
Answer:

Question 19.
7 + 3\(\sqrt{3p-9}\) = 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 19

Question 20.
19 – 4\(\sqrt{3c-11}\) = 11
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Cave of Swallows is a natural open-air pit cave in the state of San Luis Potosí, Mexico. The 1220-foot- deep cave was a popular destination for BASE jumpers. The function t = \(\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{d}\) represents the time t (in seconds) that it takes a BASE jumper to fall d feet. How far does a BASE jumper fall in 3 seconds?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 4.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The edge length s of a cube with a surface area of A is given by s = \(\sqrt{\frac{A}{6}}\). What is the surface area of a cube with an edge length of 4 inches?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 4
Answer:

In Exercises 23–26, use the graph to solve the equation.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 6
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 8
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, solve the equation. Check your solution. (See Example 3.)
Question 27.
\(\sqrt{2x-9}\) = \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 27

Question 28.
\(\sqrt{y+1}\) = \(\sqrt{4y-8}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\sqrt{3g+1}\) = \(\sqrt{7g-19}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 29

Question 30.
\(\sqrt{8h-7}\) = \(\sqrt{6h+7}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\sqrt{\frac{p}{2}-2}\) = \(\sqrt{p-8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 31

Question 32.
\(\sqrt{2v-5}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{v}{3}+5}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\sqrt{2c+1}\) = \(\sqrt{4c}\) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 33

Question 34.
\(\sqrt{5r}\) – \(\sqrt{8r-2}\) = 0
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 35 and 36, find the value of x.
Question 35.
Perimeter = 22 cm
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 10
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 37.
\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 37

Question 38.
\(\sqrt [3]{ y }\) = 2
Answer:

Question 39.
6 = 3\(\sqrt [3]{ 8g }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 39

Question 40.
\(\sqrt [3]{ r+19 }\) = 3
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\sqrt [3]{ 2x+9 }\) = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 41

Question 42.
-5 = \(\sqrt [3]{ 10x+15 }\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(\sqrt [3]{ y+6 }\) = \(\sqrt [3]{ 5y-2 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 43

Question 44.
\(\sqrt [3]{ 7j-2 }\) = \(\sqrt [3]{ j+4 }\)
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, determine which solution, if any, is an extraneous solution.
Question 45.
\(\sqrt{6x-5}\) = x; x = 5, x = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 45

Question 46.
\(\sqrt{2y+3}\) = y; y = -1, y = 3
Answer:

Question 47.
\(\sqrt{12p+16}\) = -2p; p = -1, p = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 47

Question 48.
-3g = \(\sqrt{-18-27}\); g = -2, g = -1
Answer:

In Exercises 49–58, solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 49.
y = \(\sqrt{5y-4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 49

Question 50.
\(\sqrt{-14x-9x}\) = x
Answer:

Question 51.
\(\sqrt{1-3a}\) = 2a
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 51.2

Question 52.
2q = \(\sqrt{10q-6}\)
Answer:

Question 53.
9 + \(\sqrt{5p}\) = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 53

Question 54.
\(\sqrt{3n}\) – 11 = -5
Answer:

Question 55.
\(\sqrt{2m+2}\) – 3 = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 55

Question 56.
15 + \(\sqrt{4b-8}\) = 13
Answer:

Question 57.
r + 4 = \(\sqrt{-4r-19}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 57.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 57.2

Question 58.
\(\sqrt{3-s}\) = s – 1
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 59 and 60, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 12
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING
Explain how to use mental math to solve \(\sqrt{2x}\) + 5 = 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 61

Question 62.
WRITING
Explain how you would solve \(\sqrt [4]{ m+4 }\) – \(\sqrt [4]{ 3m }\) = 0.
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The formula V = \(\sqrt{PR}\) relates the voltage V (in volts), power P (in watts), and resistance R (in ohms) of an electrical circuit. The hair dryer shown is on a 120-volt circuit. Is the resistance of the hair dryer half as much as the resistance of the same hair dryer on a 240-volt circuit? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 63

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The time t (in seconds) it takes a trapeze artist to swing back and forth is represented by the function t = 2π \(\sqrt{\frac{r}{32}}\), where r is the rope length (in feet). It takes the trapeze artist 6 seconds to swing back and forth. Is this rope \(\frac{3}{2}\) as long as the rope used when it takes the trapeze artist 4 seconds to swing back and forth? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 14
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 65–68, determine whether the statement is true or false. If it is false, explain why.
Question 65.
If \(\sqrt{a}\) = b, then (\(\sqrt{a}\))2 = b2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 65

Question 66.
If \(\sqrt{a}\) = \(\sqrt{b}\), then a = b.
Answer:

Question 67.
If a2 = b2, then a = b.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 67

Question 68.
If a2 = \(\sqrt{b}\), then a4 = (\(\sqrt{b}\))2
Answer:

Question 69.
COMPARING METHODS
Consider the equation x + 2 = \(\sqrt{2x-3}\).
a. Solve the equation by graphing. Describe the process.
b. Solve the equation algebraically. Describe the process.
c. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 69.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 69.2

Question 70.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows two radical functions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 15
a. Write an equation whose solution is the x-coordinate of the point of intersection of the graphs.
b. Use the graph to solve the equation.
Answer:

Question 71.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The slant height s of a cone with a radius of r and a height of h is given by s = \(\sqrt{r^{2}+h^{2}}\). The slant heights of the two cones are equal. Find the radius of each cone.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 71

Question 72.
CRITICAL THINKING
How is squaring \(\sqrt{x+2}\) different from squaring \(\sqrt{x}\) + 2?
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 73–78, solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 73.
\(\sqrt{m+15}\) = \(\sqrt{m}\) + \(\sqrt{5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 73.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 73.2

Question 74.
2 = \(\sqrt{x+1}\) = \(\sqrt{x+2}\)
Answer:

Question 75.
\(\sqrt{5y+9}\) + \(\sqrt{5y}\) = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 75.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 75.2

Question 76.
\(\sqrt{2c-8}\) – \(\sqrt{2c}\) – 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 77.
2\(\sqrt{1+4h}\) – 4\(\sqrt{h}\) – 2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 77.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 77.2

Question 78.
\(\sqrt{20-4z}\) + 2\(\sqrt{-z}\) = 10
Answer:

Question 79.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a radical equation that has a solution of x = 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 79

Question 80.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a radical equation that has x = 3 and x = 4 as solutions.
Answer:

Question 81.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says the equation \(\sqrt{(2 x+5)^{2}}\) = 2x + 5 is always true, because after simplifying the left side of the equation, the result is an equation with infinitely many solutions. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 81

Question 82.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Solve the equation \(\sqrt [3]{ x+1 }\) = \(\sqrt{x-3}\). Show your work and explain your steps.
Answer:

Question 83.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The frequency f (in cycles per second) of a string of an electric guitar is given by the equation f = \(\frac{1}{2 \ell} \sqrt{\frac{T}{m}}\), where ℓ is the length of the string (in meters), T is the string’s tension (in newtons), and m is the string’s mass per unit length (in kilograms per meter). The high E string of an electric guitar is 0.64 meter long with a mass per unit length of 0.000401 kilogram per meter.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 17
a. How much tension is required to produce a frequency of about 330 cycles per second?
b. Would you need more or less tension to create the same frequency on a string with greater mass per unit length? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 83.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 83.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the product.(Section 7.2)
Question 84.
(x + 8)(x – 2)
Answer:

Question 85.
(3p – 1)(4p + 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 85

Question 86.
(s + 2)(s2 + 3s – 4)
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.(Section 8.1)
Question 87.
r(x) = 3x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 87

Question 88.
g(x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)x2
Answer:

Question 89.
h(x) = -5x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.3 a 89

Lesson 10.4 Inverse of a Function

Essential Question How are a function and its inverse related?

EXPLORATION 1

Exploring Inverse Functions
Work with a partner. The functions f and g are inverses of each other. Compare the tables of values of the two functions. How are the functions related?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Exploring Inverse Functions
Work with a partner.
a. Plot the two sets of points represented by the tables in Exploration 1. Use the coordinate plane below.
b. Connect each set of points with a smooth curve.
c. Describe the relationship between the two graphs.
d. Write an equation for each function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are a function and its inverse related?
Answer:

Question 4.
A table of values for a function f is given. Create a table of values for a function g, the inverse of f.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 3
Answer:

Question 5.
Sketch the graphs of f(x) = x + 4 and its inverse in the same coordinate plane. Then write an equation of the inverse of f. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the inverse of the relation.
Question 1.
(-3, -4), (-2, 0), (-1, 4), (0, 8), (1, 12), (2, 16), (3, 20)
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 5
Answer:

Solve y = f(x) for x. Then find the input when the output is 4.
Question 3.
f(x) = x – 6
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = 4x2
Answer:

Find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 6.
f(x) = 6x
Answer:

Question 7.
f(x) = -x + 5
Answer:

Question 8.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 1
Answer:

Find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 9.
f(x) = -x2, x ≤ 0
Answer:

Question 10.
f(x) = 4x2 + 3, x ≥ 0
Answer:

Question 11.
Is the inverse of f(x) = \(\sqrt{2x-1}\) a function? Find the inverse.
Answer:

Inverse of a Function 10.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core ConceptCheck

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A relation contains the point (-3, 10). The ____________ contains the point (10, -3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Consider the function f represented by the graph. Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 6
Answer:

In Exercises 3–8, find the inverse of the relation.
Question 3.
(1, 0), (3, -8), (4, -3), (7, -5), (9, -1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 3

Question 4.
(2, 1), (4, -3), (6, 7), (8, 1), (10, -4)
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 8
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 10
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, solve y = f(x) for x. Then find the input when the output is 2.
Question 9.
f(x) = x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = 2x – 3
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 11

Question 12.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 4
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = 9x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 7
Answer:

In Exercises 15 and 16, graph the inverse of the function by reflecting the graph in the line y = x. Describe the domain and range of the inverse.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 12
Answer:

In Exercises 17–22, find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 17.
f(x) = 4x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 17

Question 18.
f(x) = -2x + 5
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = -3x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 19

Question 20.
f(x) = 2x + 3
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) =\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = – \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 23.
f(x) = 4x2, x ≥ 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 23.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 23

Question 24.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{25}\)x2, x ≤ 0
Answer:

Question 25.
f(x) = -x2 + 10, x ≤ 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 25.2

Question 26.
f(x) = 2x2 + 6, x ≥ 0
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{9}\)x2 + 2, x ≥ 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 27.2

Question 28.
f(x) = -4x2 – 8, x ≤ 0
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, use the Horizontal Line Test to determine whether the inverse of f is a function.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 14
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 16
Answer:

In Exercises 33–42, determine whether the inverse of f is a function. Then find the inverse.
Question 33.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 33.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 33.2

Question 34.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{x-5}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{2x-6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 35.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 35.2

Question 36.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{4x+1}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
f(x) = 3\(\sqrt{x-8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 37.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 37.2

Question 38.
f(x) = –\(\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{5 x+2}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = –\(\sqrt{3x+5}\) – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = 2\(\sqrt{x-7}\) + 6
Answer:

Question 41.
f(x) = 2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 41.2

Question 42.
f(x) = |x|
Answer:

Question 43.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the inverse of the function f(x) = – 3x + 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 43

Question 44.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding and graphing the inverse of the function f(x) = \(\sqrt{x-3}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 18.1
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The euro is the unit of currency for the European Union. On a certain day, the number E of euros that could be obtained for D U.S. dollars was represented by the formula shown.
E = 0.74683D
Solve the formula for D. Then find the number of U.S. dollars that could be obtained for 250 euros on that day.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A crow is flying at a height of 50 feet when it drops a walnut to break it open. The height h (in feet) of the walnut above ground can be modeled by h = -16t2 + 50, where t is the time (in seconds) since the crow dropped the walnut. Solve the equation for t. After how many seconds will the walnut be 15 feet above the ground?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 18
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 47 and 48, s is the side length of an equilateral triangle. Solve the formula for s. Then evaluate the new formula for the given value.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 19
Answer:
47.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 47

In Exercises 49–54, find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 49.
f(x) = 2x3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 49.1 Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 49.2

Question 50.
f(x) = x3 – 4
Answer:

Question 51.
f(x) = (x – 5)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 51.2

Question 52.
f(x) = 8(x + 2)3
Answer:

Question 53.
f(x) = 4\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 53.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 53.2

Question 54.
f(x) = –\(\sqrt [3]{ x-1 }\)
Answer:

Question 55.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the inverse of the function f(x) = 3 is a function because all linear functions pass the Horizontal Line Test. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 55

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Pair the graph of each function with the graph of its inverse.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 20
Answer:

Question 57.
WRITING
Describe changes you could make to the function f(x) = x2 – 5 so that its inverse is a function. Describe the domain and range of the new function and its inverse.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 57

Question 58.
CRITICAL THINKING
Can an even function with at least two values in its domain have an inverse that is a function? Explain.
Answer:

Question 59.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a function such that the graph of its inverse is a line with a slope of 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 59

Question 60.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider the function g(x) = -x.
a. Graph g(x) = -x and explain why it is its own inverse.
b. Graph other linear functions that are their own inverses. Write equations of the lines you graph.
c. Use your results from part (b) to write a general equation that describes the family of linear functions that are their own inverses.
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING
Show that the inverse of any linear function f(x) = mx + b, where m ≠ 0, is also a linear function. Write the slope and y-intercept of the graph of the inverse in terms of m and b.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 61

Question 62.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The graphs of f(x) = x3 – 3x and its inverse are shown. Find the greatest interval -a ≤ x ≤ a for which the inverse of f is a function. Write an equation of the inverse function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 21
Answer:

Question 63.
REASONING
Is the inverse of f(x) = 2|x + 1|a function? Are there any values of a, h, and k for which the inverse of f(x) = a |x – h| + k is a function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 63

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the sum or difference.(Section 7.1)
Question 64.
(2x – 9) – (6x + 5)
Answer:

Question 65.
(8y + 1) + (-y – 12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 65

Question 66.
(t2 – 4t – 4) + (7t2 + 12t + 3)
Answer:

Question 67.
(-3d2 + 10d – 8) – (7d2 – d – 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 67

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2. (Section 8.2)
Question 68.
g(x) = x2 + 6
Answer:

Question 69.
h(x) = -x2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 69

Question 70.
p(x) = -4x2 + 5
Answer:

Question 71.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 a 71

Radical Functions and Equations Performance Task: Medication and the Mosteller Formula

10.3–10.4What Did YouLearn?

Core Vocabulary
radical equation, p. 560
inverse relation, p. 568
inverse function, p. 569

Core Concepts
Lesson 10.3
Squaring Each Side of an Equation, p. 560
Identifying Extraneous Solutions, p. 562

Lesson 10.4
Inverse Relation, p. 568
Finding Inverses of Functions Algebraically, p. 570
Finding Inverses of Nonlinear Functions, p. 570
Horizontal Line Test, p. 571

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Could you also solve Exercises 37–44 on page 565 by graphing? Explain.
Answer:

Question 2.
What external resources could you use to check the reasonableness of your answer in Exercise 45 on page 573?
Answer:

Performance Task: Medication and the Mosteller Formula

When taking medication, it is critical to take the correct dosage. For children in particular, body surface area (BSA) is a key component in calculating that dosage. The Mosteller Formula is commonly used to approximate body surface area. How will you use this formula to calculate BSA for the optimum dosage?
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations 10.4 22

Radical Functions and Equations Chapter Review

10.1 Graphing Square Root Functions (pp. 543–550)

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\).
Question 1.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 7
Answer:

Question 2.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{x-6}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
r(x) = –\(\sqrt{x+3}\) – 1
Answer:

Question 4.
Let g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4} \sqrt{x-6}\) + 2. Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\) to the graph of g. Then graph g.
Answer:

10.2 Graphing Cube Root Functions (pp. 551–556)

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\).
Question 5.
g(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) + 4
Answer:

Question 6.
h(x) = -8\(\sqrt [3]{ x }\)
Answer:

Question 7.
s(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{-2(x-3)}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
Let g(x) = -3\(\sqrt [3]{ x+2 }\) – 1. Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) to the graph of g. Then graph g.
Answer:

Question 9.
The graph of cube root function r is shown. Compare the average rate of change of r to the average rate of change of p(x) = \(\sqrt[3]{\frac{1}{2} x}\) over the interval x = 0 to x = 8.
Answer:

10.3 Solving Radical Equations (pp. 559-566)

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 10.
8 + \(\sqrt{x}\) = 18
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [3]{ x-1 }\) = 3
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\sqrt{5x-9}\) = \(\sqrt{4x}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
x = \(\sqrt{3x+4}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
8\(\sqrt{x-5}\) + 34 = 58
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\sqrt{5x}\) + 6 = 5
Answer:

Question 16.
The radius r of a cylinder is represented by the function r = \(\sqrt{\frac{V}{\pi h}}\), where V is the volume and h is the height of the cylinder. What is the volume of the cylindrical can?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations cr 16
Answer:

10.4 Inverse of a Function (pp. 567–574)

Find the inverse of the relation.
Question 17.
(1, -10), (3, -4), (5, 4), (7, 14), (9, 26)
Answer:

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations cr 18
Answer:

Find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 19.
f(x) = -5x + 10
Answer:

Question 20.
f(x) = 3x2 – 1, x ≥ 0
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{2 x+6}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
Consider the function f(x) = x2 + 4. Use the Horizontal Line Test to determine whether the inverse of f is a function.
Answer:

Question 23.
In bowling, a handicap is an adjustment to a bowler’s score to even out differences in ability levels. In a particular league, you can find a bowler’s handicap h by using the formula h = 0.8(210 – a), where a is the bowler’s average. Solve the formula for a. Then find a bowler’s average when the bowler’s handicap is 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations cr 23
Answer:

Radical Functions and Equations Chapter Test

Find the inverse of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = 5x – 8 2.
Answer:

Question 2.
f(x) = 2\(\sqrt{x+3}\) – 1
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 + 4, x ≥ 0
Answer:

Graph the function f. Describe the domain and range. Compare the graph of f to the graph of g.
Question 4.
f(x) = –\(\sqrt{x+6}\); g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = \(\sqrt{x-3}\) + 2; g(x) = \(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) – 5; g(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\)
Answer:

Question 7.
f(x) = -2\(\sqrt [3]{ x+1 }\); g(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\)
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 8.
9 – \(\sqrt{x}\) = 3
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sqrt{2x-7}\) – 3 = 6
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\sqrt{8x-21}\) = \(\sqrt{18-5x}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
x + 5 = \(\sqrt{7x+53}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
When solving the equation x – 5 = \(\sqrt{ax+b}\), you obtain x = 2 and x = 8. Explain why at least one of these solutions must be extraneous.
Answer:

Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = \(\sqrt [3]{ x }\) to the graph of the given function. Then graph the given function.
Question 13.
h(x) = 4\(\sqrt [3]{ x-1 }\) + 5
Answer:

Question 14.
w(x) = –\(\sqrt [3]{ x+7 }\) – 2
Answer:

Question 15.
The velocity v (in meters per second) of a roller coaster at the bottom of a hill is given by v = \(\sqrt{19.6h}\), where h is the height (in meters) of the hill. (a) Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Describe the domain and range. (b) How tall must the hill be for the velocity of the roller coaster at the bottom of the hill to be at least 28 meters per second? (c) What happens to the average rate of change of the velocity as the height of the hill increases?
Answer:

Question 16.
The speed s (in meters per second) of sound through air is given by s = 2\(\sqrt{T+273}\), where T is the temperature (in degrees Celsius).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations c 16
a. What is the temperature when the speed of sound through air is 340 meters per second?
b. How long does it take you to hear the wolf howl when the temperature is -17°C?
Answer:

Question 17.
How can you restrict the domain of the function f(x) = (x – 3)2 so that the inverse of f is a function?
Answer:

Question 18.
Write a radical function that has a domain of all real numbers less than or equal to 0 and a range of all real numbers greater than or equal to 9.
Answer:

Radical Functions and Equations Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Fill in the function so that it is represented by the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Consider the equation y = mx + b. Fill in values for m and b so that each statement is true.
a. When m = ______ and b = ______, the graph of the equation passes through the point (-1, 4).
b. When m = ______ and b = ______, the graph of the equation has a positive slope and passes through the point (-2, -5).
c. When m = ______ and b = ______, the graph of the equation is perpendicular to the graph of y = 4x – 3 and passes through the point (1, 6).
Answer:

Question 3.
Which graph represents the inverse of the function f(x) = 2x + 4?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 3
Answer:

Question 4.
Consider the equation x = \(\sqrt{ax+b}\). Student A claims this equation has one real solution. Student B claims this equation has two real solutions. Use the numbers to answer parts (a)–(c).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 4
a. Choose values for a and b to create an equation that supports Student A’s claim.
b. Choose values for a and b to create an equation that supports Student B’s claim.
c. Choose values for a and b to create an equation that does not support either student’s claim.
Answer:

Question 5.
Which equation represents the nth term of the sequence 3, 12, 48, 192, . . .?
A. an = 3(4)n-1
B. an = 3(9)n-1
C. an = 9n – 6
D. an = 9n + 3
Answer:

Question 6.
Consider the function f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt[3]{x+3}\). The graph represents function g. Select all the statements that are true.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Place each function into one of the three categories.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 7
Answer:

Question 8.
You are making a tabletop with a tiled center and a uniform mosaic border.
a. Write the polynomial in standard form that represents the perimeter of the tabletop.
b. Write the polynomial in standard form that represents the area of the tabletop.
c. The perimeter of the tabletop is less than 80 inches, and the area of tabletop is at least 252 square inches. Select all the possible values of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 10 Radical Functions and Equations ca 8
Answer: